sv1za
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
June 29, 2010
Registration
No. 333-165081
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 4
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
6199
|
|
95-4766827
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary standard industrial
classification code number)
|
|
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
|
605 East Huntington Drive,
Suite 205
Monrovia, CA 91016
(626) 739-3942
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
John C. Ricci
General Counsel
Green Dot Corporation
605 East Huntington Drive,
Suite 205
Monrovia, CA 91016
(626) 739-3942
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Laird H. Simons III, Esq.
|
|
William V. Fogg, Esq.
|
William L. Hughes, Esq.
|
|
Daniel A. OShea, Esq.
|
James D. Evans, Esq.
|
|
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
|
Fenwick & West LLP
|
|
Worldwide Plaza
|
801 California Street
|
|
825 Eighth Avenue
|
Mountain View, CA 94041
|
|
New York, NY 10019
|
(650) 988-8500
|
|
(212) 474-1000
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement
number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement
number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer o
|
|
Accelerated filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer þ
|
|
Smaller reporting company o
|
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. The selling stockholders may not sell these
securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This
preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities,
and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an
offer to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or
sale is not permitted.
|
PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS
Subject to completion, dated June 29, 2010
Shares
Class A
Common Stock
This is an
initial public offering of shares of the Class A common
stock of Green Dot Corporation. The selling stockholders are
selling shares
of our Class A common stock. We will not receive any
proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common
stock by the selling stockholders. The estimated initial public
offering price is between $ and
$ per share.
We have two
classes of authorized common stock Class A
common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the
holders of our Class A common stock and our Class B
common stock are virtually identical, except with respect to
voting and conversion. Each share of our Class A common
stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of our
Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and
is convertible at any time into one share of our Class A
common stock.
Our
Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the
NYSE under the symbol GDOT.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per
Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to the selling stockholders, before expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The selling
stockholders have granted the underwriters an option, for a
period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to
purchase from them up
to
additional shares of our Class A common stock to cover
over-allotments, if any.
Investing
in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk.
See Risk Factors beginning on page 11 of this
prospectus.
Neither the
Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Delivery of
the shares of our Class A common stock will be made on or
about ,
2010.
|
|
J.P.
Morgan |
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
|
|
|
Deutsche Bank Securities
|
|
Piper Jaffray
|
|
UBS Investment Bank
|
,
2010
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on
behalf of us and delivered or made available to you. Neither we
nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide
you with information different from that contained in this
prospectus. The selling stockholders are offering to sell, and
seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock
only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The
information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of
the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery
of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common
stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations
and prospects may have changed since that date.
No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United
States to permit a public offering of our Class A common
stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that
jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this
prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are
required to inform themselves about and to observe any
restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this
prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.
Until ,
2010, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our Class A
common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may
be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the
dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information contained
elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all
the information you should consider before investing in our
Class A common stock. You should read the entire prospectus
carefully, including the section entitled Risk
Factors and our consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before
making an investment in our Class A common stock.
Green Dot
Corporation
Green Dot is a leading prepaid financial services company
providing simple, low-cost and convenient money management
solutions to a broad base of U.S. consumers. We believe
that we are the leading provider of general purpose reloadable
prepaid debit cards in the United States and that our Green Dot
Network is the leading prepaid reload network in the United
States. We sell our cards and offer our reload services
nationwide at approximately 50,000 retail store locations, which
provide consumers convenient access to our products and
services. Our technology platform, Green PlaNET, provides
essential functionality, including
point-of-sale
connectivity and interoperability with Visa, MasterCard and
other payment or funds transfer networks, and compliance and
other capabilities to our Green Dot Network, enabling real-time
transactions in a secure environment. The combination of our
innovative products, broad retail distribution and proprietary
technology creates powerful network effects, which we believe
enhance the value we deliver to our customers, retail
distributors and other participants in our network.
We were an early pioneer in the development of general purpose
reloadable prepaid debit cards, or GPR cards, and associated
reload services, which collectively we refer to as prepaid
financial services. GPR cards are designed for general spending
purposes and can be used anywhere the cards applicable
payment network, such as Visa or MasterCard, is accepted, but,
unlike gift cards, can be reloaded with additional funds for
ongoing, long-term use. Our GPR cards are issued as Visa- or
MasterCard-branded cards and are accepted worldwide by merchants
and other businesses belonging to the applicable payment
network, including for bill payments, online shopping, everyday
store purchases and ATM withdrawals. We believe that we are the
leading provider of GPR cards in the United States based on the
3.4 million active cards in our portfolio as of
March 31, 2010, which we define as cards that have had a
purchase, reload or ATM withdrawal transaction during the
previous
90-day
period.
We have built strong distribution and marketing relationships
with many significant retail chains, including Walmart,
Walgreens, CVS, Rite Aid, 7-Eleven, Kroger, K-Mart, Meijer and
Radio Shack. These retail chains provide consumers with
convenient locations to purchase and reload our cards. In
addition, any holder of a GPR card issued by a member of our
reload network may reload that card at any one of those
locations. Currently, there are over 100 third-party prepaid
card programs that use our nationwide reload network to
facilitate reloading by their cardholders. In 2009, we entered
into an agreement with PayPal whereby its customers can add
funds to any new or existing PayPal account through our reload
network at all retail locations where we sell our products and
services, but to date we have not generated significant
operating revenues from our relationship with PayPal. In fiscal
2009, the gross dollar volume loaded to our GPR card and reload
products was $4.7 billion, an increase of 67% over fiscal
2008.
We have developed a business model with powerful network
effects. Growth in the number of our product and service
offerings or our network participants, which include consumers,
retail distributors and businesses that accept reloads or
payments through the Green Dot Network, enhances the value we
deliver to all network participants. Our technology platform,
Green PlaNET, enables network participants to communicate and
complete transactions rapidly and securely through our reload
network or third-party payment or funds transfer networks, and
is a central component of our network-based business model.
1
For the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the five
months ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended
March 31, 2010, our total operating revenues were
$83.6 million, $168.1 million, $234.8 million,
$112.8 million and $92.8 million, respectively. In the
same periods, we generated operating income of
$1.2 million, $29.2 million, $63.7 million,
$23.3 million and $24.1 million, respectively.
Industry
Overview
Prepaid cards have emerged as an attractive product within the
electronic payments industry. They are easy for consumers to
understand and use because they work in a manner similar to
traditional debit cards, allowing the cardholder to use a
conventional plastic card linked to an account established at a
financial institution. According to Mercator Advisory
Groups Prepaid Market Forecast 2009 to 2012
research report, $8.7 billion was loaded onto GPR cards in
the United States in 2008 and $118.5 billion is expected to
be loaded onto GPR cards in the United States in 2012,
reflecting a 92% compound annual growth rate during that
four-year period. We believe that this growth in the use of GPR
cards will contribute to a substantial increase in the demand
for prepaid financial services.
The prepaid financial services industry is fragmented and its
products are relatively early in their life cycles. Vendors
generally do not have a broad set of product and service
offerings or capabilities, and no single vendor currently
provides all of the elements that are necessary to establish and
operate a GPR card program. We believe this creates a
significant opportunity for a vertically-integrated provider
with a broad suite of innovative products and services.
Our Competitive
Strengths
Our combination of innovative products and marketing expertise,
a known brand name, a nationwide retail distribution presence
and proprietary technology supports our network-based business
model and has enabled us to become a leading provider of prepaid
financial services in the United States. Our strengths include:
|
|
|
|
|
Innovative Product and Marketing Expertise. We
are an innovator in the development, merchandising and marketing
of prepaid financial services. We believe we were the first
company to combine the products, technology platform and
distribution channel required to make retailer-distributed GPR
cards a viable product offering. Our consumer focus has led us
to enhance our product packaging and product displays in retail
locations to educate consumers and promote our products and
services more effectively. We believe that we have the strongest
brand in the prepaid financial services industry, and we
continue to build brand awareness using national television
advertising.
|
|
|
|
Leading Retail Distribution. We have
established a nationwide retail distribution network, consisting
of approximately 50,000 retail store locations, which gives us
access to the vast majority of the U.S. population.
According to a Scarborough Research survey, which was conducted
between August 2008 and September 2009, at least 93%
of U.S. adult respondents had shopped at one or more of the
stores of our current retail distributors within the prior
twelve months.
|
|
|
|
Leading Reload Network in the United
States. We believe our Green Dot Network is the
leading reload network for prepaid cards in the United States.
We also believe that it can be expanded and adapted to many new
and evolving applications in the electronic payments industry.
|
|
|
|
Proprietary Technology. Green PlaNET, our
centralized processing platform, includes a variety of
proprietary software applications that, together with
third-party applications, run our front-end, back-end,
anti-fraud, regulatory compliance and customer service
processing systems. It enables us to develop, distribute and
support a variety of products and services effectively. This
platform also enables our cards and Green Dot Network to
interoperate with Visa, MasterCard and other payment or funds
transfer networks, allowing our cardholders to make purchases
and complete other transactions.
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
Business Model with Powerful Network
Effects. The combination of our broad group of
products and services, large portfolio of active cards,
nationwide footprint of retail distributors and proprietary
technology creates powerful network effects. Growth in the
number of our product and service offerings or network
participants enhances the value we deliver to all network
participants. For example, we are able to attract retail
distributors because of the large number of consumers who
actively use our reload network. We believe the breadth and
depth of our network would be difficult to replicate and
represents a significant competitive advantage, as well as a
barrier to entry for potential competitors.
|
|
|
|
Vertical Integration. We believe that we are
more vertically integrated than our competitors, based on our
distribution capabilities, processing platform, program
management skills and proprietary reload network. Whereas we
have built our offerings primarily around our own
internally-developed capabilities, none of our competitors has
been able to offer products and services similar to ours without
collaborating with third parties to provide one or more of the
essential features of prepaid financial service offerings, such
as program management or the reload network. Our vertical
integration has allowed us to reduce costs across our operations
and, we expect, will continue to provide us with opportunities
to reduce operational costs in the future. It also enables us to
scale our business quickly in response to rising demand and to
ensure high-quality service for our customers.
|
|
|
|
Strong Regulatory and Compliance
Infrastructure. We employ a proactive approach to
licensing, regulatory and compliance matters, which we believe
provides us with an important competitive advantage. We believe
that this has helped us develop strong relationships with
leading retailers and financial institutions and has prepared us
well for changes in the regulatory environment.
|
Our
Strategy
The key components of our strategy include:
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing the Number of Network
Participants. We intend to enhance the network
effects in our business model in the following ways:
|
|
|
|
|
|
attracting new users by introducing new products, improving
current products and promoting our products;
|
|
|
|
expanding and strengthening our distribution by establishing
relationships with additional high-quality retail chains and
accelerating our entry into new distribution channels; and
|
|
|
|
adding businesses that accept reloads or payments through, and
applications for, the Green Dot Network by continuing to enroll
additional third-party prepaid card program providers in our
reload network and to identify additional uses for our reload
networks cash transfer technology.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Revenue per Customer. We intend to
pursue greater revenue per customer by improving cardholder
retention, increasing card usage and increasing adoption of
optional revenue-generating services.
|
|
|
|
Improving Operating Efficiencies. We intend to
leverage our growing scale and vertical integration to generate
incremental operating efficiencies, which will provide us with
the flexibility to engage in new marketing programs, reduce
pricing and make other investments in our business to maintain
our leadership position.
|
|
|
|
Broadening Brand and Product Awareness. We
intend to broaden awareness of the Green Dot brand and our
products and services through national television advertising,
online advertising and ongoing enhancements to our packaging and
merchandising.
|
|
|
|
Acquiring a Bank and Complementary
Businesses. We intend to pursue acquisitions that
will help us achieve our strategic objectives, particularly
those designed to improve operating
|
3
revenue growth and operating efficiencies. In February 2010, we
entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Utah-based
Bonneville Bancorp, a bank holding company, and its subsidiary
commercial bank, Bonneville Bank, for an aggregate cash purchase
price of approximately $15.7 million, and filed
applications with the appropriate federal and state regulators
seeking approvals for this transaction. While there can be no
assurance that we will obtain these approvals or our bank
acquisition will close, we currently expect to complete this
acquisition in the third quarter of calendar 2010. We believe
this acquisition will increase the efficiency with which we
introduce and manage potential new products and services, reduce
the risk that we would be negatively impacted by changes in the
business practices of the banks that issue our cards, reduce the
sponsorship and service fees and other expenses that we pay to
third parties, and allow us to serve our customers better and
more efficiently through a more vertically integrated platform.
Risks Affecting
Us
Our business is subject to numerous risks, which are highlighted
in the section entitled Risk Factors immediately
following this prospectus summary. These risks represent
challenges to the successful implementation of our strategy and
to the growth and future profitability of our business. These
risks include:
|
|
|
|
|
our growth rates may decline in the future;
|
|
|
|
operating revenues derived from sales at Walmart and our other
three largest retail distributors represented 63%, 8%, 7% and
5%, respectively, of our total operating revenues during the
three months ended March 31, 2010, and the loss of
operating revenues from any of these retail distributors would
adversely affect our business;
|
|
|
|
our future success depends upon our retail distributors
active and effective promotion of our products and services, but
their interests and operational decisions might not always align
with our interests;
|
|
|
|
the industry in which we compete is highly competitive and has a
number of major participants, which could adversely affect our
operating revenue growth; and
|
|
|
|
we operate in a highly regulated environment; failure to comply
with applicable laws or regulations, or changes in those laws or
regulations that adversely affect our operating methods or
economics (e.g., reducing interchange rates), could negatively
impact our business.
|
Recent
Developments
Changes to Our
Relationship with Walmart
We and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., or Walmart, have had an ongoing
commercial relationship pursuant to which we have been the
exclusive provider of GPR cards sold at Walmart since Walmart
initiated its Walmart MoneyCard program in 2007. In May 2010, we
extended the term of our commercial agreement with Walmart and
GE Money Bank to May 2015 and the parties agreed to various
other changes to the terms of their commercial arrangement. In
particular, the sales commission percentages we pay to Walmart
for our products sold in its stores were increased significantly
above the sales commission percentages that we had been paying
to Walmart since those percentages were substantially reduced on
a temporary basis in order to offset our lost revenues resulting
from significant pricing changes that were made to the Walmart
MoneyCard program in February 2009. Walmart and we also agreed
to enhance the coordination of the parties promotional
efforts with respect to the Walmart MoneyCard program. In
addition, Walmart agreed to certain adjustments to the terms
under which we are selling our Green Dot-branded GPR cards in
its stores on a trial basis.
In connection with this commercial transaction, we issued to
Walmart 2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock,
or approximately % of our
outstanding Class A common stock and 5.5%
4
of our total outstanding Class A and Class B common
stock, in each case after giving effect to this offering. These
shares will represent less than 1% of the combined voting power
of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock
after this offering. They also are subject to our right to
repurchase them at $0.01 per share upon termination of our
commercial agreement with Walmart and GE Money Bank other than a
termination arising out of our knowing, intentional and material
breach of the agreement. Our right to repurchase the shares
lapses with respect to 36,810 shares per month over the
60-month
term of the commercial agreement. See Business
Our Business Model Our Distribution Our
Relationship with Walmart for more information regarding
our commercial relationship with Walmart and the terms of
Walmarts ownership of our Class A common stock.
Corporate History
and Information
We were incorporated in Delaware in October 1999 as Next Estate
Communications, Inc. and changed our name to Green Dot
Corporation in October 2005. Our principal executive offices are
located at 605 East Huntington Drive, Suite 205, Monrovia,
California 91016, and our telephone number is
(626) 739-3942.
Our website address is www.greendot.com. The information on, or
that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by
reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to
be a part of this prospectus.
Unless otherwise indicated, the terms Green Dot,
we, us and our refer to
Green Dot Corporation, a Delaware corporation, together with its
consolidated subsidiaries, the term prepaid cards
refers to prepaid debit cards and the term our cards
refers to our Green Dot-branded and co-branded GPR cards. In
addition, prepaid financial services refers to GPR
cards and associated reload services, a segment of the prepaid
card industry.
In September 2009, we changed our fiscal
year-end
from July 31 to December 31. Throughout this
prospectus, references to fiscal 2007, fiscal
2008 and fiscal 2009 are to the fiscal years
ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
Green Dot and MoneyPak are our registered trademarks in the
United States, and the Green Dot logo is our trademark. Other
trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of
their respective holders.
5
The
Offering
|
|
|
Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
|
shares |
|
|
|
Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
shares |
|
|
|
Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
shares(1) |
|
|
|
Total Class A and Class B common stock to be
outstanding after this offering |
|
shares |
|
|
|
Voting rights |
|
We have two classes of authorized common stock
Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The
rights of the holders of our Class A and Class B
common stock are virtually identical, except with respect to
voting and conversion. The holders of our Class B common
stock are entitled to ten votes per share, and the holders of
our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per
share. The holders of our Class A common stock and
Class B common stock will vote together as a single class
on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, unless
otherwise required by law. Each share of our Class B common
stock is convertible into one share of our Class A common
stock at any time and will convert automatically upon certain
transfers or the date that the total number of shares of
Class B common stock outstanding represents less than 10%
of the total number of shares of Class A and Class B
common stock outstanding. See Description of Capital
Stock. |
|
|
|
Use of proceeds |
|
The selling stockholders are selling all of the shares in this
offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of
shares by the selling stockholders. See Use of
Proceeds. |
|
|
|
Dividends |
|
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital
stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends
on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future. |
|
NYSE symbol |
|
GDOT |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The shares of our Class B common stock outstanding after
this offering will represent
approximately % of the total number
of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock
outstanding after this offering
and % of the combined voting power
of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding
after this offering. |
6
The number of shares of our Class A and Class B common
stock to be outstanding after this offering represents the
shares outstanding as of March 31, 2010, after giving
effect to the issuance of 2,208,552 shares of our Class A
common stock to Walmart in May 2010
and shares of Class B common
stock to be acquired by certain selling stockholders through
option exercises at the closing of this offering in order to
sell the underlying shares of Class A common stock in this
offering, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
shares
of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of
stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2010 with a
weighted average exercise price of
$ per share (other
than shares
that we expect to be sold in this offering by certain selling
stockholders upon the exercise of vested stock options and the
conversion of the shares received into Class A common
stock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,567,242 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31,
2010 with a weighted average exercise price of $22.32 per share,
including a warrant to purchase up to 4,283,456 shares that
is exercisable only upon the achievement of performance goals
specified in our arrangement with PayPal, Inc.;
|
|
|
|
89,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of stock options granted after March 31,
2010 with an exercise price of $32.23 per share; and
|
|
|
|
2,200,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved
for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2010
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, each of which will become
effective on the first day that our Class A common stock is
publicly traded and contains provisions that will automatically
increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in
Executive Compensation Employee Benefit
Plans.
|
Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this
prospectus assumes:
|
|
|
|
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our
preferred stock into 24,941,521 shares of our Class B
common stock and the conversion by the selling stockholders
of shares
of our Class B common stock into a like number of shares of
our Class A common stock, in each case immediately prior to
the completion of this offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the filing of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated
bylaws, which will occur immediately following the completion of
the offering; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up
to an
additional shares
of our Class A common stock from the selling stockholders
in this offering.
|
In March 2010, when we adopted our dual class stock structure,
all outstanding shares of our common stock converted
automatically into a like number of shares of Class B
common stock. As of March 31, 2010, there were
12,941,968 shares of Class B common stock and no
shares of Class A common stock outstanding. See
Description of Capital Stock, including
Common Stock and
Anti-Takeover
Provisions Dual Class Stock Structure.
7
Summary
Consolidated Financial and Other Data
The following tables present summary historical financial data
for our business. You should read this information together with
Selected Consolidated Financial Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements and related notes, each included elsewhere
in this prospectus.
We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the five months ended
December 31, 2009 from our audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the
statement of operations data for the three months ended
March 31, 2009 and 2010 and the balance sheet data as of
March 31, 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have
been prepared on a consistent basis with our audited
consolidated financial statements. We derived the statement of
operations data for the years ended July 31, 2005 and 2006
from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not
included in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management,
our unaudited financial data reflect all adjustments, consisting
of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
statement of our results for those periods. Our historical
results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be
expected in any future period.
The pro forma per share data give effect to the conversion of
all currently outstanding shares of our convertible preferred
stock into shares of our Class B common stock upon the
closing of this offering, as though the conversion had occurred
at the beginning of the indicated fiscal period. For further
information concerning the calculation of pro forma per share
information, please refer to note 2 and note 12 of our
notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
21,771
|
|
|
$
|
36,359
|
|
|
$
|
45,717
|
|
|
$
|
91,233
|
|
|
$
|
119,356
|
|
|
$
|
50,895
|
|
|
$
|
31,185
|
|
|
$
|
42,158
|
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
12,064
|
|
|
|
20,616
|
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
45,310
|
|
|
|
62,396
|
|
|
|
30,509
|
|
|
|
15,744
|
|
|
|
22,782
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
5,705
|
|
|
|
9,975
|
|
|
|
12,488
|
|
|
|
31,583
|
|
|
|
53,064
|
|
|
|
31,353
|
|
|
|
13,811
|
|
|
|
27,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
39,540
|
|
|
|
66,951
|
|
|
|
83,624
|
|
|
|
168,126
|
|
|
|
234,816
|
|
|
|
112,757
|
|
|
|
60,740
|
|
|
|
92,819
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
19,148
|
|
|
|
28,660
|
|
|
|
38,838
|
|
|
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
75,786
|
|
|
|
31,333
|
|
|
|
20,016
|
|
|
|
26,039
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses(1)
|
|
|
11,584
|
|
|
|
18,499
|
|
|
|
20,610
|
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
40,096
|
|
|
|
26,610
|
|
|
|
9,410
|
|
|
|
16,260
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
6,990
|
|
|
|
8,547
|
|
|
|
9,809
|
|
|
|
21,944
|
|
|
|
32,320
|
|
|
|
17,480
|
|
|
|
7,700
|
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
6,521
|
|
|
|
10,077
|
|
|
|
13,212
|
|
|
|
19,124
|
|
|
|
22,944
|
|
|
|
14,020
|
|
|
|
5,206
|
|
|
|
11,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
44,243
|
|
|
|
65,783
|
|
|
|
82,469
|
|
|
|
138,948
|
|
|
|
171,146
|
|
|
|
89,443
|
|
|
|
42,332
|
|
|
|
68,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
(4,703
|
)
|
|
|
1,168
|
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
29,178
|
|
|
|
63,670
|
|
|
|
23,314
|
|
|
|
18,408
|
|
|
|
24,085
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(474
|
)
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
|
|
(625
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
|
1,301
|
|
|
|
29,596
|
|
|
|
64,065
|
|
|
|
23,427
|
|
|
|
18,455
|
|
|
|
24,134
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(3,346
|
)
|
|
|
12,261
|
|
|
|
26,902
|
|
|
|
9,764
|
|
|
|
7,749
|
|
|
|
11,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
4,647
|
|
|
|
17,335
|
|
|
|
37,163
|
|
|
|
13,663
|
|
|
|
10,706
|
|
|
|
12,815
|
|
Dividends, accretion and allocated earnings of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(367
|
)
|
|
|
(5,157
|
)
|
|
|
(13,650
|
)
|
|
|
(29,000
|
)
|
|
|
(9,170
|
)
|
|
|
(7,227
|
)
|
|
|
(8,444
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
$
|
(510
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
|
$
|
3,479
|
|
|
$
|
4,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per Class B common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
$(0.48
|
)
|
|
|
$0.02
|
|
|
|
$(0.05
|
)
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
|
|
$0.68
|
|
|
|
$0.37
|
|
|
|
$0.29
|
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
$(0.48
|
)
|
|
|
$0.01
|
|
|
|
$(0.05
|
)
|
|
|
$0.26
|
|
|
|
$0.52
|
|
|
|
$0.29
|
|
|
|
$0.22
|
|
|
|
$0.27
|
|
Weighted-average Class B common shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
10,228
|
|
|
|
10,873
|
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
10,757
|
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
|
|
12,041
|
|
|
|
12,913
|
|
Weighted-average diluted Class B common shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
10,228
|
|
|
|
13,194
|
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
14,154
|
|
|
|
15,712
|
|
|
|
15,425
|
|
|
|
15,501
|
|
|
|
15,982
|
|
Pro forma earnings per Class B common share (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$1.01
|
|
|
|
$0.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.91
|
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.31
|
|
Pro forma weighted-average Class B common shares issued and
outstanding (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,978
|
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,855
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,654
|
|
|
|
40,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,924
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes stock-based compensation
expense of $0, $0, $156,000, $1.2 million and
$2.5 million for the years ended July 31, 2005, 2006,
2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, $6.8 million for the
five months ended December 31, 2009 and $0.6 million
and $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31,
2009 and 2010, respectively.
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Statistical Data (Unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of GPR cards activated
|
|
|
428,737
|
|
|
|
721,561
|
|
|
|
894,295
|
|
|
|
2,167,004
|
|
|
|
3,106,923
|
|
|
|
2,105,908
|
|
|
|
1,790,069
|
|
Number of cash transfers
|
|
|
2,262,854
|
|
|
|
4,055,775
|
|
|
|
4,992,956
|
|
|
|
9,153,119
|
|
|
|
14,084,458
|
|
|
|
8,188,264
|
|
|
|
5,929,861
|
|
Number of active cards as of period end(1)
|
|
|
289,086
|
|
|
|
428,300
|
|
|
|
625,165
|
|
|
|
1,270,072
|
|
|
|
2,056,828
|
|
|
|
2,685,975
|
|
|
|
3,373,396
|
|
Gross dollar volume(2)
|
|
|
$414,910
|
|
|
|
$801,956
|
|
|
|
$1,134,175
|
|
|
|
$2,831,278
|
|
|
|
$4,702,914
|
|
|
|
$2,734,087
|
|
|
|
$2,845,653
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents the total number of GPR
cards in our portfolio that have had a purchase, reload or ATM
withdrawal transaction during the previous
90-day
period.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents the total dollar volume
of funds loaded to our GPR card and reload products in the
specified period.
|
The following table presents consolidated balance sheet data as
of March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(1)
|
|
$
|
102,538
|
|
Settlement assets(2)
|
|
|
30,792
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
194,911
|
|
Settlement obligations(2)
|
|
|
30,792
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
108,590
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
86,321
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes $5.4 million of
restricted cash. We maintain restricted deposits in bank
accounts to support our line of credit.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Our retail distributors collect
customer funds for purchases of new cards and reloads and then
remit these funds directly to bank accounts established on
behalf of those customers by the banks that issue our cards. Our
retail distributors remittance of these funds takes an
average of three business days. Settlement assets represent the
amounts due from our retail distributors for customer funds
collected at the point of sale that have not yet been remitted
to the card issuing banks. Settlement obligations represent the
amounts that are due from us to the card issuing banks for funds
collected but not yet remitted by our retail distributors and
not funded by our line of credit. We have no control over or
access to customer funds remitted by our retail distributors to
the card issuing banks. Customer funds therefore are not our
assets, and we do not recognize them in our consolidated
financial statements.
|
10
RISK
FACTORS
This offering and an investment in our Class A common
stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully
consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together
with all of the other information in this prospectus, including
our consolidated financial statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our
Class A common stock. If any of the following risks
actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of
operations and future prospects could be materially and
adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our
Class A common stock could decline and you could lose part
or all of your investment.
Risks Related to
Our Business
Our
growth rates may decline in the future.
In recent quarters, our operating income and net income have
fluctuated and the rate of growth of our operating revenues
generally has declined. Accordingly, there can be no assurance
that we will be able to continue our historical growth rates in
future periods, and we would expect seasonal or other influences
to cause periodic sequential quarterly declines in our operating
revenues, operating income and net income. In particular, our
results for the three months ended March 31, 2010 were favorably
affected by large numbers of taxpayers electing to receive their
refunds via direct deposit on our cards. The resulting
incremental operating revenues will not be replicated in the
remaining quarters of 2010, and thus we believe that our
quarterly total operating revenues for the remaining quarters in
2010 will be below those in the three months ended
March 31, 2010. In addition, the monthly lapsing of our
repurchase right with respect to the equity issued to Walmart in
May 2010 will result in noncash accounting charges that reduce
our GAAP total operating revenues, and therefore will also have
an adverse impact on our GAAP operating income and net income,
for the next five years.
In the near term, our continued growth depends in significant
part on our ability, among other things, to attract new users of
our products, to expand our reload network and to increase our
operating revenues per customer. Since the value we provide to
our network participants relates in large part to the number of
users of, businesses that accept reloads or payments through,
and applications enabled by, the Green Dot Network, our
operating revenues could suffer if we were unable to increase
the number of purchasers of our GPR cards and to expand and
adapt our reload network to meet consumers evolving needs.
We may fail to expand our reload network for a number of
reasons, including our inability to produce products and
services that appeal to consumers and lead to increased new card
sales, our loss of one or more key retail distributors or our
loss of key, or failure to add, businesses that accept reloads
or payments through the Green Dot Network, which we refer to as
our network acceptance members.
We may not be able to increase card usage and cardholder
retention, which have been two important contributors to our
growth. Currently, many of our cardholders use their cards
infrequently or do not reload their cards. We may be unable to
generate increases in card usage or cardholder retention for a
number of reasons, including our inability to maintain our
existing distribution channels, the failure of our cardholder
retention and usage incentives to influence cardholder behavior,
our inability to predict accurately consumer preferences or
industry changes and to modify our products and services on a
timely basis in response thereto, and our inability to produce
new features and services that appeal to cardholders.
As the prepaid financial services industry continues to develop,
our competitors may be able to offer products and services that
are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar to or
better than ours. This may force us to compete on the basis of
price and to expend significant advertising, marketing and other
resources in order to remain competitive. Even if we are
successful at increasing our operating revenues through our
various initiatives and strategies, we will experience an
inevitable decline in growth rates as our operating revenues
increase to higher levels and we may also experience a decline
in margins. If our operating revenue growth rates slow
materially or decline, our business, operating results and
financial condition could be adversely affected.
11
Operating
revenues derived from sales at Walmart and our other three
largest retail distributors represented 63%, 8%, 7% and 5%,
respectively, of our total operating revenues during the three
months ended March 31, 2010, and the loss of operating
revenues from any of these retail distributors would adversely
affect our business.
Most of our operating revenues are derived from prepaid
financial services sold at our four largest retail distributors.
As a percentage of total operating revenues, operating revenues
derived from products and services sold at the store locations
of Walmart and our three other largest retail distributors, as a
group, were approximately 63% and 20%, respectively, in the
three months ended March 31, 2010. We do not expect
calendar 2010 operating revenues derived from products and
services sold at Walmart stores to change significantly as a
percentage of our total operating revenues from the percentage
in the three months ended March 31, 2010, and expect that
Walmart and our other three largest retail distributors will
continue to have a significant impact on our operating revenues
in future years. It would be difficult to replace any of our
large retail distributors, particularly Walmart, and the
operating revenues derived from sales of our products and
services at their stores. Accordingly, the loss of Walmart or
any of our other three largest retail distributors would have a
material adverse effect on our business, and might have a
positive impact on the business of one of our competitors if it
were able to replace us. In addition, any publicity associated
with the loss of any of our large retail distributors could harm
our reputation, making it more difficult to attract and retain
consumers and other retail distributors, and could lessen our
negotiating power with our remaining and prospective retail
distributors.
Our contracts with these retail distributors have terms that
expire at various dates between 2011 and 2015, subject to early
termination provisions. There can be no assurance that we will
be able to continue our relationships with our largest retail
distributors on the same or more favorable terms in future
periods or that our relationships will continue beyond the terms
of our existing contracts with them. Our operating revenues and
operating results could suffer if, among other things, any of
our retail distributors renegotiates, terminates or fails to
renew, or to renew on similar or favorable terms, its agreement
with us or otherwise chooses to modify the level of support it
provides for our products.
Our future success depends upon our retail
distributors active and effective promotion of our
products and services, but their interests and operational
decisions might not always align with our interests.
Substantially all of our operating revenues are derived from our
products and services sold at the stores of our retail
distributors. Revenues from our retail distributors depend on a
number of factors outside our control and may vary from period
to period. Because we compete with many other providers of
consumer products for placement and promotion of products in the
stores of our retail distributors, our success depends on our
retail distributors and their willingness to promote our
products and services successfully. In general, our contracts
with these third parties allow them to exercise significant
discretion over the placement and promotion of our products in
their stores, and they could give higher priority to the
products and services of other companies. Accordingly, losing
the support of our retail distributors might limit or reduce the
sales of our cards and MoneyPak reload product. Our operating
revenues may also be negatively affected by our retail
distributors operational decisions. For example, if a
retail distributor fails to train its cashiers to sell our
products and services or implements changes in its systems that
disrupt the integration between its systems and ours, we could
experience a decline in our product sales. Even if our retail
distributors actively and effectively promote our products and
services, there can be no assurance that their efforts will
result in growth of our operating revenues.
12
The
industry in which we compete is highly competitive, which could
adversely affect our operating revenue growth.
The prepaid financial services industry is highly competitive
and includes a variety of financial and non-financial services
vendors. Our current and potential competitors include:
|
|
|
|
|
prepaid card program managers, such as First Data Corporation
(or First Data), Netspend Corporation (or Netspend), AccountNow,
Inc. (or AccountNow), PreCash Inc. (or PreCash) and UniRush, LLC
(or Rush Card);
|
|
|
|
reload network providers, such as Visa, Inc. (or Visa),
MasterCard International Incorporated (or MasterCard), The
Western Union Company (or Western Union) and MoneyGram
International, Inc. (or MoneyGram); and
|
|
|
|
prepaid card distributors, such as InComm and Blackhawk Network,
Inc. (or Blackhawk).
|
Some of these vendors compete with us in more than one of the
vendor categories described above, while others are primarily
focused in a single category. In addition, competitors in one
category have worked or are working with competitors in other
categories to compete with us. A portion of our cash transfer
revenues is derived from reloads to cards managed by companies
that compete with us as program managers. We also face potential
competition from retail distributors or from other companies,
such as Visa, that may in the future decide to compete, or
compete more aggressively, in the prepaid financial services
industry.
We also compete with businesses outside of the prepaid financial
services industry, including traditional providers of financial
services, such as banks that offer demand deposit accounts and
card issuers that offer credit cards, private label retail cards
and gift cards.
Many existing and potential competitors have longer operating
histories and greater name recognition than we do. In addition,
many of our existing and potential competitors are substantially
larger than we are, may already have or could develop
substantially greater financial and other resources than we
have, may offer, develop or introduce a wider range of programs
and services than we offer or may use more effective advertising
and marketing strategies than we do to achieve broader brand
recognition, customer awareness and retail penetration. We may
also face price competition that results in decreases in the
purchase and use of our products and services. To stay
competitive, we may have to increase the incentives that we
offer to our retail distributors and decrease the prices of our
products and services, which could adversely affect our
operating results.
Our continued growth depends on our ability to compete
effectively against existing and potential competitors that seek
to provide prepaid cards or other electronic payment products
and services. If we fail to compete effectively against any of
the foregoing threats, our revenues, operating results,
prospects for future growth and overall business could be
materially and adversely affected.
We
operate in a highly regulated environment, and failure by us or
the businesses that participate in our reload network to comply
with applicable laws and regulations could have an adverse
effect on our business, financial position and results of
operations.
We operate in a highly regulated environment, and failure by us
or the businesses that participate in our reload network to
comply with the laws and regulations to which we are subject
could negatively impact our business. We are subject to state
money transmission licensing requirements and a wide range of
federal and other state laws and regulations, which are
described under Business Regulation
below. In particular, our products and services are subject to
an increasingly strict set of legal and regulatory requirements
intended to protect consumers and to help detect and prevent
money laundering, terrorist financing and other illicit
activities.
Many of these laws and regulations are evolving, unclear and
inconsistent across various jurisdictions, and ensuring
compliance with them is difficult and costly. For example, with
increasing frequency, federal and state regulators are holding
businesses like ours to higher standards of training,
13
monitoring and compliance, including monitoring for possible
violations of laws by the businesses that participate in our
reload network. Failure by us or those businesses to comply with
the laws and regulations to which we are subject could result in
fines, penalties or limitations on our ability to conduct our
business, or federal or state actions, any of which could
significantly harm our reputation with consumers and other
network participants, banks that issue our cards and regulators,
and could materially and adversely affect our business,
operating results and financial condition.
Changes
in laws and regulations to which we are subject, or to which we
may become subject, may increase our costs of operation,
decrease our operating revenues and disrupt our
business.
Changes in laws and regulations may occur that could increase
our compliance and other costs of doing business, require
significant systems redevelopment, or render our products or
services less profitable or obsolete, any of which could have an
adverse effect on our results of operations. We could face more
stringent anti-money laundering rules and regulations, as well
as more stringent licensing rules and regulations, compliance
with which could be expensive and time consuming. For example,
more stringent anti-money laundering regulations could require
the collection and verification of more information from our
customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our
operations.
Changes in laws and regulations governing the way our products
and services are sold could adversely affect our ability to
distribute our products and services and the cost of providing
those products and services. If onerous regulatory requirements
were imposed on the sale of our products and services, the
requirements could lead to a loss of retail distributors, which,
in turn, could materially and adversely impact our operations.
For example, in June 2010, the Financial Crimes Enforcement
Network, or FinCEN, published for comment proposed new rules
that, if adopted as proposed, would establish a more
comprehensive regulatory framework for access to prepaid
financial services. As currently drafted, the proposed rules
would significantly change the way customer data is collected
for certain prepaid products (including our cards) by shifting
the point of collection to our retail distributors. We believe
that, if the rules are adopted as currently proposed, we and our
retail distributors would need to modify operational elements of
our product offering to comply with the proposed rules. If we or
any of our retail distributors were unwilling or unable to make
any required operational changes to comply with the proposed
rules as adopted, we would no longer be able to sell our cards
through that noncompliant retail distributor, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial position and
results of operations.
In light of current economic conditions, legislators and
regulators have increased their focus on the banking and
consumer financial services industry, and there are extensive
proposals in the U.S. Congress that could substantially change
the way banks (including card issuing banks) and other financial
services companies are regulated and able to offer their
products to consumers. These changes, if made, could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial position and results
of operations. For example, changes in the way we or the banks
that issue our cards are regulated could expose us to increased
regulatory oversight and litigation. In addition, changes in
laws and regulations that limit the fees or interchange rates
that can be charged or the disclosures that must be provided
with respect to our products and services could increase our
costs and decrease our operating revenues.
Our
pending bank acquisition will, if successful, subject our
business to significant new, and potentially changing,
regulatory requirements, which may adversely affect our
business, financial position and results of
operations.
Upon consummation of our pending bank acquisition, we will
become a bank holding company under the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, or BHC Act. As a bank holding company, we
will be required to file periodic reports with, and will be
subject to comprehensive supervision and examination by, the
Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, we and the subsidiary
bank we acquire will be subject to risk-based and leverage
capital requirements, which could adversely affect our results
of
14
operations and restrict our ability to grow. These capital
requirements, as well as other federal laws applicable to banks
and bank holding companies, could also limit our ability to pay
dividends. We also would likely incur additional costs
associated with legal and regulatory compliance as a bank
holding company, which could adversely affect our results of
operations. In addition, as a bank holding company, we would
generally be prohibited from engaging, directly or indirectly,
in any activities other than those permissible for bank holding
companies. This restriction might limit our ability to pursue
future business opportunities we might otherwise consider but
which might fall outside the activities permissible for a bank
holding company. See Business
Regulation Bank Regulations.
Moreover, substantial changes to banking laws are possible in
the near future. There are extensive proposals in the U.S.
Congress that could substantially change the regulatory
framework affecting our operations. These changes, if they are
made, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial
position and results of operations.
We
rely on relationships with card issuing banks to conduct our
business, and our results of operations and financial position
could be materially and adversely affected if we fail to
maintain these relationships or we maintain them under new terms
that are less favorable to us.
Substantially all of our cards are issued by Columbus Bank and
Trust Company or GE Money Bank. Our relationships with
these banks are currently, and will be for the foreseeable
future, a critical component of our ability to conduct our
business and to maintain our revenue and expense structure,
because we are currently unable to issue our own cards, and,
notwithstanding our pending bank acquisition, will be unable to
do so for the foreseeable future at the volume necessary to
conduct our business, if at all. If we lose or do not maintain
existing banking relationships, we would incur significant
switching and other costs and expenses and we and users of our
products and services could be significantly affected, creating
contingent liabilities for us. As a result, the failure to
maintain adequate banking relationships could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition. Our agreements with the banks that issue
our cards provide for revenue-sharing arrangements and cost and
expense allocations between the parties. Changes in the
revenue-sharing arrangements or the costs and expenses that we
have to bear under these relationships could have a material
impact on our operating expenses. In addition, we may be unable
to maintain adequate banking relationships or, following their
expiration in 2012 and 2015, renew our agreements with the banks
that currently issue substantially all of our cards under terms
at least as favorable to us as those existing before renewal.
We
receive important services from third-party vendors, including
card processing from Total System Services, Inc. Replacing them
would be difficult and disruptive to our business.
Some services relating to our business, including fraud
management and other customer verification services, transaction
processing and settlement, card production and customer service,
are outsourced to third-party vendors, such as Total System
Services, Inc. for card processing and Genpact International,
Inc. for call center services. It would be difficult to replace
some of our third-party vendors, particularly Total System
Services, in a timely manner if they were unwilling or unable to
provide us with these services in the future, and our business
and operations could be adversely affected.
Changes
in credit card association or other network rules or standards
set by Visa and MasterCard, or changes in card association and
debit network fees or products or interchange rates, could
adversely affect our business, financial position and results of
operations.
We and the banks that issue our cards are subject to Visa and
MasterCard association rules that could subject us to a variety
of fines or penalties that may be levied by the card
associations or networks for acts or omissions by us or
businesses that work with us, including card processors, such as
Total Systems Services, Inc. The termination of the card
association registrations held by us or any of the banks that
issue our cards or any changes in card association or other
debit network rules or
15
standards, including interpretation and implementation of
existing rules or standards, that increase the cost of doing
business or limit our ability to provide our products and
services could have an adverse effect on our business, operating
results and financial condition. In addition, from time to time,
card associations increase the organization
and/or
processing fees that they charge, which could increase our
operating expenses, reduce our profit margin and adversely
affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Furthermore, a substantial portion of our operating revenues is
derived from interchange fees. For the three months ended
March 31, 2010, interchange revenues represented 30.0% of
our total operating revenues, and we expect interchange revenues
to continue to represent a significant percentage of our total
operating revenues in the near term. The amount of interchange
revenues that we earn is highly dependent on the interchange
rates that Visa and MasterCard set and adjust from time to time.
There is a substantial likelihood that interchange rates for
certain products and certain issuing banks will decline
significantly in the future as a result of the expected
enactment of the Dodd-Frank Bill. While the interchange rates
that may be earned by us and the bank we propose to acquire
would be unaffected if the Dodd-Frank Bill is enacted into law
in its current form, there can be no assurance that future
legislation or regulation will not impact our interchange
revenues substantially. If interchange rates decline, whether
due to actions by Visa or MasterCard or future legislation or
regulation, we would likely need to change our fee structure to
compensate for lost interchange revenues. To the extent we
increase the pricing of our products and services, we might find
it more difficult to acquire consumers and to maintain or grow
card usage and customer retention. We also might have to
discontinue certain products or services. As a result, our
operating revenues, operating results, prospects for future
growth and overall business could be materially and adversely
affected.
Our
business could suffer if there is a decline in the use of
prepaid cards as a payment mechanism or there are adverse
developments with respect to the prepaid financial services
industry in general.
As the prepaid financial services industry evolves, consumers
may find prepaid financial services to be less attractive than
traditional or other financial services. Consumers might not use
prepaid financial services for any number of reasons, including
the general perception of our industry. For example, negative
publicity surrounding other prepaid financial service providers
could impact our business and prospects for growth to the extent
it adversely impacts the perception of prepaid financial
services among consumers. If consumers do not continue or
increase their usage of prepaid cards, our operating revenues
may remain at current levels or decline. Predictions by industry
analysts and others concerning the growth of the prepaid
financial services as an electronic payment mechanism, including
those included in this prospectus, may overstate the growth of
any industry, segment or category, and you should not rely upon
them. The projected growth may not occur or may occur more
slowly than estimated. If consumer acceptance of prepaid
financial services does not continue to develop or develops more
slowly than expected or if there is a shift in the mix of
payment forms, such as cash, credit cards, traditional debit
cards and prepaid cards, away from our products and services, it
could have a material adverse effect on our financial position
and results of operations.
Fraudulent
and other illegal activity involving our products and services
could lead to reputational damage to us and reduce the use and
acceptance of our cards and reload network.
Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to
capture cardholder account information in order to engage in
illegal activities such as counterfeiting and identity theft. We
rely upon third parties for some transaction processing
services, which subjects us to risks related to the
vulnerabilities of those third parties. A single significant
incident of fraud, or increases in the overall level of fraud,
involving our cards and other products and services, could
result in reputational damage to us, which could reduce the use
and acceptance of our cards and other products and services,
cause
16
retail distributors or network acceptance members to cease doing
business with us or lead to greater regulation that would
increase our compliance costs.
A
data security breach could expose us to liability and protracted
and costly litigation, and could adversely affect our reputation
and operating revenues.
We, the banks that issue our cards and our retail distributors,
network acceptance members and third-party processors receive,
transmit and store confidential customer and other information
in connection with the sale and use of our prepaid financial
services. Our encryption software and the other technologies we
use to provide security for storage, processing and transmission
of confidential customer and other information may not be
effective to protect against data security breaches by third
parties. The risk of unauthorized circumvention of our security
measures has been heightened by advances in computer
capabilities and the increasing sophistication of hackers. The
banks that issue our cards and our retail distributors, network
acceptance members and third-party processors also may
experience similar security breaches involving the receipt,
transmission and storage of our confidential customer and other
information. Improper access to our or these third parties
systems or databases could result in the theft, publication,
deletion or modification of confidential customer and other
information.
A data security breach of the systems on which sensitive
cardholder data and account information are stored could lead to
fraudulent activity involving our products and services,
reputational damage and claims or regulatory actions against us.
If we are sued in connection with any data security breach, we
could be involved in protracted and costly litigation. If
unsuccessful in defending that litigation, we might be forced to
pay damages
and/or
change our business practices or pricing structure, any of which
could have a material adverse effect on our operating revenues
and profitability. We would also likely have to pay (or
indemnify the banks that issue our cards for) fines, penalties
and/or other
assessments imposed by Visa or MasterCard as a result of any
data security breach. Further, a significant data security
breach could lead to additional regulation, which could impose
new and costly compliance obligations. In addition, a data
security breach at one of the banks that issue our cards or at
our retail distributors, network acceptance members or
third-party processors could result in significant reputational
harm to us and cause the use and acceptance of our cards to
decline, either of which could have a significant adverse impact
on our operating revenues and future growth prospects.
Litigation
or investigations could result in significant settlements, fines
or penalties.
We have been the subject of general litigation and regulatory
oversight in the past, and could be the subject of litigation,
including class actions, and regulatory or judicial proceedings
or investigations in the future. The outcome of litigation and
regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations is
difficult to predict. Plaintiffs or regulatory agencies in these
matters may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts
or seek to have aspects of our business suspended or modified.
The monetary and other impact of these actions may remain
unknown for substantial periods of time. The cost to defend,
settle or otherwise resolve these matters may be significant.
If regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations were to
be initiated against us by private or governmental entities, our
business, results of operations and financial condition could be
adversely affected. Adverse publicity that may be associated
with regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations could
negatively impact our relationships with retail distributors,
network acceptance members and card processors and decrease
acceptance and use of, and loyalty to, our products and related
services.
17
We
must adequately protect our brand and the intellectual property
rights related to our products and services and avoid infringing
on the proprietary rights of others.
The Green Dot brand is important to our business, and we utilize
trademark registrations and other means to protect it. Our
business would be harmed if we were unable to protect our brand
against infringement and its value was to decrease as a result.
We rely on a combination of trademark and copyright laws, trade
secret protection and confidentiality and license agreements to
protect the intellectual property rights related to our products
and services. We may unknowingly violate the intellectual
property or other proprietary rights of others and, thus, may be
subject to claims by third parties. If so, we may be required to
devote significant time and resources to defending against these
claims or to protecting and enforcing our own rights. Some of
our intellectual property rights may not be protected by
intellectual property laws, particularly in foreign
jurisdictions. The loss of our intellectual property or the
inability to secure or enforce our intellectual property rights
or to defend successfully against an infringement action could
harm our business, results of operations, financial condition
and prospects.
We are exposed
to losses from cardholder account overdrafts.
Our cardholders can incur charges in excess of the funds
available in their accounts, and we may become liable for these
overdrafts. While we decline authorization attempts for amounts
that exceed the available balance in a cardholders
account, the application of card association rules, the timing
of the settlement of transactions and the assessment of the
cards monthly maintenance fee, among other things, can
result in overdrawn accounts.
Maintenance fee assessment overdrafts accounted for
approximately 94% of aggregate overdrawn account balances in the
three months ended March 31, 2010. Maintenance fee
assessment overdrafts occur as a result of our charging a
cardholder, pursuant to the cards terms and conditions,
the monthly maintenance fee at a time when he or she does not
have sufficient funds in his or her account. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates Reserve for
Uncollectible Overdrawn Accounts.
Our remaining overdraft exposure arises primarily from
late-posting. A late-post occurs when a merchant posts a
transaction within a card association-permitted timeframe but
subsequent to our release of the authorization for that
transaction, as permitted by card association rules. Under card
association rules, we may be liable for the amount of the
transaction even if the cardholder has made additional purchases
in the intervening period and funds are no longer available on
the card at the time the transaction is posted.
Overdrawn account balances are funded on our behalf by the bank
that issued the overdrawn card. We are responsible to this card
issuing bank for any losses associated with these overdrafts.
Overdrawn account balances are therefore deemed to be our
receivables due from cardholders. We maintain reserves to cover
the risk that we may not recover these receivables due from our
cardholders, but our exposure may increase above these reserves
for a variety of reasons, including our failure to predict the
actual recovery rate accurately. To the extent we incur losses
from overdrafts above our reserves or we determine that it is
necessary to increase our reserves substantially, our business,
results of operations and financial condition could be
materially and adversely affected.
We
face settlement risks from our retail distributors, which may
increase during an economic downturn.
The vast majority of our business is conducted through retail
distributors that sell our products and services to consumers at
their store locations. Our retail distributors collect funds
from the consumers who purchase our products and services and
then must remit these funds directly to accounts established on
behalf of these consumers at the banks that issue our cards. The
remittance
18
of these funds by the retail distributor takes on average three
business days. If a retail distributor becomes insolvent, files
for bankruptcy, commits fraud or otherwise fails to remit
proceeds to the card issuing bank from the sales of our products
and services, we are liable for any amounts owed to the card
issuing bank. As of March 31, 2010, we had assets subject
to settlement risk of $30.8 million. Given the
unprecedented volatility in global financial markets and the
frequent occurrence of negative economic events, the approaches
we use to assess and monitor the creditworthiness of our retail
distributors may be inadequate, and we may be unable to detect
and take steps to mitigate an increased credit risk in a timely
manner.
A further economic downturn could result in settlement losses,
whether or not directly related to our business. We are not
insured against these risks. Significant settlement losses could
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
Future
acquisitions or investments could disrupt our business and harm
our financial condition.
We are in the process of acquiring a bank holding company and
its subsidiary commercial bank, although we cannot guarantee
when, if ever, this acquisition will be completed. In addition,
we may pursue other acquisitions or investments that we believe
will help us to achieve our strategic objectives. The process of
integrating an acquired business, product or technology can
create unforeseen operating difficulties, expenditures and other
challenges such as:
|
|
|
|
|
increased regulatory and compliance requirements, including, if
we complete our pending bank acquisition, capital requirements
applicable to us and our acquired subsidiary bank;
|
|
|
|
implementation or remediation of controls, procedures and
policies at the acquired company;
|
|
|
|
diversion of management time and focus from operation of our
then-existing business to acquisition integration challenges;
|
|
|
|
coordination of product, sales, marketing and program and
systems management functions;
|
|
|
|
transition of the acquired companys users and customers
onto our systems;
|
|
|
|
retention of employees from the acquired company;
|
|
|
|
integrating employees from the acquired company into our
organization;
|
|
|
|
integration of the acquired companys accounting,
information management, human resource and other administrative
systems and operations generally with ours;
|
|
|
|
liability for activities of the acquired company prior to the
acquisition, including violations of law, commercial disputes,
and tax and other known and unknown liabilities; and
|
|
|
|
litigation or other claims in connection with the acquired
company, including claims brought by terminated employees,
customers, former stockholders or other third parties.
|
If we are unable to address these difficulties and challenges or
other problems encountered in connection with our bank
acquisition or any future acquisition or investment, we might
not realize the anticipated benefits of that acquisition or
investment, we might incur unanticipated liabilities or we might
otherwise suffer harm to our business generally.
To the extent we pay the consideration for any future
acquisitions or investments in cash, it would reduce the amount
of cash available to us for other purposes. Future acquisitions
or investments could also result in dilutive issuances of our
equity securities or the incurrence of debt, contingent
liabilities, amortization expenses, or impairment charges
against goodwill on our balance sheet, any of which could harm
our financial condition and negatively impact our stockholders.
19
Economic,
political and other conditions may adversely affect trends in
consumer spending.
The electronic payments industry, including the prepaid
financial services segment within that industry, depends heavily
upon the overall level of consumer spending. Sustained
deterioration in general economic conditions in the United
States might reduce the number of our cards that are purchased
or reloaded, the number of transactions involving our cards and
the use of our reload network and related services. If general
economic conditions result in a sustained reduction in the use
of our products and related services, either as a result of a
general reduction in consumer spending or as a result of a
disproportionate reduction in the use of card-based payment
systems, our business, results of operations and financial
condition would be materially harmed.
Our
business is dependent on the efficient and uninterrupted
operation of computer network systems and data
centers.
Our ability to provide reliable service to cardholders and other
network participants depends on the efficient and uninterrupted
operation of our computer network systems and data centers as
well as those of our retail distributors, network acceptance
members and third-party processors. Our business involves
movement of large sums of money, processing of large numbers of
transactions and management of the data necessary to do both.
Our success depends upon the efficient and error-free handling
of the money that is collected by our retail distributors and
remitted to network acceptance members or the banks that issue
our cards. We rely on the ability of our employees, systems and
processes and those of the banks that issue our cards, our
retail distributors, our network acceptance members and
third-party processors to process and facilitate these
transactions in an efficient, uninterrupted and error-free
manner.
In the event of a breakdown, a catastrophic event (such as fire,
natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications failure or
physical break-in), a security breach or malicious attack, an
improper operation or any other event impacting our systems or
processes, or those of our vendors, or an improper action by our
employees, agents or third-party vendors, we could suffer
financial loss, loss of customers, regulatory sanctions and
damage to our reputation. The measures we have taken, including
the implementation of disaster recovery plans and redundant
computer systems, may not be successful, and we may experience
other problems unrelated to system failures. We may also
experience software defects, development delays and installation
difficulties, any of which could harm our business and
reputation and expose us to potential liability and increased
operating expenses. Some of our contracts with retail
distributors, including our contract with Walmart, contain
service level standards pertaining to the operation of our
systems, and provide the retail distributor with the right to
collect damages and potentially to terminate its contract with
us for system downtime exceeding stated limits. If we face
system interruptions or failures, our business interruption
insurance may not be adequate to cover the losses or damages
that we incur.
We
must be able to operate and scale our technology effectively to
match our business growth.
Our ability to continue to provide our products and services to
a growing number of network participants, as well as to enhance
our existing products and services and offer new products and
services, is dependent on our information technology systems. If
we are unable to manage the technology associated with our
business effectively, we could experience increased costs,
reductions in system availability and losses of our network
participants. Any failure of our systems in scalability and
functionality would adversely impact our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
20
If
we are unable to keep pace with the rapid technological
developments in our industry and the larger electronic payments
industry necessary to continue providing our network acceptance
members and cardholders with new and innovative products and
services, the use of our cards and other products and services
could decline.
The electronic payments industry is subject to rapid and
significant technological changes, including continuing
advancements in the areas of radio frequency and proximity
payment devices (such as contactless cards),
e-commerce
and mobile commerce, among others. We cannot predict the effect
of technological changes on our business. We rely in part on
third parties, including some of our competitors and potential
competitors, for the development of, and access to, new
technologies. We expect that new services and technologies
applicable to our industry will continue to emerge, and these
new services and technologies may be superior to, or render
obsolete, the technologies we currently utilize in our products
and services. Additionally, we may make future investments in,
or enter into strategic alliances to develop, new technologies
and services or to implement infrastructure change to further
our strategic objectives, strengthen our existing businesses and
remain competitive. However, our ability to transition to new
services and technologies that we develop may be inhibited by a
lack of industry-wide standards, by resistance from our retail
distributors, network acceptance members, third-party processors
or consumers to these changes, or by the intellectual property
rights of third parties. Our future success will depend, in
part, on our ability to develop new technologies and adapt to
technological changes and evolving industry standards. These
initiatives are inherently risky, and they may not be successful
or may have an adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
As
a public company, we will be subject to additional financial and
other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may
be difficult for us to satisfy, will raise our costs and may
divert resources and management attention from operating our
business.
We have historically operated as a private company. After this
offering, we will need to file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or SEC, annual and quarterly information and other
reports that are specified in the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and SEC regulations.
Thus, we will need to ensure that we have the ability to prepare
on a timely basis financial statements that comply with SEC
reporting requirements. We will also become subject to other
reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the
listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE,
and the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the regulations promulgated thereunder,
which will impose significant new compliance obligations upon
us. As a public company, we will be required, among other
things, to:
|
|
|
|
|
prepare and distribute periodic reports and other stockholder
communications in compliance with our obligations under the
federal securities laws and the NYSE rules;
|
|
|
|
define and expand the roles and the duties of our board of
directors and its committees;
|
|
|
|
institute more comprehensive compliance, investor relations and
internal audit functions;
|
|
|
|
evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over
financial reporting, and report on managements assessment
thereof, in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations of the
SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; and
|
|
|
|
involve and retain outside legal counsel and accountants in
connection with the activities listed above.
|
The adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting
must be assessed by management for each year commencing with the
year ending December 31, 2011. We do not currently have
comprehensive documentation of our internal control over
financial reporting, nor do we document our compliance with
these controls on a periodic basis in accordance with
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Furthermore, we have
not tested our internal control over financial reporting in
accordance
21
with Section 404 and, due to our lack of documentation,
this testing would not be possible at this time. If we were
unable to implement the controls and procedures required by
Section 404 in a timely manner or otherwise to comply with
Section 404, management might not be able to certify, and
our independent registered public accounting firm might not be
able to report on, the adequacy of our internal control over
financial reporting. If we are unable to maintain adequate
internal control over financial reporting, we might be unable to
report our financial information on a timely basis and might
suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violate NYSE listing
standards. There could also be a negative reaction in the
financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and
the reliability of our financial statements.
The changes necessitated by becoming a public company will
require a significant commitment of additional resources and
management oversight that will increase our costs and might
place a strain on our systems and resources. As a result, our
managements attention might be diverted from other
business concerns. In addition, we might not be successful in
implementing and maintaining controls and procedures that comply
with these requirements. For example, in connection with the
audit of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal
year ended July 31, 2009, we identified a significant
deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting
relating to our financial statement closing process and the need
to enhance our financial reporting resources and infrastructure.
If we fail to maintain an effective internal control environment
or to comply with the numerous legal and regulatory requirements
imposed on public companies, we could make material errors in,
and be required to restate, our financial statements. Any such
restatement could result in a loss of public confidence in the
reliability of our financial statements and sanctions imposed on
us by the SEC.
Our
future success depends on our ability to attract, integrate,
retain and incentivize key personnel.
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on our
ability to attract, integrate, retain and incentivize key
personnel, namely our management team and experienced sales,
marketing and program and systems management personnel. We must
retain and motivate existing personnel, and we must also
attract, assimilate and motivate additional highly-qualified
employees. We may experience difficulty assimilating our
newly-hired personnel, which may adversely affect our business.
Competition for qualified management, sales, marketing and
program and systems management personnel can be intense.
Competitors have in the past and may in the future attempt to
recruit our top management and employees. If we fail to attract,
integrate, retain and incentivize key personnel, our ability to
manage and grow our business could be harmed.
We
might require additional capital to support our business in the
future, and this capital might not be available on acceptable
terms, or at all.
If our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents balances and any
cash generated from operations are not sufficient to meet our
future cash requirements, we will need to access additional
capital to fund our operations. We may also need to raise
additional capital to take advantage of new business or
acquisition opportunities. We may seek to raise capital by,
among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or
other equity securities;
|
|
|
|
issuing debt securities; or
|
|
|
|
borrowing funds under a credit facility.
|
We may not be able to raise needed cash in a timely basis on
terms acceptable to us or at all. Financings, if available, may
be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our
stockholders, and the prices at which new investors might be
willing to purchase our Class A common stock could be lower
than the initial public offering price. The holders of new
securities may also receive rights, preferences or privileges
that are senior to those of existing holders of our Class A
common stock. In addition, if we were to raise cash through a
debt financing, the terms of the financing might impose
22
additional conditions or restrictions on our operations that
could adversely affect our business. If we require new sources
of financing but they are insufficient or unavailable, we would
be required to modify our operating plans to take into account
the limitations of available funding, which would harm our
ability to maintain or grow our business.
The
occurrence of catastrophic events could damage our facilities or
the facilities of third parties on which we depend, which could
force us to curtail our operations.
We and some of the third-party service providers on which we
depend for various support functions, such as customer service
and card processing, are vulnerable to damage from catastrophic
events, such as power loss, natural disasters, terrorism and
similar unforeseen events beyond our control. Our principal
offices, for example, are situated in the foothills of southern
California near known earthquake fault zones and areas of
elevated wild fire danger. If any catastrophic event were to
occur, our ability to operate our business could be seriously
impaired, as we do not maintain redundant systems for critical
business functions, such as finance and accounting. In addition,
we might not have adequate insurance to cover our losses
resulting from catastrophic events or other significant business
interruptions. Any significant losses that are not recoverable
under our insurance policies, as well as the damage to, or
interruption of, our infrastructure and processes, could
seriously impair our business and financial condition.
Risks Related to
Our Class A Common Stock and This Offering
We
cannot assure you that a market will develop for our
Class A common stock or what the market price of our
Class A common stock will be.
No public trading market currently exists for our Class A
common stock, and one may not develop or be sustained after this
offering to provide you with adequate liquidity. If a market
does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for
you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at an
attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at
which our Class A common stock will trade. The initial
public offering price for our Class A common stock will be
determined through negotiations among us, the selling
stockholders and representatives of the underwriters and may not
bear any relationship to the market price at which our
Class A common stock will trade in the public market
following this offering or to any other established criteria of
the value of our business. A significant portion of our shares
may not trade following the offering because our existing
stockholders will continue to own
approximately % of our shares. If
these shares do not trade, there may be limited liquidity for
shares of our Class A common stock following this offering.
The
price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and you
could lose all or part of your investment.
In the recent past, stocks generally, and financial services
company stocks in particular, have experienced high levels of
volatility. The trading price of our Class A common stock
following this offering may fluctuate substantially and may be
higher or lower than the initial public offering price. The
trading price of our Class A common stock following this
offering will depend on a number of factors, including those
described in this Risk Factors section, many of
which are beyond our control and may not be related to our
operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to
lose all or part of your investment in our Class A common
stock as you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the
price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause
fluctuations in the trading price of our Class A common
stock include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from
time to time;
|
|
|
|
significant volatility in the market prices and trading volumes
of financial services company stocks;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or
fluctuations in our operating results;
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors
or the recommendations of any securities analysts who follow our
Class A common stock;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated developments in our business or our
competitors businesses or the competitive landscape
generally;
|
|
|
|
the publics reaction to our press releases, other public
announcements and filings with the SEC;
|
|
|
|
litigation involving us, our industry or both or investigations
by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;
|
|
|
|
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws
or regulations applicable to our business;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines,
interpretations or principles;
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions; and
|
|
|
|
sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our
stockholders.
|
In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in
the market price of their stock have become subject to
securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this
type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against
us could result in substantial costs and divert our
managements attention from other business concerns, which
could seriously harm our business.
Our
operating results may fluctuate in the future, which could cause
our stock price to decline.
Our quarterly and annual results of operations may fluctuate in
the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which
are outside of our control. If our results of operations fall
below the expectations of investors or any securities analysts
who follow our Class A common stock, the trading price of
our Class A common stock could decline substantially.
Fluctuations in our quarterly or annual results of operations
may be due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
the timing and volume of purchases, use and reloads of our
prepaid cards and related products and services;
|
|
|
|
the timing and success of new product or service introductions
by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
seasonality in the purchase or use of our products and services;
|
|
|
|
reductions in the level of interchange rates that can be charged;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in customer retention rates;
|
|
|
|
changes in the mix of products and services that we sell;
|
|
|
|
changes in the mix of retail distributors through which we sell
our products and services;
|
|
|
|
the timing of commencement, renegotiation or termination of
relationships with significant retail distributors;
|
|
|
|
the timing of commencement, renegotiation or termination of
relationships with significant network acceptance members;
|
|
|
|
changes in our or our competitors pricing policies or
sales terms;
|
|
|
|
the timing of commencement and termination of major advertising
campaigns;
|
|
|
|
the timing of costs related to the development or acquisition of
complementary businesses;
|
|
|
|
the timing of costs of any major litigation to which we are a
party;
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
the amount and timing of operating costs related to the
maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and
infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
our ability to control costs, including third-party service
provider costs;
|
|
|
|
volatility in the trading price of our Class A common
stock, which may lead to higher stock-based compensation
expenses or fluctuations in the valuations of vesting
equity; and
|
|
|
|
changes in the regulatory environment affecting the banking or
electronic payments industries generally or prepaid financial
services specifically.
|
Concentration
of ownership among our existing directors, executive officers
and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from
influencing significant corporate decisions.
Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share and our
Class A common stock, which is the stock we are selling in
this offering, has one vote per share. Assuming the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares is not
exercised, based upon beneficial ownership as of March 31,
2010, after giving effect to the issuance of
2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock to
Walmart in May 2010
and shares
of Class B common stock to be acquired by certain selling
stockholders through option exercises at the closing of this
offering in order to sell the underlying shares of Class A
common stock in this offering, following this offering, our
current directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5%
of our total shares of common stock outstanding and their
respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own
approximately % of our outstanding
Class A and Class B common stock, representing
approximately % of the voting power
of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, these
stockholders will be able to exercise a controlling influence
over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the
election of directors and approval of significant corporate
transactions, and will have significant influence over our
management and policies for the foreseeable future. Some of
these persons or entities may have interests that are different
from yours. For example, these stockholders may support
proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are
not in your interests. The concentration of ownership could
delay or prevent a change in control of our company or otherwise
discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain
control of our company, which in turn could reduce the price of
our Class A common stock. In addition, these stockholders,
some of which have representatives sitting on our board of
directors, could use their voting control to maintain our
existing management and directors in office, delay or prevent
changes of control of our company, or support or reject other
management and board of director proposals that are subject to
stockholder approval, such as amendments to our employee stock
plans and approvals of significant financing transactions. See
Description of Capital Stock Anti-Takeover
Provisions.
Our
stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding
shares of our common stock eligible for future
sale.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have
outstanding shares
of our common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options
or warrants after March 31, 2010 (other than as described
below) and based on the number of shares outstanding as of
March 31, 2010 after giving effect to the issuance of
2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock to
Walmart in May 2010
and shares
of Class B common stock to be acquired by certain selling
stockholders through option exercises at the closing of this
offering in order to sell the underlying shares of Class A
common stock in this offering. The shares sold in this offering
will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the
remaining shares:
|
|
|
|
|
No shares will be eligible for sale in the public market
immediately upon completion of this offering;
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the
expiration of
lock-up
and/or
market standoff agreements, subject in some cases to the volume
and other restrictions
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
of Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
The remainder of the shares will be eligible for sale in the
public market from time to time thereafter upon the lapse of our
right of repurchase with respect to any unvested shares.
|
The lock-up and market standoff agreements expire 180 days
after the date of this prospectus, except that with respect to
the lock-up agreements the
180-day
period may be extended for up to 34 additional days under
specified circumstances where we announce or pre-announce
earnings or a material event occurs within 17 days prior
to, or 16 days after, the termination of the
180-day
period. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their
sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or
any portion of the securities subject to
lock-up
agreements.
Immediately following this offering, the holders of
approximately shares
of our Class B common stock will be entitled to rights with
respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities
Act. See Description of Capital Stock
Registration Rights. If we register the resale of their
shares following the expiration of the
lock-up and
market standoff agreements, these stockholders could sell those
shares in the public market without being subject to the volume
and other restrictions of Rules 144 and 701.
After the closing of this offering, we intend to register
approximately shares
of our Class A and Class B common stock subject to
options outstanding or reserved for future issuance under our
stock incentive plans. Of these
shares, shares
will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options
after the expiration of the
lock-up and
market standoff agreements. In addition, the shares subject to
an outstanding warrant to purchase 283,786 shares of our
Class B common stock could be eligible for sale after the
expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements.
Assuming our other outstanding warrant vests, up to an
additional 4,283,456 shares will be eligible for sale after
the expiration of
lock-up
and/or
market standoff agreements.
Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in
the public market following this offering, or even the
perception that these sales could occur, could cause the trading
price of our Class A common stock to decline. These sales
could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or
equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that
we deem appropriate.
Because
the initial public offering price of our Class A common
stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net
tangible book value per share of our outstanding Class A
and Class B common stock following this offering, new
investors will experience immediate and substantial
dilution.
The initial public offering price will be substantially higher
than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our
Class A and Class B common stock immediately following
this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets
less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of
our Class A common stock in this offering, you will
experience immediate dilution of approximately
$ per share (assuming the
Class A common stock is offered at
$ per share, the midpoint of the
estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus), the difference between the price per share you pay
for our Class A common stock and its pro forma net tangible
book value per share as of March 31, 2010, after giving
effect to the issuance of 2,208,552 shares of our Class A
common stock in May 2010
and shares
of Class B common stock to be acquired by certain selling
stockholders through option exercises at the closing of this
offering (for an aggregate exercise price of approximately
$ ) in order to sell the
underlying shares of Class A common stock in this offering.
See Dilution. Furthermore, investors purchasing
shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will
only own approximately % of our
outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock
(and have % of the combined voting
power of the outstanding shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock) after the offering even though their
aggregate investment will
represent % of the total
consideration received by us in connection with all initial
sales of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of
March 31, 2010, after giving effect to the issuance of
2,208,552 shares
26
of our Class A common stock in May 2010
and shares
of Class B common stock to be acquired by certain selling
stockholders through option exercises at the closing of this
offering in order to sell the underlying shares of Class A
common stock in this offering. To the extent outstanding options
and warrants to purchase our Class B common stock are
exercised, investors purchasing our Class A common stock in
this offering will experience further dilution.
Our
charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or
prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and
could also reduce the market price of our stock.
Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated
bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change
in control of our company. These provisions could also make it
more difficult for stockholders to nominate directors for
election to our board of directors and take other corporate
actions. These provisions, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
provide our Class B common stock with disproportionate
voting rights (see Concentration of ownership
among our existing directors, executive officers and principal
stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing
significant corporate decisions above);
|
|
|
|
provide for non-cumulative voting in the election of directors;
|
|
|
|
provide for a classified board of directors;
|
|
|
|
authorize our board of directors, without stockholder approval,
to issue preferred stock with terms determined by our board of
directors and to issue additional shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock;
|
|
|
|
limit the voting power of a holder, or group of affiliated
holders, of more than 24.9% of our common stock to 14.9%;
|
|
|
|
provide that only our board of directors may set the number of
directors constituting our board of directors or fill vacant
directorships;
|
|
|
|
prohibit stockholder action by written consent and limit who may
call a special meeting of stockholders; and
|
|
|
|
require advance notification of stockholder nominations for
election to our board of directors and of stockholder proposals.
|
These and other provisions in our restated certificate of
incorporation and our restated bylaws, as well as provisions
under Delaware law, could discourage potential takeover
attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to
pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock
and result in the trading price of our Class A common stock
being lower than it otherwise would be. See Description of
Capital Stock, including Preferred
Stock and Anti-Takeover
Provisions.
If
securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our
business or if they publish negative evaluations of our
Class A common stock, the trading price of our Class A
common stock could decline.
We expect that the trading price for our Class A common
stock will be affected by any research or reports that
securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or
more of the analysts who may elect to cover us or our business
downgrade their evaluations of our Class A common stock,
the price of our Class A common stock would likely decline.
If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company,
we could lose visibility in the market for our Class A
common stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to
decline.
We
do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable
future.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital
stock. Should we complete our proposed acquisition of a bank
holding company and its subsidiary commercial bank, as a bank
27
holding company, our ability to pay future dividends could be
limited by the capital requirements imposed under the BHC Act,
as well as other federal laws applicable to banks and bank
holding companies. We intend to retain any earnings to finance
the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
As a result, you will likely receive a return on your investment
in our Class A common stock only if the market price of our
Class A common stock increases.
28
SPECIAL NOTE
REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
In addition to historical information, this prospectus contains
forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words,
such as project, believe,
anticipate, plan, expect,
estimate, intend, continue,
should, would, could,
potentially, will or may, or
other similar words and expressions that convey uncertainty
about future events or outcomes to identify these
forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this
prospectus include, among other things, statements about:
|
|
|
|
|
our expectations regarding our operating revenues, expenses,
effective tax rates and other results of operations;
|
|
|
|
our anticipated capital expenditures and our estimates regarding
our capital requirements;
|
|
|
|
our liquidity and working capital requirements;
|
|
|
|
our need to obtain additional funding and our ability to obtain
future funding on acceptable terms;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of seasonality on our business;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the growth rates of the markets in which we compete;
|
|
|
|
our anticipated strategies for growth and sources of new
operating revenues;
|
|
|
|
maintaining and expanding our customer base and our
relationships with retail distributors and network acceptance
members;
|
|
|
|
our ability to anticipate market needs and develop new and
enhanced products and services to meet those needs;
|
|
|
|
our current and future products, services, applications and
functionality and plans to promote them;
|
|
|
|
anticipated trends and challenges in our business and in the
markets in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
the evolution of technology affecting our products, services and
markets;
|
|
|
|
our ability to retain and hire necessary employees and to staff
our operations appropriately;
|
|
|
|
management compensation and the methodology for its
determination;
|
|
|
|
our ability to find future acquisition opportunities on
favorable terms or at all and to manage any acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
our ability to complete our pending bank acquisition and our
expectations regarding the benefits of doing so;
|
|
|
|
our efforts to make our business more vertically integrated;
|
|
|
|
our ability to compete in our industry and innovation by our
competitors;
|
|
|
|
our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and
regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our
business;
|
|
|
|
estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our
consolidated financial statements and determining option
exercise prices; and
|
|
|
|
the future trading prices of our Class A common stock and
the impact of any securities analysts reports on these
prices.
|
The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking
statements is subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties
and other factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking
statements. These risks, uncertainties and factors include those
we discuss in this prospectus under the caption Risk
Factors. You should read these
29
risk factors and the other cautionary statements made in this
prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking
statements wherever they appear in this prospectus.
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate
only to events as of the date on which the statements are made.
We undertake no obligation to update publicly any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise, except as required by
law.
INDUSTRY AND
MARKET DATA
This prospectus also contains estimates and other statistical
data, including those relating to market size, transaction
volumes, demographic groups and growth rates of the markets in
which we participate, that we have obtained from industry
publications and reports. These industry publications and
reports generally indicate that they have obtained their
information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not
guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information.
This information involves a number of assumptions and
limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to
these estimates, as there is no assurance that any of them will
be reached. Although we have not independently verified the
accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry
publications and reports, based on our industry experience we
believe that the publications and reports are reliable and that
the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are
reasonable.
USE OF
PROCEEDS
The selling stockholders are selling all of the shares in this
offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of
shares of our Class A common stock by the selling
stockholders.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital
stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends
on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future.
Should we complete our proposed acquisition of a bank holding
company and its subsidiary commercial bank, as a bank holding
company, the Federal Reserve Boards risk-based and
leverage capital requirements, as well as other federal laws
applicable to banks and bank holding companies, could limit our
ability to pay dividends. See Business
Regulation Bank Regulations below. We expect
to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and
growth of our business. Any future determination to pay
dividends on our Class A common stock, if permissible, will
be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend
upon, among other factors, our financial condition, operating
results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion
and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
30
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our consolidated cash, cash
equivalents and restricted cash and capitalization as of
March 31, 2010 on:
|
|
|
|
|
a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the issuance of
2,208,552 shares of Class A common stock in May 2010
and (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares
of our preferred stock into 24,941,521 shares of our
Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of
this offering.
|
The information below is illustrative only, and our
capitalization following the completion of this offering will be
adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and
other terms of the offering determined at the pricing of this
offering. You should read this table together with our
consolidated financial statements and related notes and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, each included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma(1)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(2)
|
|
$
|
102,538
|
|
|
$
|
102,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
25,554,000 shares authorized, 24,941,521 shares issued
and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no
shares issued or outstanding, pro forma
|
|
|
31,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value: one vote per
share, 50,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or
outstanding actual, 2,208,552 shares issued and outstanding, pro
forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common stock, $0.001 par value: ten votes per
share, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 12,941,968 shares
issued and outstanding, actual; 37,883,489 shares issued
and outstanding, pro forma
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
14,745
|
|
|
|
46,042
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
40,241
|
|
|
|
40,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
86,321
|
|
|
|
86,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
86,321
|
|
|
$
|
86,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Excludes the impact of option exercises at the closing of this
offering, including our associated tax withholding obligation,
by the selling stockholders, who we expect will exercise options
to
purchase shares
of Class B common stock, with a weighted average exercise
price of $ per share, in order to
sell the underlying shares of Class A common stock in this
offering. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes $5.4 million of restricted cash. We maintain
restricted deposits in bank accounts to support our line of
credit. |
In the table above, the number of shares outstanding as of
March 31, 2010 does not include:
|
|
|
|
|
5,684,079 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of
March 31, 2010 with a weighted average exercise price of
$8.46 per share
(including shares
that we expect to be sold in this offering by certain selling
stockholders upon the exercise of vested stock options with a
weighted average exercise price of
$ per share and conversion of the
shares received into Class A common stock);
|
|
|
|
4,567,242 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31,
2010 with a weighted average exercise price of $22.32 per share,
including a warrant to purchase up to 4,283,456 shares that
is exercisable only upon the achievement of performance goals
specified in our arrangement with PayPal, Inc.;
|
|
|
|
89,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of stock options granted after March 31,
2010 with an exercise price of $32.23 per share; and
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
2,200,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved
for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2010
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, each of which will become
effective on the first day that our Class A common stock is
publicly traded and contains provisions that will automatically
increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in
Executive Compensation Employee Benefit
Plans 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
|
32
DILUTION
As of March 31, 2010, our pro forma net tangible book value
was approximately $86.3 million, or $2.15 per share. Our
pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the
amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities,
divided
by ,
the number of outstanding shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock, after giving effect to the issuance
of 2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock in May
2010
and shares
of Class B common stock to be acquired by certain selling
stockholders through option exercises at the closing of this
offering in order to sell the underlying shares of Class A
common stock in this offering. Except for the issuance of, and
the payment of approximately
$ to
us
for,
shares acquired through option exercises in order to sell them
in this offering, our net tangible book value will be unaffected
by this offering because this offering is being made solely by
the selling stockholders and none of the proceeds will be paid
to us.
The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is
substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value
per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this
offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A
common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and
substantial dilution of approximately
$ per
share (assuming the Class A common stock is offered at
$ per
share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus) because the price that you
pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net
tangible book value per share of the shares you acquire based on
the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A
common stock and Class B common stock as of March 31, 2010,
after giving effect to the issuance of 2,208,552 shares of our
Class A common stock in May 2010. A $1.00 increase or decrease
in the assumed initial public offering price of
$ per
share would increase or decrease, respectively, the dilution
experienced by new investors by $1.00 per share.
This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our existing
stockholders paid substantially less than the initial public
offering price when they purchased their shares. Investors
purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering
will own
approximately %
of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock
(and
have %
of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our
Class A and Class B common stock) after the offering even though
their aggregate investment will
represent %
of the total consideration of
$ million
received by us in connection with all initial sales of the
shares of our capital stock outstanding as of March 31, 2010,
after giving effect to the issuance of 2,208,552 shares of our
Class A common stock in May 2010
and shares
of Class B common stock to be acquired by certain selling
stockholders through option exercises at the closing of this
offering in order to sell the underlying shares of Class A
common stock in this offering.
The above discussion assumes no exercise of our stock options or
warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2010, consisting of
5,684,079 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of stock options with a weighted average
exercise price of approximately $8.46 per share, and
4,567,242 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants with a weighted average exercise
price of approximately $22.32 per share. If all of these options
and warrants were exercised, then:
|
|
|
|
|
there would be an additional $ per
share of dilution to new investors;
|
|
|
|
our existing stockholders, including the holders of these
options and warrants, would own %
and our new investors would own %
of the total number of shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock outstanding upon the completion of
this offering; and
|
|
|
|
our existing stockholders, including the holders of these
options and warrants, would have
paid % of total consideration, at
an average price per share of $ ,
and our new investors would have
paid % of total consideration.
|
33
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables present selected historical financial data
for our business. You should read this information together with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements, related notes and other financial
information, each included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
selected consolidated financial data in this section are not
intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified
in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and
related notes.
We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the five months ended
December 31, 2009, and the balance sheet data as of
July 31, 2008 and 2009 and December 31, 2009, from our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. We derived the balance sheet data as of
July 31, 2007 from our audited consolidated financial
statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the
statement of operations data for the three months ended
March 31, 2009 and 2010 and the balance sheet data as of
March 31, 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the
statement of operations data for the years ended July 31,
2005 and 2006 and the balance sheet data as of July 31,
2005 and 2006 from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements not included in this prospectus. In the opinion of
our management, our unaudited financial data reflect all
adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair statement of our results for those periods.
Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our
results to be expected in any future period.
The pro forma per share data give effect to the conversion of
all currently outstanding shares of our convertible preferred
stock into shares of our Class B common stock upon the
closing of this offering, as though the conversion had occurred
at the beginning of the indicated fiscal period. For further
information concerning the calculation of pro forma per share
information, please refer to note 2 and note 12 of our
notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
21,771
|
|
|
$
|
36,359
|
|
|
$
|
45,717
|
|
|
$
|
91,233
|
|
|
$
|
119,356
|
|
|
$
|
50,895
|
|
|
$
|
31,185
|
|
|
$
|
42,158
|
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
12,064
|
|
|
|
20,616
|
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
45,310
|
|
|
|
62,396
|
|
|
|
30,509
|
|
|
|
15,744
|
|
|
|
22,782
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
5,705
|
|
|
|
9,975
|
|
|
|
12,488
|
|
|
|
31,583
|
|
|
|
53,064
|
|
|
|
31,353
|
|
|
|
13,811
|
|
|
|
27,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
39,540
|
|
|
|
66,951
|
|
|
|
83,624
|
|
|
|
168,126
|
|
|
|
234,816
|
|
|
|
112,757
|
|
|
|
60,740
|
|
|
|
92,819
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
19,148
|
|
|
|
28,660
|
|
|
|
38,838
|
|
|
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
75,786
|
|
|
|
31,333
|
|
|
|
20,016
|
|
|
|
26,039
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses(1)
|
|
|
11,584
|
|
|
|
18,499
|
|
|
|
20,610
|
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
40,096
|
|
|
|
26,610
|
|
|
|
9,410
|
|
|
|
16,260
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
6,990
|
|
|
|
8,547
|
|
|
|
9,809
|
|
|
|
21,944
|
|
|
|
32,320
|
|
|
|
17,480
|
|
|
|
7,700
|
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
6,521
|
|
|
|
10,077
|
|
|
|
13,212
|
|
|
|
19,124
|
|
|
|
22,944
|
|
|
|
14,020
|
|
|
|
5,206
|
|
|
|
11,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
44,243
|
|
|
|
65,783
|
|
|
|
82,469
|
|
|
|
138,948
|
|
|
|
171,146
|
|
|
|
89,443
|
|
|
|
42,332
|
|
|
|
68,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
(4,703
|
)
|
|
|
1,168
|
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
29,178
|
|
|
|
63,670
|
|
|
|
23,314
|
|
|
|
18,408
|
|
|
|
24,085
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(474
|
)
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
|
|
(625
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
|
1,301
|
|
|
|
29,596
|
|
|
|
64,065
|
|
|
|
23,427
|
|
|
|
18,455
|
|
|
|
24,134
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(3,346
|
)
|
|
|
12,261
|
|
|
|
26,902
|
|
|
|
9,764
|
|
|
|
7,749
|
|
|
|
11,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
4,647
|
|
|
|
17,335
|
|
|
|
37,163
|
|
|
|
13,663
|
|
|
|
10,706
|
|
|
|
12,815
|
|
Dividends, accretion and allocated earnings of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(367
|
)
|
|
|
(5,157
|
)
|
|
|
(13,650
|
)
|
|
|
(29,000
|
)
|
|
|
(9,170
|
)
|
|
|
(7,227
|
)
|
|
|
(8,444
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
$
|
(510
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
|
$
|
3,479
|
|
|
$
|
4,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per Class B common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
$(0.48
|
)
|
|
|
$0.02
|
|
|
|
$(0.05
|
)
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
|
|
$0.68
|
|
|
|
$0.37
|
|
|
|
$0.29
|
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
$(0.48
|
)
|
|
|
$0.01
|
|
|
|
$(0.05
|
)
|
|
|
$0.26
|
|
|
|
$0.52
|
|
|
|
$0.29
|
|
|
|
$0.22
|
|
|
|
$0.27
|
|
Weighted-average Class B common shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
10,228
|
|
|
|
10,873
|
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
10,757
|
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
|
|
12,041
|
|
|
|
12,913
|
|
Weighted-average diluted Class B common shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
10,228
|
|
|
|
13,194
|
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
14,154
|
|
|
|
15,712
|
|
|
|
15,425
|
|
|
|
15,501
|
|
|
|
15,982
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Pro forma earnings per Class B common share (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$1.01
|
|
|
|
$0.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.91
|
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.31
|
|
Pro forma weighted-average Class B common shares issued and
outstanding (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,978
|
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,855
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,654
|
|
|
|
40,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,924
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
|
|
|
$(3,492
|
)
|
|
|
$3,214
|
|
|
|
$4,835
|
|
|
|
$34,825
|
|
|
|
$70,731
|
|
|
|
$32,350
|
|
|
|
$20,122
|
|
|
|
$27,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
As of July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(3)
|
|
$
|
15,619
|
|
|
$
|
16,670
|
|
|
$
|
14,991
|
|
|
$
|
41,613
|
|
|
$
|
41,931
|
|
|
$
|
71,684
|
|
|
$
|
102,538
|
|
Settlement assets(4)
|
|
|
8,590
|
|
|
|
12,868
|
|
|
|
15,412
|
|
|
|
17,445
|
|
|
|
35,570
|
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
|
|
30,792
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
30,436
|
|
|
|
42,626
|
|
|
|
56,441
|
|
|
|
97,246
|
|
|
|
123,269
|
|
|
|
183,108
|
|
|
|
194,911
|
|
Settlement obligations(4)
|
|
|
7,355
|
|
|
|
8,933
|
|
|
|
12,916
|
|
|
|
17,445
|
|
|
|
35,570
|
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
|
|
30,792
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
6,769
|
|
|
|
5,030
|
|
|
|
2,446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
25,271
|
|
|
|
37,004
|
|
|
|
45,237
|
|
|
|
65,962
|
|
|
|
81,031
|
|
|
|
111,744
|
|
|
|
108,590
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,336
|
|
|
|
26,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
5,165
|
|
|
|
5,623
|
|
|
|
(11,130
|
)
|
|
|
4,468
|
|
|
|
42,238
|
|
|
|
71,364
|
|
|
|
86,321
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes stock-based compensation
expense of $0, $0, $156,000, $1.2 million and
$2.5 million for the years ended July 31, 2005, 2006,
2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, $6.8 million for the
five months ended December 31, 2009 and $0.6 million
and $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31,
2009 and 2010, respectively.
|
|
(2)
|
|
We anticipate that our investor and
analyst presentations will include Adjusted EBITDA, which we
currently define as net income plus net interest expense
(income), income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and
amortization, and stock-based compensation expense and which is
a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with
GAAP. We also anticipate that our investor and analyst
presentations will include additional non-GAAP financial
measures entitled Adjusted Total Operating Revenues and Adjusted
Net Income, which are discussed at the end of this footnote (2).
The table below provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to
the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be
considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or
any other measure of financial performance calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not
be comparable to similarly titled measures of other
organizations because other organizations may not calculate
Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we do. We prepare Adjusted
EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider
indicative of our core operating performance. You are encouraged
to evaluate these adjustments and the reason we consider them
appropriate.
|
|
|
|
We believe Adjusted EBITDA is
useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance for
the following reasons:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by
investors to measure a companys operating performance
without regard to items, such as interest expense, income tax
expense, depreciation and amortization, and stock-based
compensation expense, that can vary substantially from company
to company depending upon their financing structure and
accounting policies, the book value of their assets, their
capital structures and the method by which their assets were
acquired;
|
|
|
|
securities analysts use Adjusted
EBITDA as a supplemental measure to evaluate the overall
operating performance of companies; and
|
|
|
|
we adopted a new accounting
standard for stock-based compensation effective August 1,
2006 and recorded stock-based compensation expense of
approximately $156,000, $1.2 million and $2.5 million
for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively, $6.8 million for the five months ended
December 31, 2009 and $0.6 million and
$1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009
and 2010, respectively. Prior to August 1, 2006, we
accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value
method under previously issued guidance, which resulted in zero
stock-based compensation expense. By comparing our Adjusted
EBITDA in different historical periods, our investors can
evaluate our operating results without the additional variations
caused by stock-based compensation expense, which is not
comparable from year to year due to changes in accounting
treatment, changes in the fair market value of our common stock
(which is influenced by external factors like the volatility of
public markets) and the financial performance of our peers, and
is not a key measure of our operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
as a measure of operating
performance, because it does not include the impact of items not
directly resulting from our core operations;
|
|
|
|
for planning purposes, including
the preparation of our annual operating budget;
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
to allocate resources to enhance
the financial performance of our business;
|
|
|
|
to evaluate the effectiveness of
our business strategies; and
|
|
|
|
in communications with our board of
directors concerning our financial performance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We understand that, although
Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities
analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA has
limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider
it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results
of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations
are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect
our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital
expenditures or other contractual commitments;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect
changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect
interest expense or interest income;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect
cash requirements for income taxes;
|
|
|
|
although depreciation and
amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated
or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these
replacements; and
|
|
|
|
other companies in our industry may
calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its
usefulness as a comparative measure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents a
reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited) to net income, the
most comparable GAAP financial measure, for each of the periods
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net (Loss)
Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
$
|
535
|
|
|
$
|
4,647
|
|
|
$
|
17,335
|
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
|
$
|
10,706
|
|
|
$
|
12,815
|
|
Interest expense (income), net
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
|
|
(418
|
)
|
|
|
(395
|
)
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(3,346
|
)
|
|
|
12,261
|
|
|
|
26,902
|
|
|
|
9,764
|
|
|
|
7,749
|
|
|
|
11,319
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,211
|
|
|
|
2,046
|
|
|
|
3,524
|
|
|
|
4,407
|
|
|
|
4,593
|
|
|
|
2,254
|
|
|
|
1,158
|
|
|
|
1,563
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
2,468
|
|
|
|
6,782
|
|
|
|
556
|
|
|
|
1,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(3,492
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,214
|
|
|
$
|
4,835
|
|
|
$
|
34,825
|
|
|
$
|
70,731
|
|
|
$
|
32,350
|
|
|
$
|
20,122
|
|
|
$
|
27,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As noted at the beginning of this
footnote (2), we anticipate that our investor and analyst
presentations will include not only Adjusted EBITDA (as
redefined below) but also two other non-GAAP financial
measures Adjusted Total Operating Revenues and
Adjusted Net Income. These additional non-GAAP financial
measures will be included for the reasons described below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In May 2010, we entered into
an amended prepaid card program agreement with Walmart, our
largest retail distributor. As an incentive for entering into
this agreement, we issued Walmart 2,208,552 shares of our
Class A common stock. Accordingly, we expect to present the
impact of this equity issuance as contra-revenue. We are
currently evaluating the timing and recognition impact of this
equity issuance on our consolidated financial statements. The
impact may result in significant fluctuations in our monthly
operating revenues and net income.
|
|
|
|
Fluctuations in our total GAAP
operating revenues, and thus our GAAP net income, resulting from
the equity issuance would make comparisons between fiscal
periods difficult. In an effort to provide investors with useful
information to evaluate our operating performance, we plan to
include in our investor and analyst presentations a non-GAAP
financial measure entitled Adjusted Total Operating Revenues,
which we intend to define as total GAAP operating revenues less
noncash retail distributor incentive compensation that results
from the issuance of the stock award to Walmart. Thus, Adjusted
Total Operating Revenues will equal card revenues plus cash
transfer revenues plus interchange revenues less any retail
distributor incentive compensation paid in cash and will be
directly comparable to our historical GAAP line item entitled
total operating revenues.
|
|
|
|
We also plan to disclose a non-GAAP
financial measure entitled Adjusted Net Income, which will
represent the net income that we would have earned had no
stock-based compensation, including retail distributor incentive
compensation and employee and director stock-based compensation
expenses, been recognized.
|
|
|
|
Finally, beginning in the three
months ended June 30, 2010, we intend to redefine the
calculation methodology for the Adjusted EBITDA numbers that are
analogous to those computed for this prospectus to include not
only the adjustments identified in the first sentence of this
footnote (2) but also the adjustments to those items
resulting from the exclusion of any noncash retail distributor
incentive compensation. We intend to provide more detailed
explanations regarding these non-GAAP financial measures and
their intended uses, together with reconciliation tables between
Adjusted Total Operating Revenues and total operating revenues,
Adjusted Net Income and net income, and Adjusted EBITDA and net
income, in our
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 and in our subsequent
periodic reports.
|
|
|
|
In addition, there is a possibility
that the warrant to purchase Class B common stock described
under Description of Capital Stock
Warrants below will vest and become exercisable upon the
achievement of certain performance goals by PayPal. If
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
this warrant vests, we will need to
determine its fair value on the vesting date using a Black
Scholes model and the price of our Class A common stock and
record that value as an additional contra-revenue item. In that
case, we will also eliminate all effects of that noncash
incentive compensation from the non-GAAP measures described
above.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes $6,025, $2,025, $2,285,
$2,328, $15,367, $15,381 and $5,405 of restricted cash as of
July 31, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009, December 31,
2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Our retail distributors collect
customer funds for purchases of new cards and reloads and then
remit these funds directly to bank accounts established on
behalf of those customers by the banks that issue our cards. Our
retail distributors remittance of these funds takes an
average of three business days. Settlement assets represent the
amounts due from our retail distributors for customer funds
collected at the point of sale that have not yet been remitted
to the card issuing banks. Settlement obligations represent the
amounts that are due from us to the card issuing banks for funds
collected but not yet remitted by our retail distributors and
not funded by our line of credit. We have no control over or
access to customer funds remitted by our retail distributors to
the card issuing banks. Customer funds therefore are not our
assets, and we do not recognize them in our consolidated
financial statements.
|
37
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may
differ materially from those anticipated in these
forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors,
including those set forth under Risk Factors and
elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
Green Dot is a leading prepaid financial services company
providing simple,
low-cost and
convenient money management solutions to a broad base of
U.S. consumers. We believe that we are the leading provider
of general purpose reloadable prepaid debit cards in the United
States and that our Green Dot Network is the leading reload
network for prepaid cards in the United States. We sell our
cards and offer our reload services nationwide at approximately
50,000 retail store locations, which provide consumers
convenient access to our products and services.
We were founded in October 1999 to distribute and service GPR
cards. In 2001, we sold our first such card at a Rite Aid store
in Virginia. Between 2001 and 2004, we concentrated on
increasing our distribution capacity and established
distribution agreements with CVS, The Pantry Stores (Kangaroo
Express) and Radio Shack, among others. In 2004, we launched the
Green Dot Network, which allowed our cardholders to reload funds
onto their cards at any of our retail distributors
locations regardless of where their cards were initially
purchased. For example, this allowed our cards purchased at Rite
Aid stores to be reloaded at CVS stores. We also began to market
the Green Dot Network to providers of third-party prepaid card
programs, which enabled their cardholders to reload funds onto
their cards through our Green Dot Network. In 2005, we continued
to expand our distribution capacity by establishing a
distribution relationship with Walgreens. In May 2007, we began
marketing and distributing Green Dot-branded cards through our
website.
In October 2006, we entered into agreements with Walmart and GE
Money Bank to manage a co-branded GPR card program for Walmart
and to provide reload network services at Walmart stores through
our Green Dot Network. After an extensive product design and
pilot period, we launched the Walmart MoneyCard program in
approximately 2,500, or 70%, of Walmarts U.S. stores
in July 2007. In October 2007, we launched a Visa-branded
non-reloadable gift card program at most of these stores. By
March 31, 2010, we offered the Walmart MoneyCard in more
than 3,600, or 97%, of Walmarts U.S. stores. Since
its inception, the Walmart MoneyCard program has been highly
successful, contributing significantly to the increase in our
total operating revenues. To enhance the value proposition to
cardholders, in February 2009, significant pricing changes were
made to the Walmart MoneyCard program. The new card fee, monthly
maintenance fee and
point-of-sale,
or POS, swipe reload fee for Walmart MoneyCards at Walmart
stores were each lowered to $3.00 from $8.94, $4.94 and $4.64,
respectively. In addition, the sales commission percentage that
we paid to Walmart was significantly reduced in order to offset
our lost revenue resulting from these substantial fee
reductions. Our revenues from Walmart have increased
significantly in response to these pricing changes, as
substantial increases in volumes more than offset the revenue
impact of the lower fees.
In July 2009, we re-launched our core Green Dot-branded GPR card
with new packaging, features and pricing. Our innovative new
package contains a temporary prepaid card, for the first time
visible to the consumer through the packaging, that can be used
immediately upon activation. New card features include free
online bill payment services and a fee-free ATM network with
approximately 17,000 participating ATMs. We reduced the new card
fee from $9.95 to $4.95. We raised the monthly maintenance fee
from $4.95 to $5.95, and at the same time instituted maintenance
fee waivers for months in which cardholders either load $1,000
or more onto their cards or make at least 30 purchase
transactions in order to encourage increased card usage and
cardholder retention. The re-launch of
38
the Green Dot-branded GPR card generated significant increases
in volume that more than offset the revenue impact of the lower
new card fee.
In September 2009, we further expanded our distribution capacity
by entering into a distribution agreement with 7-Eleven. Also,
in September 2009, PayPal became a new acceptance member in the
Green Dot Network, allowing PayPal customers to add funds to a
new or existing PayPal account using our MoneyPak product. These
funds can be used immediately by account holders unlike funds
loaded to PayPal accounts from a bank account, which may not be
available for several days. We believe PayPals customers
have begun recognizing the value of our offerings, but to date
we have not generated significant operating revenues from our
relationship with PayPal. In October 2009, we further expanded
our distribution capacity by entering into a joint marketing and
referral agreement with Intuit Inc. In January 2010, Intuit
integrated into its TurboTax software an option that allows its
customers to receive their tax refunds via direct deposit to a
Green Dot co-branded GPR card, called a TurboTax Refund Card,
that we manage.
In May 2010, we entered into an amended prepaid card program
agreement with Walmart. This agreement called for sales
commission percentages above those we had paid to Walmart before
the February 2009 reduction and also extended the term of the
agreement to May 2015. In connection with this commercial
agreement, we issued to Walmart 2,208,552 shares of our
Class A common stock. These shares are subject to our right
of repurchase upon termination of our commercial agreement with
Walmart and GE Money Bank, other than a termination arising out
of our knowing, intentional and material breach of the
agreement. Our right to repurchase lapses with respect to
36,810 shares per month over the
60-month
term of the agreement.
Key Business
Metrics
We designed our business model to provide low-cost, easy-to-use
financial products and services to a large number of customers
through retail store and online distribution. We review a number
of metrics to help us monitor the performance of, and identify
trends affecting, our business. We believe the following
measures are the primary indicators of our quarterly and annual
performance.
Number of GPR Cards Activated represents the
total number of GPR cards sold through our retail and online
distribution channels that are activated (and, in the case of
our online channel, also funded) by cardholders in a specified
period. We activated 894,000, 2.2 million and
3.1 million GPR cards in fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively, 976,000 and 2.1 million GPR cards in the five
months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and
861,000 and 1.8 million GPR cards in the three months ended
March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
Number of Cash Transfers represents the total
number of MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions that we
sell through our retail distributors in a specified period. We
sold 5.0 million, 9.2 million and 14.1 million
MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions in fiscal 2007, 2008
and 2009, respectively, 5.0 million and 8.2 million
MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions in the five months
ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and
3.5 million and 5.9 million MoneyPak and POS swipe
reload transactions in the three months ended March 31,
2009 and 2010, respectively.
Number of Active Cards represents the total
number of GPR cards in our portfolio that have had a purchase,
reload or ATM withdrawal transaction during the previous
90-day
period. We had 625,000, 1.3 million and 2.1 million
active cards outstanding as of July 31, 2007, 2008 and
2009, respectively, 1.4 million and 2.7 million active
cards outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2009,
respectively, and 1.7 million and 3.4 million active
cards outstanding as of March 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively.
Gross Dollar Volume represents the total
dollar volume of funds loaded to our GPR card and reload
products. Our gross dollar volume was $1.1 billion,
$2.8 billion and $4.7 billion in fiscal 2007, 2008 and
2009, respectively, $1.6 billion and $2.7 billion in
the five months ended December 31, 2008
39
and 2009, respectively, and $1.2 billion and
$2.8 billion in the three months ended March 31, 2009
and 2010, respectively.
Key components of
our results of operations
Operating
Revenues
We classify our operating revenues into the following three
categories:
Card Revenues. Card revenues consist of new
card fees, monthly maintenance fees, ATM fees and other
revenues. We charge new card fees when a consumer purchases a
GPR or gift card in a retail store. We charge maintenance fees
on GPR cards to cardholders on a monthly basis pursuant to the
terms and conditions in our cardholder agreements. We charge ATM
fees to cardholders when they withdraw money or conduct other
transactions at certain ATMs in accordance with the terms and
conditions in our cardholder agreements. Other revenues consist
primarily of fees associated with optional products or services,
which we generally offer to consumers during the card activation
process. Optional products and services that generate other
revenues include providing a second card for an account,
expediting delivery of the personalized GPR card that replaces
the temporary card obtained at the retail store and upgrading a
cardholder account to one of our premium programs
the VIP program or Premier Card program
which provide benefits for our more active cardholders.
Historically, our card revenues have also included customer
service fees that we charged in accordance with the terms and
conditions in our cardholder agreements.
Our aggregate new card fee revenues vary based upon the number
of GPR cards activated and the average new card fee. The average
new card fee depends primarily upon the mix of products that we
sell since there are variations in new card fees among Green
Dot-branded and co-branded products and between GPR cards and
general purpose gift cards. Our aggregate monthly maintenance
fee revenues vary primarily based upon the number of active
cards in our portfolio and the average fee assessed per account.
Our average monthly maintenance fee per active account depends
upon the mix of Green Dot-branded and co-branded cards in our
portfolio and upon the extent to which fees are waived based on
significant usage. Our aggregate ATM fee revenues vary based
upon the number of cardholder ATM transactions and the average
fee per ATM transaction. The average fee per ATM transaction
depends upon the mix of Green Dot-branded and co-branded active
cards in our portfolio and the extent to which cardholders
enroll in our VIP program, which has no ATM fees, or effect ATM
transactions on our fee-free ATM network.
Cash Transfer Revenues. We earn cash transfer
revenues when consumers purchase and use a MoneyPak or fund
their cards through a POS swipe reload transaction in a retail
store. Our aggregate cash transfer revenues vary based upon the
total number of MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions and
the average price per MoneyPak or POS swipe reload transaction.
The average price per MoneyPak or POS swipe reload transaction
depends upon the relative numbers of cash transfer sales at our
different retail distributors and on the mix of MoneyPak and POS
swipe reload transactions at certain retailers that have
different fees for the two types of reload transactions.
Interchange Revenues. We earn interchange
revenues from fees remitted by the merchants bank, which
are based on rates established by Visa and MasterCard, when
cardholders make purchase transactions using our cards. Our
aggregate interchange revenues vary based primarily on the
number of active cards in our portfolio and on the mix of
cardholder purchases between those using signature
identification technologies and those using personal
identification numbers.
Operating
Expenses
We classify our operating expenses into the following four
categories:
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and
marketing expenses consist primarily of the sales commissions we
pay to our retail distributors and brokers for sales of our GPR
and gift cards and reload services in their stores, advertising
and marketing expenses, and the costs of manufacturing
40
and distributing card packages, placards and promotional
materials to our retail distributors and personalized GPR cards
to consumers who have activated their cards. We generally
establish sales commission percentages in long-term distribution
agreements with our retail distributors, and aggregate sales
commissions are determined by the number of prepaid cards and
cash transfers sold at their respective retail stores. We incur
advertising and marketing expenses for television and online
advertisements of our products and through retailer-based print
promotions and in-store displays. Advertising and marketing
expenses are recognized as incurred and typically deliver a
benefit over an extended period of time. For this reason, these
expenses do not always track changes in revenues. Our
manufacturing and distribution costs vary primarily based on the
number of GPR cards activated.
Compensation and Benefits
Expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses
represent the compensation and benefits that we provide to our
employees and the payments we make to third-party contractors.
While we have an in-house customer service organization, we
employ third-party contractors to conduct all call center
operations, handle routine customer service inquiries and
provide temporary support in the area of IT operations and
elsewhere. Compensation and benefits expenses associated with
our customer service and loss management functions generally
vary in line with the size of our active card portfolio, while
the expenses associated with other functions do not.
Processing Expenses. Processing expenses
consist primarily of the fees charged to us by the banks that
issue our prepaid cards, the third-party card processor that
maintains the records of our customers accounts and
processes transaction authorizations and postings for us, and
Visa and MasterCard, which process transactions for us through
their respective payment networks. These costs generally vary
based on the total number of active cards in our portfolio.
Other General and Administrative
Expenses. Other general and administrative
expenses consist primarily of professional service fees,
telephone and communication costs, depreciation and amortization
of our property and equipment, losses from unrecovered customer
purchase transaction overdrafts and fraud, rent and utilities,
and insurance. We incur telephone and communication costs
primarily from customers contacting us through our toll-free
telephone numbers. These costs vary with the total number of
active cards in our portfolio as do losses from unrecovered
customer purchase transaction overdrafts and fraud. Costs
associated with professional services, depreciation and
amortization of our property and equipment, and rent and
utilities vary based upon our investment in infrastructure, risk
management and internal controls and are generally not
correlated with our operating revenues or other transaction
metrics.
Income Tax
Expense
Our income tax expense consists of the federal and state
corporate income taxes accrued on income resulting from the sale
of our products and services. Since the majority of our
operations are based in California, most of our state taxes are
paid to that state.
41
Comparison of
Three Months Ended March 31, 2009 and 2010
Operating
Revenues
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
revenues among card, cash transfer and interchange revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
31,185
|
|
|
|
51.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
42,158
|
|
|
|
45.4
|
%
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
15,744
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
|
|
22,782
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
13,811
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
|
|
27,879
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
$
|
60,740
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
92,819
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card Revenues. Our card revenues totaled
$42.2 million in the three months ended March 31,
2010, an increase of $11.0 million, or 35%, from the
comparable period in 2009. This increase was primarily due to
period-over-period
growth of 108% in the number of GPR cards activated and 93% in
the number of active cards in our portfolio. This growth was
driven by seasonality, large numbers of taxpayers electing to
receive their tax refunds via direct deposit on our cards and
their increasing activity as a result, substantial television
advertising in the more recent comparison period and the
February 2009 reduction in the new card fee for the Walmart
MoneyCard and the July 2009 reduction in the new card fee for
Green Dot-branded cards. The growth in card activations and
active cards was largely offset by the new card fee reductions
and a reduction in the monthly maintenance fee for the Walmart
MoneyCard. These fee reductions also contributed to the decline
in card revenues as a percentage of total operating revenues. We
expect our card revenues will continue to increase in absolute
dollars from year to year as the number of our cards grows, but
we do not expect them to shift significantly as a percentage of
our total operating revenues from the percentage for the three
months ended March 31, 2010.
Cash Transfer Revenues. Our cash transfer
revenues totaled $22.8 million in the three months ended
March 31, 2010, an increase of $7.0 million, or 45%,
from the comparable period in 2009. This increase was primarily
due to
period-over-period
growth of 69% in the number of cash transfers sold, partially
offset by a shift in our retail distributor mix toward Walmart,
which generally has lower fees than our other retail
distributors and significantly reduced the POS swipe reload fee
in February 2009. We expect our cash transfer revenues will
continue to increase in absolute dollars because of the recent
increase in the number of GPR cards activated and the addition
of PayPal as a network acceptance member, and we expect them to
increase slightly as a percentage of total operating revenues
from the percentage for the three months ended March 31,
2010.
Interchange Revenues. Our interchange revenues
totaled $27.9 million in the three months ended
March 31, 2010, an increase of $14.1 million, or 102%,
from the comparable period in 2009. This increase was primarily
due to
period-over-period
growth of 93% in the number of active cards in our portfolio,
driven by the factors discussed above under Card
Revenues. We expect our interchange revenues will continue
to increase in absolute dollars from year to year. However, we
expect these revenues to decline slightly as a percentage of our
total operating revenues from the percentage for the three
months ended March 31, 2010 because gross dollar volume
loaded to our cards during this period was significantly higher
as a result of many taxpayers electing to receive their tax
refunds via direct deposit on our cards.
Future Contra-Revenue. In May 2010, we entered
into an amended prepaid card agreement with Walmart, our largest
retail distributor. As an incentive for entering into this
agreement, we issued Walmart 2,208,552 shares of our
Class A common stock. These shares are subject to our right
to
42
repurchase them at $0.01 per share upon termination of our
agreement with Walmart other than a termination arising out of
our knowing, intentional and material breach of the agreement.
Our right to repurchase the shares lapses with respect to
36,810 shares per month over the
60-month
term of the agreement. Accordingly, we expect to present the
impact of this equity issuance as contra-revenue. We are
currently evaluating the timing and recognition impact of this
equity issuance on our consolidated financial statements. The
impact may result in significant fluctuations in our monthly
operating revenues and net income. In addition, it is possible
that, in the future, the warrant to purchase Class B common
stock described under Description of Capital
Stock Warrants below will vest and become
exercisable upon the achievement of certain performance goals by
PayPal. If this warrant vests, we will need to determine its
value on the vesting date using the Black Scholes model and will
record that value as additional contra-revenue.
Operating
Expenses
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
expenses among sales and marketing, compensation and benefits,
processing, and other general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
$
|
20,016
|
|
|
|
33.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
26,039
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
%
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
9,410
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
|
|
16,260
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
7,700
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
5,206
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
11,755
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
42,332
|
|
|
|
69.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
68,734
|
|
|
|
74.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and
marketing expenses were $26.0 million in the three months
ended March 31, 2010, an increase of $6.0 million, or
30%, from the comparable period in 2009. This increase was
primarily the result of a $3.3 million increase in
advertising and marketing expenses. During the 2009 comparison
period, we did no television advertising and deployed fewer new
in-store displays. The increase in sales and marketing expenses
was also the result of a $1.9 million increase in our
manufacturing and distribution costs due to increased numbers of
GPR cards and MoneyPaks sold and a $0.8 million, or 6%,
increase in the sales commissions we paid to our retail
distributors and brokers, also due to increased numbers of GPR
cards and MoneyPaks sold, partially offset by reductions in the
commission percentages we paid to our retail distributors, most
significantly Walmart. We expect our sales and marketing
expenses as a percentage of our total operating revenues to
increase significantly in the year ending December 31, 2010
from the percentage in the three months ended March 31,
2010 as the contractual sales commission percentages that we are
obligated to pay to Walmart increased substantially in May 2010
as a result of the May 2010 amendment to our agreement with
them.
Compensation and Benefits Expenses. Our
compensation and benefits expenses were $16.3 million in
the three months ended March 31, 2010, an increase of
$6.9 million, or 73%, from the comparable period in 2009.
This increase was primarily the result of a $3.6 million
increase in employee compensation and benefits, which included a
$1.3 million increase in stock-based compensation. The
increase in compensation and benefits expenses was also the
result of a $3.2 million increase in third-party contractor
expenses as the number of active cards in our portfolio and
associated call volumes grew from the three months ended
March 31, 2009 to the three months
43
ended March 31, 2010. We expect our compensation and
benefits expenses to increase as we continue to add personnel
and incur additional third-party contractor expenses to support
expanding operations and as we assume the reporting requirements
and compliance obligations of a public company but, except for
any major fluctuations in stock-based compensation, to remain
relatively consistent with the percentage of total operating
revenues that they represented in the three months ended
March 31, 2010.
Processing Expenses. Our processing expenses
were $14.7 million in the three months ended March 31,
2010, an increase of $7.0 million, or 91%, from the
comparable period in 2009. This increase was primarily the
result of
period-over-period
growth of 93% in the number of active cards in our portfolio. We
expect our processing expenses to increase in absolute dollars
as our operating revenues increase but to remain relatively
consistent with the percentage of total operating revenues that
they represented in the three months ended March 31, 2010.
Other General and Administrative Expenses. Our
other general and administrative expenses were
$11.8 million in the three months ended March 31,
2010, an increase of $6.5 million, or 126%, from the
comparable period in 2009. This increase was primarily the
result of a $4.1 million increase in professional service
fees, $2.7 million of which resulted from a write-off of
our deferred offering expenses as we do not consider it probable
that we will receive sufficient proceeds from the sale of our
Class A common stock to offset these expenses and
$1.4 million of which represented an increase in
professional services because of our potential bank acquisition
and other corporate development initiatives. The increase in the
general and administrative expenses was also the result of a
$1.0 million increase in telephone and communication
expenses resulting from increased use of our call center and our
interactive voice response system, or IVR, as the number of
active cards in our portfolio increased. Additionally, the three
months ended March 31, 2009 included the reversal of a
$0.5 million reserve that was accrued in fiscal 2008 for a
potential litigation settlement. We expect other general and
administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we
incur additional costs related to the growth of our business and
as we assume the reporting requirements and compliance
obligations of a public company. However, we expect these
expenses to decline as a percentage of our total operating
revenues from the percentage in the three months ended
March 31, 2010 because of the deferred offering expense
write-off in
that period and a significant decrease in professional fees
following the completion during this summer of this offering and
our bank acquisition and as we benefit from past significant
investments that we have made and from the potential acquisition
of a bank.
Income Tax
Expense
The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax
rate among federal, state and other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
U.S. federal income tax
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
Offering costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
|
|
46.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our income tax expense increased by $3.6 million to
$11.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2010
from the comparable period in 2009, and there was a 4.9
percentage point increase in the effective tax rate primarily
due to the non-deductibility of our offering costs recognized in
the three months ended March 31, 2010. Excluding the impact
of these non-deductible costs, our effective tax rate would have
been 42.3%. Our effective tax rate in 2010 will decline
several percentage points from this 42.3% level as a result of
the approval of our petition to use an alternative apportionment
method by the California Franchise Tax Board in May 2010.
Under this alternative apportionment
44
method, we apportion less income to the State of California,
resulting in a lower effective state tax rate. The petition
expires on July 31, 2011, however, we expect to continue to
benefit from the lower effective state tax rate in subsequent
years as certain enacted tax law changes, which conform to the
petition, become effective January 1, 2011.
Comparison of
Five Months Ended December 31, 2008 and 2009
Operating
Revenues
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
revenues among card, cash transfer and interchange revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
46,460
|
|
|
|
52.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
50,895
|
|
|
|
45.1
|
%
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
24,391
|
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
30,509
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
18,212
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
31,353
|
|
|
|
27.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
$
|
89,063
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
112,757
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card Revenues. Our card revenues totaled
$50.9 million in the five months ended December 31,
2009, an increase of $4.4 million, or 10%, from the
comparable period in 2008. This increase was primarily due to
period-over-period
growth of 116% in the number of GPR cards activated and 92% in
the number of active cards in our portfolio, largely offset by
the February 2009 reduction in new card and monthly maintenance
fees for the Walmart MoneyCard and the July 2009 reduction in
the new card fee for Green Dot-branded cards. These fee
reductions also contributed to the decline in card revenues as a
percentage of total operating revenues.
Cash Transfer Revenues. Our cash transfer
revenues totaled $30.5 million in the five months ended
December 31, 2009, an increase of $6.1 million, or
25%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was
primarily due to
period-over-period
growth of 64% in the number of cash transfers sold, partially
offset by a shift in our retail distributor mix toward Walmart,
which generally has lower fees than our other retail
distributors and significantly reduced the POS swipe reload fee
in February 2009.
Interchange Revenues. Our interchange revenues
totaled $31.4 million in the five months ended
December 31, 2009, an increase of $13.1 million, or
72%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was
primarily due to
period-over-period
growth of 92% in the number of active cards in our portfolio.
45
Operating
Expenses
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
expenses among sales and marketing, compensation and benefits,
processing, and other general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
$
|
35,001
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
31,333
|
|
|
|
27.8
|
%
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
15,409
|
|
|
|
17.3
|
|
|
|
26,610
|
|
|
|
23.6
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
11,765
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
17,480
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
9,463
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
14,020
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
71,638
|
|
|
|
80.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
89,443
|
|
|
|
79.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and
marketing expenses were $31.3 million in the five months
ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $3.7 million,
or 10%, from the comparable period in 2008. This decrease was
primarily the result of a $4.3 million decline in
advertising and marketing expenses. During the 2009 comparison
period, we did no television advertising and deployed fewer new
in-store displays. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses
was also the result of a $2.7 million, or 12%, decline in
the sales commissions we paid to our retail distributors and
brokers because of reductions in the commission percentages we
paid to our retail distributors, most significantly Walmart.
These declines were partially offset by a $3.3 million
increase in our manufacturing and distribution costs due to
increased numbers of GPR cards and MoneyPaks sold.
Compensation and Benefits Expenses. Our
compensation and benefits expenses were $26.6 million in
the five months ended December 31, 2009, an increase of
$11.2 million, or 73%, from the comparable period in 2008.
This increase was primarily the result of a $7.1 million
increase in employee compensation and benefits, which included a
$5.8 million increase in stock-based compensation. In
December 2009, our board of directors awarded
257,984 shares of common stock to our Chief Executive
Officer to compensate him for past services rendered to our
company. The number of shares awarded was equal to the number of
shares subject to fully vested options that unintentionally
expired unexercised in June 2009. The aggregate grant date fair
value of this award was approximately $5.2 million, based
on an estimated fair value of our common stock of $20.01, as
determined by our board of directors on the date of the award.
We recorded the aggregate grant date fair value as stock-based
compensation on the date of the award. The increase in
compensation and benefits expenses was also the result of a
$4.1 million increase in third-party contractor expenses as
the number of active cards in our portfolio and associated call
volumes grew from the five months ended December 31,
2008 to the five months ended December 31, 2009.
Processing Expenses. Our processing expenses
were $17.5 million in the five months ended
December 31, 2009, an increase of $5.7 million, or
49%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was
primarily the result of
period-over-period
growth of 92% in the number of active cards in our portfolio,
partially offset by lower fees charged to us under agreements
with one of the banks that issue our cards and our third-party
card processor that became effective in November 2008 and by
more efficient use of our card processor through the purging of
inactive accounts and more effective use of analysis and
reporting tools.
Other General and Administrative Expenses. Our
other general and administrative expenses were
$14.0 million in the five months ended December 31,
2009, an increase of $4.6 million, or 48%, from the
comparable period in 2008. This increase was primarily the
result of a $2.6 million increase
46
in professional service fees due to our potential bank
acquisition and other corporate development initiatives and a
$1.2 million increase in telephone and communication
expenses due to increased use of our call center and our
interactive voice response system, or IVR, as the number of
active cards in our portfolio increased.
Income Tax
Expense
The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax
rate among federal, state and other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
U.S. federal income tax
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
|
|
41.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our income tax expense increased by $2.3 million to
$9.8 million in the five months ended December 31,
2009 from the comparable period in 2008, and there was a slight
decline in the effective tax rate.
Comparison of
Fiscal 2008 and 2009
Operating
Revenues
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
revenues among card, cash transfer and interchange revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
91,233
|
|
|
|
54.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
119,356
|
|
|
|
50.8
|
%
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
45,310
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
|
|
62,396
|
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
31,583
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
|
|
|
53,064
|
|
|
|
22.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
$
|
168,126
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
234,816
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card Revenues. Our card revenues totaled
$119.4 million in fiscal 2009, an increase of
$28.1 million, or 31%, from fiscal 2008. This increase was
primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 43% in the number of GPR cards activated and 62% in
the number of active cards in our portfolio, partially offset by
the February 2009 reduction in new card and monthly maintenance
fees for the Walmart MoneyCard. This reduction in fees also
contributed to the decline in card revenues as a percentage of
total operating revenues.
Cash Transfer Revenues. Our cash transfer
revenues totaled $62.4 million in fiscal 2009, an increase
of $17.1 million, or 38%, from fiscal 2008. This increase
was primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 54% in the number of cash transfers, partially offset
by a shift in our retail distributor mix toward Walmart, which
generally has lower fees than our other retail distributors and
significantly reduced the POS swipe reload fee in February 2009.
Interchange Revenues. Our interchange revenues
totaled $53.1 million in fiscal 2009, an increase of
$21.5 million, or 68%, from fiscal 2008. This increase was
primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 62% in the number of active cards in our portfolio.
47
Operating
Expenses
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
expenses among sales and marketing, compensation and benefits,
processing, and other general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
$
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
41.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
75,786
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
%
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
40,096
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
21,944
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
32,320
|
|
|
|
13.7
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
19,124
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
22,944
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
138,948
|
|
|
|
82.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
171,146
|
|
|
|
72.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and
marketing expenses were $75.8 million in fiscal 2009, an
increase of $6.2 million, or 9%, from fiscal 2008. This
increase was primarily the result of a $10.1 million, or
25%, increase in the sales commissions we paid to our retail
distributors and brokers. Aggregate commissions increased
because of increased sales, but the impact of these increased
sales was offset in part by a reduction in pricing and
commission rates at Walmart. The increase in sales and marketing
expenses was also the result of a $2.7 million increase in
our manufacturing and distribution costs due to the re-launch of
our Green Dot-branded products and increased numbers of GPR
cards and MoneyPaks sold. These sales and marketing expense
increases were partially offset by a $6.6 million decline
in advertising and marketing expenses, principally as a result
of our decision not to use television advertising during fiscal
2009.
Compensation and Benefits Expenses. Our
compensation and benefits expenses were $40.1 million in
fiscal 2009, an increase of $11.8 million, or 42%, from
fiscal 2008. This increase was primarily the result of a
$9.0 million increase in employee compensation and
benefits, including a $1.2 million increase in stock-based
compensation, as our headcount grew from 209 at the end of
fiscal 2008 to 248 at the end of fiscal 2009 and we hired
several new members of management. Third-party contractor
expenses also increased by $2.8 million as the number of
active cards in our portfolio and associated call volumes grew
from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009.
Processing Expenses. Our processing expenses
were $32.3 million in fiscal 2009, an increase of
$10.4 million, or 47%, from fiscal 2008. This increase was
primarily the result of
year-over-year
growth of 62% in the number of active cards in our portfolio.
This growth was partially offset by lower fees charged to us
under agreements with one of the banks that issue our cards and
with our third-party card processor that became effective in
November 2008 and by more efficient use of that card processor.
Other General and Administrative Expenses. Our
other general and administrative expenses were
$22.9 million in fiscal 2009, an increase of
$3.8 million, or 20%, from fiscal 2008. This increase was
primarily the result of a $1.6 million increase in
telephone and communication expenses due to increased call
volumes as the number of active cards in our portfolio increased
and a $1.4 million increase in professional service fees
primarily associated with corporate development initiatives. We
also had increases of $0.4 million in rent due to
additional office space that we leased to support our increased
headcount and $0.4 million related to the write-off of
abandoned internal-use software. These increases were partially
offset by the reversal of a $0.5 million reserve that was
accrued in fiscal 2008 for a potential litigation settlement.
48
Income Tax
Expense
The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax
rate among federal, state and other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
U.S. federal income tax
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
41.4
|
%
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our income tax expense increased by $14.6 million from
fiscal 2008 to $26.9 million in fiscal 2009, an effective
tax rate increase of 0.6 percentage points from 41.4% to 42.0%.
This increase was primarily due to the utilization in fiscal
2008 of our remaining net operating loss carryforwards to reduce
taxable income.
Comparison of
Fiscal 2007 and 2008
Operating
Revenues
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
revenues among card, cash transfer and interchange revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
45,717
|
|
|
|
54.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
91,233
|
|
|
|
54.3
|
%
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
45,310
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
12,488
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
31,583
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
$
|
83,624
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
168,126
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card Revenues. Our card revenues totaled
$91.2 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of
$45.5 million, or 100%, from fiscal 2007. This increase was
primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 142% in the number of GPR cards activated and 103% in
the number of active cards in our portfolio.
Cash Transfer Revenues. Our cash transfer
revenues totaled $45.3 million in fiscal 2008, an increase
of $19.9 million, or 78%, from fiscal 2007. This increase
was primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 83% in the number of cash transfers.
Interchange Revenues. Our interchange revenues
totaled $31.6 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of
$19.1 million, or 153%, from fiscal 2007. This increase was
primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 103% in the number of active cards in our portfolio.
49
Operating
Expenses
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
expenses among sales and marketing, compensation and benefits,
processing, and other general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
$
|
38,838
|
|
|
|
46.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
41.4
|
%
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
20,610
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
9,809
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
21,944
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
13,212
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
|
|
19,124
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
82,469
|
|
|
|
98.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
138,948
|
|
|
|
82.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and
marketing expenses were $69.6 million in fiscal 2008, an
increase of $30.7 million, or 79%, from fiscal 2007. This
increase was primarily the result of a $14.5 million, or
55%, increase in the sales commissions we paid to our retail
distributors and brokers and a $9.8 million increase in our
manufacturing and distribution costs. Sales commissions and
manufacturing and distribution costs increased principally due
to increased sales of GPR cards and cash loading services.
Advertising and marketing expenses also increased by
$6.4 million from fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2008 as a result of
significant television advertising in fiscal 2008.
Compensation and Benefits Expenses. Our
compensation and benefits expenses were $28.3 million in
fiscal 2008, an increase of $7.7 million, or 37%, from
fiscal 2007. This increase was primarily the result of a
$4.3 million increase in employee compensation and
benefits, including a $1.1 million increase in stock-based
compensation, as our headcount increased from 167 at the end of
fiscal 2007 to 209 at the end of fiscal 2008. Third-party
contractor expenses also increased by $3.3 million from
fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2008 as the number of active cards in our
portfolio and associated call volumes grew from fiscal 2007 to
fiscal 2008.
Processing Expenses. Our processing expenses
were $21.9 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of
$12.1 million, or 124%, from fiscal 2007. This increase was
primarily the result of
year-over-year
growth of 103% in the number of active cards in our portfolio.
Other General and Administrative Expenses. Our
other general and administrative expenses were
$19.1 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of
$5.9 million, or 45%, from fiscal 2007. This increase was
primarily the result of a $1.6 million increase in
professional services fees related, among other things, to an
uncompleted financing transaction, a $1.1 million increase
in telephone and communications expenses primarily related to
growth in call center volumes and a $1.1 million increase
in losses from fraud and purchase transaction overdrafts. Call
center volumes and losses from fraud and purchase transaction
overdrafts increased as the number of active cards in our
portfolio increased. Additionally, depreciation and amortization
of property and equipment increased by $0.9 million due to
expansion of our infrastructure to support our growth. We also
accrued $0.5 million for a potential litigation settlement,
and we had a $0.3 million increase in repair and
maintenance expenses.
50
Income Tax
(Benefit) Expense
The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax
rate among federal, state and other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
U.S. federal income tax
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(288.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(257.2
|
)%
|
|
|
41.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our income tax expense increased by $15.6 million from a
$3.3 million income tax benefit in fiscal 2007 to a
$12.3 million income tax expense in fiscal 2008, and there
was a 298.6 percentage point increase in the effective rate.
These increases were primarily due a reduction of
$3.8 million in the valuation allowance associated with our
deferred tax asset, which we recognized in fiscal 2007.
51
Quarterly Results
of Operations
The following tables set forth unaudited consolidated statement
of operations data for the three months ended December 31,
2008, the four quarters of calendar year 2009 and the three
months ended March 31, 2010, as well as the percentage of
our total operating revenues that each line item represented. We
have prepared our consolidated statements of operations for each
of these quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus,
except for certain consolidated statements of operations items
related to income allocated to common stockholders and earnings
per common share and, in the opinion of our management, each
statement of operations includes all adjustments, consisting
solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair
statement of the results of operations for these periods. This
information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not
necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future
period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sep. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
28,450
|
|
|
$
|
31,185
|
|
|
$
|
30,977
|
|
|
$
|
30,849
|
|
|
$
|
30,779
|
|
|
$
|
42,158
|
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
14,997
|
|
|
|
15,744
|
|
|
|
16,383
|
|
|
|
17,256
|
|
|
|
19,132
|
|
|
|
22,782
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
11,340
|
|
|
|
13,811
|
|
|
|
15,530
|
|
|
|
17,213
|
|
|
|
19,651
|
|
|
|
27,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
54,787
|
|
|
|
60,740
|
|
|
|
62,890
|
|
|
|
65,318
|
|
|
|
69,562
|
|
|
|
92,819
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
20,509
|
|
|
|
20,016
|
|
|
|
15,232
|
|
|
|
17,182
|
|
|
|
19,689
|
|
|
|
26,039
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
9,415
|
|
|
|
9,410
|
|
|
|
10,751
|
|
|
|
12,666
|
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
16,260
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
6,895
|
|
|
|
7,700
|
|
|
|
9,441
|
|
|
|
9,951
|
|
|
|
10,943
|
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
5,772
|
|
|
|
5,206
|
|
|
|
5,928
|
|
|
|
7,587
|
|
|
|
8,779
|
|
|
|
11,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
42,591
|
|
|
|
42,332
|
|
|
|
41,352
|
|
|
|
47,386
|
|
|
|
57,881
|
|
|
|
68,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
12,196
|
|
|
|
18,408
|
|
|
|
21,538
|
|
|
|
17,932
|
|
|
|
11,681
|
|
|
|
24,085
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
12,275
|
|
|
|
18,455
|
|
|
|
21,606
|
|
|
|
17,993
|
|
|
|
11,758
|
|
|
|
24,134
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5,155
|
|
|
|
7,749
|
|
|
|
9,073
|
|
|
|
7,522
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
11,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
7,120
|
|
|
$
|
10,706
|
|
|
$
|
12,533
|
|
|
$
|
10,471
|
|
|
$
|
6,855
|
|
|
$
|
12,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a Percentage of Total Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sep. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
|
51.9
|
%
|
|
|
51.4
|
%
|
|
|
49.2
|
%
|
|
|
47.2
|
%
|
|
|
44.3
|
%
|
|
|
45.4
|
%
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
|
|
26.1
|
|
|
|
26.4
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
|
|
|
26.4
|
|
|
|
28.2
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
37.4
|
|
|
|
33.0
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
26.3
|
|
|
|
28.3
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
17.2
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
|
|
|
19.4
|
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
77.7
|
|
|
|
69.7
|
|
|
|
65.8
|
|
|
|
72.5
|
|
|
|
83.2
|
|
|
|
74.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
22.3
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
|
|
|
34.2
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
22.4
|
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
34.3
|
|
|
|
27.6
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
26.0
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
12.8
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
|
|
17.6
|
%
|
|
|
19.9
|
%
|
|
|
16.1
|
%
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our total operating revenues have increased sequentially in each
of the quarters presented due primarily to a combination of
increased numbers of cash transfers sold and growth in our
portfolio of active cards. Our numbers of sales and active cards
have increased as we have sold our products in a growing number
of retail locations and increased same-store sales. Cash
transfer revenues and interchange revenues have increased
sequentially in each of the quarters presented because of steady
growth in the number of cash transfers, network acceptance
members and active cards in our portfolio. However, because of
the unusually strong seasonal revenue growth in the three months
ended March 31, 2010, particularly in interchange revenues,
these revenue categories, particularly interchange revenues,
could remain at a level below the three months ended
March 31, 2010 for the next three quarters.
Over the periods presented, we have experienced fluctuations in
the growth rate of our card revenues, from a 9.6% increase
between the quarters ended December 31, 2008 and
March 31, 2009 to slight declines in each of the quarters
ended June 30, September 30 and December 31, 2009 and
a 37.0% increase between the quarters ended December 31,
2009 and March 31, 2010. The increases in our card revenues
in the March quarters were due primarily to growth in the number
of GPR cards activated and in the most recent quarter also to
higher maintenance fees and ATM fees, as large numbers of
taxpayers elected to receive their refunds via direct deposit on
our cards and as we resumed substantial television advertising.
The declines in our card revenues in the other quarters were due
primarily to the mid-February 2009 reduction in the new card fee
and monthly maintenance fees for the Walmart MoneyCard and the
July 2009 reduction in the new card fee for our Green
Dot-branded GPR cards, substantially offset by the growth in
sales of those cards, and the payment to certain retail
distributors in the quarter ended December 31, 2009 of
sales incentives that were recorded as an offset to the related
card revenues. Monthly maintenance fees and ATM fees, currently
the other large components of card revenues besides new card
fees, have generally increased sequentially in each of the
quarters presented, while the remaining component of card
revenues other revenues has generally
declined.
53
We typically experience seasonal growth in total operating
revenues during the holiday period and during tax season due to
increased sales of cards, increased reloads and increased card
usage. Because of the particularly strong seasonal growth in all
of our categories of revenues in the three months ended
March 31, 2010, the additional revenues we derived from
resuming television advertising in that period and the
contra-revenue item resulting from the Walmart equity issuance
that will reduce our operating revenues beginning in the three
months ended June 30, 2010, we do not expect our quarterly
total operating revenues to exceed those in the three months
ended March 31, 2010 until the comparable quarter of 2011.
Our total operating expenses have generally increased
sequentially in each of the quarters presented. The decline in
total operating expenses and sales and marketing expenses
between the quarter ended December 31, 2008 and the
quarters ended March 31 and June 30, 2009 was due
primarily to lower sales commission percentages coinciding with
the mid-February 2009 reduction in the new card fee and monthly
maintenance fees for the Walmart MoneyCard. We continued to
benefit from these lower commission percentages in the quarter
ended September 30, 2009 and thereafter, but sales and
marketing expenses increased after the June quarter as a result
of new revenue-sharing arrangements with two of our largest
retail distributors, increased packaging costs associated with
the relaunch of our Green Dot-branded card and an increase in
advertising and marketing expenses in the three months ended
March 31, 2010 as we resumed television advertising after
more than one year. Sales and marketing expenses significantly
increased again in May 2010 when the contractual sales
commission percentages that we are obligated to pay Walmart
increased substantially as a result of the May 2010 amendment to
our agreement with them and now are higher than they were before
the mid-February 2009 reduction.
Compensation and benefits expenses have generally increased
sequentially in each of the quarters presented due to increases
in employee compensation and benefits and third-party contractor
expenses. We added personnel and incurred additional third-party
contractor expenses to support expanding operations and to meet
the reporting requirements and compliance obligations of a
public company. Compensation and benefits expenses increased
45.8% between the quarters ended September 30 and
December 31, 2009 and declined the following quarter
primarily because our board of directors awarded
257,984 shares of common stock to our Chief Executive
Officer in December 2009 to compensate him for past services
rendered to our company. The aggregate grant date fair value of
this award was approximately $5.2 million, based on an
estimated fair value of our common stock of $20.01, as
determined by our board of directors on the date of the award,
which we recorded as stock-based compensation on the date of the
award.
The trend in processing expenses generally correlates closely
with the trend in our interchange revenues. Processing expenses
have increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented
because of steady growth in the number of active cards in our
portfolio. The increase in processing expenses between the
quarters ended December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010
was due primarily to many taxpayers electing to receive their
refunds via direct deposit on our cards, which increased
purchase volume significantly.
Other general and administrative expenses have increased
sequentially in each of the last four quarters presented,
primarily because of an increase in professional services fees
because of our potential bank acquisition and other corporate
development initiatives and an increase in telephone and
communication expenses due to increased use of our call center
and IVR as the number of active cards in our portfolio
increased. The increase in other general and administrative
expenses in the three months ended March 31, 2010 was also
due to a $2.7 million write-off of our deferred offering
expenses as we do not expect to receive sufficient proceeds from
the sale of our Class A common stock to offset those
expenses. Other general and administrative expenses declined
from the quarter ended December 31, 2008 to the quarter
ended March 31, 2009 because we reversed a $500,000 legal
reserve in the latter quarter as a result of a favorable
judgment during that period. We expect other general and
administrative expenses to decline for one or more quarters
following the conclusion
54
of this offering and the consummation of our bank acquisition as
there will be a significant decline in professional fees related
to those corporate transactions.
Our effective tax rate for the three months ended June 30,
2010 and thereafter will decline several percentage points from
its level of approximately 42.0% in 2009 as changes in
California tax law result in less of our income before income
taxes being allocated to the State of California. In addition,
since these changes are retroactive to August 1, 2009, we
will experience an additional tax benefit resulting in a still
lower effective tax rate in the three months ended June 30,
2010.
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
The following table sets forth the major sources and uses of
cash for our last three fiscal years ended July 31, the five
months ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended
March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
2,461
|
|
|
$
|
35,006
|
|
|
$
|
35,297
|
|
|
$
|
26,121
|
|
|
$
|
33,461
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(4,558
|
)
|
|
|
(5,163
|
)
|
|
|
(19,400
|
)
|
|
|
(5,063
|
)
|
|
|
7,069
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
(3,264
|
)
|
|
|
(28,618
|
)
|
|
|
8,681
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
(1,939
|
)
|
|
$
|
26,579
|
|
|
$
|
(12,721
|
)
|
|
$
|
29,739
|
|
|
$
|
40,830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, the five months ended
December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31,
2010, we financed our operations primarily through our cash
flows from operations. At March 31, 2010, our primary
source of liquidity was unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
totaling $97.1 million.
We use trend and variance analyses to project future cash needs,
making adjustments to the projections when needed. We believe
that our current unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and cash
flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our working
capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the
next twelve months. Thereafter, we may need to raise additional
funds through public or private financings or borrowings. Any
additional financing we require may not be available on terms
that are favorable to us, or at all. If we raise additional
funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt
securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant
dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have
rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders
of our Class A common stock, including shares of our
Class A common stock sold in this offering. No assurance
can be given that additional financing will be available or
that, if available, such financing can be obtained on terms
favorable to our stockholders and us.
Cash Flows
From Operating Activities
Our $33.5 million of net cash provided by operating
activities in the three months ended March 31, 2010
resulted from $12.8 million of net income, the adjustment
for non-cash operating expenses of $12.5 million (including
$9.1 million for the provision for uncollectible overdrawn
accounts, $1.8 million of stock-based compensation and
$1.6 million for depreciation and amortization), a
$10.1 million increase in income taxes payable, a
$4.9 million increase in amounts due to card issuing banks
for overdrawn
55
accounts, a $2.1 million decrease in deferred expenses, a
$1.1 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets
and a $1.1 million increase in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities. This increase was partially offset by a
$9.4 million increase in accounts receivable and a
$1.7 million decrease in deferred revenue.
Our $26.1 million of net cash provided by operating
activities in the five months ended December 31, 2009
resulted from $13.7 million of net income, the adjustment
for non-cash operating expenses of $22.1 million (including
$11.2 million for the provision for uncollectible overdrawn
accounts, $6.8 million of stock-based compensation,
$3.5 million of deferred income tax expense and
$2.3 million for depreciation and amortization, offset by
$1.9 million of excess tax benefits from the exercise of
stock options), an increase of $8.1 million in accounts
payable and accrued liabilities, an increase of
$7.6 million in deferred revenue and an increase of
$5.2 million in amounts due to card issuing banks for
overdrawn accounts. These increases were partially offset by a
$20.2 million increase in accounts receivable, a
$5.5 million increase in deferred expenses and a
$3.8 million decrease in income taxes payable. The increase
in our accounts receivable balance was primarily related to the
increase in the number of our GPR cards outstanding that are not
active cards but on which we charge a monthly maintenance fee.
This increase was partially offset by a $11.2 million
provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts that increased
the reserve held against the accounts receivable balance.
Our $35.3 million of net cash provided by operating
activities in fiscal 2009 resulted from $37.2 million of
net income, the adjustment for non-cash operating expenses of
$28.3 million (including $22.5 million for the
provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts,
$4.6 million for depreciation and amortization and
$2.5 million for stock-based compensation, partially offset
by a $1.7 million deferred income tax expense), a
$3.2 million increase in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities, a $2.3 million decrease in deferred expenses
and a $1.4 million increase in income taxes payable. These
were offset by a $29.9 million increase in accounts
receivable and a $5.3 million decrease in the amounts due
to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts. Although increases
in accounts receivable are generally partially offset by
increases in amounts due to issuing banks for overdrawn
accounts, during fiscal 2009, we amended our agreement with one
of the banks that issue our cards, expediting the settlement
timing of amounts due to them for overdrawn card accounts.
Our $35.0 million of net cash provided by operating
activities in fiscal 2008 resulted from $17.3 million of
net income, the adjustment for non-cash operating expenses of
$21.3 million (including $16.1 million for the
provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts,
$4.4 million for depreciation and amortization and
$1.2 million for stock-based compensation, offset by
$0.5 million of excess tax benefits from the exercise of
stock options), a $10.8 million increase in the amounts due
to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts, a
$4.7 million increase in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities, a $4.4 million increase in deferred revenue
and a $3.7 million decrease in income taxes receivable.
These were partially offset by a $24.7 million increase in
accounts receivable, a $2.8 million increase in deferred
expenses and a $2.3 million increase in prepaid expenses
and other assets.
Our $2.5 million of net cash provided by operating
activities in fiscal 2007 resulted from $4.6 million of net
income, the adjustment for non-cash operating expenses of
$8.8 million (including $7.9 million for the provision
for uncollectible overdrawn accounts and $3.5 million for
depreciation and amortization, partially offset by a
$2.6 million deferred income tax benefit), a
$3.9 million increase in the amounts due to card issuing
banks for overdrawn accounts and a $2.6 million increase in
accounts payable and accrued liabilities. These were partially
offset by an $11.0 million increase in accounts receivable,
a $4.5 million decrease in income taxes payable, a
$2.0 million decrease in deferred revenue.
Cash Flows
From Investing Activities
Our $7.1 million of net cash provided by investing
activities in the three months ended March 31, 2010
consisted of a $10.0 million decrease in restricted cash
offset in part by the purchase of $2.9 million of property
and equipment. Our net cash used in investing activities in the
five months
56
ended December 31, 2009 consisted almost entirely of the
purchase of property and equipment of $5.1 million. Our net
cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2009 consisted of a
$13.0 million increase in restricted cash and the purchase
of $6.4 million of property and equipment related to
expanding our operations, including the development of
internal-use software, which we capitalized. In fiscal 2009, we
renewed our line of credit, which is used to fund timing
differences between funds remitted by our retail distributors to
the banks that issue our cards and funds utilized by our
cardholders, and elected to increase our restricted deposits to
$15.0 million at the lending institution as collateral in
order to reduce the commitment fees we would incur on this line
of credit. Our net cash used in investing activities in fiscal
2007 and 2008 consisted primarily of $4.3 million and
$5.1 million, respectively, for the purchase of computer
hardware and software and the development of internal-use
software.
Cash Flows
From Financing Activities
Our $300,000 of net cash provided by financing activities for
the three months ended March 31, 2010 was entirely the
result of proceeds from the exercise of stock options. Our $8.7
million of net cash provided by financing activities for the
five months ended December 31, 2009 was the result of the
repayment to us of $5.9 million of related party notes
receivable and excess tax benefits and proceeds from the
exercise of stock options for an aggregate of $2.8 million.
Our $28.6 million of net cash used in financing activities
in fiscal 2009 was primarily associated with the redemption in
full of our Series D redeemable preferred stock. We entered
into an agreement in December 2008 with the sole holder of these
securities to pay $39.2 million for an early redemption of
all outstanding shares of our Series D redeemable preferred
stock and the purchase of a call option on a common stock
warrant held by this stockholder. In June 2009, we exercised the
call option on the warrant for $2.0 million. We also
received proceeds of $13.0 million related to the issuance
of our
Series C-2
preferred stock in fiscal 2009. Our $3.3 million of net
cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2008 resulted from
net repayments on our line of credit of $2.5 million and
principal payments on our short-term debt of $2.4 million,
offset by excess tax benefits and proceeds from the exercise of
stock options for an aggregate of $1.7 million. Our
$158,000 of net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal
2007 was primarily associated with net borrowings on our line of
credit of $2.5 million and proceeds of $355,000 from the
exercise of options and warrants, offset by principal payments
on short-term debt of $2.6 million. In fiscal 2007, we also
issued Series D redeemable preferred stock and a
freestanding warrant for total consideration of
$20.0 million and used the proceeds to repurchase
$20.0 million of common and preferred stock from our
existing stockholders.
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
Our contractual commitments will have an impact on our future
liquidity. The following table summarizes our contractual
obligations, including both on-and off-balance sheet
transactions that represent material expected or contractually
committed future obligations, at December 31, 2009. We
believe that we will be able to fund these obligations through
cash generated from operations and from our existing cash
balances.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Less Than 1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
More Than 5 Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
4,507
|
|
|
|
1,780
|
|
|
|
2,691
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase obligations(1)
|
|
|
41,546
|
|
|
|
21,287
|
|
|
|
20,259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
46,053
|
|
|
$
|
23,067
|
|
|
$
|
22,950
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Primarily future minimum payments under agreements with vendors
and our retail distributors. See note 14 of our notes to
consolidated financial statements. |
Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements
During fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, the five months ended
December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31,
2010, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated
organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured
finance or special purpose entities that would have been
established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet
arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance
with GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial
statements requires our management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related
disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience,
current circumstances and various other assumptions that our
management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. In
many instances, we could reasonably use different accounting
estimates, and in some instances changes in the accounting
estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period.
Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the
estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are
differences between our estimates and actual results, our future
financial statement presentation, financial condition, results
of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that
the accounting policies discussed below are critical to
understanding our historical and future performance, as these
policies relate to the more significant areas involving
managements judgments and estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
We recognize revenue when the price is fixed or determinable,
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product is
sold or the service is performed, and collectibility of the
resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
We defer and recognize new card fee revenues on a straight-line
basis over the period commensurate with our service obligation
to our customers. We consider the service obligation period to
be the average card lifetime. We determine the average card
lifetime for each pool of homogeneous products (e.g., products
that exhibit the same characteristics such as nature of service
and terms and conditions) based on company-specific historical
data. Currently, we determine the average card lifetime
separately for our GPR cards and gift cards. For our GPR cards,
we measure the card lifetime as the period of time, inclusive of
reload activity, between sale (or activation) of a card and the
date of the last positive balance on that card. We analyze GPR
cards activated between six and forty-two months prior to each
balance sheet date. We use this historical look-back period as a
basis for determining our average card lifetime because it
provides sufficient time for meaningful behavioral trends to
develop. Currently, our GPR cards have an average card lifetime
of nine months. The usage of gift cards is limited to the
initial funds loaded to the card. Therefore, we measure these
gift cards lifetime as the redemption period over which
cardholders perform the substantial majority of their
transactions. Currently, gift cards have an average lifetime of
six months. Average card lifetimes may vary in the future as
cardholder behavior changes relative to historical experience
because customers are influenced by changes in the pricing of
our services, the availability of substitute products, and other
factors.
We also defer and expense commissions paid to retail
distributors related to new card sales ratably over the average
card lifetime, which is currently nine months for our GPR cards
and six months for gift cards.
58
We report our different types of revenues on a gross or net
basis based on our assessment of whether we act as a principal
or an agent in the transaction. To the extent we act as a
principal in the transaction, we report revenues on a gross
basis. In concluding whether or not we act as a principal or an
agent, we evaluate whether we have the substantial risks and
rewards under the terms of the revenue-generating arrangements,
whether we are the party responsible for fulfillment of the
services purchased by the cardholders, and other factors. For
all of our significant revenue-generating arrangements,
including GPR and gift cards, we recognize revenues on a gross
basis.
Generally, customers have limited rights to a refund of the new
card fee or a cash transfer fee. We have elected to recognize
revenues prior to the expiration of the refund period, but
reduce revenues by the amount of expected refunds, which we
estimate based on actual historical refunds.
Reserve for
Uncollectible Overdrawn Accounts
Cardholder account overdrafts may arise from maintenance fee
assessments on our GPR cards or from purchase transactions that
we honor on GPR or gift cards, in each case in excess of the
funds in the cardholders account. We are responsible to
the banks that issue our cards for any losses associated with
these overdrafts. Overdrawn account balances are therefore
deemed to be our receivables due from cardholders, and we
include them as a component of accounts receivable, net, on our
consolidated balance sheets. The banks that issue our cards fund
the overdrawn account balances on our behalf. We include our
obligations to them on our consolidated balance sheets as
amounts due to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts, a
current liability, and we settle our obligations to them based
on the terms specified in their agreements with us. These
settlement terms generally require us to settle on a monthly
basis or when the cardholder account is closed, depending on the
card issuing bank.
We generally recover overdrawn account balances from those GPR
cardholders that perform a reload transaction. In addition, we
recover some purchase transaction overdrafts through enforcement
of payment network rules, which allow us to recover the amounts
from the merchant where the purchase transaction was conducted.
However, we are exposed to losses from unrecovered GPR
cardholder account overdrafts. The probability of recovering
these amounts is primarily related to the number of days that
have elapsed since an account had activity, such as a purchase,
ATM transaction or fee assessment. Generally, we recover
60-70% of
overdrawn account balances in accounts that have had activity in
the last 30 days,
10-20% in
accounts that have had activity in the last 30 to 60 days,
and less than 10% when more than 60 days have elapsed.
We establish a reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts for
maintenance fees we assess and purchase transactions we honor,
in each case in excess of a cardholders account balance.
We classify overdrawn accounts into age groups based on the
number of days since the account last had activity. We then
calculate a reserve factor for each age group based on the
average recovery rate for the most recent six months. These
factors are applied to these age groups to estimate our overall
reserve. We rely on these historical rates because they have
remained relatively consistent for several years. When more than
90 days have passed without any activity in an account, we
consider recovery to be remote and write off the full amount of
the overdrawn account balance.
Overdrafts due to maintenance fee assessments comprised
approximately 94% of our total overdrawn account balances due
from cardholders in the three months ended March 31, 2010.
We charge our GPR cardholder accounts maintenance fees on a
monthly basis pursuant to the terms and conditions in the
applicable cardholder agreements, Although cardholder accounts
become inactive or overdrawn, we continue to provide cardholders
the ongoing functionality of our GPR cards, which allows them to
reload and use their cards at any time. As a result, we continue
to assess a maintenance fee until a cardholder account becomes
overdrawn by an amount equal to two maintenance fees, currently
$6.00 for the Walmart MoneyCard and $11.90 for our Green
Dot-branded GPR cards. We recognize the fees ratably over the
month for which they are assessed, net of the
59
related reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts, as a
component of card revenues in our consolidated statements of
operations.
We include our reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
related to purchase transactions in other general and
administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of
operations. As the recovery rate for gift card overdrafts is
based solely upon relatively unpredictable factors, such as
negotiations with merchants where purchase transactions are
conducted, we generally reserve these amounts in full as they
occur and recognize recoveries on a cash basis.
Our recovery rates may change in the future in response to
factors such as the pricing of reloads and new cards and the
availability of substitute products.
Stock-Based
Compensation
Effective August 1, 2006, we adopted a new accounting
standard related to stock-based compensation. We adopted the new
standard using the prospective transition method, which required
us to recognize compensation expense on a prospective basis for
stock options and stock awards granted, modified, repurchased or
cancelled on or after August 1, 2006. We record
compensation expense using the fair value method of accounting.
For stock options, we base compensation expense on the option
fair values estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model. For other stock awards, we base
compensation expense on the per share fair value of the stock
estimated at the grant date. We recognize compensation expense
for awards with only service conditions that have graded vesting
schedules on a straight-line basis over their respective vesting
periods. Vesting is based upon continued service to our company.
Determining the fair value of stock options requires the use of
highly subjective assumptions, including the expected term of
the option award and our expected stock price volatility. Our
weighted-average
assumptions with respect to grants since January 1, 2009,
shown by grant date in the table below, represent our best
estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties
and the application of judgment. If factors change and, as a
result, we use different assumptions, our stock-based
compensation could be materially different in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-Free
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Expected
|
|
|
Expected Stock
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
|
(in Years)
|
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
Price Volatility
|
|
|
March 19, 2009
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56.0
|
%
|
June 9, 2009
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57.0
|
|
August 3, 2009
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56.0
|
|
November 12, 2009
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46.0
|
|
February 4, 2010
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
5.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52.3
|
|
May 6, 2010
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
5.87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47.6
|
|
The following table summarizes information by grant date for the
stock options that we have granted since January 1, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Per Share Estimated
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject to
|
|
|
Per Share Exercise
|
|
|
Our Common
|
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
|
Options Granted
|
|
|
Price of Options
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
March 19, 2009
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.84
|
|
|
$
|
10.84
|
|
|
$
|
5.83
|
|
June 9, 2009
|
|
|
85,800
|
|
|
|
15.65
|
|
|
|
15.65
|
|
|
|
8.80
|
|
August 3, 2009
|
|
|
127,500
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
9.50
|
|
November 12, 2009
|
|
|
1,261,750
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
9.47
|
|
February 4, 2010
|
|
|
130,500
|
|
|
|
25.00
|
|
|
|
25.00
|
|
|
|
12.79
|
|
May 6, 2010
|
|
|
89,000
|
|
|
|
32.23
|
|
|
|
32.23
|
|
|
|
15.40
|
|
Based on an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the
aggregate intrinsic values of outstanding
60
vested and unvested options to purchase shares of our common
stock as of March 31, 2010 would have been
$ million and
$ million, respectively.
Additionally, in December 2009 and February 2010, we
granted 257,984 share and 1,600 share common stock
awards. The grant date fair values of our common stock at the
dates of these awards were $20.01 and $25.00 per share,
respectively.
On each of the above dates, we granted our employees stock
options or awarded to our officers and directors common stock at
exercise prices or prices, respectively, equal to the estimated
fair value of the underlying common stock, as determined on a
contemporaneous basis by our board of directors with input from
management and an independent valuation firm. Because there was
no public market for our common stock, our board of directors
determined the fair value of our common stock on each grant or
award date by considering a number of objective and subjective
factors including:
|
|
|
|
|
the per share value of any recent preferred stock financing and
the amount of convertible preferred stock liquidation
preferences;
|
|
|
|
any third-party trading activity in our common stock or
preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
the illiquid nature of our common stock and the opportunity for
any future liquidity events;
|
|
|
|
our current and historical operating performance and current
financial condition;
|
|
|
|
our operating and financial projections;
|
|
|
|
our achievement of company milestones;
|
|
|
|
the stock price performance of a peer group comprised of
selected publicly-traded companies identified as being
comparable to us; and
|
|
|
|
economic conditions and trends in the broad market for stocks.
|
We have also used these fair market valuations in calculating
our stock-based compensation expense.
We determined the fair value of our common stock as of each
valuation date by allocating our enterprise value among each of
our equity securities. We utilized an income approach and two
market approaches to estimate our enterprise value. These
approaches are consistent with the methods outlined in the AICPA
Practice Aid, Valuation of
Privately-Held-Company
Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.
The income approach utilized was the discounted cash flow
method, which required us to determine the present value of our
estimated future cash flows by applying an appropriate discount
rate, such as our weighted average cost of capital. The cash
flows estimates that we used were consistent with our company
financial plan. As there is inherent uncertainty in making these
estimates, we assessed the risks associated with achieving the
forecasts in selecting the appropriate discount rates, which
ranged from 14.0% to 20.0%. If different discount rates had been
used, the valuations would have been different.
The market approaches we utilized were the guideline public
company method and the guideline transaction method. We derived
our enterprise value under the guideline public company method
by applying valuation multiples of comparable publicly held
companies to certain of our historical and forecasted financial
metrics. The comparable publicly held companies generally
consisted of Visa, American Express Co., Discover Financial
Services, MasterCard, Western Union, Dollar Financial Corp.,
Euronet Worldwide Inc., and Encore Capital Group Inc. We derived
our enterprise value under the guideline transaction method
based on recent cash transactions with independent third parties
involving our equity securities.
We assessed the results of the various approaches and
methodologies by considering the relative applicability of the
methods given the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
the nature of our industry and current market conditions;
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
the quality, reliability and verifiability of the data used in
each methodology;
|
|
|
|
the comparability of publicly held companies or transactions; and
|
|
|
|
any additional considerations unique to our company as of each
valuation date.
|
We placed the most weight on the guideline transaction method
when a recent cash transaction occurred with independent third
parties involving our equity securities and the transaction was
between willing parties. In the absence of a recent cash
transaction with independent third parties, we utilized the
discounted cash flow method and the guideline public company
method, weighted 75% and 25%, respectively, to estimate our
enterprise value. We placed more weight on the discounted cash
flow method because, as of the valuation dates, our company was
growing faster than the peer group companies used in the
guideline public company method, reducing the comparability of
their valuation multiples to our valuation multiples.
We allocated our enterprise value to each of our equity
securities using the option-pricing method, or OPM, the
probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, and the
current-value
method, as applicable. These equity allocation methods account
for the preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock,
such as liquidation preferences and conversion rights. Under
these equity allocation methods, we treated preferred stock as
equivalent to common stock when our enterprise value exceeded
the liquidation preferences of our preferred stock.
Under the OPM, we treated common stock, preferred stock and
other equity instruments as call options on our enterprise
value, as this equity allocation model relies on the principle
that any group of stakeholders in our company has the option to
acquire our company by paying the remaining stakeholders a fair
price for their securities. The options were valued using the
Black-Scholes
formula, which required us to estimate the volatility of the
price of our equity securities. Estimating the volatility of our
stock price is complex because there is no readily available
market price for our stock. Therefore, we based the volatility
of our stock on the volatility of the stocks of comparable
publicly held companies. The volatility of the stocks of the
comparable publicly held companies varied between 46% and 56%
over this period. Had we used different estimates of volatility,
the allocations between preferred and common stock would have
been different.
Under the PWERM, we estimated the present value of our common
stock based upon the anticipated timing of potential liquidity
events, such as an IPO, merger or sale, or dissolution and
liquidation, or our continued operation as a viable private
enterprise. The anticipated timing and likelihood of each
liquidity event were based on the plans of our board of
directors and management as of the respective valuation dates.
We estimated the future value of our enterprise under each
liquidity event using both an income approach and market
approaches. We discounted the future values to present value and
then weighted the liquidity events based on the probability of
their occurring. However, due to the uncertainty surrounding
liquidity events and the capital markets at each grant date, our
board of directors relied more heavily on the OPM.
Under the current-value method, we allocated our enterprise
value to our common stock, preferred stock and other equity
instruments based on their liquidation preferences or conversion
rights, whichever would be greater. The fundamental assumption
of this allocation method is that the manner in which each class
of preferred stockholders will exercise its rights and achieve
its return is determined based on the enterprise value as of the
valuation date and not at some future date. Because this method
focuses on the present and is not forward-looking, its
usefulness is limited primarily to situations where a liquidity
event such as an IPO is imminent and thus expectations about the
future of the enterprise as a going concern are largely
irrelevant.
We reduced the fair value per share of our common stock, as
determined by the equity allocation methods, by a lack of
marketability discount that ranged from 15% to 30%. This
discount served to account for the fact that there was no public
market for our common stock as of the various grant dates. We
determined the appropriate level of discount by comparing
attributes of our company and our equity securities to
benchmarks in empirical studies of nonmarketable securities and
calculating
62
the hypothetical cost to hedge our common stock with put options
over the period in which our common stock was expected to remain
illiquid and not marketable.
Our valuations for each grant date since January 1, 2009
are described in detail below.
Stock Option Grants on March 19, 2009. On
December 19, 2008, we sold 1,181,818 shares of
Series C-2
Preferred Stock at a price of $11.00 per share and we redeemed
2,926,458 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a
price of $13.38 per share.
We completed a valuation analysis using the OPM and PWERM to
derive values for our preferred stock, our common stock and the
overall enterprise.
The value of each security and the enterprise was determined in
the OPM relative to the sale price of our
Series C-2
Preferred Stock. In the OPM, the value of each security was
determined using the Black-Scholes formula, assuming a time to
liquidity of 2.8 years, an asset volatility of 50% and a
risk-free interest rate commensurate with the estimated time to
liquidity of 1.2%. Because the Series D Preferred Stock
contained unique and complex redemption features that increased
the difficulty and subjectivity in determining its value, we
considered its redemption value to be less reliable as an input
into the OPM in deriving an overall enterprise value.
We also utilized a PWERM that contemplated two
scenarios − a remain-private scenario and a future
liquidity event scenario. We derived our value under the
remain-private scenario by discounting projected future cash
flows to their present value as of the grant date using a 20.0%
discount rate. This rate was determined based on an estimated
weighted-average cost of capital derived from our estimated cost
of equity, our after-tax cost of debt, and the
debt-to-equity
ratio implied by the valuation. Our cost of capital was based on
publicly available information for companies in lines of
business that were the same as or similar to ours.
We estimated high and low future enterprise values under the
PWERM future liquidity event scenario using high- and low-case
financial projections and market-based valuation multiples
derived from publicly traded peer group companies, transactions
involving businesses that were similar to our company, and
valuation multiples implied by the sale of our
Series C-2
Preferred Stock. We allocated the future enterprise values to
options, warrants and various series of preferred stock based on
their future liquidation preferences or conversion values,
whichever would be greater, and allocated the remainder to our
common stock. The allocated value was discounted to present
value at the grant date.
In the final analysis, we weighted the remain-private and future
liquidity event scenarios equally as the likelihood of either
scenario was difficult to forecast with reliability. We weighted
the value indications determined under the low- and high-case
cash flow projections by 75.0% and 25.0%, respectively. We
weighted the indications of the fair value of our common stock
under the two equity allocation methods − OPM and
PWERM − 75.0% and 25.0%, respectively, because of the
level of subjectivity inherent in the PWERM as a result of the
continued turmoil in the public and private markets and the
uncertainty at the time as to when a potential liquidity event
could occur for our company.
Based on this analysis, our board of directors determined that
the estimated fair value of our common stock at March 19,
2009 was $10.84 per share on a minority, nonmarketable basis.
Stock Option Grants on June 9, 2009. For
the June 9, 2009 valuation, we determined that the
uncertainty surrounding the timing of a liquidity event had
increased the level of subjectivity in the PWERM to the point
where that methodology was no longer considered appropriate.
Therefore, we utilized only the OPM equity allocation method.
We calculated values for our securities in the OPM using the
Black-Scholes formula, assuming a time to liquidity of
2.6 years, an asset volatility of 55.0%, and a risk-free
interest rate commensurate with the estimated time to liquidity
of 1.3%. We continued to estimate the enterprise value by
discounting high- and low-case cash flow projections to present
value as of the grant dates using a
63
20.0% discount rate and through the application of valuation
multiples derived from publicly traded companies engaged in
lines of business that were the same as or similar to ours.
Although we continued to weigh the low- and high-case cash flow
projections by 75.0% and 25.0%, respectively, as of June 9,
2009, the enterprise value increased as progress toward
attaining the high-case cash flow projections was made.
Additionally, the value implied by the guideline public company
methodology increased due to improvement in valuation multiples
from increasing stock prices for our peer group public companies.
Based on this analysis, our board of directors determined that
the estimated fair value of our common stock at June 9,
2009 was $15.65 per share on a minority, nonmarketable basis.
Stock Option Grants on August 3,
2009. For the August 3, 2009 valuation, we
continued to use only the OPM with the Black-Scholes formula to
calculate the value of our securities, assuming a time to
liquidity of 2.4 years, an asset volatility of 56.0%, and a
risk-free interest rate commensurate with the estimated time to
liquidity of 1.2%.
Continued progress toward the high-case cash flow scenario and
continued improvements in our peer group public company market
factors were reflected in the underlying enterprise value,
resulting in an increase in the estimated fair value of our
common stock value relative to the prior grant date.
Based on this analysis, our board of directors determined that
the estimated fair value of our common stock at August 3,
2009 was $17.19 per share on a minority, nonmarketable basis.
Stock Option Grants on November 12,
2009. In October 2009, certain existing and
third-party investors entered into a tentative agreement,
whereby the investors extended an offer to purchase
3,250,000 shares of our common stock, at a price of $20.05
less applicable selling fees, directly from our existing
stockholders. On November 9, 2009, the offering closed and
existing stockholders sold 3,033,661 shares of our common
stock at a price of $20.01 per share.
Our board of directors considered the offering price to be the
most reliable estimate of the fair value of our common stock
given that the transaction was an orderly purchase and sale
among parties that had reasonable knowledge of relevant facts
and that were not under any compulsion to buy or sell the
securities.
Based on these facts, our board of directors determined that the
estimated fair value of our common stock at November 12,
2009 was $20.01 per share on a minority, nonmarketable basis.
Stock Option Grants on February 4,
2010. In December 2009, an existing stockholder
sold 400,000 shares of Series C and C-1 Preferred
Stock for $25.00 per share to another existing stockholder. Our
board of directors considered this transaction to be a reliable
estimate of the fair value of our common stock given that the
transaction was an orderly purchase and sale among parties that
had reasonable knowledge of relevant facts and that were not
under any compulsion to buy or sell the securities.
Additionally, the liquidation preference of the Series C
and C-1 Preferred Stock sold was equal to $1.07 per share.
Relative to the purchase price of $25.00, the preferred stock
conversion option value was deeply
in-the-money
and implied no premium over common stock.
Based on these facts, our board of directors determined that the
estimated fair value of our common stock at February 4,
2010 was $25.00 per share on a minority, nonmarketable basis.
Stock Option Grants on May 6, 2010. For
the May 6, 2010 valuation, we estimated our enterprise
value taking into consideration a proposed amendment to our
agreement with Walmart. We utilized cash flow projections for
two alternative scenarios the proposed amendment was
completed and the proposed amendment was not completed. We
discounted these cash flow projections as of the grant date
using discount rates of 14.0% and 16.0% and applied valuation
multiples derived from publicly traded companies engaged in
lines of business that were the same as or similar to ours. Our
enterprise value increased from our valuation at
February 4, 2010 because we made progress toward achieving
our cash flow projections, we lowered the discount rate by 2.5%
from the previous valuation as a result of lower
company-specific risk premium and the value implied by the
guideline public
64
company methodology increased due to improvement in valuation
multiples from increasing stock prices for our peer group
companies. We expanded our guideline company set to include
Amazon.com, Salesforce.com, Google and Tencent, Inc. as we
considered these companies relevant to the value of our company.
We calculated values for our securities using the current-value
method. Due to the value of our common stock relative to the
liquidation preferences of our preferred stock, the selection of
the allocation method was insignificant. We weighted the fair
value of our common stock determined under the two scenarios
described above by the probability of each scenario
occurring 75% and 25%, respectively.
Based on this analysis, our board of directors determined that
the estimated fair value of our common stock at May 6, 2010
was $32.23 per share on a minority, nonmarketable basis. Our
proposed amendment with Walmart was completed after the grant
date, as discussed in this prospectus.
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB,
approved the Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, as the
single source of authoritative accounting and reporting
standards for all nongovernmental entities, with the exception
of guidance issued by the SEC and its staff. The FASB ASC is
effective for interim or annual periods ending after
September 15, 2009. All existing accounting standards have
been superseded, and all accounting literature not included in
the FASB ASC is considered non-authoritative. Our adoption of
FASB ASC did not have an impact on our consolidated financial
statements because it only amends the referencing to existing
accounting standards.
In May 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard for
disclosing events that occur after the balance sheet date but
before the financial statements are issued or are available to
be issued. Additionally, the standard requires companies to
disclose subsequent events as defined in the standard and to
disclose the date through which we have evaluated subsequent
events. The standard is effective for interim and annual periods
ending after June 15, 2009. Our adoption of the standard
did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements. See note 16 of our notes to consolidated
financial statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
requires us to include fair value disclosures of financial
instruments for each interim and annual period for which
financial statements are prepared. Our adoption of the standard
did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements. See note 8 of our notes to consolidated
financial statements.
In June 2008, the FASB issued a new accounting standard on
determining whether instruments granted in share-based payment
transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and
therefore need to be included in the earnings allocation in
calculating earnings per share under the two-class method.
Unvested share-based payment awards that have non-forfeitable
rights to dividend or dividend equivalents are treated as a
separate class of securities in calculating earnings per share.
The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008; earlier application was not permitted.
Our adoption of the standard did not have a material effect on
our results of operations or earnings per share.
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that modifies the
accounting for business combinations and requires, with limited
exceptions, the acquirer in a business combination to recognize
100% of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any
noncontrolling interest in the acquired company at fair value on
the date of acquisition. In addition, the guidance requires that
the acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs be
charged to expense as incurred, and requires that certain
contingent assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as
contingent consideration, be recognized at fair value. This
guidance also modifies the accounting for certain
65
acquired income tax assets and liabilities. Further,
the guidance requires that assets acquired and liabilities
assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies
be recognized at fair value on the acquisition date if fair
value can be determined during the measurement period. If fair
value cannot be determined, companies should typically account
for the acquired contingencies under existing accounting
guidance. This new guidance is effective for acquisitions
consummated on or after January 1, 2009. We will apply this
guidance to our pending acquisition of a bank holding company
and its subsidiary commercial bank. See note 16 of our
notes to consolidated financial statements.
Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market risk is the potential for economic losses from changes in
market factors such as foreign currency exchange rates, credit,
interest rates and equity prices. We believe that we have
limited exposure to risks associated with changes in foreign
currency exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices. We
have no foreign operations, and we do not transact business in
foreign currencies. We do not hold or enter into derivatives or
other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
We do not consider our cash and cash equivalents to be subject
to interest rate risk due to their short periods of time to
maturity.
We do have exposure to credit risk associated with the financial
institutions that hold our cash, cash equivalents and restricted
cash and our settlement assets due from our retail distributors
that collect funds and fees from our customers. We manage the
credit risk associated with our cash and cash equivalents by
maintaining an investment policy that limits investments to
highly liquid funds with certain highly rated financial
institutions. Our policy also limits the investment
concentration that we may have with a single financial
institution. We monitor compliance with our investment policy on
an ongoing basis, including quarterly communication with our
audit committee.
We also have exposure to credit risk associated with our retail
distributors, but that exposure is limited due to the short time
period, currently an average of three days, that the retailer
settlement asset is outstanding. We perform an initial credit
review of each new retail distributor prior to signing a
distribution agreement with it, and then monitor its financial
performance on a periodic basis. We monitor each retail
distributors settlement asset exposure and its compliance
with its specified contractual settlement terms on a daily basis.
66
BUSINESS
Overview
Green Dot is a leading prepaid financial services company
providing simple, low-cost and convenient money management
solutions to a broad base of U.S. consumers. We believe
that we are the leading provider of general purpose reloadable
prepaid debit cards in the United States and that our Green Dot
Network is the leading reload network for prepaid cards in the
United States. We sell our cards and offer our reload services
nationwide at approximately 50,000 retail store locations, which
provide consumers convenient access to our products and
services. Our technology platform, Green PlaNET, provides
essential functionality, including point-of-sale connectivity
and interoperability with Visa, MasterCard and other payment or
funds transfer networks, and compliance and other capabilities
to our Green Dot Network, enabling real-time transactions in a
secure environment. The combination of our innovative products,
broad retail distribution and proprietary technology creates
powerful network effects, which we believe enhance the value we
deliver to our customers, our retail distributors and other
participants in our network.
We have designed our products and services to appeal primarily
to consumers living in households that earn less than $75,000
annually across the following four segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Never-banked households in which no one has ever had
a bank account;
|
|
|
|
Previously-banked households in which at least one
member has previously had a bank account, but no one has one
currently;
|
|
|
|
Underbanked households in which at least one member
currently has a bank account, but that also use non-bank
financial service providers to conduct routine transactions like
check cashing or bill payment; and
|
|
|
|
Fully-banked households that primarily rely on
traditional financial services.
|
We were an early pioneer in the development of prepaid financial
services in the United States. In May 2001, we sold our first
basic prepaid card with simple loading and spending
functionality targeted at low income and never-banked consumers.
As we have grown and our technological capabilities have
increased, we have broadened our offerings and their
functionality to provide consumers access to products and
services with a more comprehensive set of features. These
products and services now also appeal to more affluent
underbanked and fully-banked consumers who do not feel well
served by and cannot justify the cost and complexity of
traditional banking products and payment cards, have limited
access to credit, or find traditional bank policies and fee
schedules ill-suited to their needs.
We believe that we are the leading provider of GPR cards in the
United States. GPR cards are designed for general spending
purposes and can be used anywhere their applicable payment
network, such as Visa or MasterCard, is accepted. Unlike gift
cards, GPR cards are reloadable for ongoing, long-term use and
require the completion of various identification, verification
and other USA PATRIOT Act-compliant processes before a
cardholder relationship can be established. Our GPR cards are
issued as Visa- or MasterCard-branded cards and are accepted
worldwide by merchants and other businesses belonging to the
applicable payment network, including for bill payments, online
shopping, everyday store purchases and ATM withdrawals. As of
March 31, 2010, we had approximately 3.4 million
active cards, that is, cards that had had at least one purchase
transaction, reload transaction or ATM withdrawal during the
previous
90-day
period. In fiscal 2009, the gross dollar volume loaded to our
cards and reload products was $4.7 billion, an increase of
67% over fiscal 2008. During the five months ended
December 31, 2009, the gross dollar volume loaded to our
cards and reload products was $2.7 billion, an increase of
69% over the five months ended December 31, 2008. During
the three months ended March 31, 2010, the gross dollar
volume loaded to our cards and reload products was
$2.8 billion, an increase of 133% over the three months
ended March 31, 2009.
We distribute our products and services at the retail locations
of large national and regional chains throughout the United
States and through the Internet. We have built strong
distribution and
67
marketing relationships with many significant retail chains,
including Walmart, Walgreens, CVS, Rite Aid, 7-Eleven, Kroger,
Kmart, Meijer and Radio Shack. We market our products under our
Green Dot brand and through a number of co-branded GPR card
programs that we operate for retailers and other business
entities.
We believe our Green Dot Network is the leading reload network
for prepaid cards in the United States. Consumers can purchase
our MoneyPak product at any of our retail distributor locations
to reload cash onto our cards or cards issued under more than
100 third-party prepaid card programs. Furthermore, in 2009,
PayPal has become a Green Dot Network acceptance member,
enabling PayPal customers to use a MoneyPak to fund a new or
existing PayPal account, but to date we have not generated
significant operating revenues from our relationship with PayPal.
Our centralized technology platform, Green PlaNET, connects all
network participants, which include consumers, retail
distributors and businesses that accept reloads or payments
through the Green Dot Network, enabling real-time transactions
across the Green Dot Network through a single and secure point
of integration and connectivity. This platform also enables our
cards and reload network to interoperate with Visa, MasterCard
and other payment or funds transfer networks, allowing our
cardholders to make purchases and complete other transactions.
These attributes of Green PlaNET enable us to develop,
distribute and support a variety of products and services
effectively. Green PlaNET includes a variety of proprietary
software applications that, together with third-party
applications, run our front-end, back-end, anti-fraud,
regulatory compliance and customer service processing systems.
For the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the five
months ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended
March 31, 2010, our total operating revenues were
$83.6 million, $168.1 million, $234.8 million,
$112.8 million and $92.8 million, respectively. In the
same periods, we generated operating income of
$1.2 million, $29.2 million, $63.7 million,
$23.3 million and $24.1 million, respectively.
Industry
Background
New technologies and product innovations have expanded the
way financial services are sold and used.
Over the past 40 years, technological advances in
telecommunications, software and data processing have spurred
innovations both in the types of financial products and services
that are available and in the ways that they are distributed in
the marketplace and used by consumers. Innovations such as ATMs
and the Internet have enhanced consumers access to their
demand deposit accounts, while innovations such as credit, ATM
and debit cards and electronic checks have permitted new methods
of payment each providing consumers with
alternatives to cash and traditional financial products and
services that offer greater convenience and ease of
use. These innovations contributed to an increase of
approximately 78% in the number of electronic payment
transactions in the United States from 2000 to 2005 and, we
believe, are a major reason that electronic payment transactions
have represented the majority of all payment transactions
annually since 2005. Over the past few years, a new series of
innovative products and technologies have increasingly been
adopted. Certain products, such as prepaid cards, prepaid
electronic wallets and prepaid mobile payments, are enabling the
distribution of fast, safe and low-cost alternative financial
services in non-bank locations.
Prepaid cards represent a large and rapidly growing
segment within the electronic payments industry.
Prepaid cards have emerged as an attractive product within the
electronic payments industry. They are easy for consumers to
understand and use because they work in a manner similar to
traditional debit cards, allowing the cardholder to use a
conventional plastic card linked to an account established at a
financial institution. The consumer determines the cards
spending limit by adding
68
money directly to the account, and can reload the card with
additional funds as needed. The consumer can access the funds on
the card at ATMs
and/or the
point of sale in retail locations using signature identification
technologies or a personal identification number. Prepaid cards
and related services offer consumers tremendous flexibility,
convenience and spending control. The Mercator Advisory Group
estimates that the total load volume in the United States for
prepaid cards, excluding single merchant, or closed
loop, cards, will grow at a 48.3% compound annual growth
rate from 2008 to 2012 and exceed $291 billion in 2012. We
believe this rapid growth results from improving underlying
technology, increasing adoption by a broader group of consumers,
increasing convenience, declining costs and increasing product
choices and capabilities that prepaid cards offer. Visa Inc.
estimates that the U.S. prepaid opportunity, defined as the
total dollars spent by the total estimated prepaid card target
audience, was $2.03 trillion in 2009, and that 56% of this
amount could potentially have been loaded on U.S. prepaid
cards in 2009.
Prepaid cards and related services are currently offered
by a wide array of specialized and partially integrated
vendors.
Although many large and well-established vendors provide
elements of prepaid cards and related services, the prepaid card
industry is fragmented. Vendors generally do not have a broad
set of product and service offerings or capabilities, and no
single vendor currently provides all of the elements that are
necessary to establish and operate a GPR card program. Existing
vendors include:
|
|
|
|
|
Card Issuing Banks banks that are authorized
by payment networks to issue cards and that provide accounts to
hold deposits. Many card issuing banks also manage settlement
and provide risk management services. A banks
participation in a prepaid card program can range from actively
managing and marketing the card program to providing passive
sponsorship into payment networks.
|
|
|
|
Payment Networks companies, such as Visa and
MasterCard, that facilitate
point-of-sale
card acceptance, provide purchase and withdrawal transaction
routing and processing between merchant acquirers and card
issuing banks, perform certain clearing and settlement functions
and provide marketing and support services to card issuing
banks. Payment networks also establish network rules and
establish processing and security standards and customer
protections to which all participating members must adhere.
|
|
|
|
Processors technology vendors that provide
connectivity to payment networks, maintain account balances, and
authorize purchase and withdrawal transactions. Many processors
provide additional services, including card activation and
customer service, and develop
and/or
integrate value-added cardholder applications such as online
bill payment, microlending and mobile payment services.
|
|
|
|
Program Managers specialized vendors that
design, manage, market and operate prepaid card programs.
Prepaid card program managers may provide a range of services or
delegate that provision to other specialized vendors, such as
card issuing banks, processors and distributors, and collaborate
with them as these programs are implemented. Prepaid card
program managers may also negotiate the allocation of fees and
risk management with all vendors involved in a particular
prepaid card program.
|
|
|
|
Distributors organizations, such as
retailers, remittance vendors, tax preparers, check cashers,
payday lenders, card resellers and employers, that distribute
cards through various sales channels and may also manage
inventory fulfillment and provide
point-of-sale
integration and technology.
|
|
|
|
Reload Networks vendors that provide products
and services, connectivity, technology and integration which
enable
point-of-sale
locations to accept cash payments and associate those payments
with a specific account. These vendors also provide transaction
routing and processing between the point of sale and the
destination of the fund transfer. A small number of reload
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
networks have proprietary brands, acceptance locations and
technology, while most take advantage of the brands, technology
and
point-of-sale
relationships of other third-party vendors.
|
Prepaid financial services is a large and rapidly growing
segment within the prepaid card industry.
Prepaid financial services, which includes GPR cards and
associated reload services, is currently among the largest and
fastest-growing segments in the prepaid card industry. The GPR
card category has benefited from the expanding breadth of
applications for GPR cards and the ease with which they can be
acquired. According to Mercator Advisory Groups
Prepaid Market Forecast 2009 to 2012 research
report, $8.7 billion was loaded onto GPR cards in the
United States in 2008 and $118.5 billion will be loaded
onto GPR cards in the United States in 2012, reflecting a 92%
compound annual growth rate during that four-year period. We
believe that this growth in the use of GPR cards will contribute
to a substantial increase in the demand for related services,
including reload services.
Prepaid financial services are evolving as providers
develop new ways of offering financial services.
The products offered by prepaid financial service providers are
relatively early in their lifecycles. We believe that the
flexibility, accessibility and low cost of prepaid financial
services will lead to many new, attractive payment applications
outside of traditional banking channels. By virtue of their
broad acceptance and the flexibility they provide, GPR cards
offer safe, reliable, low-cost financial services to a broad
spectrum of U.S. consumers who do not feel well served by
and cannot justify the cost of traditional banking products.
Our Competitive
Strengths
Our combination of innovative products and marketing expertise,
a known brand name, a nationwide retail distribution presence
and proprietary technology supports our network-based business
model and has enabled us to become a leading provider of prepaid
financial services in the United States. Our strengths include:
Innovative
Product and Marketing Expertise
We are an innovator in the development, merchandising and
marketing of prepaid financial services. Our consumer focus has
helped us to develop solutions for people who, prior to the
existence of our products, either had to settle for an
ill-suited banking relationship or, more often, simply opted out
of the financial mainstream and resorted to using check cashers,
payday lenders and cash. We believe we were the first company to
combine the products, technology platform and distribution
channel required to make retailer-distributed GPR cards a viable
product offering. We subsequently built our reload network, and
have recently expanded it to facilitate cash loading of online
accounts like PayPal. We also have successfully incorporated
traditional bank account style online bill pay on
our GPR cards and launched a large-scale instant
issue program, whereby the Visa or MasterCard-branded GPR
card is enclosed in the package on the in-store display. Our
consumer focus has also led us to enhance our product packaging
and product displays in retail locations to educate consumers
and promote our products and services more effectively. In
addition, we believe that we have the strongest brand in the
prepaid financial services industry, and we continue to build
brand awareness using national television advertising.
Leading Retail
Distribution
We have established a nationwide retail distribution network,
consisting of approximately 50,000 retail store locations, which
gives us access to the vast majority of the
U.S. population. According to a Scarborough Research
survey, which was conducted between August 2008 and
September 2009, at least 93% of U.S. adult respondents
had shopped at one or more of the stores of our current retail
distributors within the prior twelve months. We have built
distribution relationships with Walmart, CVS
70
and Kroger, three of the five largest retailers in the United
States, and major chains like Walgreens, Rite Aid, 7-Eleven,
Kmart, Meijer and Radio Shack. In general, our contracts with
retail distributors provide us with exclusivity relating to one
or more of the following: reloading GPR cards, selling GPR cards
in their stores and providing specific co-branded card programs.
Establishing distribution relationships requires significant
investments by, complex integrations between and large support
infrastructures from providers and distributors. As a result, we
believe our broad and established retail distribution network
constitutes one of our key competitive advantages and a
significant barrier to entry for potential competitors.
Leading Reload
Network in the United States
We believe our Green Dot Network is the leading reload network
for prepaid cards in the United States. By purchasing our
MoneyPak reload product at any of our distributors retail
locations, consumers can access the Green Dot Network and use it
for a wide variety of transactions, including cash loading onto
prepaid cards and PayPal accounts. Although a substantial
majority of the transactions on our reload network are
associated with our cards, the transaction volume from
third-party card portfolios has grown significantly as over 100
third-party prepaid card programs now use the Green Dot Network
for card reloading services. Recent innovations, like our
relationship with PayPal and Intuit, have also expanded our
transaction volume and consumers familiarity with the
Green Dot brand. While our reload network today is used
primarily for cash loading of prepaid cards and cash loading of
PayPal accounts, we believe that it can be expanded and adapted
to many new and evolving applications in the electronic payments
industry.
Proprietary
Technology
Green PlaNET, our centralized technology platform, enables our
network participants to engage in real-time transactions across
the Green Dot Network and enables the effective development,
distribution and support of a variety of products and services.
This platform also enables our cards and reload network to
interoperate with Visa, MasterCard and other payment or funds
transfer networks, allowing our cardholders to make purchases
and complete other transactions. Green PlaNET includes a variety
of proprietary software applications that, together with
third-party applications, run our front-end, back-end,
anti-fraud, regulatory compliance and customer service
processing systems. Green PlaNET gives us the ability to
centrally develop, distribute and support product applications,
manage customer accounts, authorize, process and settle
transactions, enable security and regulatory compliance, and
provide customer services through the Internet, IVR, call
centers, mobile applications and email. In addition, Green
PlaNET enables network participants to communicate and complete
card purchases, reloads, bill payments and other transactions
rapidly and securely through our reload network, using a variety
of services,
point-of-sale
technologies or third-party payment or funds transfer networks,
and is a central component of our network-based business model.
Business Model
with Powerful Network Effects
The combination of our broad group of products and services,
large portfolio of active cards, nationwide footprint of retail
distributors and proprietary technology creates powerful network
effects. Growth in the number of products and services that we
offer or in the number of network participants enhances the
value we deliver to all network participants. For example, we
are able to attract retail distributors because of the large
number of consumers who actively use our reload network. This
network effect helps us continue to grow our cardholder base and
expand our business. We believe the breadth and depth of our
network would be difficult to replicate and represents a
significant competitive advantage, as well as a barrier to entry
for potential competitors.
71
Vertical
Integration
We believe that we are more vertically integrated than our
competitors, based on our distribution capabilities, processing
platform, program management skills and proprietary reload
network. Whereas we have built our offerings primarily around
our own internally-developed capabilities, none of our
competitors has been able to offer products and services similar
to ours without collaborating with third parties to provide one
or more of the essential features of prepaid financial service
offerings, such as program management or a reload network. This
integration has allowed us to reduce costs across our operations
and, we expect, will continue to provide us with opportunities
to reduce operational costs in the future. It also enables us to
scale our business quickly in response to rising demand and to
ensure high-quality service for our customers.
Strong
Regulatory and Compliance Infrastructure
We employ a proactive approach to licensing, regulatory and
compliance matters, which we believe provides us with an
important competitive advantage. We maintain an ongoing dialogue
with the various governmental authorities that oversee the
prepaid financial services industry. We believe that our
pro-consumer orientation and regulatory focus have enabled us to
develop strong relationships with leading retailers and
financial institutions and have also prepared us well for
changes in the regulatory environment.
Our Strategy for
Growth
The key components of our strategy include:
Increasing the
Number of Network Participants
We intend to enhance the network effects in our business model
in the following ways:
|
|
|
|
|
Attracting new users by introducing new products, improving
current products to address consumers current and evolving
needs, and building demand for our products through promotions;
|
|
|
|
Expanding and strengthening our distribution by establishing
relationships with additional high-quality retail chains,
increasing online distribution of our products and accelerating
our entry into new distribution channels, including
collaborating with third-party service providers, such as
electronic tax preparation providers; and
|
|
|
|
Adding network acceptance members to and applications for the
Green Dot Network by continuing to enroll additional third-party
prepaid card program providers that want to offer their
cardholders access to our reload network and to identify
additional uses for our reload networks cash transfer
technology.
|
Increasing
Revenue per Customer
We intend to pursue greater revenue per customer by improving
cardholder retention, increasing card usage and cross-selling
complementary products and services. Our historical card usage
patterns suggest that consumers who reload additional funds onto
their cards within three months of activation tend to have
significantly higher levels of transaction activity and generate
more cash transfer and interchange revenues for us than those
who do not. Therefore, we intend to target improved cardholder
retention by offering incentives, such as fee waivers for
specified reload amounts or activities, to encourage cardholders
to reload additional funds onto their cards and extend their
relationships with us. We also intend to add new services, such
as additional reload options and new mobile applications that
enable convenient use of our products and services, to make our
products more valuable to consumers.
72
Improving
Operating Efficiencies
We intend to leverage our growing scale and vertical integration
to generate incremental operating efficiencies. As we continue
to expand our business operations, we plan to reduce our
marginal operating costs by continuing to implement rigorous
cost-containment programs, purchase vendor services from
low-cost providers and reduce the use of outsourced services
that can be provided internally at lower cost. For example, we
intend to improve our self-service offerings so that customers
can obtain automated customer service through our website, IVR
or mobile applications. Additionally, some of our current vendor
agreements include pricing structures that call for reduced
pricing as our customer usage volumes grow. These cost savings
will provide us with the flexibility to engage in new marketing
programs, reduce pricing and make other investments in our
business to maintain our leadership position.
Broadening
Brand and Product Awareness
We intend to broaden awareness of the Green Dot brand, which we
believe is the leading national brand in prepaid financial
services, and of our products and services through national
television advertising, online advertising and ongoing
enhancements to our packaging and merchandising. We plan to
reinforce and strengthen perceptions of the key attributes of
the Green Dot brand, which we believe are trust, security,
convenience and simplicity. We also intend to continue educating
consumers, retail distributors and network acceptance members on
the functionality, convenience and cost advantages of our
products and services. Our advertising spending fluctuates and
tends to be greater when we believe we can earn the highest
return for the amount spent. We typically increase spending
during product launches, special promotions, periods of
seasonally increased card purchase and reload activity, and
periods when advertising media prices are unusually low.
Acquiring
Complementary Businesses
We intend to pursue acquisitions that will help us achieve our
strategic objectives. We intend to acquire companies that have
the potential to enhance the distribution of our products and
services through either existing or new channels. We also intend
to pursue acquisitions that have the potential to augment the
features and functionality of our existing products and services
or to provide complementary products and services that can be
sold through our existing distribution channels. There are many
prepaid financial services providers and the market remains
fragmented, which we believe will provide us with acquisition
opportunities over time.
Our Bank
Acquisition Strategy
In February 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement to
acquire Utah-based Bonneville Bancorp, a bank holding company,
and its subsidiary commercial bank, Bonneville Bank, for an
aggregate cash purchase price of approximately
$15.7 million, and filed applications with the appropriate
federal and state regulators seeking approvals for this
transaction. The bank had total assets of $34.1 million,
including net loans outstanding of approximately
$15.4 million, as of December 31, 2009, and earned a
nominal amount of income for the year ended December 31,
2009. This acquisition is subject to standard closing
conditions, including regulatory approval. Upon consummation of
the acquisition, we will become a bank holding company regulated
by the Federal Reserve Board. While there can be no assurance
that we will obtain these approvals or our bank acquisition will
close, we currently expect to complete this acquisition in the
third quarter of calendar 2010.
We believe that acquiring a bank charter will enable us to
(i) offer consumers FDIC-insured transactional accounts,
(ii) issue prepaid card and debit card products linked to
those transactional accounts, (iii) offer other types of
deposit products, such as savings accounts, and
(iv) provide settlement services for our reload network.
73
We believe that this acquisition will provide the following
strategic benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
increase our efficiency in introducing and managing potential
new products and services, which are more difficult to
accomplish with multiple unaffiliated card issuing banks;
|
|
|
|
reduce the risk that we would be negatively impacted by one of
the banks that issue our cards changing its business practices
as a result of, among other things, a change of strategic
direction, financial hardship or regulatory developments;
|
|
|
|
reduce the sponsorship and service fees and other expenses that
we incur each year to the third-party banks that issue our
cards, and correspondingly increase funds available to us to
spend on other aspects of our business, including the ability to
invest in further reducing consumer pricing; and
|
|
|
|
further increase the degree to which our operations are
integrated and provide increased control over our operations.
|
Our Business
Model
Our business model focuses on four major elements: our
consumers; our distribution; our products and services; and our
proprietary technology, which provides functionality for and
connectivity to the Green Dot Network and supports the platform
that brings the other three elements together.
Our
Consumers
We have designed our products and services to appeal primarily
to consumers living in households that earn less than $75,000
annually across the following four segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Never-banked households in which no one has ever had
a bank account;
|
|
|
|
Previously-banked households in which at least one
member has previously had a bank account, but no one has one
currently;
|
|
|
|
Underbanked households in which at least one member
currently has a bank account, but that also use non-bank
financial service providers to conduct routine transactions like
check cashing or bill payment; and
|
|
|
|
Fully-banked households that primarily rely on
traditional financial services.
|
Based on data from the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Bank, the
U.S. Census and the Center for Financial Services
Innovation and our proprietary data, we believe these four
segments collectively represent an addressable market of
approximately 160 million people in the United States. We
believe that we currently have a significant number of customers
in each of these segments.
Customers in different segments tend to purchase and use our
products for different reasons and in different ways. For
example, we believe never-banked consumers use our products as a
safe, controlled way to spend cash and as a means to access
channels of trade, such as online purchases, where cash cannot
be used. We believe previously-banked consumers use our products
as a convenient and affordable substitute for a traditional
checking account by depositing payroll checks (via direct or
in-store deposit) into a Green Dot GPR card account and using
our products to pay bills, shop online, monitor spending and
withdraw cash from ATM machines.
We believe underbanked consumers use our products in ways
similar to those of the never- and previously-banked segments,
but additionally view our products as a credit card substitute.
For example, underbanked consumers use our products to make
purchases at physical and online merchants, make travel
arrangements and guarantee reservations. We believe fully-banked
consumers use our products as companion products to their bank
checking account, segregating funds into separate accounts for a
variety of uses. For example, fully-banked consumers often use
our cards to shop on the Internet without providing their bank
debit card account information online. These
74
consumers also use our products to control spending, designate
funds for specific uses, prevent overdrafts in their checking
accounts, or load funds into specific accounts, such as a PayPal
account.
Our
Distribution
We achieve broad distribution of our products and services
through our retail distributors, the Internet and relationships
with other businesses, such as Intuit. In addition, our network
acceptance members encourage their customers to use our prepaid
financial services.
Retail Distributors. Our prepaid financial
services are sold in approximately 50,000 retail store
locations, including those of major national mass merchandisers,
national and regional drug store and convenience store chains,
and national and regional supermarket chains. Our retail
distributors include:
|
|
|
Type of Distributor
|
|
Representative Distributors
|
|
Mass merchandise retailers
|
|
Walmart, Kmart, Meijer
|
Drug store retailers
|
|
Walgreens, CVS, Rite-Aid, Duane Reade
|
Convenience store retailers
|
|
7-Eleven, The Pantry (Kangaroo Express)
|
Supermarket retailers
|
|
Kroger
|
Other
|
|
RadioShack
|
Most of these retailers have been our distributors for several
years and all have contracts with us, subject to termination
rights, that expire at various dates from 2011 to 2015. In
general, our agreements with our retail distributors give us the
right to provide Green Dot-branded
and/or
co-branded GPR cards and reload services in their retail
locations and require us to share with them by way of
commissions the revenues generated by sales of these cards and
reload services. We and the retail distributor generally also
agree to certain marketing arrangements, such as promotions and
advertising. Our operating revenues derived from products and
services sold at the store locations of our four largest retail
distributors (Walmart, Walgreen, CVS and Rite Aid) represented
the following percentages of our total operating revenues:
approximately 3%, 22%, 19% and 17%, respectively, for the year
ended July 31, 2007, 39%, 17%, 13% and 11%, respectively,
for the year ended July 31, 2008, 56%, 11%, 9% and 7%,
respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2009, 66%, 9%, 8%
and 6%, respectively, for the five months ended
December 31, 2009 and 63%, 8%, 7% and 5%, respectively, for
the three months ended March 31, 2010.
Our Relationship with Walmart. Walmart is our
largest retail distributor. We have been the exclusive provider
of GPR cards sold at Walmart since Walmart initiated its Walmart
MoneyCard program in 2007. In October 2006, we entered into
agreements with Walmart and GE Money Bank (the card issuing
bank), which set forth the terms and conditions of our
relationship with Walmart. Pursuant to the terms of these
agreements, Green Dot designs and delivers the Walmart MoneyCard
product and provides all ongoing program support, including
network IT, regulatory and legal compliance, website
functionality, customer service and loss management. Walmart
displays and sells the cards and GE Money Bank serves as the
issuer of the cards and holds the associated FDIC-insured
deposits. All Walmart MoneyCard products are reloadable
exclusively on the Green Dot Network.
In May 2010, the term of the agreement among Green Dot, Walmart
and GE Money Bank was extended through May 2015. The parties
also agreed to various other changes to the terms of the
agreement. In particular, the sales commission percentages we
pay to Walmart for our products sold in its stores were
increased significantly above the sales commission percentages
that we had been paying to Walmart since these percentages were
substantially reduced on a temporary basis in connection with
significant pricing changes that were made to the Walmart
MoneyCard program in February 2009. Walmart and we also agreed
to enhance the coordination of the parties promotional
efforts with respect to the Walmart MoneyCard program. In
addition, Walmart agreed to certain adjustments to the terms
under which we are selling our Green Dot-branded GPR cards in
its stores on a trial basis. Walmart has the right to terminate
this agreement prior to its expiration or renewal for a number
of specified reasons, such as our failure to meet specified
service levels.
75
In connection with our entry into this commercial agreement, we
issued to Walmart 2,208,552 shares of our Class A
common stock, or approximately % of
our outstanding Class A common stock and 5.5% of our total
outstanding Class A and Class B common stock after
this offering. These shares will represent less than 1% of the
combined voting power of our outstanding Class A and
Class B common stock, in each case after giving effect to
this offering, and, in connection with the share issuance,
Walmart entered into an agreement to vote its shares in
proportion to the way the rest of our stockholders vote their
shares. The Walmart shares also are subject to our right of
repurchase upon termination of our commercial agreement with
Walmart and GE Money Bank, other than a termination arising out
of our knowing, intentional and material breach of the
agreement. Our right to repurchase lapses with respect to
36,810 shares per month over the
60-month
term of the agreement. The repurchase right will expire as to
all shares of Class A common stock that remain subject to
the repurchase right if we experience a prohibited change
of control, as defined in the commercial agreement, if we
experience a change of control, as defined in the
stock issuance agreement, or under certain other limited
circumstances. Prior to the earliest to occur of
(i) December 24, 2012, (ii) the termination of
our commercial agreement under certain limited circumstances and
(iii) an event that would cause our repurchase right to
lapse in full prior to May 2015, Walmart is required to pay us
$25.00 per share for each share it sells in excess of
309,833 shares (subject to adjustment if this prospectus is
dated after July 31, 2010) in any consecutive
six-month period following the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements described under Shares Eligible For Future
Sale below. We have also granted Walmart registration
rights for all of its shares of our Class A common stock
that are no longer subject to our repurchase right. See
Description of Capital Stock.
Network Acceptance Members. A large number of
institutions accept funds through our reload network, using our
MoneyPak product. We provide reload services to over 100
third-party prepaid card programs, including programs offered by
H&R Block, AccountNow and Jackson Hewitt. MasterCards
RePower Reload Network also uses the Green Dot Network to
facilitate cash reloads for its own member programs.
Furthermore, in February 2009, we entered into a five-year
agreement with PayPal that enables PayPal customers to use a
MoneyPak to fund a new or existing PayPal account. To date, we
have not generated significant operating revenues from our
relationship with PayPal. As a result of this agreement,
consumers without a bank account or credit card are able to
fund PayPal accounts.
Other Channels. An increasing portion of our
card sales is generated from our online distribution channel and
other non-retail channels. We offer Green Dot-branded cards
through our website, www.greendot.com. We promote this
distribution channel through television and online advertising.
Customers who activate their cards through this channel
typically receive an unfunded card in the mail and then can
reload the card either through a cash reload or a payroll direct
deposit transaction. In October 2009, we entered into a
joint marketing and referral agreement with Intuit. Under this
agreement, Intuit customers can elect to receive their tax
refunds via a co-branded card that we manage.
Our Products
and Services
Our principal products and services consist of Green Dot-branded
and co-branded GPR cards and MoneyPak and POS swipe reload
transactions facilitated by the Green Dot Network. We also
service general purpose gift cards, which have historically
represented only a small percentage of our operating revenues.
The GPR cards we offer are issued primarily by Columbus Bank and
Trust Company and, in the case of certain of our co-branded
cards discussed below, GE Money Bank. Card balances are
FDIC-insured and have either Visa or MasterCard zero liability
card protection.
Card
Products
Green Dot-Branded GPR Cards. Our Green
Dot-branded GPR cards provide consumers with an affordable and
convenient way to manage their money and make payments without
undergoing a credit check or possessing a pre-existing bank
account. In addition to standard prepaid Visa or
MasterCard-branded GPR cards, we also offer GPR cards marketed
for a specific use or market, such as our Online Shopping card,
our Prepaid Student card and our Prepaid NASCAR card.
76
We offer these GPR cards to consumers in approximately 50,000
retail store locations in 49 states, including those of
Walgreens, CVS, Rite Aid, 7-Eleven and Kroger. We also offer our
GPR cards online through our web site, www.greendot.com. To
purchase a GPR card, consumers typically select the GPR card
from an in-store display and pay the cashier a one-time purchase
fee plus the initial amount they would like to reload onto their
card. Consumers then go online or call a toll-free number to
register their personal information with us so that we can
activate their temporary prepaid card and mail them a
personalized GPR card. As explained below, consumers can then
reload their personalized GPR cards using a MoneyPak or, at
enabled retailers, via a
point-of-sale
process, which we refer to as a POS swipe reload transaction.
Funds can also be loaded on the card via direct deposit of a
customers government or payroll check.
Our GPR cards are issued as Visa- or MasterCard-branded cards
and are accepted worldwide by merchants and other businesses
belonging to the applicable payment network, including for bill
payments, online shopping, everyday store purchases and ATM
withdrawals. As of December 31, 2009, Visa and MasterCard
each were accepted at approximately 29 million acceptance
locations worldwide. As of December 31, 2009, our
cardholders could complete ATM transactions at approximately
1.4 million Visa PLUS or 900,000 MasterCard Cirrus ATMs
worldwide, including over 17,000 MoneyPass fee-free ATMs in all
50 states and Puerto Rico.
We have instituted a simple fee structure that includes a new
card fee (if the card is purchased from one of our retail
distributors), a monthly maintenance fee (which may be waived
based on usage), a cash reload fee and an ATM withdrawal fee for
non-MoneyPass ATMs. Most of the features and functions of our
cards are provided without surcharges. Our free services include
account management and balance inquiry services via the
Internet, telephone and mobile applications. In addition, via an
online tool, we allow cardholders to manage household and other
bills and to make payments to companies or individuals.
For regulatory compliance, risk management, operational and
other reasons, our GPR cards and reload products have certain
limitations and restrictions, including but not limited to
maximum dollar reload amounts, maximum numbers of reloads in a
given time period (e.g., per day), and limitations of uses of
our temporary cards versus our permanent personalized cards.
Co-Branded GPR Cards. We provide co-branded
GPR cards on behalf of certain retail distributors and other
business entities. Co-branded cards generally bear the
trademarks or logos of the retail distributor or business
entity, and our trademark on the packaging and back of the card.
These cards have the same features and characteristics as our
Green Dot-branded GPR cards, and are accepted at the same
locations. We typically are responsible for managing all aspects
of these programs, including strategy, product design,
marketing, customer service and operations/compliance.
Representative co-branded cards include the Walmart MoneyCard,
the TurboTax Refund Card, the Kmart Prepaid Visa and MasterCard
cards and the Meijer Prepaid MasterCard.
Reload
Services
We generate cash transfer revenues when consumers purchase our
reload services. We offer consumers affordable and convenient
ways to reload any of our GPR cards and to conduct other cash
loading transactions through our reload network, using our
MoneyPak product or through retailers specially enabled
POS devices. MoneyPak is offered in all of the retail locations
where our GPR cards are sold. MoneyPak is a cash reload product
that we market on a display like our Green Dot-branded GPR
cards. Cash reloads using a MoneyPak involve a two-step process:
consumers pay the cashier the desired amount to be reloaded,
plus a service fee, and then go online or call a toll-free
number to submit the MoneyPak number and add the funds to a GPR
card or other account, such as a PayPal account. Alternatively,
at many retail locations, consumers can add funds directly to
their Green Dot-branded and co-branded cards at the point of
sale through a POS swipe reload transaction. Unlike a MoneyPak,
these POS swipe reload transactions involve a single-step
process: consumers pay the
77
cashier the desired amount to be reloaded, plus a service fee,
and funds are reloaded onto the GPR card at the point of sale
without further action required on the part of the consumer.
Our Technology Platform Green PlaNET
Green PlaNET is our technology platform that enables our network
participants to communicate with us in a real-time, secure
environment. Green PlaNET is a centralized, client-server based
processing system that gives us the ability to centrally develop
and distribute product applications, manage customer accounts,
authorize, process and settle transactions, ensure security and
regulatory compliance, and provide customer services across a
variety of points of contact and technologies.
Green PlaNET enables Green Dot cardholders to activate and use
their card accounts for a variety of transactions, such as cash
loads and online bill payments. Green PlaNET also provides a
single and secure point of integration for all our network
participants, enabling them to communicate with us and our
customers and facilitating the initiation, authorization and
settlement of transactions.
Green PlaNET has the following components:
|
|
|
|
|
The Green PlaNET front-end processing system communicates with
the host systems of retail distributors and network acceptance
members through a proprietary application programming interface,
or API, and runs a variety of proprietary and third-party
software applications that facilitate the purchase of a card at
a retail location as well as the loading of cash onto a card or
MoneyPak. It enables our reload network to interoperate with
funds transfer networks and engages in real-time transaction
verification so that cards do not exceed applicable limits, thus
ensuring compliance with our anti-money laundering program.
|
|
|
|
The Green PlaNET back-end processing system runs a variety of
proprietary and third-party software applications that enable
the activation, daily use and maintenance of our cardholder
accounts. It executes a variety of transaction-enabling
processes and initiates several customer verification modules,
such as internally developed anti-money laundering, Know
Your Customer and Office of Foreign Assets Control
requirements, and external data requests from outsourced
vendors, such as Experian and LexisNexis, that together ensure
compliance with all federal requirements for the opening of a
new account. It interfaces with our database to generate account
statements and initiate account notification communications,
such as emails and text messages. It also enables our cards to
interoperate with Visa, MasterCard and other payment or funds
transfer networks, interacts with the systems of other
processors and executes back-end batch processes, such as
transaction fee calculations, charge-back transactions, retailer
invoicing and account write-offs, that facilitate the daily
accounting, reconciliation and settlement of transactions and
account activity. In addition, the Green PlaNET back-end
processing system houses a variety of security applications that
provide customer and card data encryption, fraud monitoring,
information security administration and firewalls that protect
the Green PlaNET infrastructure.
|
|
|
|
The Green PlaNET customer-facing systems include a service
processing system and various communication systems. The Green
PlaNET service processing system includes several customer
relationship management software applications that operate a
variety of support services, providing real-time account history
access and pending transaction data, contact information,
personal identification number request and issuance services and
balance inquiry applications. It also enables consumers to
direct cash transfers using our MoneyPak product. In addition,
Green PlaNET provides our consumers, retail distributors and
network acceptance members with the ability to communicate with
us and access accounts using a variety of technologies. These
technologies integrate with our customer care applications and
allow us, among other things, to address customer inquiries and
automatically prompt customer support agents to sell upgrades
and make cross-sales. We have also integrated Green PlaNET with
our website, www.greentdot.com, to provide a full range of
interactive services, including online card
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
sales, full activation and personalization services, electronic
funds transfers, and access to account histories and management
services.
|
Sales and
Marketing
The primary objective of our sales and marketing efforts is to
educate consumers on the utility of our products and services in
order to generate demand, and to instruct consumers on where
they may purchase our products and services. We also seek to
educate existing customers on the use of our products and
services to encourage use and retention of our products. We
accomplish these objectives through various types of
consumer-oriented marketing and advertising and by expanding our
group of retail distributors to gain access to additional
customers.
Marketing to
Consumers
We believe that our marketing efforts to consumers are
fundamental to the success of our business. We market our
products to a broad group of consumers, ranging from
never-banked to fully-banked consumers. We are focusing our
current sales and marketing efforts on customer acquisition,
enhancing our brand and image, building market awareness of our
products, improving cardholder retention and increasing card
usage. To achieve these objectives, we highlight to consumers
the core benefits of our products, which we believe are
affordability, access to funds, utility, convenience,
transparency and security.
Our marketing campaigns involve creating a compelling in-store
presence and conducting television advertising, retailer
promotions such as newspaper inserts and circulars, online
advertisements, and co-op advertising with select retail
distributors. We focus on raising brand awareness while
educating our customers.
We also design, and provide to our retail distributors for use
in their stores, innovative packaging and in-store displays that
we believe generate consumer interest and differentiate our
products from other card products on their racks. Our packaging
and displays help ensure that our products are promoted in a
consistent, visual manner that is designed to invite consumers
to browse and learn about our products, and thus to increase our
sales opportunities. This packaging is designed to establish a
connection with consumers, which we believe increases the
likelihood that they will buy our products.
We employ a number of strategies to improve cardholder retention
and increase card usage. These strategies are based on research
we conduct on an ongoing basis to understand consumer behavior
and improve consumer loyalty and satisfaction. For example, we
use our points of contact with customers (e.g., our website,
email, IVR and mobile applications) to educate our customers and
promote new card features. We also provide incentives for
behaviors, such as cash reloading, establishing payroll direct
deposit and making frequent purchases with our cards, that we
believe increase cardholder retention.
Marketing to
Retail Distributors
When marketing to potential new retail distributors, we
highlight the key benefits of our products, including our
national brand, our in-store presence and merchandising
expertise, our cash reload network, the profitability to them of
our products and our commitment to national television and other
advertising. In addition, we communicate the peripheral benefits
of our products, such as their ability to generate additional
foot traffic and sales in their stores.
Marketing to
Our Network Acceptance Members
We market our reload network to a broad range of banks,
third-party processors, program managers and others that have
uses for our reload networks cash transfer technology.
When marketing to potential network acceptance members, we
highlight the key benefits of our cash loading
79
network, including the breadth of our distribution capabilities,
our leadership position in the industry, the profitability to
them of our products, consumer satisfaction and our commitment
to national television and other advertising and marketing
support.
Customer
Service
We provide customer service for all GPR card and gift card
programs that we manage and for MoneyPak on a
24-hour per
day, 365-day
per year basis, primarily through third-party service providers
in Guatemala and the Philippines, and also through our staff in
the United States. All card activations, reloads, support and
lost/stolen inquiries are handled online and through various
toll-free numbers at these locations. We also operate our own
call center at our headquarters for handling customer and
corporate escalations. Customer service is provided in both
English and Spanish.
Competition
We operate in highly competitive and still developing markets,
which we expect to become increasingly competitive in the
future. In addition to the direct competitors described below,
we compete for access to retail distribution channels and for
the attention of consumers at the retail level.
Prepaid Card
Issuance and Program Management
We compete against the full spectrum of providers of GPR cards.
We compete with traditional providers of financial services,
such as banks that offer demand deposit accounts and card
issuers that offer credit cards, private label retail cards and
gift cards. Many of these institutions are substantially larger
and have greater resources, larger and more diversified customer
bases and greater brand recognition than we do. Many of these
companies can also leverage their extensive customer bases and
adopt aggressive pricing policies to gain market share. Our
primary competitors in the prepaid card issuance and program
management market are traditional credit, debit and prepaid card
account issuers and prepaid card program managers like First
Data, Netspend, AccountNow, PreCash, Rush Card, Western Union
and MoneyGram. Our Green-Dot branded cards also compete with our
co-branded GPR cards, such as the Walmart MoneyCard.
We believe that the principal competitive factors for the
prepaid card issuance and program management market include:
|
|
|
|
|
breadth of distribution;
|
|
|
|
brand recognition;
|
|
|
|
the ability to reload funds;
|
|
|
|
compliance and regulatory capabilities;
|
|
|
|
enterprise-class and scalable IT;
|
customer support capabilities; and
We believe our products compete favorably on each of these
factors.
Reload
Networks
While we believe our Green Dot Network is the leading reload
network for prepaid cards in the United States, a growing number
of companies are attempting to establish and grow their own
reload networks. In this market, new companies, or alliances
among existing companies, may be formed that rapidly achieve a
significant market position. Many of these companies are
substantially larger than we are and have greater resources,
larger and more diversified customer bases and greater name
recognition than we do. Our primary competitors in the reload
services market are: Visa, MasterCard, Western Union, MoneyGram,
Blackhawk and Netspend. Visa and MasterCard each have broad
brand
80
recognition and a large base of merchant acquiring and card
issuing banks. Western Union, MoneyGram, Blackhawk and Netspend
each have a national network of retail
and/or agent
locations. In addition, we compete for consumers and billers
with financial institutions that provide their retail customers
with billing, payment and funds transfer services. Many of these
institutions are substantially larger and have greater
resources, larger and more diversified customer bases and
greater brand recognition than we do.
We believe that the principal competitive factors for reload
network services include:
|
|
|
|
|
the number and quality of retail locations;
|
|
|
|
brand recognition;
|
|
|
|
product and service functionality;
|
|
|
|
number of cardholders and customers using the service;
|
|
|
|
reliability of the service;
|
|
|
|
retail price;
|
|
|
|
enterprise-class
and scalable IT;
|
|
|
|
ability to integrate quickly with multiple payment platforms and
distributors;
|
customer support capabilities; and
|
|
|
|
|
compliance and regulatory capabilities.
|
We believe the Green Dot Network competes favorably on each of
these factors.
Prepaid Card
Distribution
We compete against the full spectrum of prepaid card
distributors and third-party processors that sell competing
prepaid card programs through retail and online channels. Many
of these institutions are substantially larger and have greater
resources, larger and more diversified customer bases and
greater brand recognition than we do. Many of these companies
can also leverage their extensive customer bases and adopt
aggressive pricing policies to gain market share. As new payment
methods are developed, we also expect to experience competition
from new entrants. Our primary competitors in the prepaid card
distribution market are: InComm, Blackhawk, First Data, Netspend
and AccountNow. In addition, we face potential competition from
Western Union, MoneyGram and a number of retail banks if they
enter this market.
We believe that the principal competitive factors for the
prepaid card distribution market include:
|
|
|
|
|
brand recognition with consumers and retailers;
|
|
|
|
the ability to reload funds;
|
|
|
|
ability to develop and maintain strong relationship with retail
distributors;
|
|
|
|
compliance and regulatory capabilities;
|
|
|
|
pricing; and
|
|
|
|
large customer base.
|
We believe our products compete favorably on each of these
factors.
Intellectual
Property
We rely on a combination of trademark and copyright laws and
trade secret protection in the United States, as well as
confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to
protect the intellectual property rights related to our products
and services.
81
We own several trademarks, including Green Dot, MoneyPak and the
Green Dot logo. These assets are essential to our business.
Through agreements with our network acceptance members, retail
distributors and customers, we authorize and monitor the use of
our trademarks in connection with their activities with us.
We have one patent application under consideration in the United
States related to the retail packaging of our cards.
Regulation
Compliance with legal and regulatory requirements is a highly
complex and integral part of our
day-to-day
operations. Our products and services are generally subject to
federal, state and local laws and regulations, including:
|
|
|
|
|
anti-money laundering laws;
|
|
|
|
money transfer and payment instrument licensing regulations;
|
|
|
|
escheatment laws;
|
|
|
|
privacy and information safeguard laws;
|
|
|
|
bank regulations; and
|
|
|
|
consumer protection laws.
|
These laws are often evolving and sometimes ambiguous or
inconsistent, and the extent to which they apply to us or the
banks that issue our cards, our retail distributors, our network
acceptance members or our third-party processors is at times
unclear. Any failure to comply with applicable law
either by us or by the card issuing banks, retail distributors,
network acceptance members or third-party processors, over which
we have limited legal and practical control could
result in restrictions on our ability to provide our products
and services, as well as the imposition of civil fines and
criminal penalties and the suspension or revocation of a license
or registration required to sell our products and services. See
Risk Factors for additional discussion regarding the
potential impacts of changes in laws and regulations to which we
are subject and failure to comply with existing or future
laws and regulations.
We continually monitor and enhance our compliance program to
stay current with the most recent legal and regulatory changes.
We also continue to implement policies and programs and to adapt
our business practices and strategies to help us comply with
current legal standards, as well as with new and changing legal
requirements affecting particular services or the conduct of our
business generally. These programs include dedicated compliance
personnel and training and monitoring programs, as well as
support and guidance to our retail distributors and network
acceptance members on compliance programs.
Anti-Money
Laundering Laws
Our products and services are generally subject to federal
anti-money laundering laws, including the Bank Secrecy Act, as
amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, and similar state laws. On an
ongoing basis, these laws require us, among other things, to:
|
|
|
|
|
report large cash transactions and suspicious activity;
|
|
|
|
screen transactions against the U.S. governments
watch-lists, such as the watch-list maintained by the Office of
Foreign Assets Control;
|
|
|
|
prevent the processing of transactions to or from certain
countries, individuals, nationals and entities;
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
identify the dollar amounts loaded or transferred at any one
time or over specified periods of time, which requires the
aggregation of information over multiple transactions;
|
|
|
|
gather and, in certain circumstances, report customer
information;
|
|
|
|
comply with consumer disclosure requirements; and
|
|
|
|
register or obtain licenses with state and federal agencies in
the United States and seek registration of our retail
distributors and network acceptance members when necessary.
|
Anti-money laundering regulations are constantly evolving. We
continuously monitor our compliance with anti-money laundering
regulations and implement policies and procedures to make our
business practices flexible, so we can comply with the most
current legal requirements. We cannot predict how these future
regulations might affect us. Complying with future regulation
could be expensive or require us to change the way we operate
our business. For example, in June 2010, FinCEN published for
comment proposed new rules that, if adopted as proposed, would
establish a more comprehensive regulatory framework for access
to prepaid financial services. As currently drafted, the
proposed rules would significantly change the way customer data
is collected for certain prepaid products (including our cards)
by shifting the point of collection to our retail distributors.
We believe that, if the rules are adopted as currently proposed,
we and our retail distributors would need to modify operational
elements of our product offering to comply with the proposed
rules. If we or any of our retail distributors were unwilling or
unable to make any required operational changes to comply with
the proposed rules as adopted, we would no longer be able to
sell our cards through that noncompliant retail distributor,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial position and results of operations.
We are voluntarily registered with FinCEN as a money service
business. As a result of being so registered, we are required to
establish anti-money laundering compliance programs that
include: (i) internal policies and controls;
(ii) designation of a compliance officer;
(iii) ongoing employee training and (iv) an
independent review function. We have developed and deployed
compliance programs comprised of policies, procedures, systems
and internal controls to monitor and address various aspects of
legal requirements and developments. To assist in managing and
monitoring money laundering risks, we continue to enhance our
anti-money laundering compliance program. We offer our services
largely through our retail distributor and network acceptance
member relationships. We have developed an anti-money laundering
training manual and a program to assist in educating our retail
distributors on applicable anti-money laundering laws and
regulations.
Money Transfer
and Payment Instrument Licensing Regulations
We are subject to money transfer and payment instrument
licensing regulations. We have obtained licenses to operate as a
money transmitter in 39 U.S. jurisdictions. The remaining
U.S. jurisdictions either do not currently regulate money
transmitters or have rendered a regulatory determination or a
legal interpretation that the money services laws of that
jurisdiction do not require us to obtain a license in connection
with the conduct of our business. As a licensee, we are subject
to certain restrictions and requirements, including reporting,
net worth and surety bonding requirements and requirements for
regulatory approval of controlling stockholders, agent locations
and consumer forms and disclosures. We are also subject to
inspection by the regulators in the jurisdictions in which we
are licensed, many of which conduct regular examinations.
In addition, we must at all times maintain permissible
investments in an amount equivalent to all
outstanding payment obligations. While, technically,
the outstanding payment obligations represented by the balances
on our card products are liabilities of the issuing bank and not
us, it is possible that some states will require us to maintain
permissible investments in an amount equal to the outstanding
payment obligations of the bank that issues our cards. The types
of securities that are considered permissible
investments vary from state to state, but generally
include cash and cash equivalents, U.S. government
securities and other highly rated debt instruments.
83
Escheatment
Laws
Unclaimed property laws of every U.S. jurisdiction require
that we track certain information on our card products and
services and that, if customer funds are unclaimed at the end of
an applicable statutory abandonment period, the proceeds of the
unclaimed property be remitted to the appropriate jurisdiction.
We have agreed with the banks that issue our cards to manage
escheatment law compliance with respect to our card products and
services and have an ongoing program to comply with those laws.
Statutory abandonment periods applicable to our card products
and services typically range from three to seven years.
Privacy and
Information Safeguard Laws
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect certain types
of data, which subjects us to certain privacy and information
security laws in the United States, including, for example, the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or the GLB Act, and other laws
or rules designed to regulate consumer information and mitigate
identity theft. We are also subject to privacy laws of various
states. These state and federal laws impose obligations with
respect to the collection, processing, storage, disposal, use
and disclosure of personal information, and require that
financial institutions have in place policies regarding
information privacy and security. In addition, under federal and
certain state financial privacy laws, we must provide notice to
consumers of our policies and practices for sharing nonpublic
information with third parties, provide advance notice of any
changes to our policies and, with limited exceptions, give
consumers the right to prevent use of their nonpublic personal
information and disclosure of it to unaffiliated third parties.
Certain state laws may, in some circumstances, require us to
notify affected individuals of security breaches of computer
databases that contain their personal information. These laws
may also require us to notify state law enforcement, regulators
or consumer reporting agencies in the event of a data breach, as
well as businesses and governmental agencies that own data. In
order to comply with the privacy and information safeguard laws,
we have confidentiality/information security standards and
procedures in place for our business activities and with network
acceptance members and our third-party vendors and service
providers. Privacy and information security laws evolve
regularly, requiring us to adjust our compliance program on an
ongoing basis and presenting compliance challenges.
Bank
Regulations
All of the GPR cards that we provide and the Walmart gift cards
we service are issued by either a federally- or state-chartered
bank. Thus, we are subject to the oversight of the regulators
for, and certain laws applicable to, these card issuing banks.
These banking laws require us, as a servicer to the banks that
issue our cards, among other things, to undertake compliance
actions similar to those described under
Anti-Money Laundering Laws above and to
comply with the privacy regulations promulgated under the GLB
Act as discussed under Privacy and Information
Safeguard Laws above.
In addition, in February 2010, we entered into a definitive
agreement to acquire a bank holding company and its subsidiary
commercial bank, and filed applications with the appropriate
federal and state regulators seeking approval for this
transaction. Should we complete our pending bank acquisition, we
will become a bank holding company as provided in the BHC Act.
Bank holding companies and banks are subject to supervision by
the Federal Reserve Board and are extensively regulated under
federal and state laws. In general, this supervision and
regulation will increase our compliance costs and other
expenses, as we and our new subsidiary bank will be required to
undergo regular
on-site
examinations and to comply with additional reporting
requirements. In addition, bank holding companies are subject to
certain restrictions on their business and activities, although
we do not believe our current or currently proposed business
will be restricted materially, if at all, by these restrictions.
Activities. Federal laws restrict the types of
activities in which bank holding companies may engage, and
subject them to a range of supervisory requirements, including
regulatory enforcement
84
actions for violations of laws and policies. Bank holding
companies may engage in the business of banking and managing and
controlling banks, as well as closely related activities. The
business activities that we currently conduct are permissible
activities for bank holding companies under U.S. law, and
we do not expect the limitations described above will adversely
affect our current operations or materially prohibit us from
engaging in activities that are currently contemplated by our
business strategies. It is possible, however, that these
restrictions might limit our ability to enter other businesses
in which we may wish to engage at some time in the future. It is
also possible that in the future these laws may be amended in
ways, or new laws or regulations may be adopted, that adversely
affect our ability to engage in our current or additional
businesses.
Even if our activities are permissible for a bank holding
company, as discussed under Capital Adequacy
and Prompt Corrective Action below, the Federal Reserve
Board has the authority to order a bank holding company or its
subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to require divestiture
of ownership or control of a subsidiary in the event that it has
reasonable cause to believe that the activity or continued
ownership or control poses a serious risk to the financial
safety, soundness or stability of the bank holding company or
any of its bank subsidiaries.
Dividend Restrictions. Bank holding companies
are subject to various restrictions that may affect their
ability to pay dividends. Federal and state banking regulations
applicable to bank holding companies and banks generally require
that dividends be paid from earnings and, as described under
Capital Adequacy and Prompt Corrective
Action below, require minimum levels of capital, which
limits the funds available for payment of dividends. Other
restrictions include the Federal Reserve Boards general
policy that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on
common stock only out of net income available to stockholders
over the past year and only if the prospective rate of earnings
retention is consistent with the organizations expected
future needs and financial condition, including the needs of
each of its bank subsidiaries. In the current financial and
economic environment, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated
that bank holding companies should carefully review their
dividend policies and has discouraged dividend pay-out ratios
that are at the 100% level unless both their asset quality and
capital are very strong. A bank holding company also should not
maintain a dividend level that places undue pressure on the
capital of its bank subsidiaries, or that may undermine the bank
holding companys ability to serve as a source of strength
for its bank subsidiaries. See Source of
Strength below.
In addition, various federal and state statutory provisions and
regulations limit the amount of dividends that banks may pay. We
expect that our new state-chartered bank subsidiary will become
a member of the Federal Reserve System following completion of
our pending bank acquisition. State-chartered banks that are
members of the Federal Reserve System may not pay dividends in
an amount that exceeds the lesser of the amounts calculated
under a recent earnings test and an undivided
profits test. Under the recent earnings test, a bank may
not pay a dividend if the total of all dividends it declares in
any calendar year is in excess of the current years net
income combined with the retained net income of the two
preceding years, unless the bank obtains the approval of its
chartering authority. Under the undivided profits test, a bank
may not pay a dividend in excess of its undivided
profits.
Capital Adequacy and Prompt Corrective
Action. Bank holding companies and banks are
subject to various federal requirements relating to capital
adequacy. These include meeting minimum leverage ratio
requirements. As a bank holding company, we will be required to
be well-capitalized, meaning we will need to
maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to assets of at least
5%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at
least 6% and a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of
at least 10%. Tier 1 capital, or core capital,
generally consists of common stockholders equity,
perpetual non-cumulative preferred stock and, up to certain
limits, other capital elements. Tier 2 capital consists of
supplemental capital items such as the allowance for loan and
lease losses, certain types of preferred stock, hybrid capital
securities and certain types of debt, all subject to certain
limits. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 capital plus
Tier 2 capital. When measuring compliance with certain of
these capital requirements, bank regulators adjust the asset
values in accordance with their perceived risk. We
85
believe that we and our new bank subsidiary will be well
capitalized under these standards and we will be able to
maintain these ratios in future periods. It is possible,
however, that regulators may require us or our new bank
subsidiary to maintain higher levels of capital in the future,
and there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain
the required ratios in future periods.
Under the regulatory framework that Congress has established and
bank regulators have implemented, banks are either
well-capitalized, adequately
capitalized, undercapitalized,
significantly undercapitalized or critically
undercapitalized. Banks are generally subject to greater
restrictions and supervision than bank holding companies, and
these restrictions increase as the financial condition of the
bank worsens. For instance, a bank that is not well-capitalized
may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without the
consent of the FDIC. If our new subsidiary bank were to become
less than adequately capitalized, the bank would need to submit
to bank regulators a capital restoration plan that was
guaranteed by us, as its bank holding company. The bank would
also likely become subject to broad restrictions on activities,
including establishing new branches, entering into new lines of
business or conducting activities that have the effect of
limiting asset growth or preventing acquisitions. A bank that is
undercapitalized would also be prohibited from making capital
distributions, including dividends, and from paying management
fees to its bank holding company if the institution would be
undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment. A
significantly undercapitalized institution would be subject to
mandatory capital raising activities, restrictions on interest
rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of
management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very
limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized
institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or
conservator.
Source of Strength. Under Federal Reserve
Board policy, bank holding companies are expected to act as a
source of strength to their bank subsidiaries and to commit
capital and financial resources to support them. This support
may theoretically be required by the Federal Reserve Board at
times when the bank holding company might otherwise determine
not to provide it. As noted above, if a bank becomes less than
adequately capitalized, it would need to submit an acceptable
capital restoration plan that, in order to be acceptable, would
need to be guaranteed by the parent holding company. In the
event of a bank holding companys bankruptcy, any
commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank
regulator to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank would be
assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of
payment.
Acquisitions of Bank Holding Companies. Under
the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, and their
implementing regulations, Federal Reserve Board approval is
necessary prior to any person or company acquiring control of a
bank or bank holding company, subject to certain exceptions.
Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or
company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities,
and may be presumed to exist if a person acquires 10% or more of
any class of voting securities. These restrictions could affect
the willingness or ability of a third party to acquire control
of us following completion of our pending bank acquisition and
for so long as we are a bank holding company.
Deposit Insurance and Deposit Insurance
Assessments. Deposits accepted by banks, such as
our new bank subsidiary, have the benefit of FDIC insurance up
to the applicable limits. The FDICs Deposit Insurance Fund
is funded by assessments on insured depository institutions, the
level of which depends on the risk category of an institution
and the amount of insured deposits that it holds. These rates
currently range from 7 to 77.5 basis points on deposits.
The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule
semi-annually, and has in the past required and may in the
future require banks to prepay their estimated assessments for
future periods. Because of the current stress on the FDICs
Deposit Insurance Fund resulting from the banking crisis, those
fees have increased and are likely to stay at a relatively high
level.
Community Reinvestment Act. The Community
Reinvestment Act of 1977, or CRA, and the regulations
promulgated by the FDIC to implement the CRA are intended to
ensure that banks meet the credit needs of their respective
service areas, including low and moderate income communities and
individuals, consistent with safe and sound banking practices.
The CRA regulations also require
86
the banking regulatory authorities to evaluate a banks
record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering
applications to establish new offices or consummate any merger
or acquisition transaction. The federal banking agencies are
required to rate each insured institutions performance
under the CRA and to make that information publicly available.
Our new subsidiary bank intends to comply with the CRA through
investments and other activities that it believes will benefit
the needs of low and moderate income communities. If banking
regulatory authorities do not approve the banks compliance
plan, the bank could be required to engage in lending and other
community outreach activities in the community in which it is
located.
Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and
Insiders. Transactions between a bank and its
nonbanking affiliates are regulated by the Federal Reserve
Board. These regulations limit the types and amount of these
transactions, require certain levels of collateral for loans to
affiliated parties and generally require those transactions to
be on an arms-length basis. As a bank holding company, our
transactions with our new subsidiary bank could be limited by
these regulations, although we do not anticipate that these
restrictions will adversely affect our ability to conduct our
current operations or materially prohibit us from engaging in
activities that are currently contemplated by our business
strategies.
Other. The policies of regulatory authorities,
including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have
a significant effect on the operating results of bank holding
companies and their subsidiaries. The U.S. Congress is
considering various proposals relating to the activities and
supervision of banks and bank holding companies, some of which
could materially affect our operations and those of the bank we
are seeking to acquire. Although there can be no assurance
regarding the ultimate impact that adoption of these proposals
will have on us, if the proposals are enacted, we expect that
the benefits we seek to realize from our pending bank
acquisition will be reduced.
Consumer
Protection Laws
We are subject to state and federal consumer protection laws,
including laws prohibiting unfair and deceptive practices,
regulating electronic fund transfers and protecting consumer
nonpublic information. We believe that we have appropriate
procedures in place for compliance with these consumer
protection laws, but many issues regarding our service have not
yet been addressed by the federal and state agencies charged
with interpreting the applicable laws.
Although not expressly required to do so under the Electronic
Fund Transfer Act and Regulation E of the Federal
Reserve Board, we disclose, consistent with banking industry
practice, the terms of our electronic fund transfer services to
consumers prior to their use of the service, provide
21 days advance notice of material changes, establish
specific error resolution procedures and timetables, and limit
customer liability for transactions that are not authorized by
the consumer.
Card
Associations
In order to provide our products and services, we, as well as
the banks that issue our cards, must register with Visa and
MasterCard and, as a result, are subject to card association
rules that could subject us to a variety of fines or penalties
that may be levied by the card association or network for
certain acts or omissions. The banks that issue our cards are
specifically registered as members of the Visa
and/or
MasterCard card associations. Visa and MasterCard set the
standards with which we and the card issuing banks must comply.
Employees
As of March 31, 2010, we had 289 employees, including
250 in general and administrative, 32 in sales and marketing and
7 in research and product development. None of our employees is
represented by a labor union or is covered by a collective
bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any
employment-related work stoppages and consider relations with
our employees to be good. As of March 31, 2010, we also had
arrangements with third-party call center providers in
87
Guatemala and the Philippines that provided us with
approximately 690 contractors for customer service and similar
functions.
Facilities
We lease approximately 56,000 square feet in Monrovia,
California for our corporate headquarters, pursuant to a
noncancelable lease agreement for approximately
49,000 square feet that expires in September 2012 and a
sub-lease agreement for approximately 7,000 square feet
that expires in December 2011. We believe our space is
adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or
substitute space will be available to accommodate the
foreseeable expansion of our operations.
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and
claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently
a party to any material legal proceedings, and to our knowledge
none is threatened.
88
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table provides information regarding our executive
officers and directors as of March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
President, Cards and Network
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
General Counsel and Secretary
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
Kenneth C. Aldrich*
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
Director
|
Timothy R. Greenleaf(1)
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Director
|
Virginia L. Hanna(1)(2)(3)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Director
|
Michael J. Moritz(2)(3)
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
Director
|
William H. Ott, Jr.(1)
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Director
|
W. Thomas Smith, Jr.(2)(3)
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Lead independent director. |
|
(1) |
|
Member of our audit committee. |
|
(2) |
|
Member of our compensation committee. |
|
(3) |
|
Member of our nominating and governance committee. |
Steven W. Streit is our founder, and has served as our
President and a director since October 1999, our Chief Executive
Officer since January 2001 and our Chairman since February 2010.
He also served as our Secretary from October 1999 to April 2000
and as our Treasurer from October 1999 to April 2004. From 1983
to 1999, Mr. Streit worked in the radio broadcasting
industry, including serving as a Vice President of Programming
at AMFM, a publicly-traded radio broadcast group. We believe
Mr. Streit should serve as our Chairman based on the
perspective and experience he brings to our board of directors
as our President and Chief Executive Officer and our founder,
which adds historical knowledge, operational expertise and
continuity to our board of directors.
Mark T. Troughton has served as our President, Cards and
Network, since February 2007. From June 2003 to July 2004, he
served as our Executive Vice President, Business Development,
and from July 2004 to February 2007, he served as our Chief
Operating Officer and Executive Vice President of Corporate
Strategy. Prior to joining Green Dot, Mr. Troughton was
Vice President, Marketplace Services for Quadrem.com, an
Internet procurement company. Mr. Troughtons prior
experience also includes a four-year tenure at
McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm,
where he served in various capacities, including most recently
as Engagement Manager. Mr. Troughton started his career as
a Chartered Accountant and entrepreneur in South Africa. He
holds a BCom, a BCom (Hons) and an MCom, each in finance,
accounting or related subjects, from the University of Cape Town
(South Africa).
John L. Keatley has served as our Chief Financial Officer
since October 2006. From May 2005 to October 2006, he served as
our Vice President, Finance, and from August 2004 to May 2005,
he served as our Director, Financial Planning &
Analysis. Prior to joining Green Dot, Mr. Keatley served in
various positions at McKinsey & Company, a management
consulting firm, from October 2001 to July 2004, most recently
as Engagement Manager. Mr. Keatley holds an A.B. in physics
from Princeton University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business
School.
89
John C. Ricci has served as our General Counsel since
June 2004 and our Secretary since April 2003. From April
2003 to June 2004, he served as our Director of Legal Affairs.
Prior to joining Green Dot, Mr. Ricci was an associate at
the law firm of Strategic Law Partners, LLP from November 1999
to June 2002. Mr. Ricci began his career as an attorney in
the Enforcement Division of the SEC. Mr. Ricci holds a B.A.
in economics and political science from the University of
California at San Diego and a J.D. from Loyola Law School.
William D. Sowell has served as our Chief Operating
Officer since March 2009. Prior to joining Green Dot,
Mr. Sowell served in a number of positions at GE Money, a
financial services company, from March 1998 to January 2006,
most recently as Vice President, Prepaid Products. From May 1998
to March 2000, Mr. Sowell also served as a Master Black
Belt (Vice President, Quality) at GE Mortgage Services, a
mortgage servicing company. Mr. Sowell holds a B.S. in
electronic engineering technology from East Tennessee State
University and an M.B.A. from Southern Methodist University.
Kenneth C. Aldrich has served on our board of directors
since January 2001. Mr. Aldrich is currently Chairman of
the Board of International Stem Cell Corporation, a
biotechnology company focused on developing therapeutic and
research products through a proprietary stem cell technology. He
has served in that position since January 2008 and previously
from January 2001 through June 2006. Mr. Aldrich has also
served as President of The Aldrich Company, a real estate
investment firm, since June 1975, and on the board of directors
of WaveTec Vision Systems, Inc. since January 1999.
Mr. Aldrich previously served on the boards of directors of
Encode Bio, Inc. and International Stem Cell Corporation.
Mr. Aldrich holds an A.B. in history and literature from
Harvard University and a J.D. from Harvard Law School. We
believe Mr. Aldrich should serve as a member of our board
of directors based on his extensive corporate management
experience, including serving as the chief executive officer of
a publicly-held company and the chief financial officer of
another publicly-held company, and his experience with the
organizational challenges involved with becoming a publicly-held
company.
Timothy R. Greenleaf has served on our board of directors
since January 2001. Mr. Greenleaf has been the Managing
Director of Fairmont Capital, Inc., a private equity firm with a
focus on investments in middle-market consumer-related
businesses, since January 1999. Previously, Mr. Greenleaf
was a partner at the law firm of Fulbright & Jaworski
L.L.P., specializing in mergers and acquisitions, and tax and
corporate structuring. Mr. Greenleaf has served on a number
of other boards of directors, including Fairmont Capital, Garden
Fresh Restaurant Corp. (Souplantation) and Sharis
Management Corp. Mr. Greenleaf holds a dual B.A. in
administrative studies and political science from the University
of California at Riverside, a J.D. from Loyola Law School and an
L.L.M. in taxation from New York University Law School. We
believe Mr. Greenleaf should serve as a member of our board
of directors based on his experience as a private equity
investor, tax attorney and financial advisor, the leadership
qualities he brings to our audit committee and the perspective
he adds to our board of directors from his service on the boards
of directors of other companies.
Virginia L. Hanna has served on our board of directors
since April 2002. Ms. Hanna has served as the President and
Chief Executive Officer of Hanna Capital Management, Inc., a
business management firm, since March 1998, as a Managing Member
of Hanna Ventures, LLC, a venture capital firm, since April
1999, and as CEO, President and Managing Member of Hanna Energy,
LLC, an energy consulting firm, since December 2009. From 1996
to April 1997, Ms. Hanna was Treasurer and Director of
Investor Relations at Intuit Inc., a consumer and small business
financial software company. Ms. Hanna served as the Vice
President and Treasurer of The Vons Companies, Inc., a
supermarket retailer, from 1985 to 1995. Ms. Hanna holds a
B.A. in liberal arts from the University of Illinois and an
M.B.A. in finance from DePaul University. We believe
Ms. Hanna should serve as a member of our board of
directors based on her experience as a financial executive at
two consumer-focused, publicly-held companies during the period
from 1985 to 1997, which provides our board of directors with
insights into the areas of corporate finance, cash management
and investor relations, and the perspective she brings from her
involvement with retailer deployment of card-based payment
systems and the design and implementation of electronic point of
sale transaction systems in retail environments.
90
Michael J. Moritz has served on our board of directors
since February 2003. Mr. Moritz has been a Managing Member
of Sequoia Capital since 1986. He has previously served as a
director of a variety of companies, including Flextronics Ltd.,
Google Inc., PayPal, Inc., Red Envelope, Inc., Saba Software,
Inc., Yahoo! Inc. and Zappos.com, Inc. Mr. Moritz holds an
M.A. in modern history from Christ Church, Oxford. We believe
Mr. Moritz should serve as a member of our board of
directors based on the important perspective he brings to our
board of directors from his over 25 years of experience in
the venture capital industry, providing guidance and counsel to
a wide variety of companies, and service on the boards of
directors of a range of consumer- or retail-oriented, private
and publicly-held companies.
William H. Ott, Jr. has served on our board of
directors since January 2010. Since 2003, Mr. Ott has
served as the President of PEAC Ventures, Inc., a corporate
advisory and consulting firm. From 2002 to 2003, Mr. Ott
served as the Chief Operating Officer of Visa U.S.A. Inc. From
1998 to 2002, Mr. Ott served as Group Executive in charge
of retail, small business, card services, mortgage and consumer
banking, as well as marketing, advertising and operations, for
St. George Bank, a commercial bank based in Sydney,
Australia. He serves as an advisor to the Ethics and Compliance
Officer Association. Mr. Ott previously served as Chairman
of E*TRADE Bank and as a director of CashCard Australia.
Mr. Ott holds a B.A. in English from San Jose State
University and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University. We
believe Mr. Ott should serve as a member of our board of
directors based on his experience in senior management roles at
large publicly-held domestic, global and international banking
companies and at card and retail payments companies, including
serving in the positions described above, and the perspective he
brings to our board of directors from his experiences as a
business consultant and his service on the boards of directors
of other companies.
W. Thomas Smith, Jr. has served on our board of
directors since April 2001. Mr. Smith founded Total
Technology Ventures, LLC, a venture capital firm, and has been
its Managing Director since April 2000. Mr. Smith retired
from IBM in 2000 after 30 years of service. Mr. Smith
also serves on the boards of directors of numerous private
companies, including ALI Solutions,
E-Duction,
Inc. and Silverpop. Mr. Smith holds a B.S. in industrial
management from The Georgia Institute of Technology and
completed the executive program at Dartmouth Colleges Amos
Tuck School of Business. We believe Mr. Smith should serve
as a member of our board of directors based on his extensive
management experience, including serving in senior executive
positions responsible for sales, service and relationship
management, and the perspective he brings to our board of
directors from his exposure to the financial services industry
during his tenure at IBM.
Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the
discretion of, our board of directors. There are no familial
relationships among our directors and officers.
Board of
Directors Composition
Under our restated bylaws, our board of directors may set the
authorized number of directors. Our board of directors currently
consists of seven members. Upon the completion of this offering,
our Class A common stock will be listed on the NYSE. The
rules of the NYSE require that a majority of the members of our
board of directors be independent within a specified time
following the completion of this offering. Our board of
directors has determined that the following six members of our
board of directors are currently independent as determined under
the rules of the NYSE Messrs. Aldrich,
Greenleaf, Moritz, Ott and Smith and Ms. Hanna.
Pursuant to an investors rights agreement, as amended
through February 2010, Messrs. Aldrich, Greenleaf, Moritz,
Ott, Smith and Streit and Ms. Hanna were designated to
serve as members of our board of directors. Pursuant to that
agreement, Messrs. Aldrich, Ott and Smith and
Ms. Hanna were selected as the representatives of our
preferred stock, as a class, Mr. Moritz was selected as the
representative of our Series C, C-1 and C-2 Preferred Stock
and the remaining members of our board of directors were
selected by all of the holders of our common stock. The
currently serving members of our board of directors will
continue to serve as directors until their resignations or until
their
91
successors are duly elected by the holders of our common stock,
despite the fact that the investors rights agreement will
terminate upon the completion of this offering.
Our board of directors is divided into three classes of
directors, who serve staggered three-year terms, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Class I directors are Messrs. Ott and Smith (current
terms expiring in 2011);
|
|
|
|
Class II directors are Mr. Aldrich and Ms. Hanna
(current terms expiring in 2012); and
|
|
|
|
Class III directors are Messrs. Greenleaf, Moritz and
Streit (current terms expiring in 2013).
|
At each annual meeting of our stockholders, successors to the
directors whose terms expire at that meeting will be elected to
serve until the third annual meeting after their election or
until their successors have been elected. As a result, only one
class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our
stockholders, with the other classes serving for the remainder
of their respective terms.
Committees of Our
Board of Directors
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating and governance
committee. The composition and responsibilities of each
committee are described below. Following the completion of this
offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be
available, without charge, upon request in writing to Green Dot
Corporation, 605 East Huntington Drive, Suite 205,
Monrovia, California 91016, Attn: General Counsel or on the
investor relations portion of our website, www.greendot.com.
Members serve on these committees until their resignations or
until otherwise determined by our board of directors.
Audit
Committee
Our audit committee is comprised of Mr. Greenleaf, who is
the chair of the audit committee, and Ms. Hanna and
Mr. Ott. The composition of our audit committee meets the
requirements for independence under the current NYSE and SEC
rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee is
financially literate as required by current NYSE listing
standards. In addition, our board of directors has determined
that Mr. Greenleaf is an audit committee financial expert
within the meaning of Item 407(d) of
Regulation S-K
under the Securities Act based on his experience in the areas of
venture capital and private equity investment (including
strategic financial analysis), finance and business generally.
Our audit committee recommended, and our board of directors
adopted, an amended and restated charter for our audit
committee, which will be posted on the investor relations
portion of our website, www.greendot.com, following the
completion of this offering. Our audit committee, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
appoints our independent auditors;
|
|
|
|
approves the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our
independent auditors;
|
|
|
|
assesses the qualifications, performance and independence of our
independent auditors;
|
|
|
|
monitors the integrity of our financial statements and our
compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate
to financial statements or accounting matters;
|
|
|
|
reviews the integrity, adequacy and effectiveness of our
accounting and financial reporting processes and the adequacy
and effectiveness of our systems of internal control;
|
|
|
|
discusses the results of the audit with the independent auditors
and reviews with management and the independent auditors our
interim and year-end operating results; and
|
|
|
|
prepares the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our
annual proxy statement.
|
92
Compensation
Committee
Our compensation committee is comprised of Mr. Smith, who
is the chair of the compensation committee, and Ms. Hanna
and Mr. Moritz. The composition of our compensation
committee meets the requirements for independence under the
current NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. Our compensation
committee recommended, and our board of directors adopted, a
charter for our compensation committee, which will be posted on
the investor relations portion of our website, www.greendot.com,
following the completion of this offering. Our compensation
committee, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
reviews, approves and makes recommendations to our board of
directors regarding the compensation of our executive officers;
|
|
|
|
administers and interprets our stock and equity incentive plans;
|
|
|
|
reviews, approves and makes recommendations to our board of
directors (as our compensation committee deems appropriate) with
respect to equity and
non-equity
incentive compensation plans; and
|
|
|
|
establishes and reviews general strategies relating to
compensation and benefits of our employees.
|
Nominating and
Governance Committee
Our nominating and governance committee is comprised of
Ms. Hanna, who is the chair of the nominating and
governance committee, and Messrs. Moritz and Smith. The
composition of our nominating and governance committee meets the
requirements for independence under the current NYSE and SEC
rules and regulations. Our nominating and governance committee
recommended, and our board of directors adopted, a charter for
our nominating and governance committee, which will be posted on
the investor relations portion of our website, www.greendot.com,
following the completion of this offering. Our nominating and
governance committee, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
identifies, evaluates and recommends nominees to our board of
directors and its committees;
|
|
|
|
oversees the evaluation of the performance of our board of
directors and its committees and of individual directors;
|
|
|
|
considers and makes recommendations to our board of directors
regarding the composition of our board of directors and its
committees;
|
|
|
|
reviews our legal compliance policies; and
|
|
|
|
makes recommendations to our board of directors concerning our
corporate governance guidelines and other corporate governance
matters.
|
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Since August 1, 2008, the following directors and former
directors have at one time been members of our compensation
committee: Messrs. Moritz and Smith, Ms. Hanna and a
former director, Donald B. Wiener. None of them has at any time
been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive
officers serves or in the past has served as a member of the
board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that
has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board
of directors or our compensation committee.
Preferred
Stock Financings
In December 2008, entities associated with Sequoia Capital
purchased 1,181,818 shares of
Series C-2
Preferred Stock. Mr. Moritz was then and is currently a
Managing Member of Sequoia Capital.
93
Warrant
Exercises
In March 2007, David W. Hanna, Trustee, David William Hanna
Trust dated October 30, 1989 exercised warrants to purchase
145,348 shares of our common stock. Mr. Hanna is the
spouse of Ms. Hanna.
Director
Compensation
The following table provides information for our fiscal year
ended July 31, 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009 regarding all plan and non-plan
compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each non-employee
who served as a director for some portion or all of those
periods. In fiscal 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009, none of our directors received
compensation for his or her services as a director except the
chair of our audit committee, who received an equity award, with
a grant date fair value of $39,990, for serving in that role
during fiscal 2009. Other than reimbursement of reasonable
travel and related expenses incurred by non-employee directors
in connection with their attendance at meetings of our board of
directors and its committees and the payment to Mr. Ott of
$3,000 for attending a meeting of our board of directors prior
to his appointment as a non-employee director, we did not pay
any fees, make any equity or non-equity awards or pay any other
compensation to our non-employee directors in fiscal 2009 or in
the five months ended December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
Kenneth C. Aldrich
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Greenleaf
|
|
$
|
39,990
|
(1)
|
Virginia L. Hanna
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Moritz
|
|
|
|
|
William H. Ott, Jr.(2)
|
|
|
|
|
W. Thomas Smith, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Fisher*
|
|
|
|
|
Donald B. Wiener*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Former director. |
|
(1) |
|
Represents the grant date fair value of 3,720 fully-vested
shares of our common stock that were issued to
Mr. Greenleaf as compensation for his services as chair of
our audit committee on December 11, 2008 under our 2001
Stock Plan. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Ott was appointed to our board of directors after the
completion of fiscal 2009 and did not receive any compensation
for fiscal 2009. |
Our non-employee directors, other than those who are prohibited
from receiving director compensation pursuant to the policies of
their affiliated funds, are compensated with a combination of
cash and equity awards. Effective January 1, 2010, the
annual retainer fee for service on our board of directors is
$20,000 and the additional annual retainer fee for service:
|
|
|
|
|
on our audit committee is $10,000 for the chair of that
committee and $5,000 for each of its other members;
|
|
|
|
|
|
on our compensation committee is $5,000 for the chair of that
committee and $3,000 for each of its other members;
|
|
|
|
|
|
on our nominating and corporate governance committee is $5,000
for the chair of that committee and $3,000 for each of its other
members; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
as the Lead Independent Director is $5,000.
|
In addition to cash retainer fees, non-employee directors
receive meeting fees of $3,000 for each meeting of our board of
directors attended, $1,750 for each meeting of our audit
committee attended
94
and $500 for each meeting of our compensation committee or
nominating and corporate governance committee attended.
In addition, following the completion of our pending bank
acquisition, we intend to compensate any non-employee director
who serves on the board of directors or audit committee of our
new subsidiary bank. The annual retainer fee for service on the
board of directors of our new subsidiary bank will be $10,000,
and the additional annual retainer fee for service on the audit
committee of our new subsidiary bank will be $5,000 for the
chair of the audit committee and $3,000 for each of its other
members.
Our board of directors has adopted a non-employee director
equity compensation policy for 2010 that provides for the
granting of an option to purchase 8,500 shares of common
stock under the 2001 Stock Plan (or following this offering, the
2010 Equity Incentive Plan) to any non-employee director who
first becomes a member of our board of directors in 2010. In
addition, non-employee directors are eligible to receive
discretionary awards. The awards granted in connection with
commencement of service as a member of our board of directors
are fully vested and immediately exercisable as of the grant
date.
In addition, non-employee directors who serve on the board of
directors or any committee of our new subsidiary bank will
receive meeting fees and stock option awards. The per-meeting
fee for service on the board of directors of our new subsidiary
bank will be $3,000 and for service on the audit committee of
our new subsidiary bank will be $750. Non-employee directors
will also receive an option to purchase 8,500 shares of
common stock pursuant to the terms described above.
Non-employee directors are also eligible for and may elect to
receive medical, dental and vision benefits. These benefits are
available to our employees, officers and directors generally and
in operation provide for the same method of allocation of
benefits between management and non-management participants.
Non-employee directors receive no other form of remuneration,
perquisites or benefits, but are reimbursed for their expenses
in attending meetings, including travel, meal and other expenses
incurred to attend meetings solely among the non-employee
directors.
In February 2010, in connection with his appointment to our
board of directors, we awarded Mr. Ott an option to
purchase 17,000 shares of our Class B common stock,
with an exercise price of $25.00 per share. This award had a
grant date fair value of $208,080. Also in February 2010, we
issued 1,600 fully-vested shares of our Class B common
stock to Mr. Greenleaf under our 2001 Stock Plan as compensation
for his services as chair of our audit committee. This award had
a grant date fair value of $40,000.
95
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
The following discussion describes and analyzes our compensation
program for the five executive officers who are identified in
the Summary Compensation Table below (our
named executive officers). For fiscal 2009 and the
five months ended December 31, 2009, our named executive
officers were:
|
|
|
|
|
Steven W. Streit, Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer, or CEO;
|
|
|
|
Mark T. Troughton, President, Cards and Network;
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley, Chief Financial Officer;
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci, General Counsel and Secretary; and
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowell, Chief Operating Officer.
|
Compensation
Philosophy and Objectives
Our executive compensation program is designed to:
|
|
|
|
|
attract and retain talented and experienced executives;
|
|
|
|
motivate and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and
performance are critical to our success;
|
|
|
|
link compensation to company performance and individual
achievement;
|
|
|
|
link specific cash-based elements of compensation to our
near-term financial performance; and
|
|
|
|
align the interests of our executive officers and those of our
stockholders by providing our executive officers with long-term
incentives to increase stockholder value.
|
We have endeavored to create an executive compensation program
that provides a mix of short-term and long-term payments and
awards, cash payments and equity awards, and fixed and variable
payments and awards that we believe appropriately motivates our
executive officers and discourages them from taking excessive or
unnecessary risks. We view these components of compensation as
related but distinct. Although our compensation committee
considers the value of total compensation of our executive
officers, neither our board of directors nor our compensation
committee believes that significant compensation derived from
one component of compensation should negate or reduce
compensation derived from other components. Except as described
below, neither our compensation committee nor our board of
directors has adopted any formal or informal policies or
guidelines for allocating total target compensation between
short-term and long-term compensation, between cash payments and
equity awards or between fixed and variable payments and awards.
However, in general, our compensation committee and our board of
directors believe a significant portion of the value of total
target compensation for each of our named executive officers
should be in the form of performance-based compensation. In
addition, our compensation committee and our board of directors
strive to keep cash compensation at a competitive level while
providing executive officers with the opportunity to be well
rewarded through equity awards if our company performs well over
time.
From time to time, special business conditions may warrant
additional compensation to attract, retain or motivate executive
officers. Examples of these conditions include the need to
recruit or retain individuals with specific or unique talents,
and to recognize exceptional contributions. In these situations,
we consider our business needs and the potential costs and
benefits of special rewards. For instance, in fiscal 2009, we
awarded Mr. Sowell a housing and travel allowance under his
offer letter.
96
Historical Compensation Decision Process
Our compensation committee oversees the compensation of our
named executive officers and our executive compensation programs
and initiatives. Our compensation committee typically reviews
executive officer compensation, both base salary levels and the
target levels for variable cash incentive awards, following the
end of each fiscal year. In connection with this review, our
compensation committee considers any input it may receive from
our CEO (with respect to executive officers other than himself)
in evaluating the performance of each executive officer and sets
each executive officers total target cash compensation for
the current year based on this review and the other factors
described below. We pay cash incentive awards under our
management cash incentive compensation plans, which are designed
to compensate our named executive officers for their
contribution to achieving semi-annual financial goals contained
in our company financial plan, as explained in further detail
below. This plan informally resets each year when our board of
directors approves our company financial plan for the next
fiscal year unless and until our compensation committee or our
board of directors determines otherwise. In connection with its
annual review and any reviews that occur during the fiscal year,
our compensation committee also recommends to our board of
directors any equity compensation to be awarded to our named
executive officers. Authority to make equity award grants to our
named executive officers currently rests with our board of
directors.
We have based most, if not all, of our prior compensation
determinations, including those made for fiscal 2009 and the
five months ended December 31, 2009, on a variety of
factors, including our performance, our financial condition and
available resources, individual performance, our need for a
particular position to be filled and the recommendations of our
CEO (other than with respect to his own compensation). In
addition, we have based our prior compensation determinations on
our compensation committees
and/or our
board of directors evaluation of the competitive market
based on their respective members experience with other
companies and the competitive market, compensation survey data
available from outside sources and, to a lesser degree, the
compensation levels of our other executive officers, each as of
the time of the applicable compensation decision. Although our
compensation committee members refer to compensation survey
data, they do not formally benchmark executive compensation
against a particular set of comparable companies or use a
formula to set the compensation for our executives in relation
to survey data. Substantially all of our compensation
committees discussions and decisions about executive
compensation occur outside of formal meetings through
e-mails and
other informal communications. In establishing compensation for
executive officers other than our CEO, our compensation
committee gives weight to the recommendations of our CEO, which
are communicated to the chair of our compensation committee, but
final decisions about the compensation of our named executive
officers are typically made solely by our compensation committee.
We expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components
of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve
and our compensation committees processes and procedures
will become more formalized as we gain experience operating as a
public company. Although we have no current plans to effect any
material changes to our executive compensation program, the
compensation paid to our named executive officers for fiscal
2009 and the five months ended December 31, 2009 is not
necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named
executive officers following this offering. For example, our
compensation committee may engage an independent compensation
consultant following this offering and, if it does, our
compensation committee would consider any recommendations of the
consultant.
Elements of Compensation
Our current executive compensation program consists of the
following primary components:
|
|
|
|
|
base salary;
|
|
|
|
variable and other cash incentive awards linked to corporate
and/or
individual objectives; and
|
|
|
|
periodic grants of long-term equity-based awards.
|
97
Base Salary. We seek to provide each member of
our senior management with a base salary that is appropriate for
his roles and responsibilities, and that provides him with a
level of income stability. Our compensation committee reviews
the base salaries of our executive officers annually, with
significant input from our CEO, to determine whether any
adjustment is warranted. In considering a base salary
adjustment, our compensation committee considers our
companys overall performance and the executive
officers performance, individual contribution, changes in
responsibilities and prior experience. Our compensation
committee may also take into account the executive
officers current salary and equity ownership and the
amounts paid to other executive officers of our company. Our
compensation committee relies upon its members experience
with the compensation practices of other companies, compensation
survey data available from outside sources and its members
familiarity with the competitive market.
For fiscal 2009, we determined the base salaries of each of our
named executive officers by evaluating our companys
overall performance and his performance, contributions and prior
experience. Our compensation committee made its compensation
decisions for fiscal 2009 based on its subjective judgment
taking into account the available information, including our
CEOs recommendations and the experience of the members of
our compensation committee with the compensation practices of
other companies, compensation survey data available from outside
sources and their familiarity with the competitive market. After
careful consideration, in October 2008, our compensation
committee increased the annual base salaries of
Messrs. Troughton, Keatley and Ricci by $50,000 (to
$350,000), $50,000 (to $300,000) and $25,000 (to $275,000),
respectively. Our compensation committee made these adjustments
to make these base salaries more competitive with those of other
companies and to compensate these named executive officers for
increased responsibilities associated with our companys
growth. Consistent with his request, Mr. Streit did not
receive a base salary increase. Our compensation committee
believed Mr. Streits then-current salary level was
competitive, and his salary, together with his equity ownership
in our company and vested stock option awards, would serve as an
effective means of retaining and incentivizing him.
In connection with the hiring of Mr. Sowell as our Chief
Operating Officer in March 2009, we negotiated an employment
arrangement with him that provided for an annual base salary of
$235,000. In negotiating and setting Mr. Sowells base
salary, we offered him the amount of compensation we believed
was necessary to attract a qualified candidate, taking into
account the other cash compensation and personal benefits
offered, including Mr. Sowells $4,000 per month
housing and travel allowance. See Other
Executive Benefits and Perquisites below for a description
of this benefit. In July 2009, we increased
Mr. Sowells base salary by $50,000 (to $285,000) in
recognition of the fact that Mr. Sowells
responsibilities within our company were greater than originally
anticipated and to achieve internal equity among our named
executive officer team.
During the five months ended December 31, 2009, the
compensation committee evaluated the base salary of each of our
named executive officers and made compensation decisions for the
year ending December 31, 2010 based on its subjective
judgment taking into account the available information,
including among other things the CEOs recommendations.
Effective in January 2010, the compensation committee increased
the annual base salaries of Messrs. Streit, Troughton,
Keatley and Ricci to $525,000, $475,000, $425,000 and $350,000,
respectively.
The actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers in
fiscal 2009 and the five months ended December 31, 2009 are
set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.
Cash Incentive Awards. We utilize cash bonuses
to incentivize our executive officers to achieve company
and/or
individual performance goals on a semi-annual basis, and to
reward extraordinary accomplishments. We establish bonus targets
for variable cash incentive awards annually, following the end
of the fiscal year, and we pay bonuses following the applicable
performance period (i.e., the first and second halves of each
fiscal year). Each executive officers on-target bonus
amount is a pre-determined amount that is intended to provide a
competitive level of compensation if the executive officer
achieves his performance targets. Performance targets consist of
one or more company
98
performance objectives
and/or
individual objectives established by our CEO for the particular
executive officer. In general, we use performance targets to
ensure that our executive compensation program aligns the
interests of each of our named executive officers with those of
our stockholders and that we provide our named executive
officers with incentives to maximize their efforts throughout
the year. Our annual variable cash incentive awards are intended
to compensate our named executive officers for their
contribution to achieving semi-annual financial goals contained
in our company financial plan and for success in meeting any
individual performance objectives. We determine the actual bonus
award for each of our named executive officers according to his
level of achievement of his performance objectives. For more
information about our variable cash incentive awards, see
FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan and FY2010 Management Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan below.
Our compensation committee may grant non-plan cash incentive
awards at any time during the fiscal year to reward an executive
officer who accomplishes pre-established extraordinary or
nonrecurring business objectives on behalf of our company. To
date, the compensation committee has granted these awards
infrequently. In October 2008, our compensation committee
approved a $50,000 award to Mr. Troughton, conditioned upon
his success at securing a key commercial agreement on acceptable
terms. We paid Mr. Troughton this amount in full in January
2009 pursuant to the terms of the award.
The actual cash incentive awards paid to our named executive
officers in fiscal 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009, as determined in accordance with the
management cash incentive compensation plan for the applicable
period (described below) or otherwise, are set forth in the
Summary Compensation Table below under the column
captioned Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.
FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan. We calculated all variable cash incentive
awards under our FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan by multiplying the individuals on-target bonus amount
by the percentage of achievement of corporate objectives and, if
applicable, by the percentage of achievement of individual
objectives. In keeping with past practice, in early fiscal 2009
we established no individual objectives for our named executive
officers for any of the periods under the plan. In March 2009,
we tied our new Chief Operating Officers cash incentive
award to both corporate objectives and individual objectives, as
explained below.
For fiscal 2009, our compensation committee set the annual
on-target bonus amount for each executive officer at a value
that it believed would provide a competitive level of
compensation if the executive officer achieved his performance
targets, based on its subjective judgment taking into account
the available information, including our CEOs
recommendations and its members experience with the
compensation practices of other companies, compensation survey
data available from outside sources and its members
familiarity with the competitive market. For fiscal 2009, the
individual on-target bonus amounts for our named executive
officers ranged from 17% to 36% of their respective base annual
salaries. The on-target bonus amounts for our named executive
officers for fiscal 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On-Target
|
Executive Officer
|
|
Bonus Amount
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
28,471
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Sowells annual on-target bonus amount was
$70,500, prorated based on his date of hire of March 2,
2009. In connection with the hiring of Mr. Sowell as our
Chief Operating Officer in March 2009, we negotiated an
employment arrangement with him that provided for an on-target
bonus |
99
|
|
|
|
|
amount equal to 30% of his base annual salary, which we believed
was the level of variable cash incentive compensation required
to attract qualified candidates and provide the candidate
selected with appropriate incentives during his first year of
service. |
The actual on-target bonus amounts in each of the applicable
semi-annual periods were 50% of the amounts stated above. As
explained below, the actual amount of any variable cash
incentive award paid to a named executive officer could be less
than 100% of the applicable on-target bonus amount, depending on
the percentage of achievement of corporate and individual
objectives. Our FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan provides that the amount of the actual bonus payment cannot
exceed the on-target bonus amount.
Our board of directors approves a financial plan for our company
for each fiscal year and, in practice, that action resets our
management cash incentive compensation plan for that year,
establishing the corporate objective under the plan. For fiscal
2009, the bonuses were earned and paid semi-annually based upon
attainment of the semi-annual goals contained in our company
financial plan for profit before tax, or PBT, which is
calculated by adding the amount of stock-based compensation to
the amount of income before income taxes reflected in our
consolidated statements of operations. PBT was originally chosen
as the corporate objective under the plan because we believed it
to be the best indicator of financial success and stockholder
value creation for our company. We also believe that the focus
on PBT as the corporate objective discourages inappropriate risk
taking by our executives as it encourages them to take a
balanced approach that focuses on corporate profitability. The
PBT targets were set at levels that were intended to reward our
named executive officers for achieving results that met our
expectations. We believe that, to provide for an appropriate
incentive effect, the goals should be such that to achieve 100%
of the objective, the performance for the applicable period must
be aligned with our company financial plan, and that our named
executive officers should not be rewarded for company
performance that did not approximate our company financial plan.
Accordingly, as discussed below, we would have paid our named
executive officers nothing if the PBT achieved in a particular
semi-annual period was less than 90% of the PBT target for that
period.
For the first and last six months of fiscal 2009, the PBT
targets under the plan were $24.3 million (268%
year-over-year growth) and $36.4 million (50%
year-over-year growth), respectively, and actual results were
$24.2 million (267% year-over-year growth) and
$42.4 million (75% year-over-year growth), respectively. We
determined that the company objective percentage was 100% for
both periods, which under the above formula resulted in 100% of
the on-target bonus amounts being payable to the executive
officer participants, subject to the impact of any individual
objective(s) established for the participants.
We may also set individual objectives under our management cash
incentive compensation plan to promote achievement of
non-financial operational goals. According to the plan, these
objectives should be:
|
|
|
|
|
directly or indirectly linked to our companys achievement
of its objectives;
|
|
|
|
aspirational i.e., their achievement should
represent a bonus-worthy accomplishment; and
|
|
|
|
linked to the executive officers job description and
direct responsibilities.
|
For purposes of the formula contained in the FY2009 Management
Cash Incentive Compensation Plan, we based the percentage of
achievement of individual objectives on the degree to which each
of the objectives is achieved, as determined by the assessments
and recommendations of our CEO. Any particular individual
objective that is achieved at less than 90% of the target for
that objective would be counted as zero, causing the amount that
has been allocated to that objective to be zero and, as a
result, reducing the total amount paid.
For fiscal 2009, our compensation committee determined not to
establish individual objectives for our named executive officers
other than our new Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Sowell,
because it
100
believed that, in general, their cash incentive compensation
should be based solely on our financial performance. In October
2008, our compensation committee, to ensure internal equity
among executive officers under the plan, approved a $50,000
non-plan incentive award to Mr. Troughton that was
conditioned upon his success at securing a key commercial
agreement on acceptable terms and that was paid in full in
January 2009.
As a managerial decision, in connection with the commencement of
the employment of our new Chief Operating Officer,
Mr. Sowell, our CEO established individual objectives for
Mr. Sowell for the second half of fiscal 2009 under our
FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan. The fiscal
2009 individual objectives of Mr. Sowell focused on
operational activities within his area of responsibility,
including the re-launch of our Green Dot-branded GPR card,
integration of PayPal as a network acceptance member and
developing enterprise processes for coordinating new product
development and assessing organizational risk. For the last six
months of fiscal 2009, our CEO determined that Mr. Sowell
achieved at least 90% of each of the individual objectives
contained in his cash incentive award and, on a combined basis,
achieved 91.5% of his individual objectives. Under the formula
contained in the plan, which provides for the on-target bonus
amount to be multiplied by the percentage achievement of
corporate objectives (i.e., 100%) and the percentage achievement
of individual objectives (i.e., 91.5%), we paid Mr. Sowell 91.5%
of his on-target bonus amount.
FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan. Prior to the change in our fiscal year-end
to December 31, our compensation committee established the
FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan as the
primary means of providing cash incentive compensation to our
named executive officers for the year ending July 31, 2010.
The FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan was
identical to the FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan, except the payments to our named executive officers
thereunder depended solely on the achievement of corporate
objectives, which were set in the same manner and for the same
reasons that the corporate objectives were set for the FY2009
Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan. For the first six
months of the year ending July 31, 2010, the PBT target
under the plan was $33.6 million (39% year-over-year
growth). As a result of the change in our fiscal year-end to
December 31, the end of this performance period was
shortened by one month to coincide with our new fiscal year-end
and the plan was replaced in January 2010 with a new 2010
Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan that contains two
six-month performance periods. Consequently, the PBT target for
the first and only performance period under the FY2010
Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan was changed to
$27.3 million (47% year-over-year growth), reflecting the
financial plan for our company for the five months ended
December 31, 2009. Actual results were $30.2 million
(62% year-over-year growth). Accordingly, we determined that the
company objective percentage was 100% for this new five-month
payment period, which resulted in 100% of the awards being
payable to the executive officer participants. For the adjusted
threshold, target and maximum bonus amounts for each of our
named executive officers, see the Grants of Plan-Based
Awards table below.
Long-Term Equity-Based Awards. We utilize
equity awards, principally stock options, to ensure that our
named executive officers have a continuing stake in our
long-term success. Because we award our executive officers stock
options with an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair
market value of our common stock on the date of grant, the
determination of which is discussed below, these options will
have value to our named executive officers only if the market
price of our common stock increases after the date of grant.
Typically, our stock options vest and become exercisable as to
25% of the shares underlying the option on the first anniversary
of the vesting commencement date, with the remainder of the
shares vesting monthly in equal installments over the next three
years. Our board of directors believes that these features of
the awards align the interests of our named executive officers
with those of the stockholders because they create the incentive
to build stockholder value over the long-term. In addition,
equity awards improve our ability to attract and retain our
executives by providing compensation that is competitive with
market levels.
We typically grant stock options to executive officers upon
hiring or promotion, in connection with a significant change in
responsibilities, to recognize extraordinary performance, or to
achieve internal
101
equity. At least annually, our compensation committee
and/or our
board of directors review the equity ownership of our executive
officers and consider whether to make additional awards.
Typically, our board of directors determines to make equity
awards upon the recommendation of our compensation committee. In
making its recommendation or determination, our compensation
committee or our board of directors (as applicable) takes into
account, on a subjective basis, various factors. These factors
include the responsibilities, past performance and anticipated
future contributions of the executive officer, and the
competitiveness of the executive officers overall
compensation package, as well as the executive officers
existing equity holdings, the extent to which these holdings are
vested, the potential reward to the executive officer if the
market value of our common stock appreciates, and the
recommendations of our CEO. Frequently, the amount of each award
is determined with reference to a specified percentage of equity
ownership in our company that is deemed appropriate for the
individual, based on the foregoing factors.
We grant stock options with an exercise price equal to or
greater than the fair value of our stock on the applicable date
of grant. During fiscal 2009, our board of directors determined
the value of our common stock based on the methodologies and
other relevant factors discussed under Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Critical Accounting Policies and
Estimates Stock-Based Compensation. Upon
completion of this offering, we expect to determine fair value
for purposes of stock option pricing based on the closing price
of our common stock on the NYSE on the date of grant.
During fiscal 2009, our compensation committee reviewed equity
compensation for our named executive officers and, with input
from our CEO, determined that it was appropriate to provide
additional incentive for Messrs. Keatley and Ricci to help
us achieve our long-term growth objectives. Accordingly, in
December 2008, upon the recommendation of our compensation
committee, our board of directors approved grants of options to
purchase 225,000 and 100,000 shares of our common stock to
Messrs. Keatley and Ricci, respectively, each with an
exercise price of $10.75 per share. The determination of the
number of shares of our common stock underlying each stock
option grant was made with reference to a specified percentage
of equity ownership in our company based on our compensation
committees recommendation in light of those
individuals respective performances, equity ownership and
level of vesting and the equity positions of our other named
executive officers. Based on our compensation committees
determination that the February 2008 stock option grants to
Messrs. Streit and Troughton were providing them with
sufficient incentive to help us achieve our long-term growth
objectives, our compensation committee did not recommend and our
board of directors did not grant awards of stock options to
Messrs. Streit or Troughton in fiscal 2009. However, based
on our CEOs recommendation, our compensation committee
converted the vesting terms of an option to purchase
450,000 shares of our common stock granted to
Mr. Troughton in February 2008 from vesting conditioned
upon our achievement of annual revenue goals to time-based
vesting because, in view of our revenue growth during the first
eight months of his vesting period and other factors, our board
of directors determined that the performance goals were no
longer necessary.
In connection with the hiring of Mr. Sowell in March 2009,
we negotiated an employment arrangement with him that provided
for an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common
stock, which our compensation committee believed was the level
of compensation required to attract a qualified candidate and
retain and provide him with incentives to perform as required
over the duration of vesting of that award. In March 2009, our
board of directors approved the grant to Mr. Sowell of
options to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock with
an exercise price of $10.84 per share, pursuant to
Mr. Sowells employment arrangement. In July 2009, our
compensation committee recommended that our board of directors
grant Mr. Sowell an additional option to purchase
100,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price
of $17.19. Our compensation committee made this recommendation
based on our CEOs recommendation and in recognition of the
fact that Mr. Sowells responsibilities within our
company were greater than originally anticipated and to achieve
internal equity among our named executive officer team. This
award was granted in August 2009.
102
During the five months ended December 31, 2009, our
compensation committee reviewed equity compensation for our
named executive officers and, with input from our CEO (other
than with respect to his own compensation), determined that it
was appropriate to provide additional incentives for
Messrs. Streit, Troughton, Keatley and Ricci to help us
achieve our long-term growth and operational objectives,
particularly those we expect to have as a public company.
Accordingly, in November 2009, upon the recommendation of our
compensation committee, our board of directors approved grants
of options to purchase 400,000, 200,000, 150,000 and
100,000 shares of our common stock to Messrs. Streit,
Troughton, Keatley and Ricci, respectively, each with an
exercise price of $20.01 per share. The determination of the
number of shares of our common stock underlying each stock
option grant was made with reference to a specified percentage
of equity ownership in our company based on our compensation
committees recommendation in light of those
individuals respective performances, equity ownership and
level of vesting and the equity positions of our other named
executive officers. Based on our compensation committees
determination that the March and August 2009 stock option grants
to Mr. Sowell were providing him with sufficient incentive
to help us achieve our long-term growth objectives, our
compensation committee did not recommend and our board of
directors did not grant stock options to Mr. Sowell. In
December 2009, our board of directors awarded
257,984 shares of common stock to Mr. Streit to
compensate him for past services rendered to our company and
further align his interests with those of our stockholders to
increase the future value of our company. The number of shares
awarded was equal to the number of shares underlying the
fully-vested stock option that he had unintentionally allowed to
expire unexercised in June 2009. This award restored
Mr. Streits equity ownership to the level that our
compensation committee and board of directors had sought to
establish in November 2009 when Mr. Streit was awarded
options to purchase 400,000 shares of our common stock. As
noted above, our board of directors and compensation committee
determined the size of the November 2009 award with reference to
a percentage of equity ownership that it believed was
appropriate in light of his performance, equity ownership and
level of vesting and the equity positions of our other named
executive officers. Following their determinations, our board of
directors and our compensation committee became aware of the
expiration of Mr. Streits fully-vested stock option and
determined to reestablish Mr. Streits equity
ownership at the level they had determined was appropriate in
November 2009 for purposes of aligning his interests with those
of our stockholders in light of his current equity position.
In the case of each of the stock option grants described above,
the exercise price of the stock option equaled 100% of the fair
value on the date of grant in accordance with the terms of our
2001 Stock Plan. Each stock option vests and becomes exercisable
as to 25% of the shares underlying the option on the first
anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the remainder
of the shares vesting monthly in equal installments over the
next three years. Each of these stock options has a ten-year
term.
In general, our stock option grants to date have been made under
our 2001 Stock Plan. We expect to adopt a new equity incentive
plan and a new employee stock purchase plan. The 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan will replace our 2001 Stock Plan and will afford
greater flexibility in making a wide variety of equity awards,
including stock options, shares of restricted stock and stock
appreciation rights, to executive officers and our other
employees. The 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will enable
eligible employees to purchase shares of our Class A common
stock periodically at a discount during periods following this
offering. Participation in the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
will be available to all executive officers following this
offering on the same basis as our other employees. See
Employee Benefit Plans below for descriptions
of our 2001 Stock Plan, 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and 2010
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Severance and
Change of Control Agreements
As the result of arms-length negotiations in connection
with our offer letter to Mr. Sowell, we have agreed to
provide Mr. Sowell severance benefits if his employment is
terminated by our company without cause. In such an event,
Mr. Sowell would be entitled to continued payment of his
base salary for twelve months. During 2010, we entered into
severance arrangements with our other four named executive
officers. These arrangements included severance pay and
accelerated vesting of equity
103
awards. These arrangements were designed to improve retention of
our senior executive team or, in the case of Mr. Troughton
only, replace an existing employment agreement that contained a
similar cash severance arrangement. Details of each of our named
executive officers severance arrangements, including
estimates of amounts payable in specified circumstances, are
disclosed under Severance and Change of
Control Agreements below. The value of our severance
arrangements for our named executive officers was not a material
factor in our compensation committees or our board of
directors determination of the level of any other element
of their compensation.
We have routinely granted and will continue to grant our named
executive officers stock options under our equity incentive
plans. As further described in Severance and Change
of Control Agreements below, some of the option agreements
for our executive officers provide for acceleration of vesting
of the awards for up to 100% of the unvested shares in the event
of a change of control.
Other
Executive Benefits and Perquisites
We provide the following benefits to our executive officers on
the same basis as our other eligible employees:
|
|
|
|
|
health insurance;
|
|
|
|
vacation, personal holidays and sick days;
|
|
|
|
life insurance and supplemental life insurance;
|
|
|
|
short-term and long-term disability insurance; and
|
|
|
|
a 401(k) retirement plan with matching contributions.
|
We believe these benefits are generally consistent with those
offered by other companies and specifically with those companies
with which we compete for employees.
In addition to the foregoing, we reimburse
Mr. Streits cost of insurance premiums under our
healthcare plans, continuing the benefit we provided him under
our employment agreement with him that expired in January 2004.
Under the terms of his offer letter, we provide Mr. Sowell
with a housing and travel allowance of up to $4,000 per month.
We believed that this personal benefit was necessary to attract
and retain Mr. Sowell, who resides in Texas and was not
willing to relocate to Southern California on a full-time basis.
In the event that Mr. Sowell terminates his employment with
us before March 2, 2011, he is required to reimburse us for
all amounts advanced to him under this allowance.
Other
Compensation Practices and Policies
Stock Ownership Guidelines. We do not
currently have equity securities ownership guidelines.
Tax Considerations. Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code,
disallows a tax deduction by any publicly-held corporation for
individual compensation exceeding $1.0 million in any
taxable year for its chief executive officer and each of our
other named executive officers (other than its chief financial
officer), unless compensation is performance-based. As we are
not currently publicly-held, our board of directors has not
previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by
Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation.
We expect, however, that our compensation committee will adopt a
policy that, where reasonably practicable, we will seek to
qualify the variable compensation paid to our executive officers
for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of
Section 162(m). Thus, in approving the amount and form of
compensation for our executive officers in the future, our
compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to
our company of providing this compensation, including the
potential impact of Section 162(m). However, our
compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize
compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in
Section 162(m) when it believes these payments are
appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.
104
Policy Regarding the Timing of Equity
Awards. Because we are a privately-held company,
there has been no market for our common stock. Accordingly, in
fiscal 2009, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and
the three months ended March 31, 2010, we had no program, plan
or practice pertaining to the timing of stock option grants to
executive officers relative to the timing of the release of
material nonpublic information. We do not, as of yet, have any
plans to implement such a program, plan or practice after
becoming a public company. However, we intend to implement
policies to ensure that equity awards are granted at fair market
value on the date that the grant occurs.
Policy Regarding Restatements. We do not have
a formal policy regarding adjustment or recovery of awards or
payments if the relevant performance measures upon which they
are based are restated or otherwise adjusted in a manner that
would reduce the size of the award or payment. Under those
circumstances, our board of directors or our compensation
committee would evaluate whether adjustments or recoveries of
awards were appropriate based upon the facts and circumstances
surrounding the restatement or adjustment.
Executive
Compensation Tables
The following table provides information regarding all plan and
non-plan compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our
principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and
our three other most highly compensated executive officers
serving as such at December 31, 2009 for all services
rendered in all capacities to us during fiscal 2009 and the five
months ended December 31, 2009. We refer to these five
executive officers as our named executive officers.
Summary
Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
Salary(1)
|
|
Awards(2)
|
|
Awards(3)
|
|
Compensation(4)
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total(5)
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
8/09-12/09*
|
|
$
|
190,385
|
|
|
$
|
5,162,260
|
|
|
$
|
3,788,518
|
|
|
$
|
31,250
|
|
|
$
|
1,281
|
(6)
|
|
$
|
9,173,694
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
2009
|
|
|
450,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
3,209
|
(6)
|
|
|
528,209
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
8/09-12/09*
|
|
|
148,077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,894,259
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,084,003
|
|
President, Cards and Network
|
|
2009
|
|
|
339,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
489,231
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
8/09-12/09*
|
|
|
126,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,420,694
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,589,284
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
2009
|
|
|
289,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,262,215
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,651,446
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
8/09-12/09*
|
|
|
116,346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
947,130
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,105,143
|
|
General Counsel
|
|
2009
|
|
|
269,615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560,985
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
930,600
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
8/09-12/09*
|
|
|
120,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
949,938
|
|
|
|
48,231
|
|
|
|
52,147
|
(9)
|
|
|
1,170,892
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
2009(8)
|
|
|
94,904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233,055
|
|
|
|
26,051
|
|
|
|
24,176
|
(9)
|
|
|
378,186
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Effective September 2009, we changed our fiscal year-end from
July 31 to December 31. Amounts in this row are for
the five months ended December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Effective in October 2008, the following named executive
officers received an increase in annual base salary to the
amounts set forth after their names:
Mr. Troughton $350,000;
Mr. Keatley $300,000 and
Mr. Ricci $275,000. Effective in July 2009,
Mr. Sowell received an increase in annual base salary to
$285,000. Effective in January 2010, the following named
executive officers received an increase in annual base salary to
the amounts set forth after their names:
Mr. Streit $525,000;
Mr. Troughton $475,000;
Mr. Keatley $425,000; and
Mr. Ricci $350,000. |
|
(2) |
|
The amount in this column represents the grant date fair value
of the stock award granted to Mr. Streit, as discussed in
note 11 of our notes to consolidated financial statements. |
|
(3) |
|
The amounts in this column represent the grant date fair values
of stock option awards granted to our named executive officers
in the applicable period, as discussed in note 11 of our
notes to consolidated financial statements. See the Grants
of Plan-Based Awards table below for information on stock
option grants made during fiscal 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009. |
105
|
|
|
(4) |
|
The amounts in this column generally (see footnote 7) represent
total performance-based bonuses under our FY2010 and FY2009
Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plans earned for services
rendered in the applicable period. See the Grants of
Plan-Based Awards table below for information on awards
made under these plans. |
|
(5) |
|
The amounts in this column represent the sum of the compensation
amounts reflected in the other columns of this table. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents a health insurance premium paid by us in the
applicable period on behalf of Mr. Streit. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes a $50,000 incentive bonus awarded in January 2009 for
Mr. Troughtons success at securing a key commercial
agreement on acceptable terms. This bonus was not awarded under
our FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan. |
|
(8) |
|
Mr. Sowell joined our company in March 2009 and his
compensation set forth in this row represents the amount earned
from the commencement of his employment through July 31,
2009. |
|
(9) |
|
Represents perquisites and personal benefits received in the
applicable period pursuant to Mr. Sowells housing and
travel allowance. |
In December 2008, we amended an option to purchase
450,000 shares of our common stock that was granted to
Mr. Troughton in February 2008 to change the terms of
vesting from performance-based to time-based vesting. See
Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Elements of Compensation
Long-Term
Equity-Based
Awards above for further discussion of this award.
The following table provides information with regard to
potential cash bonuses paid or payable for fiscal 2009 and the
five months ended December 31, 2009 under our
performance-based, non-equity incentive plan, and with regard to
each stock option or stock award granted to a named executive
officer during fiscal 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009. There were no equity incentive
plan awards made in either period.
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Possible Payouts Under
|
|
Number of
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Price of
|
|
Stock and
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
Threshold
|
|
Target
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Stock
|
|
Awards(1)
|
|
Awards(2)
|
|
Awards(3)
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
FY09(4)
|
|
$
|
37,500
|
|
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY10(4)
|
|
|
15,625
|
|
|
|
31,250
|
|
|
|
31,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11/12/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
$
|
20.01
|
|
|
$
|
3,788,518
|
|
|
|
12/30/09(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
257,984
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,162,260
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
FY09(4)
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY10(4)
|
|
|
20,833
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11/12/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
1,894,259
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
FY09(4)
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY10(4)
|
|
|
20,833
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/11/08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
10.75
|
|
|
|
1,262,215
|
|
|
|
11/12/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
1,420,694
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
FY09(4)
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY10(4)
|
|
|
20,833
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/11/08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
10.75
|
|
|
|
560,985
|
|
|
|
11/12/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
947,130
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
FY09(4)(7)
|
|
|
1,325
|
|
|
|
32,708
|
|
|
|
32,708
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY10(4)
|
|
|
24,115
|
|
|
|
48,231
|
|
|
|
48,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
03/19/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
10.84
|
|
|
|
233,055
|
|
|
|
08/03/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
949,938
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
These option awards vest as to 25% of the shares of common stock
underlying the option on the first anniversary of the vesting
commencement date, with the remainder of the shares vesting
monthly in equal installments over the next three years. All
options were granted under our 2001 Stock Plan, which is
described below under Employee Benefit
Plans, and contain provisions |
106
|
|
|
|
|
that call for accelerated vesting upon a change of control as
discussed above in Compensation Discussion and
Analysis and below in Severance and
Change of Control Agreements. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock,
as determined by our board of directors, on the options
grant date. Please see Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Critical Accounting Policies and
Estimates
Stock-Based
Compensation above for a discussion of how we have valued
our common stock. |
|
(3) |
|
The amounts in this column represent the grant date fair values
for equity awards granted to our named executive officers as
discussed in note 11 of our notes to consolidated financial
statements. |
|
(4) |
|
These rows represent possible cash incentive awards under our
FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan (FY09) or
FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan (FY10), as
the case may be, upon our achievement of applicable corporate
profit goals. Actual awards are only payable if the corporate
objectives (i.e., PBT targets) are achieved at a level of at
least 90%. Actual awards cannot exceed 100% of the target amount
and are adjusted downward in the event corporate objectives are
achieved at a level between 90% and 100% by subtracting the
actual percentage achievement from 100%, multiplying that
percentage by 5 and subtracting the resulting percentage from
100%, which is then multiplied against the target bonus amount.
Bonuses were paid on a semi-annual basis. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
above for further discussion of these awards. |
|
(5) |
|
In December 2009, our board of directors awarded
257,984 shares of common stock to Mr. Streit to
compensate him for past services rendered to our company. The
number of shares awarded was equal to the number of shares
underlying fully-vested stock options that he unintentionally
allowed to expire unexercised in June 2009. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents a cash incentive award conditioned upon
Mr. Troughtons success at securing a key commercial
agreement on acceptable terms. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
above for additional information regarding this award. |
|
(7) |
|
Mr. Sowells award under our FY2009 Management Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan was also based on individual
objectives intended to promote achievement of non-financial
operational goals within his area of responsibility, as further
discussed in Compensation Discussion and
Analysis above, including the re-launch of our Green
Dot-branded GPR card, integration of PayPal as a network
acceptance member and developing enterprise processes for
coordinating new product development and assessing
organizational risk. |
107
The following table provides information regarding each
unexercised stock option held by our named executive officers as
of December 31, 2009.
Outstanding
Equity Awards at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Options(1)
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Expiration
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
Price(2)
|
|
Date
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
|
536,602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.55
|
|
|
|
6/07/14
|
|
|
|
|
116,666
|
|
|
|
83,334
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
|
2/15/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
11/12/19
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
145,833
|
|
|
|
7,292
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
1/19/16
|
|
|
|
|
262,500
|
|
|
|
187,500
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
|
2/15/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
11/12/19
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
9/17/14
|
|
|
|
|
3,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
8/24/15
|
|
|
|
|
22,917
|
|
|
|
1,042
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
1/19/16
|
|
|
|
|
24,374
|
|
|
|
4,167
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
4/27/16
|
|
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
|
2/15/18
|
|
|
|
|
56,250
|
|
|
|
168,750
|
|
|
|
10.75
|
|
|
|
12/11/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
11/12/19
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
65,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.83
|
|
|
|
4/28/13
|
|
|
|
|
192,029
|
|
|
|
5,209
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
1/19/16
|
|
|
|
|
71,154
|
|
|
|
52,084
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
|
2/15/18
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
10.75
|
|
|
|
12/11/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
11/12/19
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
10.84
|
|
|
|
3/19/19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
08/03/19
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
All options vest as to 25% of the shares of common stock
underlying the option on the first anniversary of the vesting
commencement date, with the remainder of the shares vesting
monthly in equal installments over the next three years. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock,
as determined by our board of directors, on the options
grant date. Please see Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Critical Accounting Policies and
Estimates
Stock-Based
Compensation for a discussion of how we have valued our
common stock. |
108
Option Exercises
and Stock Vested
The following table provides information concerning each
exercise of stock options by, and each vesting of stock awards
for, each of our named executive officers during the five months
ended December 31, 2009. No shares were acquired pursuant
to the exercise of stock options by, and no stock awards vested
for, any of our named executive officers in fiscal 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Realized
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Realized
|
|
|
|
Acquired on
|
|
|
on
|
|
|
on
|
|
|
on
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
257,984
|
|
|
$
|
5,162,260
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
153,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
58,924
|
|
|
|
1,008,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employment
Agreements, Offer Letters and Arrangements
Steven W. Streit. Mr. Streits
current annual base salary is $525,000, and his maximum bonus
under our 2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan is
$125,000. Mr. Streits employment is at will and may
be terminated at any time, with or without formal cause. As
discussed in Severance and Change of Control
Agreements below, if we terminate Mr. Streit without
cause (as defined in his severance agreement), we have agreed to
pay him six months of his then-current annual base salary.
Mark T. Troughton. Mr. Troughtons
current annual base salary is $475,000, and his maximum bonus
under our 2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan is
$100,000. Mr. Troughtons employment is at will and
may be terminated at any time, with or without formal cause. As
discussed in Severance and Change of Control
Agreements below, if we terminate Mr. Troughton
without cause (as defined in his agreement), we have agreed to
pay him six months of his then-current annual base salary.
John L. Keatley. Mr. Keatleys
current annual base salary is $425,000, and his maximum bonus
under our 2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan is
$100,000. Mr. Keatleys employment is at will and may
be terminated at any time, with or without formal cause. As
discussed in Severance and Change of Control
Agreements below, if we terminate Mr. Keatley without
cause (as defined in his severance agreement), we have agreed to
pay him six months of his then-current annual base salary.
John C. Ricci. Mr. Riccis current
annual base salary is $350,000, and his maximum bonus under our
2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan is $100,000.
Mr. Riccis employment is at will and may be
terminated at any time, with or without formal cause. As
discussed in Severance and Change of Control
Agreements below, if we terminate Mr. Ricci without
cause (as defined in his severance agreement), we have agreed to
pay him six months of his then-current annual base salary.
William D. Sowell. Our offer letter to
Mr. Sowell, dated January 28, 2009, provides for an
initial annual base salary and eligibility for our standard
benefits and bonus programs. Pursuant to the offer letter,
Mr. Sowell also received an option to purchase
40,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price
equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of grant. Mr. Sowells current annual base salary is
$285,000, and his maximum bonus under our 2010 Management Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan is 40% of his base salary. In
addition, we have agreed to provide Mr. Sowell with a
housing and travel allowance of up to $4,000 per month for
housing and travel expenses. In the event that Mr. Sowell
terminates his employment with us before March 2, 2011, he
109
would be required to reimburse us for the cumulative amounts
advanced to him in connection with this allowance.
Mr. Sowells employment is at will and may be
terminated at any time, with or without formal cause. As
discussed in Severance and Change of Control
Agreements below, if we terminate Mr. Sowells
employment without cause (as defined in his offer letter), we
have agreed to pay him twelve months of his then-current salary.
Severance and
Change of Control Agreements
Severance Arrangements. Under our severance
agreements with each of our named executive officers, except
William D. Sowell, we have agreed, if we terminate his
employment without cause (as defined in his employment or
severance agreement), to pay him six months of his then-current
salary and to accelerate fully the vesting of all unvested
shares underlying his then-outstanding equity awards. The
following table summarizes the cash severance amount and the
value of the acceleration payout each named executive officer
would have been entitled to receive assuming a qualifying
termination as of December 31, 2009. Acceleration values
are based upon the per share market price of the shares of our
common stock underlying options as of December 31, 2009,
which is assumed to be the midpoint of the price range set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, minus the exercise price.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
Name
|
|
Severance Amount
|
|
Options
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
175,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
137,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowells Severance
Arrangement. Under our offer letter with
Mr. Sowell discussed above, we have agreed to pay him
twelve months of his then-current salary if we terminate him
without cause (as defined in his agreement). Assuming a
qualifying termination as of December 31, 2009,
Mr. Sowell would have been entitled to receive $285,000
pursuant to his offer letter.
Change in Control Arrangements. Certain option
agreements for the executive officers listed in the table below
provide for full vesting of the unvested shares underlying the
options in the event of a change in control. The following table
summarizes the value of the payouts to these executive officers
pursuant to these awards, assuming a qualifying change of
control as of December 31, 2009. Values are based upon the
per share market price of the shares of our common stock
underlying options as of December 31, 2009, which is
assumed to be the midpoint of the price range set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, minus the exercise price.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
Name
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
$
|
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Benefit
Plans
2001 Stock
Plan
Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved,
our 2001 Stock Plan in January 2001. The 2001 Stock Plan was
amended and restated in February 2008. The 2001 Stock Plan
provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which
qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under
Section 422 of the Code, and nonstatutory stock options, as
well as for the issuance of
110
shares of restricted stock. We may grant incentive stock options
only to our employees. We may grant nonstatutory stock options
to our employees, directors, consultants, independent
contractors and advisors. The exercise price of each stock
option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our
common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of
incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at
least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock
on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options
granted under our 2001 Stock Plan is ten years. In the event of
a change in control, as defined in the 2001 Stock
Plan, the 2001 Stock Plan provides that, unless the applicable
option agreement provides otherwise, options held by current
employees, directors and consultants will vest in full if they
are not assumed or substituted or if the employee, director or
consultant is involuntarily terminated within six months
following the change in control.
As of March 31, 2010, we had reserved
11,208,384 shares of our Class B common stock for
issuance under our 2001 Stock Plan. As of March 31, 2010,
options to purchase 5,095,982 of these shares had been
exercised, options to purchase 5,684,079 of these shares
remained outstanding and 121,754 of these shares remained
available for future grant. In addition, we had granted
restricted stock awards and other stock awards for
48,585 shares and 257,984 shares, respectively, of
Class B common stock. The options outstanding as of
March 31, 2010 had a weighted average exercise price of
$8.46 per share. Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be
effective upon the date of this prospectus. As a result, we will
not grant any additional options under the 2001 Stock Plan
following that date and the 2001 Stock Plan will terminate.
However, any outstanding options granted under the 2001 Stock
Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2001
Stock Plan and stock option agreements, until they are exercised
or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Options
granted under the 2001 Stock Plan have terms similar to those
described below with respect to options granted under our 2010
Equity Incentive Plan, except that the options granted under the
2001 Stock Plan will become fully exercisable if the option
holder is employed as of the closing of a change in
control and either the option is not assumed or
substituted by the successor company or the option holder is
subject to an involuntary termination, as defined in
the 2001 Stock Plan, within six months following that change in
control.
2010 Equity
Incentive Plan
In June 2010, our board of directors adopted, and in July 2010
our stockholders approved, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which
will become effective on the date of this prospectus and will
serve as the successor to our 2001 Stock Plan. We have reserved
2,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock for
issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of
shares reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan will increase automatically on the first day of January of
each of 2011 through 2014 by a number of shares equal to 3% of
the total outstanding shares our Class A and Class B
common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31st.
However, our board of directors or compensation committee may
reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. In
addition, the following shares will again be available for grant
or issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
shares subject to options granted under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan that cease to be subject to the option for any
reason other than exercise of the option;
|
|
|
|
shares subject to awards granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the
original issue price; and
|
|
|
|
shares subject to awards granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued.
|
Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate in June 2020,
unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our
2010 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the award of stock
options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock units, performance shares and stock bonuses. No
person will be eligible to receive more than
2,000,000 shares in any calendar year under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan other than a new employee of ours, who will be
eligible to receive no more than
111
4,000,000 shares under the plan in the calendar year in
which the employee commences employment.
Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our
compensation committee, all of the members of which are
non-employee directors under applicable federal securities laws
and outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax
laws. The compensation committee will have the authority to
construe and interpret our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, grant
awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable
for the administration of the plan.
Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of
incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of
the Code only to our employees. All awards other than incentive
stock options may be granted to our employees, directors,
consultants, independent contractors and advisors, provided the
consultants, independent contractors and advisors render
services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities
in a capital-raising transaction. The exercise price of each
stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of
our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The exercise
price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders
must be at least equal to 110% of that value.
Our compensation committee may provide for options to be
exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable
with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of
repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. In general, options
will vest over a four-year period. The maximum term of options
granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan is ten years.
A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our
Class A common stock subject to restrictions. The price (if
any) of a restricted stock award will be determined by the
compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the
compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease
on the date the participant no longer provides services to us
and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.
Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in
cash or shares of our Class A common stock, to the holder
based upon the difference between the fair market value of our
Class A common stock on the date of exercise and the stated
exercise price up to a maximum amount of cash or number of
shares. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or
achievement of performance conditions.
A restricted stock unit is an award that covers a number of
shares of our Class A common stock that may be settled upon
vesting in cash, by the issuance of the underlying shares or a
combination of both. These awards are subject to forfeiture
prior to settlement because of termination of employment or
failure to achieve certain performance conditions.
A performance share is an award that covers a number of shares
of our Class A common stock that may be settled upon
achievement of the pre-established performance conditions in
cash or by issuance of the underlying shares. These awards are
subject to forfeiture prior to settlement because of termination
of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.
Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for
services and/or performance, and therefore, not be issued in
exchange for cash.
Awards granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan may not be
transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation
committee. Unless otherwise restricted by our compensation
committee, awards that are nonstatutory stock options may be
exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the
optionee, the optionees guardian or legal representative,
or a family member of the optionee who has acquired the option
by a permitted transfer. Awards that are incentive stock options
may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the
optionee or the optionees guardian or legal
representative. Options granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months
after the termination of the optionees service to us,
except in the case of death or permanent disability, in
112
which case the options may be exercised for up to 12 months
following termination of the optionees service to us.
If we experience a change in control transaction, outstanding
awards, including any vesting provisions, may be assumed or
substituted by the successor company. Outstanding awards that
are not assumed or substituted will expire upon the closing of a
change in control transaction. In the discretion of our
compensation committee, the vesting of these awards may be
accelerated upon the occurrence of these types of transactions.
2010 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
In June 2010, our board of directors adopted, and in July 2010
our stockholders approved, our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan, which is a plan designed to enable eligible employees to
purchase shares of our common stock periodically at a discount
following the date of this prospectus. Purchases will be
accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods.
Our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as
an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the
Code. We have reserved 200,000 shares of our Class A
common stock for issuance under our 2010 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under
our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will increase
automatically on the first day of January of each of 2011
through 2018 by the number of shares equal to 1% of the total
outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common
stock as of the immediately preceding December 31st.
However, our board of directors or compensation committee may
reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. No
more than 50,000,000 shares of our Class A common
stock may be issued under our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan, and no other shares may be added to this plan without the
approval of our stockholders.
Our compensation committee will administer our
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our employees generally
are eligible to participate in our 2010 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan if they are employed by us for at least
20 hours per week and more than five months in a calendar
year. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5%
stockholders as a result of their participation in our
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, are ineligible to
participate in our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We
may impose additional restrictions on eligibility. Under our
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees are
able to acquire shares of our Class A common stock by
accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible
employees are able to select a rate of payroll deduction between
1% and 15% of their cash compensation. We also have the right to
amend or terminate our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan,
except that, subject to certain exceptions, no such action may
adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under
the plan. Our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will
terminate on the tenth anniversary of the last day of the first
offering period, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of
directors.
When an offering period commences, our employees who meet the
eligibility requirements for participation in that offering
period are automatically granted a nontransferable option to
purchase shares in that offering period. Each offering period
will run for no more than twenty-four months and consist of
no more than five purchase periods. An employees
participation automatically ends upon termination of employment
for any reason.
Except for the first offering period, each offering period will
be for six months (commencing each May 15 and November 15 on and
after November 15, 2010) and will consist of one
six-month purchase period (May 15 to November 14 or November 15
to May 14). The first offering period and purchase period will
begin upon the effective date of this offering and will end on
May 14, 2011.
No participant will have the right to purchase our shares in an
amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our
employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the
same calendar year(s), that has a fair market value of more than
$25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable
offering period, for each calendar year in which that right is
outstanding. The purchase price for shares of our Class A
common stock purchased under our 2010 Employee Stock
Purchase
113
Plan will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our
Class A common stock on (i) the first trading day of
the applicable offering period and (ii) the last trading
day of each purchase period in the applicable offering period.
If we experience a change in control transaction, our
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and any offering periods
that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed transaction
may terminate on the closing of the proposed transaction and the
final purchase of shares will occur on that date, but our
compensation committee may instead terminate any such offering
period at a different date.
401(k)
Plan
We sponsor a retirement plan intended to qualify for favorable
tax treatment under Section 401(k) of the Code. Employees
who have attained at least 21 years of age are generally
eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the
calendar month following the month in which they commence
service with us. Participants may make pre-tax contributions to
the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily
prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Code.
Participants who are 50 years of age or older may
contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for
catch-up
contributions. We also make a matching contribution equal to 50%
of the first 6% of the eligible earnings that a participant
contributes to the plan. Pre-tax contributions by participants
and any employer contributions that we make to the plan and the
income earned on those contributions are generally not taxable
to participants until withdrawn. Employer contributions that we
make to the plan are generally deductible when made. Participant
contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum
benefit is provided under the plan. An employees interest
in his or her pre-tax deferrals is 100% vested when contributed.
We are permitted to contribute to the plan on a discretionary
basis and did contribute $73,000, $8,000 and $58,000 for the
years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and
$124,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2010. We did
not make any discretionary contributions for the five months
ended December 31, 2009.
Limitation of
Liability and Indemnification of Directors and
Officers
Our restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions
that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages
to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently,
our directors will not be personally liable to us or our
stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary
duties as directors, except for liability:
|
|
|
|
|
for any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases
or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law; or
|
|
|
|
for any transaction from which they derived an improper personal
benefit.
|
Our restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or
proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of
our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as
a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise. Our restated bylaws provide
that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any
person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he
or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was
serving at our request as an employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise. Our restated bylaws also provide that we must
advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or
officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or
proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.
114
We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the
limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our
directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by
reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a
director or officer, including claims relating to public
securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may
be made by us to these officers and directors pursuant to our
indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.
Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to enter into
indemnification agreements with each of our directors and
executive officers that may be broader than the specific
indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General
Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements may require
us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive
officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their
status or service. These indemnification agreements may also
require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and
executive officers in investigating or defending any such
action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are
necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve
as directors and executive officers.
At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or
proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our
directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was
serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent
of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we
are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in
claims for indemnification.
The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the
underwriters of us and our officers, directors and employees for
certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or
otherwise.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or
persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the
SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
115
TRANSACTIONS WITH
RELATED PARTIES, FOUNDERS AND CONTROL PERSONS
In addition to the compensation arrangements, including
employment, termination of employment and
change-in-control
arrangements and indemnification arrangements, discussed, when
required, above under Management and Executive
Compensation, and the registration rights described below
under Description of Capital Stock
Registration Rights, the following is a description of
each transaction since January 1, 2007 and each currently
proposed transaction in which:
|
|
|
|
|
we have been or are to be a participant;
|
|
|
|
the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and
|
|
|
|
any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than
5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or
person sharing the household with any of these individuals, had
or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
|
Repurchase of
Common and Preferred Stock
In January 2007, we repurchased 2,926,458 shares of our
capital stock for $6.8342 per share, or an aggregate of
$20.0 million. As part of this transaction, we repurchased
shares of our common stock from certain of our directors,
executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital
stock, as follows: Steven W. Streit
1,359,892 shares; TTP Fund, L.P.
199,711 shares; Mark T. Troughton
48,483 shares; and John C. Ricci
5,294 shares. In addition, Kenneth C. Aldrich donated to a
charitable organization 36,115 shares of our common stock,
which were repurchased by us in connection with the January 2007
repurchase transaction.
Series C-2
Preferred Stock Financing
In December 2008, we issued and sold 1,181,818 shares of
Series C-2
Preferred Stock for $11.00 per share, or an aggregate of
$13.0 million. All shares in the financing were sold to
entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, a holder of more than
5% of our capital stock, as follows: Sequoia Capital Franchise
Fund 775,774 shares, Sequoia Capital IX.1
Holdings LLC 288,247 shares, Sequoia Capital
Franchise Partners 105,787 shares and Sequoia
Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund
12,010 shares. Each of the shares of
Series C-2
Preferred Stock will automatically convert into one share of our
Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of
this offering. The proceeds from this offering were used to
repurchase a portion of our then-outstanding Series D
Preferred Stock.
Series D
Preferred Stock Repurchase
In December 2008, we repurchased all of our 2,926,458
outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock from GE
Capital Equity Investments, Inc., then a holder of more than 5%
of our capital stock and an affiliate of Michael S. Fisher, a
former member of our board of directors, for $13.38 per share,
or approximately $39.2 million. As part of this
transaction, we also purchased a call option that gave us the
right to repurchase from GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc. an
outstanding warrant to purchase 500,000 shares of our
common stock. This call option was exercisable at any time
between March 1, 2009 and September 1, 2009. In June
2009, we exercised the call option and repurchased the warrant
for $2.0 million.
Warrant
Exercises
In March 2007, David W. Hanna, Trustee, David William Hanna
Trust dated October 30, 1989, exercised warrants to
purchase 145,348 shares of our common stock. Mr. Hanna
is the spouse of Virginia L. Hanna, a member of our board of
directors.
116
Loans to
Executive Officers
In March 2004 and February 2006, we loaned $3.0 million and
$800,000, respectively, to Steven W. Streit, our Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer. These loans bore interest
at rates of 3.5% and 4.5%, respectively, compounded
semi-annually, and would have matured in March 2011. The notes
were secured by 2,500,000 shares of our common stock owned
by Mr. Streit. In November 2009, Mr. Streit repaid in
full the principal and all accrued interest under these notes.
In May 2006, we loaned $622,000 to Mark T. Troughton, our
President, Cards and Network, and monthly from June 2006 through
October 2006, we loaned him $17,800. In May 2008, we loaned him
an additional $364,000. These loans, aggregating
$1.1 million, bore interest at rates of 2.72% to 5.14%,
compounded semi-annually, and would have matured in May 2013.
They were secured by 898,000 shares of our common stock
owned by Mr. Troughton. In November 2009,
Mr. Troughton repaid in full the principal and all accrued
interest under this note.
In February 2008, we loaned $120,000 to John L. Keatley, our
Chief Financial Officer. This loan bore interest at the rate of
3.48%, compounded semi-annually, and would have matured in
February 2015. It was secured by 85,000 shares of our
common stock owned by Mr. Keatley. In November 2009,
Mr. Keatley repaid in full the principal and all accrued
interest under this note.
Review, Approval
or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties
Our policy and the charters of the nominating and governance
committee and the audit committee adopted by our board of
directors on June 4, 2010 require that any transaction with
a related party that must be reported under applicable rules of
the SEC (other than compensation-related matters) must be
reviewed and approved or ratified by the nominating and
governance committee, unless the related party is, or is
associated with, a member of that committee, in which event the
transaction must be reviewed and approved by the audit
committee. These committees have not adopted policies or
procedures for review of, or standards for approval of, related
party transactions.
117
PRINCIPAL AND
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table presents information as to the beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2010, after
giving effect to the issuance of 2,208,552 shares of our
Class A common stock to Walmart in May 2010, and as
adjusted to reflect the sale by the selling stockholders of
Class A common stock (including shares acquired through the
exercise of options at the closing of this offering) in this
offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters option
to purchase additional shares, by:
|
|
|
|
|
each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more
than 5% of either class of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the selling stockholders.
|
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the
individuals and entities named in the table below under
Directors, Named Executive Officers and 5%
Stockholders is c/o Green Dot Corporation,
605 East Huntington Drive, Suite 205, Monrovia,
California 91016.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the SEC and thus represents sole or shared voting or
investment power with respect to our securities. Unless
otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and
entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment
power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own,
subject to community property laws where applicable. Shares of
our Class B common stock are convertible into shares of our
Class A common stock following this offering at the
discretion of the holder on a one-for-one basis. Accordingly, a
holder of our Class B common stock following this offering
is deemed to be the beneficial owner of an equal number of
shares of our Class A common stock for purposes of the
table below.
Shares of our Class B common stock subject to options or
warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within
60 days of March 31, 2010 are deemed to be outstanding
and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the option or
warrant for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of
that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose
of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
Since no shares of Class A Common Stock were outstanding as
of March 31, 2010, the 2,208,552 shares of our Class A
common stock that were issued in May 2010 represent all
outstanding shares of our Class A common stock prior to
this offering in the table below. Percentage ownership of our
Class B common stock prior to this offering is based on
37,883,489 shares of our Class B common stock
outstanding on March 31, 2010. The Class B common
stock includes 24,941,521 shares resulting from the
automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred
stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as
if this conversion had occurred as of March 31, 2010.
Percentage ownership of our Class A and Class B common
stock after the offering also assumes the issuance
of shares
to be sold in this offering by certain selling stockholders upon
the exercise of vested stock options and the automatic
conversion
of shares
of Class B common stock
into shares
of Class A common stock in connection with and immediately
prior to the sale of those shares by the selling stockholders in
this offering.
Percentage of total voting power after this offering represents
voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock, as a single class. Holders of
Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and
holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes
per share. Holders of common stock vote together as a single
class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders,
subject to certain exceptions or unless otherwise required by
law. For the purpose of computing the percentage of total voting
power after the offering, each share of Class B common
stock is deemed not to have been converted into a share of
Class A common stock, and thus to have
118
ten votes per share. Percentage of total voting power prior to
the offering is approximately the same as the percentage
ownership of our Class B common stock prior to the offering.
Unless otherwise described below, to our knowledge, none of the
selling stockholders or their affiliates has held any position
or office with, been employed by or otherwise had any material
relationship with us or our affiliates during the three years
prior to the date of this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
Prior to this Offering
|
|
|
|
After this Offering
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
Class B
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Class A
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
Common
|
|
Class A
|
|
Common
|
|
Common
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
Stock
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Stock
|
|
Stock
|
|
Voting
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Shares
|
|
%
|
|
Shares
|
|
%
|
|
Being Offered
|
|
Shares
|
|
%
|
|
Shares
|
|
%
|
|
Power
|
|
Directors, Named Executive Officers and 5% Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sequoia Capital(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,099,373
|
|
|
|
31.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Moritz
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven W. Streit(2) §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,015,688
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TTP Fund, L.P.(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,106,783
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W. Thomas Smith, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.(5)
|
|
|
2,208,552
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark T. Troughton(6) §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,201,366
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Virginia L. Hanna(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,176,790
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Greenleaf(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
580,879
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
YKA Partners Ltd.(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400,630
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth C. Aldrich
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci(11) §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
388,931
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley(13) §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
357,687
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
(14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William H. Ott, Jr.(15)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowell(16) §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,666
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
(11 persons)(17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,356,793
|
|
|
|
63.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain Other Selling Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Donald B. Wiener and affiliated entities(18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,577,600
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
|
(19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benson A. Riseman and affiliated entities(20) §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,281,716
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
|
(21)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sara Jane DeWitt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
727,668
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jennifer C. Enright Revocable Trust, UTD Dec. 3, 2009(22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
665,114
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark L. Shifke & Patricia W. Shifke, as Joint Tenants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
469,029
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barbara Peckett
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
435,277
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Betty Wiener Spomer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
406,692
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher Scott Hameetman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
357,556
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raulee Marcus Living Trust, dated 4/9/10(23)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
343,742
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nancy Donahue(24) §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
315,323
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jacques Loeb Wiener, III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277,883
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Avishai Shachar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
259,834
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sandra M. Feingerts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
221,165
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bradley D. Schwartz
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
207,449
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kodiak Ventures, LP(25)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
179,497
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher R. Britt(26) §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159,950
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Lazar Family Trust 4/15/92(27)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158,608
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BMS Investments(28)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158,608
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald P. Egge and affiliated entities(29)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146,512
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
(30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven J. Pfrenzinger and Margaret A. Pfrenzinger Family Trust
dated 3/25/83(31)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135,568
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles F. Murray
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132,584
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Howard Ellins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121,886
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Goldin §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119,772
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeff Romm Schweiger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113,178
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dina Lynn Furash §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112,109
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Avalon Investments, LLC(32)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105,360
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bryan Wesley Kenyon
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth I. Brody, Ph.D.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99,536
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kathleen L. Ferrell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94,566
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Konstantinos Sgoutas §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91,894
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L. Ried Schott Trust dtd 8/13/97(33)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edmund & Ellen Olivier Revocable Family Trust(34)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,946
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James L. Aeling and affiliated entities(35)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
(36)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Zechter Family Trust(37)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,383
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Ben-Barak 1990 Family Trust(38)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74,319
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mario J. Verdolini, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,568
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Matthew S. Kerper
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,088
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
Prior to this Offering
|
|
|
|
After this Offering
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
Class B
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Class A
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
Common
|
|
Class A
|
|
Common
|
|
Common
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
Stock
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Stock
|
|
Stock
|
|
Voting
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Shares
|
|
%
|
|
Shares
|
|
%
|
|
Being Offered
|
|
Shares
|
|
%
|
|
Shares
|
|
%
|
|
Power
|
|
Holly Family 1989 Trust(39)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68,828
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Larry M. & Virginia A. Daines Trust dated Dec. 15,
2000(40)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,946
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secil Baysal(41) §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,596
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John W. Cotton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,980
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wende Mattson Headley
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,799
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Madeline Fernandez §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,333
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miller Living Survivors Trust, Elaine Miller, Trustee(42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,994
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
(43)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Colin Phillips
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,604
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kristina Lockwood §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,195
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Julie Mazman §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,466
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen M. Greenberg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,183
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth A., Sandra L. Pickar Family Trust(44)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,183
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence Glen Zechter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Susan Carol Zechter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,970
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Harlan Zechter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,970
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gilbert and Elizabeth Hoxie, as Joint Tenants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,116
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Erik Michael Hovanec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,189
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Hanselman Trust, dtd May 10, 2008(45)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,383
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kimberle Kelly §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,715
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth D. Leiter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,558
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jennifer Leanne Willis §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,357
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles B. Begin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul J. Farina §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,140
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Matthew Kohler §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,383
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Justin William Ferris §
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,076
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other Selling Stockholders(46)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
378,380
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Represents beneficial ownership of
less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock.
|
|
**
|
|
The shares of Class A common
stock being offered by this individual will be acquired through
the exercise of options at the closing of this offering, and
thus the number of shares shown in the footnotes as being
subject to options will be reduced by the same number after the
offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares shown for this individual
represent shares subject to options that are exercisable within
60 days of March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
§
|
|
Identifies one of our current or
former (within the past three years) employees of Green Dot
Corporation.
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents 7,778,099 shares
owned by Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund, 1,850,387 shares
owned by Sequoia Capital IX, 1,246,945 shares owned by
Sequoia Capital US Growth Fund IV, L.P.,
1,060,650 shares owned by Sequoia Capital Franchise
Partners and 163,292 shares owned by Sequoia Capital
Entrepreneurs Annex Fund. SCFF Management, LLC is the sole
general partner of Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund and Sequoia
Capital Franchise Partners. SCIX Management, LLC is the sole
general partner of Sequoia Capital IX and Sequoia Capital
Entrepreneurs Annex Fund. SCGF IV Management, LP (Cayman) is the
mid-tier general partner and SCGF GenPar, Ltd. (Cayman) is the
top tier general partner of Sequoia Capital US Growth
Fund IV, LP. Michael J. Moritz, one of our directors, is a
Managing Director of SCGF GenPar, Ltd. (Cayman), and he is a
Managing Member of SCFF Management, LLC, SCIX Management, LLC,
SCGF IV Management, LP and SCGF IV Management, LP (Cayman).
Mr. Moritz may be deemed to have shared voting and
investment power over the shares held by Sequoia Capital
Franchise Fund, Sequoia Capital IX, Sequoia Capital US Growth
Fund IV, L.P., Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners and
Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund, as applicable.
Mr. Moritz disclaims beneficial ownership of those shares,
except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The
address for Mr. Moritz and each of these entities is 3000
Sand Hill Road, Building 4, Suite 250, Menlo Park,
California 94025.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents 4,311,713 shares
owned by the Steven W. Streit Family Trust, of which
Mr. Streit is the trustee, 34,040 shares owned by his
children and 669,935 shares subject to options held by
Mr. Streit that are exercisable within 60 days of
March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents shares
to be sold by the Steven W. Streit Family Trust.
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
W. Thomas Smith, Jr., one of our
directors, is a managing partner of Total Technology Ventures,
LLC, the general partner of TTP Fund, L.P. The other managing
partner is Gardiner W. Garrard. The address for Mr. Smith
and each of these entities is 1230 Peachtree Street, Promenade
II, Suite 1190, Atlanta, Georgia 30309.
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
Our right to repurchase these
shares lapses with respect to 36,810 shares per month over
60 months, beginning on June 24, 2010. See
Prospectus Summary Recent Developments
above. The principal business address of Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
is 702 Southwest 8th Street, Bentonville, Arkansas
72716-0215.
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
Includes 453,125 shares
subject to options held by Mr. Troughton that are
exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2010.
|
120
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
Represents 1,029,955 shares
held by the David William Hanna Trust dated October 30,
1989, 78,635 shares held by Tim J. Morgan, Trustee of the
Hanna 2008 Annuity Trust dated 6/5/08 and
68,200 shares held by the Virginia L. Hanna Trust dated
August 16, 2001. Ms. Hanna, one of our directors,
disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the David
William Hanna Trust dated October 30, 1989 and the shares
held by Tim J. Morgan, Trustee of the Hanna 2008 Annuity Trust
dated 6/5/08, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest
therein. The address of these trusts is
c/o Hanna
Capital Management, 8105 Irvine Center Drive, Suite 1170,
Irvine, California 92618.
|
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
Represents 330,190 shares held
by the Greenleaf Family Trust, of which Timothy R. Greenleaf,
one of our directors, is the trustee, and 250,689 shares
held by Mr. Greenleaf.
|
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
Represents shares
to be sold by the Greenleaf Family Trust.
|
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
Represents shares held by YKA
Partners Ltd., of which Kenneth C. Aldrich, one of our
directors, is the agent of the general partner.
|
|
|
|
(11)
|
|
Represents 5,234 shares held
by John C. Ricci, 4,460 shares held by his minor
children and 379,237 shares subject to options held by Mr.
Ricci that are exercisable within 60 days of March 31,
2010.
|
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
Represents shares
to be sold by John C. Ricci.
|
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
Represents 25,000 shares held
by John L. Keatley, 3,000 shares held by his minor
daughters and 329,687 shares subject to options held by
Mr. Keatley that are exercisable within 60 days of
March 31, 2010. This amount does not include
10,000 shares held by the Keatley Family Trust, of which he
is neither a trustee nor a beneficiary.
|
|
|
|
(14)
|
|
Represents shares
to be sold by John L. Keatley.
|
|
|
|
(15)
|
|
Represents shares subject to
options held by Mr. Ott, one of our directors, that are
exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(16)
|
|
Represents shares subject to
options held by Mr. Sowell that are exercisable within
60 days of March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(17)
|
|
Includes 1,860,650 shares
subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of
March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(18)
|
|
Represents 805,071 shares held
by Donald B. Wiener, a former director, 124,207 shares held
by the Caroline Rose Shifke Trust U/A dated 12/13/89,
124,207 shares held by the Katherine Elisabeth Shifke
Trust U/A dated 4/11/91, 124,207 shares held by the
David Jacques Shifke Trust U/A dated 12/4/91,
84,000 shares held by the Sophie Grace Wiener
Trust U/A dated 8/19/03, 62,000 shares held by the
Sandra M. Feingerts Childrens Trust U/A dated
12/5/03, 55,602 shares held by the Andrew Charles Spomer
Trust U/A dated 11/12/93, 55,602 shares held by the
Daniel Baron Spomer Trust U/A dated 4/10/96,
47,568 shares held by the Kathryn Ellen Wiener
Trust U/A dated 11/12/93, 47,568 shares owned by the
John Baron Wiener Trust U/A dated 12/11/98, and
47,568 shares held by the Thomas Max Wiener Trust U/A
dated 3/16/99. Donald B. Wiener is a trustee for each of these
trusts.
|
|
|
|
(19)
|
|
Represents shares
to be sold by Donald B. Wiener.
|
|
|
|
(20)
|
|
Represents 111,111 shares
owned by the Benson A. Riseman Grantor Retained Annuity Trust,
26,265 shares owned by the Benson A. Riseman Irrevocable
Life Insurance Trust, 1,059,478 shares owned by the Benson
A. Riseman Living Trust, 2,222 shares held by Chelsea
Kathleen Riseman, 2,222 shares held by Benjamin Adam
Riseman and 80,418 shares that are subject to options held
by Benson A. Riseman that are exercisable within
60 days of March 31, 2010. Benson A. Riseman is the
trustee of the Benson A. Riseman Grantor Retained Annuity Trust
and the Benson A. Riseman Living Trust. Kurt Weiss is the
trustee of the Benson A. Riseman Irrevocable Life Insurance
Trust.
|
|
|
|
(21)
|
|
Represents shares
to be sold by the Benson A. Riseman Grantor Retained Annuity
Trust, shares to be sold by
the Benson A. Riseman Irrevocable Life Insurance Trust
and shares to be sold by the
Benson A. Riseman Living Trust.
|
|
|
|
(22)
|
|
Jennifer C. Enright is the trustee
of the Jennifer C. Enright Revocable Trust,
UTD Dec. 3, 2009.
|
|
|
|
(23)
|
|
Raulee Marcus is the trustee of the
Raulee Marcus Living Trust, dated 4/9/10.
|
|
|
|
(24)
|
|
Includes 257,249 shares
subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of
March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(25)
|
|
The managing partner of Kodiak
Ventures, LP is David W. Berkus.
|
|
|
|
(26)
|
|
Includes 116,900 shares
subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of
March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(27)
|
|
Gary Lazar and Carole Lazar are the
trustees of the Lazar Family Trust 4/15/92.
|
|
|
|
(28)
|
|
Bradely Shames is the partner of
BMS Investments.
|
|
|
|
(29)
|
|
Represents 6,752 shares held
by Ronald P. Egge or Eric M. Egge as Joint Tenants,
6,752 shares held by Ronald P. Egge or Sonja L.
Egge as Joint Tenants, 106,000 shares held by the
Ronald P. Egge Living Trust, 6,752 shares held by
Ronald Egge or Elise M. Lindaman as Joint Tenants,
6,752 shares held by Mary Krach or Aaron Krach as Joint
Tenants, 6,752 shares held by Mary Krach or Daniel Krach as
Joint Tenants and 6,752 shares held by Mary Krach or Raquel
Krach as Joint Tenants. Ronald P. Egge is the trustee of the
Ronald P. Egge Living Trust.
|
|
|
|
(30)
|
|
Represents shares
to be sold by Ronald P. Egge or Eric M. Egge as Joint
Tenants, shares to be sold by
Ronald P. Egge or Sonja L. Egge as Joint
Tenants, shares to be sold by
the Ronald P. Egge Living
Trust, shares to be sold by
Ronald Egge or Elise M. Lindaman as Joint
Tenants, shares to be sold by
Mary Krach or Aaron Krach as Joint
Tenants, shares to be sold by
Mary Krach or Daniel Krach as Joint Tenants
and shares to be sold by Mary
Krach or Raquel Krach as Joint Tenants.
|
121
|
|
|
(31)
|
|
Steven J. Pfrenzinger is the
trustee of the Steven J. Pfrenzinger and Margaret A. Pfrenzinger
Family Trust dated 3/25/83.
|
|
|
|
(32)
|
|
The Managing Member of Avalon
Investments, LLC is John P. Kensey.
|
|
|
|
(33)
|
|
L. Ried Schott is the trustee of
the L. Ried Schott Living Trust dtd 8/13/97.
|
|
|
|
(34)
|
|
Edmund M. Olivier de Vezin is
trustee of the Edmund & Ellen Olivier Revocable Family
Trust.
|
|
|
|
(35)
|
|
Represents 38,000 shares held
by James L. Aeling, 9,856 shares held by the Survivors
Trust of the Aeling Family Trust, 3,944 shares held by the
Marital Exempt Trust of the Aeling Family Trust,
11,200 shares held by the Aeling Family
Exemption Trust, and 14,000 shares held by the Aeling
Family Non-Exempt Trust. Dorothy A. Aeling is trustee of the
Survivors Trust of the Aeling Family Trust, the Marital Exempt
Trust of the Aeling Family Trust, the Aeling Family
Exemption Trust and the Aeling Family Non-Exempt Trust.
|
|
|
|
(36)
|
|
Represents shares
to be sold by James L. Aeling
and shares to be sold by the
Survivors Trust of the Aeling Family Trust.
|
|
|
|
(37)
|
|
Sol Zechter is trustee of the
Zechter Family Trust.
|
|
|
|
(38)
|
|
Y. Ben-Barak is trustee of the
Ben-Barak 1990 Family Trust.
|
|
|
|
(39)
|
|
James Henry Holly is trustee of the
Holly Family 1989 Trust.
|
|
|
|
(40)
|
|
Larry Marc Daines is trustee of the
Larry M. & Virginia A. Daines Trust dated Dec. 15,
2000.
|
|
|
|
(41)
|
|
Includes 48,437 shares subject
to options that are exercisable within 60 days of
March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(42)
|
|
Represents 39,727 shares held by
Irwin D. Miller and 5,267 shares held by the Miller Living
Survivors Trust. Elaine Miller is trustee of the Miller
Living Survivors Trust.
|
|
|
|
(43)
|
|
Represents
shares to be sold by the Miller Living Survivors Trust.
|
|
|
|
(44)
|
|
Kenneth A. Pickar is trustee of the
Kenneth A., Sandra L. Pickar Family Trust.
|
|
|
|
(45)
|
|
Warren J. Hanselman is trustee of
The Hanselman Trust, dtd May 10, 2008.
|
|
|
|
(46)
|
|
Represents shares held by 50
selling stockholders not listed above who, as a group, owned
less than 1% of the outstanding Class B common stock prior
to this offering. Of these selling
stockholders,
are current or former (within the past three years) employees of
Green Dot Corporation.
|
122
The following table presents information as to the beneficial
ownership of our Class A and Class B common stock as
of March 31, 2010, after giving effect to the issuance of
2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock to
Walmart in May 2010, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of
the selling stockholders of Class A common stock (including
shares acquired through the exercise of options at the closing
of this offering) in this offering assuming exercise in full of
the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, by:
|
|
|
|
|
each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more
than 5% of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the selling stockholders.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined on the same basis as
described in the introductory paragraphs for and the footnotes
to the previous table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
after Offering if the
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Underwriters Option is
|
|
|
|
to be Sold if the
|
|
|
Exercised in Full
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
Option is
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Exercised in Full
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
Named Executive Officers, Directors and 5% Holders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sequoia Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Moritz
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TTP Fund, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W. Thomas Smith, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Virginia L. Hanna
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Greenleaf
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
YKA Partners Ltd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth C. Aldrich
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William H. Ott, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain Other Selling Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Donald B. Wiener and affiliated entities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benson A. Riseman and affiliated entities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sara Jane DeWitt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jennifer C. Enright Revocable Trust, UTD Dec. 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark L. Shifke & Patricia W. Shifke, as Joint Tenants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barbara Peckett
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Betty Wiener Spomer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher Scott Hameetman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
after Offering if the
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Underwriters Option is
|
|
|
|
to be Sold if the
|
|
|
Exercised in Full
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
Option is
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Exercised in Full
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
Raulee Marcus Living Trust, dated 4/9/10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nancy Donahue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jacques Loeb Wiener, III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Avishai Shachar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sandra M. Feingerts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bradley D. Schwartz
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kodiak Ventures, LP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher R. Britt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Lazar Family Trust 4/15/92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BMS Investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald P. Egge and affiliated entities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven J. Pfrenzinger and Margaret A. Pfrenzinger Family Trust
dated 3/25/83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles F. Murray
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Howard Ellins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Goldin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeff Romm Schweiger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dina Lynn Furash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Avalon Investments, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bryan Wesley Kenyon
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth I. Brody, Ph.D.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kathleen L. Ferrell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Konstantinos Sgoutas
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L. Ried Schott Trust dtd 8/13/97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edmund & Ellen Olivier Revocable Family Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James L. Aeling and affiliated entities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Zechter Family Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Ben-Barak 1990 Family Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mario J. Verdolini, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Matthew S. Kerper
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holly Family 1989 Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Larry M. & Virginia A. Daines Trust dated Dec. 15, 2000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secil Baysal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John W. Cotton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wende Mattson Headley
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Madeline Fernandez
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miller Living Survivors Trust, Elaine Miller, Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Colin Phillips
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kristina Lockwood
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Julie Mazman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen M. Greenberg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth A., Sandra L. Pickar Family Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence Glen Zechter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Susan Carol Zechter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
after Offering if the
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Underwriters Option is
|
|
|
|
to be Sold if the
|
|
|
Exercised in Full
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
Option is
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Exercised in Full
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
Richard Harlan Zechter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gilbert and Elizabeth Hoxie, as Joint Tenants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Erik Michael Hovanec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Hanselman Trust, dtd May 10, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kimberle Kelly
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth D. Leiter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jennifer Leanne Willis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles B. Begin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul J. Farina
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Matthew Kohler
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Justin William Ferris
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other Selling Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125
DESCRIPTION OF
CAPITAL STOCK
Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital
stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of Class A
common stock, $0.001 par value per share,
100,000,000 shares of Class B common stock,
$0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.
The following description summarizes the most important terms of
our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not
contain all the information that may be important to you. For a
complete description, you should refer to our restated
certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are
included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part, and to the provisions of applicable
Delaware law.
Common
Stock
As of March 31, 2010, after giving effect to the issuance
of 2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock to Walmart
in May 2010, there were 2,208,552 shares of our Class A
common stock outstanding. Assuming the conversion of all shares
of our preferred stock into shares of our Class B common
stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this
offering, as of March 31, 2010, there were
37,883,489 shares of our Class B common stock
outstanding, held by 173 stockholders of record, and no shares
of our preferred stock outstanding. After this offering, there
will
be shares
of our Class A common stock
and shares
of our Class B common stock outstanding,
including shares
of Class A common stock sold by selling stockholders who
acquired the related shares of Class B common stock through
option exercises at the closing of this offering. Our board
of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to
issue additional shares of Class A and Class B common
stock.
Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that
may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the
time, the holders of outstanding shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends out
of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that
our board of directors may determine. In the event a dividend is
paid in the form of shares of common stock or rights to acquire
shares of common stock, the holders of Class A common stock
will receive Class A common stock, or rights to acquire
Class A common stock, as the case may be, and the holders
of Class B common stock will receive Class B common
stock, or rights to acquire Class B common stock, as the
case may be. However, in general and subject to certain limited
exceptions, without approval of each class of our common stock,
we may not pay any dividends or make other distributions with
respect to any class of common stock unless at the same time we
make a ratable dividend or distribution with respect to each
outstanding share of common stock, regardless of class.
Voting Rights. Holders of our Class A
common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of
our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per
share. In general, holders of our Class A common stock and
Class B common stock will vote together as a single class
on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted
to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law.
Delaware law could require either our Class A common stock
or our Class B common stock to vote separately as a single
class in the following circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
If we were to seek to amend our certificate of incorporation to
increase the authorized number of shares of a class of stock, or
to increase or decrease the par value of a class of stock, then
that class would be required to vote separately to approve the
proposed amendment; and
|
|
|
|
If we were to seek to amend our certificate of incorporation in
a manner that altered or changed the powers, preferences or
special rights of a class of stock in a manner that affected its
holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote
separately to approve the proposed amendment.
|
Our certificate of incorporation requires the separate vote and
majority approval of each class of our common stock prior to
distributions, reclassifications and mergers or consolidations
that would result in one class of common stock being treated in
a manner different from the other, subject to limited
126
exceptions, and for amendments of our certificate of
incorporation that would affect our dual class stock structure.
We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of
directors in our restated certificate of incorporation. In
addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that a
holder, or group of affiliated holders, of more than 24.9% of
our common stock may not vote shares representing more than
14.9% of the voting power represented by the outstanding shares
of our Class A and Class B common stock.
No Preemptive or Similar Rights. Neither our
Class A nor our Class B common stock is entitled to
preemptive rights, and neither is subject to redemption.
Conversion. Our Class A common stock is
not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock. Each
share of our Class B common stock is convertible at any
time following this offering at the option of the holder into
one share of our Class A common stock. In addition, each
share of our Class B common stock will convert
automatically into one share of our Class A common stock
upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for estate
planning, intercompany and other similar transfers or upon the
date that the total number of shares of our Class B common
stock outstanding represents less than 10% of the total number
of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock
outstanding. Once transferred and converted into Class A
common stock, the Class B common stock may not be reissued.
No class of our common stock may be subdivided or combined
unless the other class of our common stock concurrently is
subdivided or combined in the same proportion and in the same
manner.
Right to Receive Liquidation
Distributions. Upon our liquidation, dissolution
or
winding-up,
the assets legally available for distribution to our
stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of
our Class A and Class B common stock and any
participating preferred stock outstanding at that time after
payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding
shares of preferred stock and payment of other claims of
creditors.
Fully Paid and Non-Assessable. All of the
outstanding shares of our Class B common stock are, and the
shares of our Class A common stock to be issued pursuant to
this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred
Stock
Following this offering, our board of directors will be
authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law,
to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish
from time to time the number of shares to be included in each
series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and
rights of the shares of each series and any of its
qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case
without further action by our stockholders. Our board of
directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of
any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of
shares of that series then outstanding, unless approved by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our capital
stock entitled to vote, or such other vote as may be required by
the certificate of designation establishing the series. Our
board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock
with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the
voting power or other rights of the holders of our Class A
and Class B common stock. The issuance of preferred stock,
while providing flexibility in connection with possible
acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other
things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in our control and might adversely affect the market
price of our Class A common stock and the voting and other
rights of the holders of our Class A and Class B
common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of
preferred stock.
127
Warrants
As of March 31, 2010, we had outstanding the following
warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Type of Capital Stock
|
|
to Warrants
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
Class B common stock*
|
|
|
4,283,456
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
23.70
|
|
|
March 3, 2017(2)
|
Series C-1
preferred stock(3)
|
|
|
283,786
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
February 11, 2012
|
|
|
|
* |
|
This warrant is redeemable for cash if we fail to perform under
our commercial agreement with the holder (PayPal). In addition,
we have the right to repurchase any shares previously issued
upon the exercise of the warrant if the holder fails to perform
under the same agreement. |
|
(1) |
|
Of these shares, 3,426,765 shares will vest and become
exercisable only upon the achievement of certain performance
goals prior to the earlier of March 3, 2014 or the
termination of our commercial agreement with the holder
(PayPal), and the remaining shares will vest and become
exercisable only if certain other performance goals also take
place prior to the same deadline. |
|
(2) |
|
The warrant may expire earlier than this date. The warrant
provides that it expires on the earlier of March 3, 2014 or
the termination of our commercial agreement with the holder
(PayPal) if none of the shares subject to the warrant have
vested prior to the earlier event. Should any of the shares
subject to the warrant vest, the warrant expires on the earliest
of the date on which our commercial agreement with the holder is
terminated, the date of a change in control of our company or
March 3, 2017. |
|
(3) |
|
If this warrant to purchase shares of our
Series C-1
preferred stock remains outstanding following the completion of
this offering, it will become exercisable for a like number of
shares of our Class B common stock. |
Registration
Rights
Pursuant to the terms of our ninth amended and restated
registration rights agreement, immediately following this
offering, certain holders of our Class A and Class B
common stock and warrants to purchase our Class B common
stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the
registration
of
shares under the Securities Act, as described below.
Demand Registration Rights. At any time
beginning six months after the completion of this offering, the
holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding shares having
registration rights can request that we file a registration
statement covering registrable securities with an anticipated
aggregate offering price of at least $5.0 million. We are
only required to file two registration statements upon exercise
of these demand registration rights. We may postpone the filing
of a registration statement for up to 90 days once in a
12-month
period if we determine that the filing would be detrimental to
us and that it would be in our best interests to defer the
filing of the registration statement.
Piggyback Registration Rights. If we register
any of our Class A common stock for public sale, holders of
shares having registration rights will have the right to include
their shares in the registration statement. However, this right
does not apply to a registration relating to any of our employee
benefit plans, a registration relating to a corporate
reorganization or acquisition or a registration in which the
only Class A common stock being registered is Class A
common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that
are also being registered. The managing underwriter of any
underwritten offering will have the right, in its sole
discretion, to limit, because of market conditions, the number
of shares registered by these holders, in which case the number
of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among
these holders, according to the total amount of securities
entitled to be included by each holder, or in a manner mutually
agreed upon by the holders. However, the number of shares to
128
be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 25% of
the total value of the shares covered by the registration
statement.
Form S-3
Registration Rights. The holders of at least 20%
of the then-outstanding shares having registration rights can
request that we register all or part of their shares on
Form S-3
if we are eligible to file a registration statement on
Form S-3
and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered
is at least $1.0 million. The stockholders may only require
us to file two registration statements on
Form S-3
in a
12-month
period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement
on
Form S-3
for up to 90 days once in a
12-month
period if we determine that the filing would be seriously
detrimental to us and our stockholders.
Expenses of Registration Rights. We will pay
all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions
and the fees and disbursements of more than one counsel for the
selling stockholders, incurred in connection with the
registrations described above.
Expiration of Registration Rights. The
registration rights described above will expire, with respect to
any particular holder of these rights, on the earlier of the
fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering or when
that holder can sell all of its registrable securities in any
three-month period under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
Anti-Takeover
Provisions
The provisions of Delaware law, our dual class structure, and
the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and
our restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring
or preventing a change in our control.
Delaware Law. We are governed by the
provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public
Delaware corporation from engaging in a business
combination with an interested stockholder for
a period of three years after the date of the transaction in
which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the
business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A
business combination includes mergers, asset sales
or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the
stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person
who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within
the prior three years did own, 15% or more of the
corporations outstanding voting stock. These provisions
may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in our control.
Dual Class Stock Structure. As discussed
above, our Class B common stock has ten votes per share,
while our Class A common stock, which is the class of stock
the selling stockholders are selling in this offering and which
will be the only class of stock which is publicly traded, has
one vote per share. After the offering, our current directors,
executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our common stock
and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate,
beneficially own approximately % of
our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock,
representing approximately % of the
total voting power of our outstanding capital stock
(approximately % and
approximately %, respectively, if
the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).
Because of our dual class structure, the holders of our
Class B common stock will continue to be able to control
all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if
they own significantly less than 50% of the shares of our
outstanding Class A and Class B common stock. This
concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any
potential merger, takeover or other change of control
transaction that other stockholders might view as beneficial.
Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder
approval, to issue additional shares of Class A and
Class B common stock.
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw
Provisions. Our restated certificate of
incorporation and our restated bylaws not only provide for a
dual class structure, but also include a
129
number of other provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or
delay or prevent a change in our control, including the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
Board of Directors Vacancies. Our restated
certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws authorize only
our board of directors to fill vacant directorships. In
addition, the number of directors constituting our board of
directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by
a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These
provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size
of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board
of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own
nominees.
|
|
|
|
Classified Board. Our restated certificate of
incorporation and restated bylaws provide that our board is
classified into three classes of directors. This could delay a
successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our
board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a
potential offeror. In addition, stockholders are not permitted
to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.
|
|
|
|
Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of
Stockholders. Our restated certificate of
incorporation provides that our stockholders may not take action
by written consent, but may only take action at annual or
special meetings of our stockholders. Our restated bylaws
further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be
called only by a majority of our board of directors, the
chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer
or our president.
|
|
|
|
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and
Director Nominations. Our restated bylaws provide advance
notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business
before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate
candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of
stockholders. Our restated bylaws also specify certain
requirements regarding the form and content of a
stockholders notice. These provisions might preclude our
stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of
stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our
annual meeting of stockholders.
|
|
|
|
Limits on Voting Power. Our restated
certificate of incorporation provides that a holder, or group of
affiliated holders, of more than 24.9% of our common stock may
not vote shares representing more than 14.9% of the voting power
represented by the outstanding shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock. These provisions might make it more
difficult for, or discourage an attempt by, such a stockholder
to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer,
proxy contest or other means.
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our
board of directors has the authority, without further action by
the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences,
including voting rights, designated from time to time by our
board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued
shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to
render more difficult, or to discourage an attempt to obtain
control of us by means of, a merger, tender offer, proxy contest
or similar transaction.
|
Listing
Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on
the NYSE under the symbol GDOT.
Transfer Agent
and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A and
Class B common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
130
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if
any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common
stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common
stock for sale will have on the market prices of our
Class A common stock prevailing from time to time.
Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A
common stock, including shares of Class A common stock
issued upon conversion of Class B common stock issued upon
exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception
that those sales could occur, in the public market after this
offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from
time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital
through the sale of our equity securities.
Upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of
shares outstanding as of March 31, 2010 and giving effect
to the issuance of 2,208,552 shares of our Class A
common stock in May 2010
and shares
of Class B common stock to be acquired by certain selling
stockholders through option exercises at the closing of this
offering in order to sell the underlying shares of Class A
common stock in this offering, we will have a total
of shares
of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding.
Of these outstanding shares, all of
the shares
of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be
freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates,
as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, will only be able to be sold in compliance with the
limitations described below.
The outstanding shares of our Class B common stock and the
underlying Class A common stock issuable upon conversion
thereof will be deemed restricted securities as defined in
Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public
market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an
exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701
promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized
below. In addition, all of our security holders have entered
into market standoff agreements with us or
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed,
subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for
at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.
Subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701,
based on an assumed offering date
of ,
2010, shares will be available for sale in the public market as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
No shares will be eligible for sale in the public market
immediately upon completion of this offering;
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the
expiration of the
lock-up
and/or
market standoff agreements described below, subject in some
cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and
Rule 701 also described below; and
|
|
|
|
the remainder of the shares will be eligible for sale in the
public market from time to time thereafter upon the lapse of our
right of repurchase with respect to any unvested shares.
|
Lock-Up
Agreements
Holders of securities representing more than 95% of our fully
diluted shares, including all of our directors, officers and the
selling stockholders, are subject to
lock-up
agreements that, subject to exceptions described in the
Underwriting section below, prohibit them from
offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any
option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of
any shares of our common stock, options or warrants to acquire
shares of our common stock or any security or instrument related
to this common stock, option or warrant for a period of at least
180 days following the date of this prospectus without the
prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. In addition, all of
our security holders are subject to market standoff provisions
that contain restrictions similar to those contained in the
lock-up agreements.
131
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we
have been subject to public company reporting requirements for
at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been
one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any
time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least
six months, including the holding period of any prior owner
other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares
without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or
notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with
the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such
person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for
at least one year, including the holding period of any prior
owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be
entitled to sell those shares immediately without complying with
any of the requirements of Rule 144.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our
affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates
are entitled to sell upon expiration of the
lock-up and
market standoff agreements described above, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our Class A and Class B
common stock then outstanding, which will equal
approximately shares
immediately after this offering; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common
stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a
notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling
shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain
manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased
shares of our Class A or Class B common stock pursuant
to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed
to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately
preceding 90 days to sell those shares in reliance upon
Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the
public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice
provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits
affiliates of our company to sell their
Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying
with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All
holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to
wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before
selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.
Stock Options and
Awards
We intend to file a registration statement on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our
Class B common stock subject to options outstanding and the
shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance
under our stock plans. We expect to file this registration
statement as soon as practicable after the completion of this
offering. However, the shares registered on
Form S-8
may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale,
notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and
will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the
lock-up and
market standoff agreements to which they are subject.
Warrants
As of March 31, 2010, we had an outstanding warrant to
purchase 283,786 shares of Class B common stock. This
warrant contains a net exercise provision. This
provision allows the holder to exercise the warrant for a lesser
number of shares of Class B common stock in lieu of paying
cash. The number of shares that would be issued in this case
would be based upon the market price of the Class B common
stock at the time of the net exercise. Because this warrant has
been held for at least one year, any shares of Class B
common stock issued upon net exercise of this warrant could be
publicly sold under Rule 144 following completion of this
offering. After the
lock-up and
market
132
standoff agreements described above expire, an unvested warrant
to purchase up to 4,283,456 shares of our Class B
common stock, which also contains a net exercise provision, will
have been outstanding for at least one year, and any shares of
Class B common stock issued upon net exercise of that
warrant could be publicly sold under Rule 144. This warrant
vests and becomes exercisable only upon achievement of certain
performance goals. See Description of Capital
Stock Warrants.
Registration
Rights
We have granted demand, piggyback and
Form S-3
registration rights to certain of our security holders to sell
our Class A common stock. For a further description of
these rights, see Description of Capital Stock
Registration Rights.
133
UNDERWRITING
The selling stockholders are offering the shares of Class A
common stock described in this prospectus through a number of
underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated are acting as joint
book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of
the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered
into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to
the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the
selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters,
and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the
public offering price less the underwriting discounts and
commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the
number of shares of our Class A common stock listed next to
its name in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Name
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
UBS Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of our
Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders if
they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also
provides that, if an underwriter defaults, the purchase
commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or
the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the Class A common stock
directly to the public at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain
dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of
$ per share. Any such dealers may
resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount
of up to $ per share from the
initial public offering price. After the initial public offering
of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be
changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside the
United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The
representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not
intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the
shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering.
The underwriters have an option to buy up
to
additional shares of our Class A common stock from the
selling stockholders to cover over-allotments, if any. The
underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus
to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are
purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will
purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in
the table above. If any additional shares of our Class A
common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the
additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares
are being offered.
The underwriting discounts and commissions are equal to the
public offering price per share of our Class A common stock
less the amount paid by the underwriters to the selling
stockholders per share of our Class A common stock. The
discounts and commissions are $
per share. The following table shows the per share and total
underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the
underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid by Selling Stockholders
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Per share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
134
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including
registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal
and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting
discounts and commissions, will be approximately
$ .
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling
group members, if any, participating in the offering. The
underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online
brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be
allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling
group members that may make Internet distributions on the same
basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce
the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option
or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to
sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or
file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities
Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or
securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for
any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly
disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge,
disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other
agreement that transfers all or a portion of the economic
consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of our
Class A common stock or any such other securities
(regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be
settled by the delivery of shares of our Class A common
stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each
case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus,
other than (A) grants, exercises and settlements of awards
under our stock plans that are described in this prospectus,
(B) the filing of a registration statement in connection
with an employee stock compensation plan and (C) the
issuance of securities in connection with certain acquisitions,
joint ventures or other strategic transactions, provided that
the aggregate number of shares issued in all such transactions
under this clause (C) may not exceed 10% of our outstanding
stock following this offering and any recipient of any such
shares agrees to be subject to the restrictions set forth in the
following paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
(1) during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to our company occurs; or
(2) prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply
until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
Holders of securities representing more than 95% of our fully
diluted shares, including all of our directors, officers and the
selling stockholders, have entered into
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters pursuant to which each of these
persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not,
without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities
Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated,
(1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell,
contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right
or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common
stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for our Class A common stock (including,
without limitation, Class A common stock or such other
securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by these
directors, executive officers, managers and members in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and
securities that may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or
warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that
transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences
of ownership of our Class A common stock or such other
securities, whether any such transaction described in
clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery
of our Class A common stock or such other securities, in
cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise
any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our
Class A common stock or any security convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last
135
17 days of the
180-day
restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to our company occurs; or
(2) prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply
until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for,
purchasing and selling shares of our Class A common stock
in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a
decline in the market price of our Class A common stock
while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing
transactions may include making short sales of our Class A
common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a
greater number of shares of our Class A common stock than
they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing
shares of our Class A common stock in the open market to
cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be
covered shorts, which are short positions in an
amount not greater than the underwriters over-allotment
option referred to above, or may be naked shorts,
which are short positions in excess of that amount. The
underwriters may close out any covered short position either by
exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or
by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this
determination, the underwriters will consider, among other
things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open
market compared to the price at which the underwriters may
purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short
position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are
concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of
our Class A common stock in the open market that could
adversely affect investors who purchase shares in this offering.
To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short
position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover
the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to
Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in
other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect
the price of our Class A common stock, including the
imposition of penalty bids. This means that, if the
representatives of the underwriters purchase our Class A
common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or
to cover short sales, the representatives can require the
underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to
repay the underwriting discount received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing
or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A
common stock, and, as a result, the price of our Class A
common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might
exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these
activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The
underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in
the
over-the-counter
market or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
Class A common stock. The initial public offering price
will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling
stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In
determining the initial public offering price, we and the
representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number
of factors including:
|
|
|
|
|
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the representatives;
|
|
|
|
our prospects and the history of and prospects for the industry
in which we compete;
|
|
|
|
an assessment of our management;
|
|
|
|
our prospects for future earnings;
|
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
this offering;
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded
common stock of generally comparable companies; and
|
|
|
|
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.
|
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an
active trading market will develop for our Class A common
stock, or that the shares of our Class A common stock will
trade in the public market at or above the initial public
offering price.
The underwriters have reserved up to 3% of the shares of
Class A common stock for sale at the initial public
offering price to persons associated with us who have expressed
an interest in purchasing Class A common stock in the
offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general
public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these
persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so
purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general
public on the same terms as the other shares.
Each person buying shares through the directed share program
will agree that, for a period of 180 days from the date of
this prospectus, he or she will not, without the prior written
consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley
& Co. Incorporated, dispose of or hedge any shares or any
securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A
common stock with respect to shares purchased in the program.
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us
or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the
securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where
action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by
this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or
indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering
material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale
of any such securities be distributed or published in any
jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in
compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that
jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus
comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any
restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of
this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to
sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered
by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or
a solicitation is unlawful.
This document is only being distributed to and is only directed
at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or
(ii) investment professionals falling within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order) or
(iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it
may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a)
to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being
referred to as relevant persons). The securities are
only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to
subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be
engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a
relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any
of its contents.
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
that has implemented the European Union Prospectus Directive
(the EU Prospectus Directive) (each, a
Relevant Member State), from and including the date
on which the EU Prospectus Directive is implemented in that
Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation
Date), an offer of securities described in this prospectus
may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State
prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the
shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that
Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another
Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in
that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU
Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and
including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of
shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
|
|
|
|
|
to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in
the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
|
|
|
|
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive) subject to
obtaining the prior consent of the book-running managers for any
such offer; or
|
|
|
|
in any other circumstances that do not require the publication
by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the
EU Prospectus Directive.
|
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
offer of securities to the public in relation to any
securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication
in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the
terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to
enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the
securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by
any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that
Relevant Member State and the expression EU Prospectus Directive
means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant
implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided
in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time
to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial
advisory, investment banking and other services to us and those
affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which
they have received and may continue to receive customary fees
and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the
underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for
their own account or the accounts of customers, and hold on
behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions
in our debt or equity securities or loans.
LEGAL
MATTERS
Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California, will
pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of our
Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Cravath,
Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York, will act as
counsel to the underwriters.
EXPERTS
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial
statements at July 31, 2008 and 2009 and December 31,
2009, for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended
July 31, 2009 and for the five months ended
December 31 2009, as set forth in their report. We have
included our consolidated financial statements in this
prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in
reliance on Ernst & Young LLPs report, given on
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN
FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to our Class A common
stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the
registration statement, does not contain all of the information
set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are
contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted
by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information
with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer
you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and
the consolidated financial statements and related notes filed as
a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in
this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any
other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or
document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that
has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a
contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all
respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration
statement
138
should be reviewed for the complete contents of these contracts
and documents. A copy of the registration statement, including
the exhibits and the consolidated financial statements and
related notes filed as a part of the registration statement, may
be inspected without charge at the SECs Public Reference
Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C.
20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration
statement may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of fees
prescribed by it. You may call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for more information on the operation of the public reference
facilities. The SEC maintains a website at
http://www.sec.gov
that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding companies that file electronically
with it.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the
information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and,
in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy
statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic
reports, proxy statements and other information will be
available for inspection and copying at the SECs public
reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to
above.
139
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Green Dot Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Green Dot Corporation (the Company) as of July 31, 2008,
July 31, 2009 and December 31, 2009, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in redeemable
convertible preferred stock and in stockholders equity
(deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended July 31, 2009 and for the five months ended
December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Green Dot Corporation at July 31,
2008, July 31, 2009 and December 31, 2009, and the
consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2009
and for the five months ended December 31, 2009 in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Los Angeles, California
April 26, 2010
F-2
Green Dot
Corporation
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
(Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Assets
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
39,285
|
|
|
$
|
26,564
|
|
|
$
|
56,303
|
|
|
$
|
97,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement assets
|
|
|
17,445
|
|
|
|
35,570
|
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
|
|
30,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
14,080
|
|
|
|
19,967
|
|
|
|
29,157
|
|
|
|
29,518
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
5,700
|
|
|
|
6,317
|
|
|
|
7,262
|
|
|
|
6,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes receivable
|
|
|
1,088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
4,446
|
|
|
|
5,681
|
|
|
|
4,634
|
|
|
|
4,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
82,044
|
|
|
|
94,099
|
|
|
|
145,377
|
|
|
|
168,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
2,328
|
|
|
|
15,367
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
|
|
5,405
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,357
|
|
|
|
1,130
|
|
|
|
1,041
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
|
1,115
|
|
|
|
1,047
|
|
|
|
1,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
7,096
|
|
|
|
8,679
|
|
|
|
11,973
|
|
|
|
13,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred expenses
|
|
|
4,949
|
|
|
|
2,652
|
|
|
|
8,200
|
|
|
|
6,136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
97,246
|
|
|
$
|
123,269
|
|
|
$
|
183,108
|
|
|
$
|
194,911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and
Stockholders Equity
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
4,464
|
|
|
$
|
8,359
|
|
|
$
|
9,777
|
|
|
$
|
13,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement obligations
|
|
|
17,445
|
|
|
|
35,570
|
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
|
|
30,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts
|
|
|
23,578
|
|
|
|
18,269
|
|
|
|
23,422
|
|
|
|
28,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
9,360
|
|
|
|
6,865
|
|
|
|
13,916
|
|
|
|
11,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
8,351
|
|
|
|
7,404
|
|
|
|
15,048
|
|
|
|
13,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
63,198
|
|
|
|
76,804
|
|
|
|
104,732
|
|
|
|
101,866
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
|
2,561
|
|
|
|
2,761
|
|
|
|
2,491
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
2,024
|
|
|
|
1,528
|
|
|
|
4,154
|
|
|
|
4,154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
65,962
|
|
|
|
81,031
|
|
|
|
111,744
|
|
|
|
108,590
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value:
2,926 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at
July 31, 2008, reported at redemption value; no shares
issued and outstanding at July 31, 2009 or
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
26,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
24,372 shares authorized, 23,837 shares issued and
outstanding as of July 31, 2008; 25,554 shares
authorized, 24,942 shares issued and outstanding as of
July 31, 2009, December 31, 2009, and March 31,
2010 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $18,345 as of
July 31, 2008 and $31,322 as of July 31, 2009,
December 31, 2009, and March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
18,345
|
|
|
|
31,322
|
|
|
|
31,322
|
|
|
|
31,322
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value, no shares authorized as
of July 31, 2008 or 2009 or December 31, 2009, 50,000
shares authorized as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited); no
shares issued or outstanding as of March 31, 2010
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common stock, $0.001 par value: 50,000 shares
authorized as of July 31, 2008 and 2009, December 31,
2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited); 11,753, 12,040, 12,860
and 12,942 shares issued and outstanding as of
July 31, 2008 and 2009, December 31, 2009, and
March 31, 2010 (unaudited), respectively
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
3,593
|
|
|
|
2,955
|
|
|
|
12,603
|
|
|
|
14,745
|
|
|
|
46,042
|
|
Related party notes receivable
|
|
|
(5,235
|
)
|
|
|
(5,814
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
(12,247
|
)
|
|
|
13,763
|
|
|
|
27,426
|
|
|
|
40,241
|
|
|
|
40,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
4,468
|
|
|
|
42,238
|
|
|
|
71,364
|
|
|
|
86,321
|
|
|
$
|
86,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
97,246
|
|
|
$
|
123,269
|
|
|
$
|
183,108
|
|
|
$
|
194,911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
Green Dot
Corporation
Consolidated
Statements of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
45,717
|
|
|
$
|
91,233
|
|
|
$
|
119,356
|
|
|
$
|
50,895
|
|
|
$
|
31,185
|
|
|
$
|
42,158
|
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
45,310
|
|
|
|
62,396
|
|
|
|
30,509
|
|
|
|
15,744
|
|
|
|
22,782
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
12,488
|
|
|
|
31,583
|
|
|
|
53,064
|
|
|
|
31,353
|
|
|
|
13,811
|
|
|
|
27,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
83,624
|
|
|
|
168,126
|
|
|
|
234,816
|
|
|
|
112,757
|
|
|
|
60,740
|
|
|
|
92,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
38,838
|
|
|
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
75,786
|
|
|
|
31,333
|
|
|
|
20,016
|
|
|
|
26,039
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
20,610
|
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
40,096
|
|
|
|
26,610
|
|
|
|
9,410
|
|
|
|
16,260
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
9,809
|
|
|
|
21,944
|
|
|
|
32,320
|
|
|
|
17,480
|
|
|
|
7,700
|
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
13,212
|
|
|
|
19,124
|
|
|
|
22,944
|
|
|
|
14,020
|
|
|
|
5,206
|
|
|
|
11,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
82,469
|
|
|
|
138,948
|
|
|
|
171,146
|
|
|
|
89,443
|
|
|
|
42,332
|
|
|
|
68,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
29,178
|
|
|
|
63,670
|
|
|
|
23,314
|
|
|
|
18,408
|
|
|
|
24,085
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(625
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
1,301
|
|
|
|
29,596
|
|
|
|
64,065
|
|
|
|
23,427
|
|
|
|
18,455
|
|
|
|
24,134
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,346
|
)
|
|
|
12,261
|
|
|
|
26,902
|
|
|
|
9,764
|
|
|
|
7,749
|
|
|
|
11,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
4,647
|
|
|
|
17,335
|
|
|
|
37,163
|
|
|
|
13,663
|
|
|
|
10,706
|
|
|
|
12,815
|
|
Dividends, accretion, and allocated earnings of preferred stock
|
|
|
(5,157
|
)
|
|
|
(13,650
|
)
|
|
|
(29,000
|
)
|
|
|
(9,170
|
)
|
|
|
(7,227
|
)
|
|
|
(8,444
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(510
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
|
$
|
3,479
|
|
|
$
|
4,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per Class B common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
Weighted-average Class B common shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
10,757
|
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
|
|
12,041
|
|
|
|
12,913
|
|
Weighted-average diluted Class B common shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
14,154
|
|
|
|
15,712
|
|
|
|
15,425
|
|
|
|
15,501
|
|
|
|
15,982
|
|
Pro forma earnings per Class B common share (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.91
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
Pro forma weighted-average Class B shares issued and
outstanding (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,978
|
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,855
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,654
|
|
|
|
40,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,924
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders Equity (Deficit)
|
|
|
|
Redeemable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Related
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Party
|
|
|
Deficit)
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at July 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,088
|
|
|
$
|
18,540
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
11,508
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
1,318
|
|
|
$
|
(4,020
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,695
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,155
|
|
Exercise of warrants and options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,361
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1,065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,066
|
|
Issuance of related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
Interest on related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
(191
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
Issuance of new shares and repurchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of existing shares, net
|
|
|
2,926
|
|
|
|
18,701
|
|
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
(195
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,675
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2,191
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,419
|
)
|
|
|
(18,808
|
)
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,635
|
)
|
|
|
(3,635
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,647
|
|
|
|
4,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at July 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,926
|
|
|
|
22,336
|
|
|
|
|
23,837
|
|
|
|
18,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,194
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
|
(4,922
|
)
|
|
|
(25,102
|
)
|
|
|
(11,130
|
)
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,559
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1,621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,623
|
|
Issuance of related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
Interest on related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
(193
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,480
|
)
|
|
|
(4,480
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,335
|
|
|
|
17,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at July 31, 2008
|
|
|
2,926
|
|
|
|
26,816
|
|
|
|
|
23,837
|
|
|
|
18,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,753
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
3,593
|
|
|
|
(5,235
|
)
|
|
|
(12,247
|
)
|
|
|
4,468
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
Issuance of related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
Interest on related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
(215
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,468
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,956
|
)
|
|
|
(1,956
|
)
|
Issuance of new shares and repurchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of existing shares, net
|
|
|
(2,926
|
)
|
|
|
(28,772
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
|
|
12,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,778
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,197
|
)
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
Exercise of call option on warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,163
|
|
|
|
37,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at July 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
31,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,040
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
2,955
|
|
|
|
(5,814
|
)
|
|
|
13,763
|
|
|
|
42,238
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,812
|
|
Interest on related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,869
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,782
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,663
|
|
|
|
13,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
31,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,860
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
12,603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,426
|
|
|
|
71,364
|
|
Exercise of options (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
Stock-based compensation (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,842
|
|
Net income (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,815
|
|
|
|
12,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2010 (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
$
|
31,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
12,942
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
14,745
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
40,241
|
|
|
$
|
86,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
Green Dot
Corporation
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
4,647
|
|
|
$
|
17,335
|
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
|
$
|
10,706
|
|
|
$
|
12,815
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,524
|
|
|
|
4,407
|
|
|
|
4,593
|
|
|
|
2,254
|
|
|
|
1,158
|
|
|
|
1,563
|
|
Provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
|
|
|
7,909
|
|
|
|
16,135
|
|
|
|
22,548
|
|
|
|
11,218
|
|
|
|
5,135
|
|
|
|
9,091
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
2,468
|
|
|
|
6,782
|
|
|
|
556
|
|
|
|
1,842
|
|
Provision (benefit) for uncollectible trade receivables
|
|
|
(133
|
)
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Impairment of capitalized software
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
405
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(2,635
|
)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
(1,731
|
)
|
|
|
3,530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(524
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,866
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement assets
|
|
|
(2,544
|
)
|
|
|
(2,033
|
)
|
|
|
(18,125
|
)
|
|
|
(6,999
|
)
|
|
|
(1,672
|
)
|
|
|
11,777
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(11,001
|
)
|
|
|
(24,717
|
)
|
|
|
(29,853
|
)
|
|
|
(20,241
|
)
|
|
|
(4,220
|
)
|
|
|
(9,371
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(551
|
)
|
|
|
(2,263
|
)
|
|
|
(903
|
)
|
|
|
(919
|
)
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
|
|
1,062
|
|
Deferred expenses
|
|
|
(862
|
)
|
|
|
(2,750
|
)
|
|
|
2,297
|
|
|
|
(5,548
|
)
|
|
|
2,265
|
|
|
|
2,064
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
2,607
|
|
|
|
4,665
|
|
|
|
3,170
|
|
|
|
8,135
|
|
|
|
1,519
|
|
|
|
1,126
|
|
Settlement obligations
|
|
|
3,983
|
|
|
|
4,529
|
|
|
|
18,125
|
|
|
|
6,999
|
|
|
|
1,672
|
|
|
|
(11,777
|
)
|
Amounts due to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts
|
|
|
3,888
|
|
|
|
10,785
|
|
|
|
(5,309
|
)
|
|
|
5,153
|
|
|
|
2,400
|
|
|
|
4,895
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
|
4,394
|
|
|
|
(978
|
)
|
|
|
7,603
|
|
|
|
(2,112
|
)
|
|
|
(1,755
|
)
|
Income taxes payable (receivable)
|
|
|
(4,527
|
)
|
|
|
3,713
|
|
|
|
1,366
|
|
|
|
(3,780
|
)
|
|
|
(1,491
|
)
|
|
|
10,108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
2,461
|
|
|
|
35,006
|
|
|
|
35,297
|
|
|
|
26,121
|
|
|
|
17,102
|
|
|
|
33,461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
(260
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(13,039
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
9,976
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(4,298
|
)
|
|
|
(5,120
|
)
|
|
|
(6,361
|
)
|
|
|
(5,049
|
)
|
|
|
(1,731
|
)
|
|
|
(2,907
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(4,558
|
)
|
|
|
(5,163
|
)
|
|
|
(19,400
|
)
|
|
|
(5,063
|
)
|
|
|
(1,736
|
)
|
|
|
7,069
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments on short-term debt
|
|
|
(2,584
|
)
|
|
|
(2,446
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments on line of credit
|
|
|
(148,560
|
)
|
|
|
(76,961
|
)
|
|
|
(12,404
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings from line of credit
|
|
|
151,056
|
|
|
|
74,465
|
|
|
|
12,404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of warrants and options
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
1,154
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of call option on warrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of preferred shares and freestanding warrant
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption of preferred and common shares
|
|
|
(20,109
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39,770
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from the repayment of related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
(3,264
|
)
|
|
|
(28,618
|
)
|
|
|
8,681
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(1,939
|
)
|
|
|
26,579
|
|
|
|
(12,721
|
)
|
|
|
29,739
|
|
|
|
15,382
|
|
|
|
40,830
|
|
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
14,645
|
|
|
|
12,706
|
|
|
|
39,285
|
|
|
|
26,564
|
|
|
|
16,692
|
|
|
|
56,303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
12,706
|
|
|
$
|
39,285
|
|
|
$
|
26,564
|
|
|
$
|
56,303
|
|
|
$
|
32,074
|
|
|
$
|
97,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
427
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
3,805
|
|
|
$
|
8,104
|
|
|
$
|
27,403
|
|
|
$
|
10,032
|
|
|
$
|
9,241
|
|
|
$
|
1,210
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
Green Dot
Corporation
Green Dot Corporation (we, us and
our refer to Green Dot Corporation and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, Next Estate Communications, Inc. and
Green Dot Acquisition Corp.) is one of the leading providers of
general purpose reloadable prepaid debit cards and cash loading
and transfer services in the United States. Our products include
Green Dot
MasterCard®
and
Visa®-branded
prepaid debit cards and several co-branded reloadable prepaid
card programs, collectively referred to as our GPR cards;
Visa-branded gift cards; and our
MoneyPak®
and swipe reload proprietary products, collectively referred to
as our cash transfer products, which enable cash loading and
transfer services through our Green Dot Network. The Green Dot
Network enables consumers to use cash to reload our prepaid
debit cards or to transfer cash to any of our Green Dot Network
acceptance members, including competing prepaid card programs
and other online accounts.
We market our cards and financial services to banked,
underbanked, and unbanked consumers in the United States using
distribution channels other than traditional bank branches, such
as retailer locations nationwide and the Internet. Our prepaid
debit cards are issued by third-party issuing banks, and we have
relationships with several large card issuers including GE Money
Bank, Columbus Bank and Trust Company, and National Bank of
South Carolina. We also have distribution arrangements with many
large and medium-sized retailers, such as Walmart, Walgreens,
CVS, Rite Aid, 7-Eleven, Kroger, Kmart, Meijer and Radio Shack,
and with various industry resellers, such as Incomm, PaySpot,
and Coinstar. We refer to participating retailers collectively
as our retail distributors.
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis of
Presentation
We have prepared the accompanying consolidated financial
statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States, or GAAP. We have eliminated all
significant intercompany balances and transactions in
consolidation.
We consider an operating segment to be any component of our
business whose operating results are regularly reviewed by our
chief operating decision-maker to make decisions about resources
to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance based
on discrete financial information. Our Chief Executive Officer,
our chief operating decision-maker, reviews our operating
results on an aggregate basis and manages our operations and the
allocation of resources as a single operating
segment prepaid cards and related services.
Change in Fiscal
Year
On September 29, 2009, our board of directors approved a
change to our fiscal year-end from July 31 to December 31.
Included in this report is the transition period for the five
months ended December 31, 2009. Accordingly, these
financial statements present our financial position as of
July 31, 2008 and 2009, December 31, 2009 and
March 31, 2010 (unaudited), and the results of our
operations, cash flows and changes in redeemable convertible
preferred stock and in stockholders equity (deficit) for
the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the five
months ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended
March 31, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited).
Unaudited Pro
Forma Information
In February 2010, our board of directors authorized us to file a
Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or the SEC, to permit us to proceed with an initial
public offering of our Class A common stock. Upon the
consummation of the initial public offering contemplated, all of
the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will
automatically convert
F-7
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
into shares of our Class B common stock. We prepared
unaudited pro forma stockholders equity as of
March 31, 2010 assuming the conversion of the convertible
preferred stock outstanding as of that date into
24,941,521 shares of Class B common stock. The pro forma
stockholders equity as of March 31, 2010 reflects the
impact of the conversion as if the offering was consummated on
March 31, 2010. We computed unaudited pro forma earnings
per Class B common share for the year ended July 31,
2009, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the three
months ended March 31, 2010 using the weighted average
number of Class B common shares outstanding, including the
pro forma effect of the conversion of all currently outstanding
convertible preferred stock into shares of our Class B common
stock, as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of
the respective periods. Our pro forma earnings per common share
calculation for the year ended July 31, 2009 also included
the effect of the redemption of our Series D redeemable
convertible preferred stock as if that redemption had occurred
at the beginning of the year ended July 31, 2009.
Unaudited
Comparative Financial Information
As a result of our change in fiscal year-end, we have presented
below, for comparative purposes, our unaudited consolidated
statement of operations and condensed consolidated statement of
cash flows for the five months ended December 31, 2008. In
our opinion, the unaudited consolidated financial information
reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring
adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results
of our operations and our cash flows for the five months ended
December 31, 2008 (in thousands, except per share data).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
46,460
|
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
24,391
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
18,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
89,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
35,001
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
15,409
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
11,765
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
9,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
71,638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
17,425
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
255
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
17,679
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
7,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
10,255
|
|
Dividends, accretion, and allocated earnings of preferred stock
|
|
|
(11,153
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(898
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
Loss per Class B common share
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
Weighted-average Class B common shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
12,028
|
|
Weighted-average diluted Class B common shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
12,028
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
5,999
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(2,452
|
)
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(26,140
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
(22,593
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited Interim
Financial Statements
The accompanying unaudited March 31, 2010 consolidated
balance sheet, the consolidated statement of changes in
redeemable convertible preferred stock and in stockholders
equity (deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2010
and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for
the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 and the
related interim information contained within the notes to the
consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim
financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of
the information and the notes required by GAAP for complete
financial statements. In our opinion, the unaudited interim
consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments,
consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for
the fair presentation of our financial position at
March 31, 2010 and results of our operations and our cash
flows for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010.
The results for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and
2010 are not necessarily indicative of future results.
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB,
approved the Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, as the
single source of authoritative accounting and reporting
standards for all nongovernmental entities, with the exception
of guidance issued by the SEC and its staff. The FASB ASC is
effective for interim or annual periods ending after
September 15, 2009. All existing accounting standards have
been superseded, and all accounting literature not included in
the FASB ASC is considered nonauthoritative. Our adoption of
FASB ASC did not have an impact on our consolidated financial
statements because it only amends the referencing to existing
accounting standards.
In May 2009, the FASB issued a new standard for disclosing
events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the
financial statements are issued or are available to be issued.
Additionally, the standard requires companies to disclose
subsequent events as defined in the standard and to disclose the
date through which we have evaluated subsequent events. The
standard is effective for interim and annual periods ending
after June 15, 2009. Our adoption of the standard did not
have a
F-9
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
material impact on our consolidated financial statements. See
Note 17 Subsequent Events for additional
details.
In April 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
requires us to include fair value disclosures of financial
instruments for each interim and annual period for which
financial statements are prepared. Our adoption of the standard
did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements. See Note 8 Fair Values of
Financial Instruments for additional details.
In June 2008, the FASB issued a new accounting standard on
determining whether instruments granted in share-based payment
transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and
therefore need to be included in the earnings allocation in
calculating earnings per share under the two-class method.
Unvested share-based payment awards that have non-forfeitable
rights to dividend or dividend equivalents are treated as a
separate class of securities in calculating earnings per share.
The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008; earlier application was not permitted.
Our adoption of the standard did not have a material effect on
our results of operations or earnings per share.
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that modifies the
accounting for business combinations and requires, with limited
exceptions, the acquirer in a business combination to recognize
100% of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any
noncontrolling interest in the acquired company at fair value on
the date of acquisition. In addition, the guidance requires that
the acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs be
charged to expense as incurred, and requires that certain
contingent assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as
contingent consideration, be recognized at fair value. This
guidance also modifies the accounting for certain acquired
income tax assets and liabilities. Further, the guidance
requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a
business combination that arise from contingencies be recognized
at fair value on the acquisition date if fair value can be
determined during the measurement period. If fair value cannot
be determined, companies should typically account for the
acquired contingencies under existing accounting guidance. This
new guidance is effective for acquisitions consummated on or
after January 1, 2009. This guidance will be applicable to
our pending acquisition of a bank holding company and its
subsidiary commercial bank. See Note 16
Business Combination for additional details.
Use of Estimates
and Assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements,
including the accompanying notes. We base our estimates and
assumptions on historical factors, current circumstances, and
the experience and judgment of management. We evaluate our
estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.
Unrestricted Cash
and Cash Equivalents
We consider all unrestricted highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of three months or less to be unrestricted
cash and cash equivalents.
Restricted
Cash
We maintain restricted deposits in bank accounts to
collateralize our line of credit.
F-10
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
Settlement Assets
and Obligations
Our retail distributors collect customer funds for purchases of
new cards and cash transfer products and then remit these funds
directly to bank accounts established on behalf of those
customers by the third-party card issuing banks. The remittance
of these funds by our retail distributors takes an average of
three business days.
Settlement assets represent the amounts due from our retail
distributors for customer funds collected at the point of sale
that have not yet been remitted to the card issuing banks.
Settlement obligations represent the amounts due from us to the
card issuing banks for funds collected but not yet remitted by
our retail distributors and not funded by our line of credit.
We have no control over or access to customer funds remitted by
our retail distributors to the bank accounts. Customer funds
therefore are not our assets, and we do not recognize them in
our consolidated financial statements. As of July 31, 2008
and 2009, December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010
(unaudited), total funds held in the bank accounts on behalf of
our customers totaled $86.7 million, $127.5 million,
$194.1 million and $193.1 million, respectively, of
which $7.6 million, $13.0 million, $19.8 million
and $12.7 million, respectively, related to funds for
prepaid debit cards and cash transfer products that had not yet
been activated by the customers.
Accounts
Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable is comprised principally of receivables due
from card issuing banks, over-drawn account balances due from
cardholders, trade accounts receivable, and other receivables.
We record accounts receivable net of reserves for estimated
uncollectible accounts.
Overdrawn Account Balances Due from Cardholders and Reserve
for Uncollectible Overdrawn Accounts
Cardholder account overdrafts may arise from maintenance fee
assessments on our GPR cards or from purchase transactions that
we honor on GPR or gift cards, in each case in excess of the
funds in a cardholders account. We are exposed to losses
from unrecovered cardholder account overdrafts. We establish a
reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts. We classify
overdrawn accounts into age groups based on the number of days
that have elapsed since an account has had activity, such as a
purchase, ATM transaction or maintenance fee assessment. We
calculate a reserve factor for each age group based on the
average recovery rate for the most recent six months. These
factors are applied to these age groups to estimate our overall
reserve. When more than 90 days have passed without
activity in an account, we consider recovery to be remote and
write off the full amount of the overdrawn account balance. We
include our provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
related to maintenance fees as an offset to card revenues in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We include
our provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts related to
purchase transactions in other general and administrative
expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of
operations.
Property and
Equipment
We carry our property and equipment at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. We generally compute depreciation
on property and equipment using the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the assets, except for
internal-use software in development, which is not depreciated.
We generally compute amortization on tenant improvements using
the straight-line
F-11
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
method over the shorter of the related lease term or estimated
useful lives of the improvements. We expense expenditures for
maintenance and repairs as incurred.
The estimated useful lives of the respective classes of assets
are as follows:
|
|
|
Computer equipment, furniture and office equipment
|
|
3 4 years
|
Computer software purchased
|
|
3 years
|
Capitalized internal-use software
|
|
2 years
|
Tenant improvements
|
|
Shorter of the useful life or the lease term
|
We capitalize certain internal and external costs incurred to
develop internal-use software during the application development
stage. We also capitalize the cost of specified upgrades and
enhancements to internal-use software that result in additional
functionality. Once a development project is substantially
complete and the software is ready for its intended use, we
begin depreciating these costs on a straight-line basis over the
internal-use softwares estimated useful life.
Impairment of
Long-Lived
Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an
asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of expected
undiscounted future cash flows from an asset is less than the
carrying amount of the asset, we recognize an impairment loss.
We measure the loss as the amount by which the carrying amount
exceeds its fair value calculated using the present value of
estimated net future cash flows. Included in other general and
administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of
operations for the year ended July 31, 2009, the five
months ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended
March 31, 2010 (unaudited) were $405,000, $77,000 and
$13,000, respectively, of recognized impairment losses on
internal-use software. We identified no indicators of impairment
during the years ended July 31, 2007 and 2008 or the three
months ended March 31, 2009 (unaudited).
Amounts Due to
Card Issuing Banks for Overdrawn Accounts
Our card issuing banks fund overdrawn cardholder account
balances on our behalf. Amounts funded are due from us to the
card issuing banks based on terms specified in the agreements
with the card issuing banks. Generally, we expect to settle
these obligations within 12 months.
Amounts Due Under
Line of Credit
After a consumer purchases a new card or cash transfer product
at a retail location, we make the funds immediately available
once the consumer goes online or calls a toll-free number to
activate the new card or add funds from a cash transfer product.
Since our retail distributors do not remit funds to our card
issuing banks, on average, for three business days, we maintain
a line of credit with certain card issuing banks that is
available to fund any cash requirements related to the timing
difference between funds remitted by our retail distributors to
the card issuing banks and funds utilized by consumers. We repay
any draws on this line of credit when our retail distributors
remit the funds to the card issuing banks bank accounts.
F-12
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
Revenue
Recognition
Our operating revenues consist of card revenues, cash transfer
revenues, and interchange revenues. We recognize revenue when
the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, the product is sold or the service is
performed, and collectibility of the resulting receivable is
reasonably assured.
Card revenues consist of new card fees, monthly maintenance
fees, ATM fees, and other revenues. We charge new card fees when
a consumer purchases a new card in a retail store. We defer and
recognize new card fee revenues on a straight-line basis over
our average card lifetime, which is currently nine months for
our GPR cards and six months for our gift cards. We determine
the average card lifetime based on our recent historical data
for comparable products. We measure card lifetime for our GPR
cards as the period of time, inclusive of reload activity,
between sale (or activation) of the card and the date of the
last positive balance. We measure the card lifetime for our gift
cards as the redemption period during which cardholders perform
the substantial majority of their transactions. We report the
unearned portion of new card fees as a component of deferred
revenue in our consolidated balance sheets. We charge
maintenance fees on a monthly basis pursuant to the terms and
conditions in the applicable cardholder agreements. We recognize
monthly maintenance fees ratably over the month for which they
are assessed. We charge ATM fees to cardholders when they
withdraw money or conduct other transactions at certain ATMs in
accordance with the terms and conditions in the applicable
cardholder agreements. We recognize ATM fees when the withdrawal
is made by the cardholder, which is the same time our service is
completed and the fees are assessed. Other revenues consist of
customer service fees, and fees associated with optional
products or services, which we generally offer to consumers
during the card activation process. We charge customer service
fees pursuant to the terms and conditions in the applicable
cardholder agreements and recognize them when the underlying
services are completed. Optional products and services that
generate other revenues include providing a second card for an
account, expediting delivery of the personalized debit card that
replaces the temporary card obtained at the retail store, and
upgrading a cardholder account to one of our upgrade programs.
We generally recognize revenue related to optional products and
services when the underlying services are completed, but we
treat revenues related to our upgrade programs in a manner
similar to new card fees and monthly maintenance fees.
We generate cash transfer revenues when consumers purchase our
cash transfer products (reload services) in a retail store. We
recognize these revenues when the cash transfer transactions are
completed, generally within three business days from the time of
sale of these products.
We earn interchange revenues from fees remitted by the
merchants bank, which are based on rates established by
Visa and MasterCard, when cardholders make purchase transactions
using our cards. We recognize interchange revenues as these
transactions occur.
We report our different types of revenues on a gross or net
basis based on our assessment of whether we act as a principal
or an agent in the transaction. To the extent we act as a
principal in the transaction, we report revenues on a gross
basis. In concluding whether or not we act as a principal or an
agent, we evaluate whether we have the substantial risks and
rewards under the terms of the revenue-generating arrangements,
whether we are the party responsible for fulfillment of the
services purchased by the cardholders, and other factors. For
all of our significant revenue-generating arrangements,
including GPR and gift cards, we record revenues on a gross
basis.
Generally, customers have limited rights to a refund of a new
card fee or a cash transfer fee. We have elected to recognize
revenues prior to the expiration of the refund period, but
reduce revenues by the amount of expected refunds, which we
estimate based on actual historical refunds.
F-13
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
On occasion, we enter into incentive agreements with our retail
distributors designed to increase product acceptance and sales
volume. We capitalize incentive payments that we make in
instances where we receive a preferred product placement for a
negotiated period of time. We amortize capitalized amounts as a
reduction of revenues over that period.
Sales and
Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of sales
commissions, advertising and marketing expenses, and the costs
of manufacturing and distributing card packages, placards, and
promotional materials to our retail distributors locations
and personalized GPR cards to consumers who have activated their
cards.
We pay our retail distributors and brokers commissions based on
sales of our prepaid debit cards and cash transfer products in
their stores. We defer and expense commissions related to new
cards sales ratably over the average card lifetime, which is
currently nine months for our GPR cards and six months for our
gift cards. We expense commissions related to cash transfer
products when the cash transfer transactions are completed.
Sales commissions were $26.2 million, $40.7 million,
and $50.8 million for the years ended July 31, 2007,
2008, and 2009, respectively, $19.0 million for the five
months ended December 31, 2009 and $14.4 million and
$15.2 million for the three months ended March 31,
2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited), respectively.
We expense costs for the production of advertising as incurred.
The cost of media advertising is expensed when the advertising
first takes place. Advertising and marketing expenses were
$7.2 million, $13.6 million, and $7.0 million for
the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively, $1.5 million for the five months ended
December 31, 2009 and $0.6 million and
$3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009
(unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited), respectively.
We record the costs associated with card packages and placards
as prepaid expenses, and we record the costs associated with
personalized GPR cards as deferred expenses. We recognize the
prepaid cost of card packages and placards over the related
sales period, and we amortize the deferred cost of personalized
GPR cards, when activated, over the average card lifetime,
currently nine months. Our manufacturing and distributing costs
were $5.5 million, $15.3 million, and
$18.0 million for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008,
and 2009, respectively, $10.8 million for the five months
ended December 31, 2009 and $5.0 million and
$6.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009
(unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited), respectively. Included in our
manufacturing and distributing costs were shipping and handling
costs of $0.5 million, $1.3 million, and
$2.3 million for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008,
and 2009, respectively, $1.2 million for the five months
ended December 31, 2009 and $0.5 million and
$0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009
(unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited), respectively. Also included in
our manufacturing and distributing costs was a liability that we
incurred for use tax to various states related to purchases of
materials since no sales tax is charged to customers when new
cards or cash transfer transactions are purchased.
Stock-Based
Compensation
Effective August 1, 2006, we adopted a new accounting
standard related to stock-based compensation. We adopted the new
standard using the prospective transition method, which required
compensation expense to be recognized on a prospective basis,
and therefore prior period financial statements do not include
the impact of our adoption of this standard. Compensation
expense recognized relates to stock options granted, modified,
repurchased, or cancelled on or after August 1, 2006. We
record compensation expense using the fair value method of
accounting. For stock options, we base compensation expense on
option fair values estimated at the grant date using the Black-
F-14
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
Scholes option-pricing model. For stock awards, we base
compensation expense on the estimated fair value of our common
stock at the grant date. We recognize compensation expense for
awards with only service conditions that have graded vesting
schedules on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of
the award. Vesting is based upon continued service to our
company.
We continued to account for stock options granted to employees
prior to August 1, 2006, using the intrinsic value method.
Under the intrinsic value method, compensation associated with
stock awards to employees was determined as the difference, if
any, between the fair value of the underlying common stock on
the grant date, and the price an employee must pay to exercise
the award. For additional information, refer to
Note 11 Stock-Based Compensation.
We also measure the fair value of equity instruments issued to
non-employees using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and
recognize related expense in the same periods that the goods or
services are received. For additional information, refer to
Note 10 Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock and Stockholders Equity (Deficit).
Income
Taxes
Our income tax expense is comprised of current and deferred
income tax expense. Current income tax expense approximates
taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred
income tax expense results from the changes in deferred tax
assets and liabilities during the periods. These gross deferred
tax assets and liabilities represent decreases or increases in
taxes expected to be paid in the future because of future
reversals of temporary differences between the bases of assets
and liabilities as measured by tax laws and their bases as
reported in our consolidated financial statements. We also
recognize deferred tax assets for tax attributes such as net
operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. We
record valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the
amounts we conclude are more
likely-than-not
to be realized in the foreseeable future.
We recognize and measure income tax benefits based upon a
two-step model: 1) a tax position must be more
likely-than-not
to be sustained based solely on its technical merits in order to
be recognized, and 2) the benefit is measured as the
largest dollar amount of that position that is more
likely-than-not
to be sustained upon settlement. The difference between the
benefit recognized for a position and the tax benefit claimed on
a tax return is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit. We
accrue income tax related interest and penalties, if applicable,
within income tax expense.
For additional information, refer to Note 6
Income Taxes.
Earnings (Loss)
Per Common Share
The holders of our preferred stock are entitled to participate
in dividends and earnings of our company. Therefore, we apply
the two-class method in calculating earnings per common share.
The two-class method requires net income, after deduction of any
preferred stock dividends, deemed dividends on preferred stock
redemptions, and accretions in the carrying value on preferred
stock, to be allocated between the common and preferred
stockholders based on their respective rights to receive
dividends, whether or not declared. Basic earnings (loss) per
common share is then calculated by dividing net income (loss)
allocated to common stockholders, after the reduction for
earnings allocated to preferred stock, by the weighted-average
common shares issued and outstanding.
In addition, for diluted earnings per common share, the
conversion of convertible preferred stock can affect net income
(loss) allocated to common stockholders. Where the effect of
this conversion is dilutive, we adjust net income (loss)
allocated to common stockholders by the associated preferred
dividends. We divide adjusted net income by the weighted-average
number of common shares issued
F-15
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
and outstanding for each period plus amounts representing the
dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and outstanding
warrants, and the dilution resulting from the conversion of
convertible preferred stock, if applicable. We exclude the
effects of convertible preferred stock and outstanding warrants
and stock options from the computation of diluted earnings
(loss) per common share in periods in which the effect would be
antidilutive. We calculate dilutive potential common shares
using the treasury stock method, if-converted method and the
two-class method, as applicable.
As there were no shares of Class A common stock outstanding
as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited), we attributed net income
allocated to common stockholders solely to Class B common
stock under the two-class method. For additional information,
refer to Note 12 Earnings Per Common
Share.
Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Overdrawn account balances due from cardholders
|
|
$
|
9,231
|
|
|
$
|
10,165
|
|
|
$
|
12,072
|
|
|
$
|
15,898
|
|
Reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
|
|
|
(5,277
|
)
|
|
|
(6,448
|
)
|
|
|
(7,460
|
)
|
|
|
(9,731
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net overdrawn account balances due from cardholders
|
|
|
3,954
|
|
|
|
3,717
|
|
|
|
4,612
|
|
|
|
6,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
|
1,143
|
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
|
986
|
|
Reserve for uncollectible trade receivables
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
(114
|
)
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net trade receivables
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
1,029
|
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables due from card issuing banks
|
|
|
8,989
|
|
|
|
14,870
|
|
|
|
22,123
|
|
|
|
22,922
|
|
Payroll taxes due from related parties (Note 5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,417
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
|
1,708
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
14,080
|
|
|
$
|
21,324
|
|
|
$
|
30,287
|
|
|
$
|
30,559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables due from card issuing banks primarily represent
revenue-related funds collected by the card issuing banks from
our retail distributors, merchant banks and cardholders that
have yet to be remitted to us. These receivables are generally
collected within a short period of time based on the remittance
terms in our agreements with the card issuing banks.
F-16
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
3.
|
Accounts
Receivable (Continued)
|
Activity in the reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
2,104
|
|
|
$
|
2,718
|
|
|
$
|
5,277
|
|
|
$
|
6,448
|
|
|
$
|
7,460
|
|
Provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees
|
|
|
6,519
|
|
|
|
13,652
|
|
|
|
20,187
|
|
|
|
10,255
|
|
|
|
8,556
|
|
Purchase transactions
|
|
|
1,390
|
|
|
|
2,483
|
|
|
|
2,361
|
|
|
|
963
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
Charge-offs
|
|
|
(7,295
|
)
|
|
|
(13,576
|
)
|
|
|
(21,377
|
)
|
|
|
(10,206
|
)
|
|
|
(6,820
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of year
|
|
$
|
2,718
|
|
|
$
|
5,277
|
|
|
$
|
6,448
|
|
|
$
|
7,460
|
|
|
$
|
9,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
Property and
Equipment
|
Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Computer equipment, furniture, and office equipment
|
|
$
|
6,296
|
|
|
$
|
7,812
|
|
|
$
|
10,180
|
|
|
$
|
11,032
|
|
Computer software purchased
|
|
|
2,062
|
|
|
|
2,879
|
|
|
|
3,802
|
|
|
|
4,179
|
|
Capitalized internal-use software
|
|
|
9,470
|
|
|
|
13,078
|
|
|
|
15,114
|
|
|
|
16,472
|
|
Tenant improvements
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
|
1,097
|
|
|
|
1,277
|
|
|
|
1,283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,710
|
|
|
|
24,866
|
|
|
|
30,373
|
|
|
|
32,966
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(11,614
|
)
|
|
|
(16,187
|
)
|
|
|
(18,400
|
)
|
|
|
(19,938
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
7,096
|
|
|
$
|
8,679
|
|
|
$
|
11,973
|
|
|
$
|
13,028
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense was $3.5 million,
$4.4 million, and $4.6 million for the years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively,
$2.3 million for the five months ended December 31,
2009, and $1.2 million and $1.6 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010
(unaudited), respectively. Included in those amounts are
depreciation expense related to internal-use software of
$1.7 million, $2.4 million, and $2.5 million for
the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively, $1.3 million for the five months ended
December 31, 2009, and $0.6 million and $0.8 million for
the three months ended March 31, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010
(unaudited), respectively. The net carrying value of capitalized
internal-use software was $3.0 million, $3.6 million,
$4.7 million, $5.5 million and $6.1 million at
July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, December 31, 2009, and
March 31, 2010 (unaudited), respectively.
|
|
5.
|
Related Party
Transactions
|
We loaned $3.0 million in March 2004 and $0.8 million
in February 2006 to our current Chief Executive Officer. These
loans bore interest at rates of 3.5% and 4.5%, respectively,
compounded semiannually. All principal and unpaid interest
outstanding under the loans was due in March 2011.
F-17
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
5.
|
Related Party
Transactions (Continued)
|
The loans were collateralized by 2,500,000 shares of our
common stock owned by the officer and pledged under a stock
pledge agreement. We classified the outstanding balance of these
loans, including capitalized interest of $575,000 and $735,000
at July 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, as a reduction in
stockholders equity. We recorded interest on these loans
of $150,000, $155,000, and $160,000 for the years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, and $41,000
for the five months ended December 31, 2009 as additional
paid-in-capital.
During the three-year period ended July 31, 2009, we loaned
an aggregate amount of $1.1 million to an executive to
purchase common stock. The $1.1 million was loaned in seven
installments, each installment ranging from $18,000 to $622,000.
The interest rate on the loan was specified for each installment
and ranged from 2.72% to 5.14%, compounded semiannually. All
principal and unpaid interest outstanding under the loan was due
in May 2013. The loan was collateralized by 898,000 shares
of our common stock owned by the officer and a full recourse
promissory note. We classified the outstanding balance of the
loan, including capitalized interest of $77,000 and $127,000 at
July 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, as a reduction in
stockholders equity. We recorded interest on these loans
of $41,000, $36,000, and $50,000 for the years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, and $13,000
for the five months ended December 31, 2009 as additional
paid-in-capital.
We loaned $120,000 in February 2008 to our current Chief
Financial Officer to purchase common stock. The loan bore an
interest rate of 3.48%, compounded semiannually. All principal
and unpaid interest outstanding under the loan was due in
February 2015. The loan was collateralized by 85,000 shares
of our common stock owned by the officer and a full recourse
promissory note. We classified the outstanding balance of the
loan, including capitalized interest of $2,000 and $7,000 at
July 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, as a reduction in
stockholders equity. We recorded interest on the loan of
$2,000 and $5,000 for the years ended July 31, 2008 and
2009, respectively, and $1,000 for the five months ended
December 31, 2009 as additional
paid-in-capital.
All of these related party notes receivable were repaid in full,
including accrued interest of $936,000, in November 2009.
At December 31, 2009, we had receivables of
$2.3 million due from our Chief Executive Officer and
$0.1 million due from our Chief Financial Officer. These
receivables were related to federal and state payroll taxes
arising from stock awards granted and stock options exercised
that we are required to remit to the various taxing authorities.
We recorded these receivables as a component of accounts
receivable, net, on our consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2009. We collected these receivables in cash
in January 2010.
F-18
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years
ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009 and the five months
ended December 31, 2009 were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
(629
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,611
|
|
|
$
|
22,645
|
|
|
$
|
4,389
|
|
State
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
2,610
|
|
|
|
5,988
|
|
|
|
1,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
|
|
12,221
|
|
|
|
28,633
|
|
|
|
6,234
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(2,121
|
)
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
(1,662
|
)
|
|
|
3,114
|
|
State
|
|
|
(514
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(2,635
|
)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
(1,731
|
)
|
|
|
3,530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
$
|
(3,346
|
)
|
|
$
|
12,261
|
|
|
$
|
26,902
|
|
|
$
|
9,764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended July 31,
2007, 2008 and 2009 and the five months ended December 31,
2009 varied from the amount computed by applying the federal
statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes. A
reconciliation between the expected federal income tax expense
using the federal statutory tax rate of 35% and our actual
income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended July 31,
2007, 2008 and 2009 and the five months ended December 31,
2009 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
U.S. federal income tax
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(288.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(257.2
|
)%
|
|
|
41.4
|
%
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
|
|
41.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense was $7.7 million and $11.3 million
for the three months ended March 31, 2009 (unaudited) and
2010 (unaudited), respectively, with an effective tax rate of
42.0% and 46.9%, respectively. The effective tax rates for the
three months ended March 31, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010
(unaudited) differ from the expected federal statutory tax rate
of 35.0% primarily due to state income taxes, net of the federal
benefit. For the three months ended March 31, 2010
(unaudited), our effective tax rate also included a discrete
item related to the non-deductibility of $2.7 million of our
offering costs recognized in this period. Excluding the impact
of this discrete item, our effective tax rate would have been
42.3%.
F-19
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
6.
|
Income Taxes
(Continued)
|
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to
significant portions of our deferred tax assets and liabilities
were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserve for overdrawn accounts
|
|
$
|
3,102
|
|
|
$
|
2,827
|
|
|
$
|
3,280
|
|
State income taxes
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
|
1,898
|
|
|
|
479
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
1,454
|
|
Other
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
5,046
|
|
|
|
6,683
|
|
|
|
6,087
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internal-use software costs
|
|
|
(975
|
)
|
|
|
(2,019
|
)
|
|
|
(2,423
|
)
|
Deferred expenses
|
|
|
(1,572
|
)
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
|
|
(2,697
|
)
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
|
(487
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(2,624
|
)
|
|
|
(2,530
|
)
|
|
|
(5,607
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
2,422
|
|
|
$
|
4,153
|
|
|
$
|
480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in
our consolidated balance sheets as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
4,446
|
|
|
$
|
5,681
|
|
|
$
|
4,634
|
|
Noncurrent net deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(2,024
|
)
|
|
|
(1,528
|
)
|
|
|
(4,154
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
2,422
|
|
|
$
|
4,153
|
|
|
$
|
480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In assessing whether a valuation allowance is needed for our
deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more
likely-than-not
that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is
dependent upon our generation of sufficient taxable income of
the appropriate character during the periods in which those
temporary differences become deductible. We consider the
scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected
future taxable income in making this assessment. Based upon the
level of our historical taxable income and projections of our
future taxable income over the periods in which the temporary
differences resulting in the deferred tax assets are deductible,
we believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the
benefits of our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we recorded no
valuation allowance as of July 31, 2008 and 2009 and
December 31, 2009.
During the year ended July 31, 2008, we utilized
approximately $2.8 million of federal and approximately
$2.7 million of state net operating loss carryforwards. As
of July 31, 2009 and December 31, 2009, we had no
unutilized net operating loss carryforwards.
In accounting for income taxes, we followed the guidance related
to uncertainty in income taxes. The guidance prescribes a
comprehensive framework for the financial statement recognition,
measurement, presentation, and disclosure of uncertain income
tax positions that we have taken or anticipate taking in a tax
return, and includes guidance on de-recognition, classification,
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, and
transition rules. We have concluded that we have no
F-20
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
6.
|
Income Taxes
(Continued)
|
significant unrecognized tax benefits. We are subject to
examination by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and various
state tax authorities. Our consolidated federal income tax
returns for the years ended July 31, 2005 and 2008 have
been examined by the IRS, and there have been no material
changes in our tax liabilities for those years. We generally
remain subject to examination of our federal income tax returns
for the year ended July 31, 2006 and later years. We
generally remain subject to examination of our various state
income tax returns for a period of four to five years from the
respective dates the returns were filed.
In March 2009, we increased the balance available on our
line of credit from $12.0 million to $15 million. In
March 2010, we renewed our line of credit, reducing the
balance available from $15.0 million to $10.0 million.
This line of credit matures on March 24, 2011, and bears
interest at LIBOR (as published in The Wall Street
Journal) plus 3.50%. We also reduced our cash collateral
requirements from $15.0 million to $5.0 million. We
present our cash collateral requirements on our consolidated
balance sheets as restricted cash. There were no outstanding
borrowings on this line of credit at July 31, 2008 or 2009,
December 31, 2009 or March 31, 2010 (unaudited).
|
|
8.
|
Fair Values of
Financial Instruments
|
Our financial instruments, including unrestricted cash and cash
equivalents, restricted cash, settlement assets and obligations,
accounts receivable, certain other assets, accounts payable, and
other accrued liabilities, are short-term, and, accordingly, we
believe their carrying amounts approximate their respective fair
values.
|
|
9.
|
Concentrations of
Credit Risk
|
Financial instruments that subject us to concentration of credit
risk consist primarily of unrestricted cash and cash
equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and
settlement assets. We deposit our unrestricted cash and cash
equivalents and our restricted cash with regional and national
banking institutions, including certain of our card issuing
banks, that we periodically monitor and evaluate for
creditworthiness. Credit risk for our accounts receivable is
concentrated with card issuing banks and our customers, and this
risk is mitigated by the relatively short collection period and
our large customer base. We do not require or maintain
collateral for accounts receivable. We maintain reserves for
uncollectible overdrawn accounts and uncollectible trade
receivables. Credit risk for our settlement assets is
concentrated with our retail distributors, which we periodically
monitor.
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit)
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock
In October 2006, we entered into an agreement with a card
issuing bank to provide a co-branded GPR card program with a
major retail distributor. We also entered into equity financing
transactions with the bank and an affiliated investment entity,
under which we issued a warrant to purchase 500,000 shares
of our common stock in October 2006 and 2,926,458 shares of
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, or
Series D, in December 2006. We received cash consideration
of $20.0 million from the equity financing transactions.
The holder of Series D was entitled to receive
noncumulative dividends at a per annum rate of $0.547 per share
and to participate in dividends on common stock on an
as-converted basis, subject to the declaration by our board of
directors out of funds legally available. Series D was
redeemable for cash at the option of the holder on the seventh
F-21
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) (Continued)
|
anniversary of its issuance. Series D was also convertible
into our common stock any time prior to redemption, at the
option of the holder, based on a conversion ratio. In the event
of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company,
the holder of Series D was entitled to receive an amount
equal to $6.834 per share plus 20% per annum from the date of
issuance.
The freestanding warrant we issued entitled the holder to
purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock at a per share
price of $6.834 any time prior to the earliest of: a) the
date of our initial public offering; b) the date of a
change in control of our company; or c) October 27,
2013. The warrant was not redeemable.
We allocated the proceeds from the issuance of the Series D
and the freestanding warrant to these instruments on a relative
fair value basis. The initial allocated value of the warrant
calculated using an option-pricing model was $1.3 million.
As the warrant allowed settlement only in the underlying common
stock, it was recorded at its initial allocated value as a
component of additional paid-in capital.
Due to the nature of the redemption feature and other
provisions, we classified Series D as temporary equity at
its initial allocated value of $18.7 million. We determined
that Series D did not contain any beneficial conversion
features. We accreted the carrying value of the stock to its
redemption value at each reporting period with a charge to
retained earnings.
On December 19, 2008, we entered into an agreement with the
sole holder of Series D for an early redemption of the
2,926,458 outstanding shares. The agreed redemption value was
$39.2 million, or $13.38 per share, which we paid in cash
on December 19, 2008. Upon redemption, the Series D
preferred shares were canceled.
In addition, on December 19, 2008, we purchased a call
option, which entitled us to purchase the freestanding warrant
on 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
approximately $2.0 million. The call option was exercisable
any time during the period March 1, 2009 to
September 1, 2009. In June 2009, we exercised the call
option and repurchased the warrant.
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Our convertible preferred stock at July 31, 2008 and 2009,
December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
consisted of the following (in thousands):
July 31,
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds Net of
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Liquidation
|
|
|
Issuance
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
6,481
|
|
|
$
|
1,953
|
|
|
$
|
1,899
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
3,177
|
|
|
|
2,186
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
10,114
|
|
|
|
9,939
|
|
|
|
8,230
|
|
|
|
8,136
|
|
Series C-1
|
|
|
4,541
|
|
|
|
4,240
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,372
|
|
|
|
23,837
|
|
|
$
|
18,345
|
|
|
$
|
18,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) (Continued)
|
July 31,
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds Net of
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Liquidation
|
|
|
Issuance
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,877
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
3,177
|
|
|
|
2,186
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
10,114
|
|
|
|
9,939
|
|
|
|
8,230
|
|
|
|
8,136
|
|
Series C-1
|
|
|
4,541
|
|
|
|
4,240
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
Series C-2
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
|
|
12,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,554
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
$
|
31,322
|
|
|
$
|
30,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds Net of
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Liquidation
|
|
|
Issuance
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,877
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
3,177
|
|
|
|
2,186
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
10,114
|
|
|
|
9,939
|
|
|
|
8,230
|
|
|
|
8,136
|
|
Series C-1
|
|
|
4,541
|
|
|
|
4,240
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
Series C-2
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
|
|
12,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,554
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
$
|
31,322
|
|
|
$
|
30,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
2010 (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds Net of
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Liquidation
|
|
|
Issuance
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,877
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
3,177
|
|
|
|
2,186
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
10,114
|
|
|
|
9,939
|
|
|
|
8,230
|
|
|
|
8,136
|
|
Series C-1
|
|
|
4,541
|
|
|
|
4,240
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
Series C-2
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
|
|
12,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,554
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
$
|
31,322
|
|
|
$
|
30,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our Certificate of Incorporation specifies the following rights,
preferences, and privileges for our preferred stockholders.
Voting
Each share of Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2 convertible
preferred stock has ten votes for each share of Class B
common stock into which it is convertible and votes together as
one class with Class A common stock and Class B common
stock. Our preferred stockholders are entitled to elect four
directors. Additionally, the holders of our Series C, C-1
and C-2 shares, voting together, are entitled to elect one
director. The approval of at least 67% of the then-outstanding
number of shares
F-23
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) (Continued)
|
of convertible preferred stock and a majority of the
then-outstanding Series C, C-1 and C-2 convertible
preferred stock, voting together as a separate class, is
required to, among other things: change the rights and
preferences of our preferred stock; change our authorized share
capital; redeem shares of our capital stock; increase the number
of shares available for issuance under our stock plan; declare
or pay any dividend; take any action that results in a merger,
sale of control, or any other transaction in which all or
substantially all of our assets or more than 50% of the voting
power of our company is disposed of; and the dissolution or
winding up of our company.
Dividends
Our Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2 convertible preferred
stockholders are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at
the per annum rates of $0.024, $0.055, $0.066, $0.113, and
$0.88, respectively, when and if declared by our board of
directors. The holders of Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2
convertible preferred stock will also be entitled to participate
in dividends on our Class A common stock and Class B
common stock, when and if declared by our board of directors, on
an as-converted to our Class B common stock basis. Our
board of directors did not declare any dividends on our
convertible preferred stock or common stock during the
three-year period ended July 31, 2009, the five months
ended December 31, 2009 or the three months ended
March 31, 2009 (unaudited) or 2010 (unaudited).
Liquidation
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of
our company, the available funds and assets that may be legally
distributed to our stockholders will be distributed, without
preference, to the holders of our Series A, B, C, C-1, and
C-2 convertible preferred stock at amounts equal to $0.30,
$0.69, $0.83, $1.41, and $11.00 per share, respectively. Upon
completion of the distributions to each series of convertible
preferred stock, all remaining funds and assets available for
distribution are required to be distributed on a pro rata basis
among holders of our Class A common stock and Class B
common stock. If upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding
up of our company, the available funds and assets are
insufficient to permit the payment to holders of each series of
convertible preferred stock of the full preferential amounts,
then the entire remaining funds and assets will be distributed
on a pro rata basis among holders of each series of convertible
preferred stock in proportion to their preferential amounts.
A liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our company
includes the acquisition of our company by another entity by
merger, consolidation, sale of voting control, or any other
transaction or series of transactions in which all our
stockholders immediately prior to such transaction hold less
than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity. Upon such
an event, all of the holders of each class of stock are eligible
to participate in all available remaining funds and assets.
Conversion
Each share of Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2 convertible
preferred stock is convertible into our Class B common
stock, at the option of the holder, according to a conversion
ratio, subject to adjustment for dilution. Each share of
Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2 convertible preferred stock
automatically converts into the number of shares of Class B
common stock into which such shares are convertible at the
then-effective conversion ratio upon: (1) the closing of a
public offering of common stock at a per share price of at least
$2.48 per share with gross proceeds of at least
$25 million, or (2) the consent of the holders of the
majority of our convertible preferred stock, provided, however,
that no shares of Series C, C-1, or C-2 convertible
preferred stock will
F-24
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) (Continued)
|
automatically be converted pursuant to such consent unless a
majority of the then-outstanding Series C, C-1, and C-2
convertible preferred stockholders, voting together as separate
class, also consent to such conversion.
Common
Stock
In March 2010, our board of directors amended our Certificate of
Incorporation to adopt a dual class structure for our common
stock. The two classes of common stock are Class A common
stock and Class B common stock. Upon adoption, all our
common stock outstanding converted to Class B common stock.
Our Certificate of Incorporation specifies the following rights,
preferences, and privileges for our common stockholders.
Voting
Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one
vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are
entitled to ten votes per share. In general, holders of our
Class A common stock and Class B common stock will
vote together as a single class on all matters (including the
election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders,
unless otherwise required by law. Delaware law could require
either our Class A common stock or our Class B common
stock to vote separately as a single class in the following
circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
If we were to seek to amend our Certificate of Incorporation to
increase the authorized number of shares of a class of stock, or
to increase or decrease the par value of a class of stock, then
that class would be required to vote separately to approve the
proposed amendment; and
|
|
|
|
If we were to seek to amend our Certificate of Incorporation in
a manner that altered or changed the powers, preferences or
special rights of a class of stock in a manner that affected its
holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote
separately to approve the proposed amendment.
|
Our Certificate of Incorporation requires the separate vote and
majority approval of each class of our common stock prior to
distributions, reclassifications and mergers or consolidations
that would result in one class of common stock being treated in
a manner different from the other, subject to limited
exceptions, and amendments of our Certificate of Incorporation
that would affect our dual class stock structure.
We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of
directors in our restated Certificate of Incorporation. In
addition, our Certificate of Incorporation provides that a
holder, or group of affiliated holders, of more than 24.9% of
our common stock may not vote shares representing more than
14.9% of the voting power represented by the outstanding shares
of our Class A and Class B common stock.
Dividends
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred
stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares
of our Class A and Class B common stock are entitled
to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the times
and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. In
the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of common
stock or rights to acquire shares of common stock, the holders
of Class A common stock will receive Class A common
stock, or rights to acquire Class A common stock, as the
case may be, and the holders of Class B common stock will
receive Class B common stock, or rights to acquire
Class B common stock, as the case may be. However, in
general and subject to certain limited exceptions, without
approval of each
F-25
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) (Continued)
|
class of our common stock, we may not pay any dividends or make
other distributions with respect to any class of common stock
unless at the same time we make a ratable dividend or
distribution with respect to each outstanding share of common
stock, regardless of class.
Liquidation
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up,
the assets legally available for distribution to our
stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of
our Class A and Class B common stock and any
participating preferred stock outstanding at that time after
payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding
shares of our preferred stock and payment of other claims of
creditors.
Preemptive or
Similar Rights
Neither our Class A nor our Class B common stock is
entitled to preemptive rights, and neither is subject to
redemption.
Conversion
Our Class A common stock is not convertible into any other
shares of our capital stock. Each share of our Class B
common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the
holder into one share of our Class A common stock. In
addition, each share of our Class B common stock will
convert automatically into one share of our Class A common
stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for
estate planning, intercompany and other similar transfers or
upon the date that the total number of shares of our
Class B common stock outstanding represents less than 10%
of the total number of shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock outstanding. Once transferred and
converted into Class A common stock, the Class B
common stock may not be reissued. No class of our common stock
may be subdivided or combined unless the other class of our
common stock concurrently is subdivided or combined in the same
proportion and in the same manner.
Registration
Rights Agreement
We are a party to a registration rights agreement with certain
of our investors, pursuant to which we have granted those
persons or entities the right to register shares of common stock
held by them under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
the Securities Act. Holders of these rights are entitled to
demand that we register their shares of common stock under the
Securities Act so long as certain conditions are satisfied and
require us to include their shares of common stock in future
registration statements that may be filed, either for our own
account or for the account of other security holders exercising
registration rights. In addition, after an initial public
offering, these holders have the right to request that their
shares of common stock be registered on a
Form S-3
registration statement so long as certain conditions are
satisfied and the anticipated aggregate sales price of the
registered shares as of the date of filing of the
Form S-3
registration statement is at least $1 million. The
foregoing registration rights are subject to various conditions
and limitations, including the right of underwriters of an
offering to limit the number of registrable securities that may
be included in an offering. The registration rights terminate as
to any particular shares on the date on which the holder sells
such shares to the public in a registered offering or pursuant
to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. We are generally
required to bear all of the expenses of these registrations,
except underwriting commissions, selling discounts and transfer
taxes.
We are not obligated under the registration rights agreement to
transfer consideration, whether in cash, equity instruments, or
adjustments to the terms of the financial instruments that are
subject to
F-26
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) (Continued)
|
the registration payment arrangement, to the investors, if the
registration statement is not declared effective within the
specified time or if effectiveness of the registration statement
is not maintained.
Stock Repurchase
Agreement
On January 22, 2007, we entered into a Stock Repurchase
Agreement with Related Stock Cancellation Provisions with
certain stockholders to repurchase 2,926,458 common and
preferred shares. In addition, we purchased a call option from
these stockholders that gave us the right to obtain and cancel
an additional 2,926,458 shares from these stockholders. We
paid an aggregate consideration of $20.0 million related to
these transactions. Upon redemption of all Series D
preferred stock, the call option was canceled on
December 19, 2008.
Non-Employee
Stock-Based Payments
At July 31, 2008 and 2009, December 31, 2009 and
March 31, 2010 (unaudited), a warrant to purchase
283,786 shares of
Series C-1
preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.41 per share was
outstanding. This warrant was issued in 2005, and is exercisable
any time prior to its expiration date of February 11, 2012.
We recognized stock-based compensation of $319,000 for this
warrant during 2005, 2006, and 2007 and included it as a
component of additional paid-in capital.
On March 3, 2009, we entered into a sales and marketing
agreement with a third party that contained a contingent warrant
feature. The warrant provides the third party with an option to
purchase 3,426,765 shares of our Class B common stock
at a per share price of $23.70 if certain sales volume or
revenue targets are achieved. A further 856,691 shares
become eligible for purchase under the warrant should either of
these targets be achieved and additional specified marketing and
promotional activities take place.
The shares become eligible for purchase under the warrant at any
time the targets are achieved prior to the earlier of
March 3, 2014 or the termination of the sales and marketing
agreement. Once eligible for purchase, the purchase option
expires on the earliest of: (1) the date at which the sales
and marketing agreement with the third-party is terminated;
(2) the date of a change of control transaction of our
company; or (3) March 3, 2017.
The warrant is redeemable for cash by the holder if we fail to
perform in accordance with the customary contractual terms of
the sales and marketing agreement. Should the third party fail
to perform in accordance with the terms of the sales and
marketing agreement, we obtain an option to repurchase any
shares previously issued under the warrant.
As the option to purchase shares under the warrant is contingent
upon the achievement of certain sales volume or revenue targets,
there is a possibility that no shares will become eligible for
purchase. Based on different possible outcomes, we developed a
range of fair values for the warrant, and we measured the
warrant at its current lowest aggregate fair value within that
range. As none of the performance conditions have been met, the
lowest aggregate fair value is zero. Accordingly, we have not
assigned any value to the warrant in our consolidated financial
statements as of July 31, 2009, December 31, 2009 or
March 31, 2010 (unaudited). If at some future time the
sales volume or revenue targets are met and the shares become
eligible for purchase, we will record the fair value of the
warrant as a contra-revenue item.
F-27
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
11.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
Stock
Plan
In January 2001, we adopted the 2001 Stock Plan, or the Plan.
The Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options,
nonqualified stock options and other stock awards. Our officers,
employees, outside directors, and consultants are eligible to
receive stock-based awards under the Plan; however, incentive
stock options may only be granted to our officers and employees.
During the year ended July 31, 2009, we increased the
number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the
Plan from 9,643,134 shares to 9,943,134 shares and, in
November 2009, we further increased the number of shares of
common stock reserved for issuance to 11,208,384. Options
granted under the Plan generally vest over four years and expire
five or ten years from the date of grant.
The total stock-based compensation expense recognized was
$0.2 million, $1.2 million, and $2.5 million for
the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively, $6.8 million for the five months ended
December 31, 2009 and $0.6 million and
$1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009
(unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited), respectively. The total income
tax benefit recognized as a component of income tax expense for
stock-based compensation arrangements was $0, $0.3 million,
and $0.4 million for the years ended July 31, 2007,
2008, and 2009, respectively, $2.6 million for the five
months ended December 31, 2009 and $0.1 million and
$0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009
(unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited), respectively.
We estimated the fair value of each employee option grant on the
date of grant using the following weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.52
|
%
|
|
|
2.98
|
%
|
|
|
2.26
|
%
|
|
|
2.56
|
%
|
|
|
1.85
|
%
|
|
|
2.50
|
%
|
Expected term (life) of options (in years)
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
5.80
|
|
Expected dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
54.3
|
%
|
|
|
54.3
|
%
|
|
|
53.2
|
%
|
|
|
46.9
|
%
|
|
|
56.0
|
%
|
|
|
52.3
|
%
|
Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at their
respective grant dates requires considerable judgment, including
estimating expected volatility and expected term (life). We
based our expected volatility on the historical volatility of
comparable public companies over the options expected
term. We calculated our expected term based on the simplified
method, which is the mid-point between the weighted-average
graded-vesting term of 2.16 years and the contractual term
of 10 years, resulting in 6.08 years. On occasion, we
issue fully vested options. These options have an expected term
of 5.00 years. The simplified method was chosen as a means
to determine expected term as there is limited historical option
exercise experience due to our company being privately held. We
derived the risk-free rate from the average yield for the
five-and seven-year zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Strips. We
estimate forfeitures at the grant date based on our historical
forfeiture rate since the Plans inception and revise the
estimate, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from those estimates.
The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $2.17,
$2.49, and $6.98 per share for the years ended July 31,
2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, $9.47 per share for the five
months ended
F-28
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
11.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation (Continued)
|
December 31, 2009 and $5.83 and $12.79 per share for the
three months ended March 31, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010
(unaudited), respectively.
The following table summarizes information by grant date for the
stock options that we granted during the preceding
12 months:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Per Share Fair
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Shares Subject
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Value of Our
|
|
Average Fair
|
|
|
to Options
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Common
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
of Options
|
|
Stock
|
|
Options
|
|
March 19, 2009
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.84
|
|
|
$
|
10.84
|
|
|
$
|
5.83
|
|
June 9, 2009
|
|
|
85,800
|
|
|
|
15.65
|
|
|
|
15.65
|
|
|
|
8.80
|
|
August 3, 2009
|
|
|
127,500
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
9.50
|
|
November 12, 2009
|
|
|
1,261,750
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
9.47
|
|
February 4, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
130,500
|
|
|
|
25.00
|
|
|
|
25.00
|
|
|
|
12.79
|
|
On each of the above dates, we granted our employees stock
options at exercise prices equal to the estimated fair value of
the underlying common stock, as determined on a contemporaneous
basis by our board of directors with input from management and
an independent valuation firm.
Stock
Awards
In December 2009, our board of directors awarded
257,984 shares of common stock to our Chief Executive
Officer to compensate him for past services rendered to our
company. The number of shares awarded was equal to the number of
shares subject to fully vested options that unintentionally
expired unexercised in June 2009. The aggregate grant date fair
value of the December 2009 award was approximately
$5.2 million, based on an estimated fair value of our
common stock of $20.01, as determined by our board of directors
on the date of the award. We recorded the aggregate grant date
fair value as compensation and benefits expense on the date of
the award.
Stock Option
Modification
On December 11, 2008, our board of directors approved the
modification of options to purchase 155,500 shares of
common stock previously granted on August 12, 2008, to
decrease the exercise price from $17.90 to $10.75. The stock
option modification resulted in incremental stock-based
compensation expense of $214,000, of which $38,000 was
recognized for the year ended July 31, 2009, $16,000 was
recognized for the five months ended December 31, 2009,
$10,000 was recognized for the three months ended March 31,
2010 (unaudited) and $150,000 will be recognized over the
remaining vesting period.
F-29
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
11.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation (Continued)
|
Option activity for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and
2009, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the three
months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) was as follows (in
thousands, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Intrinsic Value
|
|
|
Outstanding at July 31, 2006
|
|
|
5,164
|
|
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
(444
|
)
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(264
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at July 31, 2007
|
|
|
4,866
|
|
|
|
1.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
1,914
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
|
|
2.81
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(1,822
|
)
|
|
|
0.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at July 31, 2008
|
|
|
4,795
|
|
|
|
2.76
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
812
|
|
|
|
11.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
(664
|
)
|
|
|
4.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
3.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at July 31, 2009
|
|
|
4,908
|
|
|
|
3.88
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
1,389
|
|
|
|
19.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
10.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(562
|
)
|
|
|
1.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
5,687
|
|
|
$
|
7.98
|
|
|
$
|
68,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted (unaudited)
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
25.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options cancelled (unaudited)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
5.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised (unaudited)
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
3.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
5,684
|
|
|
$
|
8.46
|
|
|
$
|
94,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
5,552
|
|
|
$
|
7.79
|
|
|
$
|
67,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested or expected to vest at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
5,565
|
|
|
$
|
8.28
|
|
|
$
|
93,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
3,016
|
|
|
$
|
2.96
|
|
|
$
|
51,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
3,160
|
|
|
$
|
3.37
|
|
|
$
|
68,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years
ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the five months ended
December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31,
2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited) was $0.8 million,
$7.3 million, $0.3 million, $10.0 million,
$0.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The total
shares available for grant under the Plan were 200,145 and
121,754 as of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010
(unaudited), respectively.
F-30
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
11.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation (Continued)
|
The following table summarizes information with respect to stock
options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
Options Currently Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Average
|
|
Number
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Contractual
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Currently
|
|
Contractual
|
|
Exercise
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Life (in Years)
|
|
Price
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Life (in Years)
|
|
Price
|
|
$0.35-$0.83
|
|
|
462,163
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
$ 0.56
|
|
|
|
462,163
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
$1.41-$4.00
|
|
|
1,436,762
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
1.69
|
|
|
|
1,383,780
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
1.65
|
|
$4.64-$10.75
|
|
|
2,315,146
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
6.12
|
|
|
|
1,170,484
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
5.44
|
|
$10.84-$17.19
|
|
|
211,500
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
15.56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$20.01
|
|
|
1,261,750
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,687,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,016,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes information with respect to stock
options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2010
(unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
Options Currently Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Average
|
|
Number
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Contractual
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Currently
|
|
Contractual
|
|
Exercise
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Life (in Years)
|
|
Price
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Life (in Years)
|
|
Price
|
|
$0.35-$0.83
|
|
|
462,163
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
|
|
462,163
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
$1.41-$4.00
|
|
|
1,403,735
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
1.69
|
|
|
|
1,381,666
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
1.66
|
|
$4.64-$10.75
|
|
|
2,217,181
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
6.18
|
|
|
|
1,263,242
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
5.54
|
|
$10.84-$17.19
|
|
|
211,500
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
15.56
|
|
|
|
18,843
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
12.74
|
|
$20.01-$25.00
|
|
|
1,389,500
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
|
|
20.48
|
|
|
|
34,000
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
25.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,684,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,159,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options were
$0, $0.6 million and $0 for the years ended July 31,
2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, $1.9 million for the
five months ended December 31, 2009 and $0 for the three
months ended March 31, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010
(unaudited). Cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options
were $0.3 million, $1.2 million, and $0.1 million
for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively, $0.9 million for the five months ended
December 31, 2009 and $0 and $0.3 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010
(unaudited), respectively. There were 3,016,427 outstanding
vested options and 2,670,894 outstanding unvested options
at December 31, 2009. There were 3,159,914 outstanding
vested options and 2,524,165 outstanding unvested options at
March 31, 2010 (unaudited). The aggregate unrecognized
compensation cost for unvested stock options issued subsequent
to August 1, 2006, expected to be recognized in
compensation expense in future periods was $16.9 million at
December 31, 2009 and $16.7 million at March 31, 2010
(unaudited), and the related weighted-average period over which
it is expected to be recognized was estimated at 3.4 years
and 3.2 years, respectively. No stock-based compensation
expense was reflected in our consolidated statements of
operations for those stock option grants issued prior to
August 1, 2006. At December 31, 2009, 1,746,750
outstanding vested options and 23,148 outstanding unvested
options were granted prior to August 1, 2006. At
March 31, 2010 (unaudited), 1,740,481 outstanding vested
options and 1,390 outstanding unvested options were granted
prior to August 1, 2006.
F-31
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
12.
|
Earnings per
Common Share
|
Our preferred stockholders are entitled to participate with
common stockholders in the distributions of earnings through
dividends. We calculated earnings per common share using the
two-class method. Refer to Note 2 Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies for a discussion of the
calculation of earnings (loss) per common share.
The calculation of basic earnings (loss) per common share and
diluted earnings (loss) per common share, or EPS, for the years
ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the five months ended
December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31,
2009 and 2010 was as follows (in thousands, except per share
data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
4,647
|
|
|
$
|
17,335
|
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
|
$
|
10,706
|
|
|
$
|
12,815
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(3,635
|
)
|
|
|
(4,480
|
)
|
|
|
(1,956
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend on preferred stock redemptions
|
|
|
(1,522
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,634
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocated earnings to preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,170
|
)
|
|
|
(17,410
|
)
|
|
|
(9,170
|
)
|
|
|
(7,227
|
)
|
|
|
(8,444
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
|
|
|
(510
|
)
|
|
|
3,685
|
|
|
|
8,163
|
|
|
|
4,493
|
|
|
|
3,479
|
|
|
|
4,371
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
10,757
|
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
|
|
12,041
|
|
|
|
12,913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(510
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
|
|
3,479
|
|
|
|
4,371
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
10,757
|
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
|
|
12,041
|
|
|
|
12,913
|
|
Dilutive potential common shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,747
|
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
2,734
|
|
|
|
2,801
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
726
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
14,154
|
|
|
|
15,712
|
|
|
|
15,425
|
|
|
|
15,501
|
|
|
|
15,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As there were no shares of Class A common stock outstanding
as of March 31, 2010, we attributed net income allocated to
common stockholders solely to Class B common stock under the
two-class method. There is no impact on reported or pro forma
earnings per common share.
We excluded from the computation of basic EPS for the year ended
July 31, 2009, the five months ended December 31, 2009
and the three months ended March 31, 2010
(unaudited) shares issuable under the contingent warrant
referred to in Note 10 Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) as the related performance conditions have not
been satisfied.
F-32
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
12.
|
Earnings per
Common Share (Continued)
|
For the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for
the five months ended December 31, 2009, we excluded
convertible preferred stock and certain stock options
outstanding, which could potentially dilute basic EPS in the
future, from the computation of diluted EPS as their effect was
anti-dilutive. The following table shows the weighted-average
number of anti-dilutive shares excluded from the diluted EPS
calculation for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and
2009, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the three
months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Options to purchase common stock
|
|
|
3,307
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
Conversion of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
25,707
|
|
|
|
26,763
|
|
|
|
25,674
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
25,018
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total options and conversion of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
29,014
|
|
|
|
27,155
|
|
|
|
25,771
|
|
|
|
25,165
|
|
|
|
25,306
|
|
|
|
25,113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-33
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
12.
|
Earnings per
Common Share (Continued)
|
The calculation of unaudited pro forma basic earnings per common
share and diluted earnings per common share, or EPS, for the
year ended July 31, 2009, the five months ended
December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31,
2010 was as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Pro forma basic earnings per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
|
$
|
4,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
1,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend on preferred stock redemptions
|
|
|
9,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocated earnings to preferred stock
|
|
|
17,410
|
|
|
|
9,170
|
|
|
|
8,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
|
$
|
12,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
|
|
12,913
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment to reflect assumed effect of conversion of
convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
36,978
|
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
|
|
37,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma basic earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
1.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma diluted earnings per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
|
$
|
4,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
1,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend on preferred stock redemptions
|
|
|
9,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocated earnings to preferred stock
|
|
|
17,410
|
|
|
|
9,170
|
|
|
|
8,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
|
$
|
12,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
|
|
12,913
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive potential common shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
2,801
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment to reflect assumed weighted effect of conversion of
convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma diluted weighted-average common shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
40,654
|
|
|
|
40,367
|
|
|
|
40,924
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma diluted earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
0.91
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On January 1, 2004, we established a defined contribution
savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code, or the Code. Employees who have attained at least
21 years of age are generally eligible to participate in
the plan on the first day of the calendar month following the
month in which they commence service with us. Participants may
make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible
earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on
pre-tax contributions under the Code. Participants who are
50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts
based on the statutory limits for
catch-up
contributions. We also make a matching contribution equal to 50%
of the first 6% of
F-34
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
13.
|
401(k) Plan
(Continued)
|
the eligible earnings that a participant contributes to the
plan. Pre-tax contributions by participants and any employer
contributions that we make to the plan and the income earned on
those contributions are generally not taxable to participants
until withdrawn. Employer contributions that we make to the plan
are generally deductible when made. Participant contributions
are held in trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is
provided under the plan. An employees interest in his or
her pre-tax deferrals is 100% vested when contributed. We are
permitted to contribute to the plan on a discretionary basis. We
made contributions to the plan of $73,000, $8,000 and $58,000
for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively, $0 for the five months ended December 31,
2009 and $0 and $124,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited),
respectively.
|
|
14.
|
Commitments and
Contingencies
|
We lease approximately 56,000 square feet of office space
at our headquarters in Monrovia, California, pursuant to a
noncancelable lease agreement for approximately
49,000 square feet that expires in September 2012 and a
sub-lease agreement for approximately 7,000 square feet that
expires in December 2011. We also lease a data center in Los
Angeles, California under a noncancelable lease expiring in
November 2010. Our total rental expense for these leases
amounted to $1.0 million, $1.2 million, and
$1.4 million for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008,
and 2009, respectively, $0.6 million for the five months
ended December 31, 2009 and $0.3 million and
$0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009
(unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited), respectively.
At December 31, 2009, the minimum aggregate rental
commitment under all non-cancelable operating leases was (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,780
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,580
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,111
|
|
2013
|
|
|
36
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2009, we had a $4.0 million letter of
credit outstanding, issued on our behalf, to collateralize
surety bonds issued in connection with our state money
transmitter licenses. In February 2010, we terminated our
letter of credit because the beneficiary no longer required us
to collateralize surety bonds issued in connection with our
state money transmitter licenses.
F-35
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
14.
|
Commitments and
Contingencies (Continued)
|
We have various agreements with vendors and retail distributors
that include future minimum annual payments. At
December 31, 2009, the minimum aggregate commitment under
these agreements was (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
20,353
|
|
2011
|
|
|
17,499
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2,760
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the event we terminate our processing services agreement for
convenience, we are required to pay a single lump sum equal to
any minimum payments remaining on the date of termination.
We have retained outside regulatory counsel to survey and
monitor the laws of all 50 states to identify state laws or
regulations that apply to prepaid debit cards and other stored
value products. Many state laws do not specifically address
stored value products and what, if any, legal or regulatory
requirements (including licensing) apply to the sale of these
products. We have obtained money transmitter licenses (or
similar such licenses) where applicable, based on advice of
counsel or when we have been requested to do so. If we were
found to be in violation of any laws and regulations governing
banking, money transmitters, electronic fund transfers, or money
laundering in the United States or abroad, we could be subject
to penalties or could be forced to change our business practices.
In the ordinary course of business, we are a party to various
legal proceedings. We review these actions on an ongoing basis
to determine whether it is probable that a loss has occurred and
use that information when making accrual and disclosure
decisions. We have not established reserves or possible ranges
of losses related to these proceedings because, at this time in
the proceedings, the matters do not relate to a probable loss
and/or the
amounts are not reasonably estimable.
From time to time we enter into contracts containing provisions
that contingently require us to indemnify various parties
against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily
relate to (i) contracts with our card issuing banks, under
which we are responsible to them for any unrecovered overdrafts
on cardholders accounts; (ii) certain real estate
leases, under which we may be required to indemnify property
owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims
arising from our use of the premises, (iii) certain
agreements with our officers, directors, and employees, under
which we may be required to indemnify these persons for
liabilities arising out of their relationship with us,
(iv) contracts under which we may be required to indemnify
our retail distributors, suppliers, vendors and other parties
with whom we have contracts against third-party claims that our
products infringe a patent, copyright, or other intellectual
property right claims arising from our acts, omissions, or
violation of law.
Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not
explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with
these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall
maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated.
With the exception of overdrafts on cardholders accounts,
historically, we have not been required to make payments under
these and similar contingent obligations, and no liabilities
have been recorded for these obligations in our
F-36
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
14.
|
Commitments and
Contingencies (Continued)
|
consolidated balance sheets. For additional information
regarding overdrafts on cardholders accounts, refer to
Note 3 Accounts Receivable.
|
|
15.
|
Significant
Customer Concentrations
|
A credit concentration may exist if customers are involved in
similar industries, economic sectors, and geographic regions.
Our retail distributors operate in similar economic sectors but
diverse domestic geographic regions. The loss of a significant
retail distributor could have a material adverse effect upon our
card sales, profitability, and revenue growth.
Revenues derived from our products sold at our four largest
retail distributors, Walmart, Walgreens, CVS, and Rite Aid,
represented approximately 3%, 22%, 19%, and 17%, respectively,
of our operating revenues for the year ended July 31, 2007,
39%, 17%, 13%, and 11%, respectively, for the year ended
July 31, 2008, 56%, 11%, 9%, and 7%, respectively, for the
year ended July 31, 2009.
Revenues derived from our products sold at our four largest
retail distributors, Walmart, Walgreens, CVS, and Rite Aid,
represented approximately 66%, 9%, 8%, and 6%, respectively, of
our operating revenues for the five months ended
December 31, 2009.
Revenues derived from our products sold at our four largest
retail distributors, Walmart, Walgreens, CVS, and Rite Aid,
represented approximately 56%, 12%, 10%, and 8%, respectively,
of our operating revenues for the three months ended March 31,
2009 (unaudited), and 63%, 8%, 7%, and 5%, respectively, for the
three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited).
In determining the customer concentration, we attributed new
card fees and cash transfer revenues to the retail distributor
where the sale of the new cards and cash transfer products
occurred.
The concentration of sales of new GPR cards (in units) for these
retail distributors, in the aggregate, was 84%, 94%, and 95% for
the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively, 94% for the five months ended December 31,
2009, and 95% and 79% for the three months ended March 31,
2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited), respectively. The
concentration of sales of cash transfer products (in units) for
these retail distributors, in the aggregate, was 78%, 89%, and
92% for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively, 93% for the five months ended December 31,
2009, and 93% and 92% for the three months ended March 31,
2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited), respectively.
Our four largest retail distributors also comprised 51%, 15%,
17%, and 10%, respectively, of the settlement assets recorded on
our consolidated balance sheet as of July 31, 2008, 83%,
10%, 0%, and 5%, respectively, as of July 31,
2009, 81%, 9%, 0%, and 6%, respectively, as of
December 31, 2009 and 74%, 13%, 1%, and 6%, respectively,
as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited).
During the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, the
five months ended December 31, 2009 and the three months
ended March 31, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited), the
majority of the customer funds underlying our products were held
in bank accounts at two card issuing banks. These funds are held
in trust for the benefit of the customers, and we have no legal
rights to the customer funds or deposits at the card issuing
banks. Additionally, we have receivables due from these card
issuing banks included in accounts receivable, net, on our
consolidated balance sheets. The failure of either of these card
issuing banks could result in significant business disruption, a
potential material adverse affect on our ability to service our
customers, potential contingent obligations by us to customers
and material write-offs of uncollectible receivables due from
these card issuing banks.
F-37
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
On February 4, 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement
to acquire 100% of the outstanding common shares and voting
interest of Bonneville Bancorp for approximately
$15.7 million in cash, subject to approval by the Federal
Reserve Bank and state regulators. Bonneville Bancorp, a Utah
bank holding company, offers a range of business and consumer
banking products in the Provo, Utah area through its bank
subsidiary, Bonneville Bank, or the Bank. The Bank also
originates commercial, industrial, residential, real estate and
personal loans. We expect to focus the Bank on issuing our Green
Dot-branded debit cards linked to an FDIC-insured transactional
account and, initially, on a pilot basis, savings accounts to
our core customer base.
We evaluate subsequent events that have occurred after our most
recent balance sheet date but before the financial statements
are issued or are available to be issued. There are two types of
subsequent events: (1) recognized, or those that provide
additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of
the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the
process of preparing financial statements, and
(2) nonrecognized, or those that provide evidence about
conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet
but arose after that date. We evaluated subsequent events
through June 29, 2010, the issuance date of our financial
statements.
Based on the evaluation, we did not identify any recognized
subsequent events that would have required adjustment to the
consolidated financial statements. The following were unaudited,
nonrecognized subsequent events we identified:
In May 2010, we amended our commercial agreement with Walmart,
our largest retail distributor, and GE Money Bank. The amendment
modifies the terms of our agreement related to our co-branded
GPR MoneyCard, which in future periods will significantly
increase the sales commission rates we pay to Walmart for our
products sold in their stores. The new agreement has a five-year
term commencing May 1, 2010. As an incentive to amend our
prepaid card program agreement, we issued Walmart
2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock. These
shares are subject to our right to repurchase them at $0.01 per
share upon termination of our agreement with Walmart other than
a termination arising out of our knowing, intentional and
material breach of the agreement. Our right to repurchase the
shares lapses with respect to 36,810 shares per month over
the 60-month
term of the agreement. The repurchase right will expire as to
all shares of Class A common stock that remain subject to
the repurchase right if we experience a prohibited change
of control, as defined in the agreement, if we experience
a change of control, as defined in the stock
issuance agreement, or under certain other limited
circumstances, which we currently believe are remote. Also,
should these limited circumstances arise prior to the completion
of our initial public offering, Walmart will have the right to
require us to repurchase, at the then-current market value, all
or a portion of its shares. Prior to the earliest to occur of
(i) December 24, 2012, (ii) the termination of
our commercial agreement under certain limited circumstances and
(iii) an event that would cause our repurchase right to
lapse in full prior to May 2015, Walmart is required to pay us
$25.00 per share for each share it sells in excess of
309,833 shares (subject to adjustment if our initial public
offering becomes effective after July 31, 2010) in any
consecutive
six-month
period following the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements associated with our initial public offering. We have
also granted Walmart registration rights for all of its shares
of our Class A common stock that are no longer subject to
our repurchase right. In connection with the share issuance,
Walmart entered into an agreement to vote its shares in
proportion to the way the rest of our stockholders vote their
shares. We are currently evaluating the impact of the amendment
and the share issuance on our consolidated financial statements.
Although we are still evaluating the impact of this transaction,
we expect our net income and earnings per share to be
F-38
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
17.
|
Subsequent Events
(Continued)
|
negatively impacted in future periods due to the accounting
effects of the share issuance and the higher sales commission
rates we expect to pay under the amended commercial agreement.
In May 2010, the California Franchise Tax Board approved our
petition to use an alternative apportionment method provided in
Revenue and Tax Code section 25137. The alternative method,
known as the market-source approach, allows us to apportion
income to California based on a customers billing address
rather than cost of performance, which is the method used under
existing law. Under the market-source approach, we apportion
less income to California, resulting in a lower effective state
tax rate. The petition is retroactive to our year ended
July 31, 2009 and expires on July 31, 2011. We will
recognize the impact of this petition, which we are currently
evaluating, in our consolidated financial statements for the
three and six months ended June 30, 2010. Although the
petition expires in 2011, we will continue to benefit from the
lower effective state tax rate because certain enacted tax law
changes, which conform to the petition, become effective
January 1, 2011.
F-39
Shares
Class A
Common Stock
Prospectus
|
|
J.P.
Morgan |
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
|
|
|
Deutsche Bank Securities
|
|
Piper Jaffray
|
|
UBS Investment Bank
|
,
2010
PART II
INFORMATION NOT
REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
Other Expenses
of Issuance and Distribution.
|
The following table sets forth the fees and expenses to be paid
by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the shares of
Class A common stock being registered hereby. All amounts
are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA
filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
10,695
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
15,500
|
|
NYSE listing fee
|
|
|
*
|
|
Printing and engraving
|
|
|
*
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Road show expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Blue sky fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be provided by amendment. |
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
authorizes a court to award, or a corporations board of
directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under
certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The
terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under
certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement
of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the Securities Act).
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
Registrants restated certificate of incorporation contains
provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its
directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary
duties as a director, except for liability:
|
|
|
|
|
for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the
Registrant or its stockholders;
|
|
|
|
for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
(regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases); or
|
|
|
|
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
Registrants restated bylaws provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and
officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions;
|
|
|
|
the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as
set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law;
|
|
|
|
the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to
its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding
to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions; and
|
|
|
|
the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.
|
II-1
Prior to the completion of the offering that is the subject of
this Registration Statement, the Registrant intends to enter
into indemnification agreements with each of its current
directors and executive officers to provide these directors and
executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding
the scope of the indemnification set forth in the
Registrants restated certificate of incorporation and
restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural
protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or
proceeding involving a director, executive officer or employee
of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought.
Reference is also made to Section 9 of the Underwriting
Agreement, which provides for the indemnification of executive
officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant
against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in
the Registrants restated certificate of incorporation and
restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into
or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its
directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to
permit indemnification of the Registrants directors and
executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act.
The Registrant has directors and officers liability
insurance for securities matters.
In addition, Michael J. Moritz, one of our directors, is
indemnified by his employer with regard to his serving on the
Registrants board of directors.
Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits
to this Registration Statement regarding relevant
indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Document
|
|
Number
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
|
1
|
.01
|
Form of Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of the Registrant
|
|
|
3
|
.02
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
|
|
|
3
|
.04
|
Ninth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and
among the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant
|
|
|
4
|
.01
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement
|
|
|
10
|
.01
|
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
Recent Sales
of Unregistered Securities.
|
Since January 1, 2007, the Registrant has issued and sold
the following securities:
1. In February and March 2007, the Registrant issued
197,672 shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of
warrants with a per share exercise price of $0.3014 for an
aggregate purchase price of $59,578. All sales were made in
reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or
Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act and were made
without general solicitation or advertising.
2. In December 2008, the Registrant sold
1,181,818 shares of Series C-2 preferred stock to four
entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, a venture capital
firm, for an aggregate purchase price of $13.0 million.
These shares are convertible into 1,181,818 shares of our
Class B common stock. All sales were made in reliance on
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
and/or
Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act and were made
without general solicitation or advertising.
3. In March 2009, the Registrant issued a warrant to
purchase up to 4,283,456 shares of common stock to PayPal,
Inc. in connection with a commercial transaction. This issuance
was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
and/or
Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act and was made
without general solicitation or advertising.
4. In December 2009, the Registrant issued 257,984 shares
of common stock with an aggregate grant date fair value of
approximately $5.2 million to Steven W. Streit,
its Chief Executive Officer, to compensate him for past services
rendered to the Registrant. This issuance
II-2
was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
and was made without general solicitation or advertising.
5. In May 2010, the Registrant issued 2,208,552 shares
of Class A Common Stock to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. in
connection with a commercial transaction. The issuance was made
in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
and/or
Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act and was made
without general solicitation or advertising. Wal-Mart Stores,
Inc. has represented to the Registrant that it is a
qualified institutional buyer as defined in
Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
6. Since January 1, 2007, the Registrant has issued an
aggregate of 13,941 shares of common stock under its 2001
Stock Plan to Timothy R. Greenleaf, one of its directors, to
compensate him for past services rendered to the Registrant as
chair of its audit committee. Such issuances had an aggregate
grant date fair value of approximately $119,991.
7. Since January 1, 2007, the Registrant has issued
options to employees, consultants and directors to purchase an
aggregate of 4,457,307 shares of common stock under its
2001 Stock Plan.
8. Since January 1, 2007, the Registrant has issued
2,773,207 shares of common stock to its employees,
directors, consultants and other service providers upon exercise
of options granted by it under its 2001 Stock Plan, with prices
ranging from $0.16 to $10.75 per share, for an aggregate
purchase price of $2,802,925.
The recipients of the securities in each of the transactions
described in paragraphs (1)-(5) above represented their
intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not
with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution
thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the share
certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had
adequate access, through their relationships with us, to
information about the Registrant. The issuance of the securities
described in paragraphs (6)-(8) above were deemed to be
exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance
upon Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the
Securities Act as transactions pursuant to benefit plans and
contracts relating to compensation as provided under
Rule 701 or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or
Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act.
|
|
ITEM 16.
|
Exhibits and
Financial Statement Schedules.
|
(a) Exhibits.
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Title
|
|
|
1
|
.01*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.01**
|
|
Ninth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Registrant.
|
|
3
|
.02**
|
|
Form of Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of the Registrant, to be effective upon the consummation of this
offering.
|
|
3
|
.03**
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended.
|
|
3
|
.04
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be
effective upon the consummation of this offering.
|
|
3
|
.05**
|
|
Certificate of Amendment to Ninth Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
|
|
4
|
.01
|
|
Ninth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and
among the Registrant, the preferred stockholders and certain
warrant holders of the Registrant.
|
|
5
|
.01
|
|
Form of opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the
legality of the securities being registered.
|
|
10
|
.01
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement.
|
|
10
|
.02**
|
|
Second Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan and forms of notice
of stock option grant, stock option agreement and stock option
exercise letter.
|
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Title
|
|
|
10
|
.03
|
|
2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of notice of stock
option grant, stock option award agreement, notice of restricted
stock award, restricted stock agreement, notice of stock bonus
award, stock bonus award agreement, notice of stock appreciation
right award, stock appreciation right award agreement, notice of
restricted stock unit award, restricted stock unit award
agreement, notice of performance shares award and performance
shares agreement.
|
|
10
|
.04**
|
|
Lease Agreement between Registrant and Foothill Technology
Center, dated July 8, 2005, as amended on August 21,
2008 and July 30, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.05*
|
|
Amended and Restated Prepaid Card Program Agreement, dated as of
May 27, 2010, by and among the Registrant, Wal-Mart Stores,
Inc., Wal-Mart Stores Texas, L.P., Wal-Mart Louisiana, LLC,
Wal-Mart Stores East, Inc., Wal-Mart Stores, L.P. and GE Money
Bank.
|
|
10
|
.06*
|
|
Card Program Services Agreement, dated as of October 27,
2006, by and between the Registrant and GE Money Bank, as
amended.
|
|
10
|
.07**
|
|
Program Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, by and
between the Registrant and Columbus Bank and Trust Company.
|
|
10
|
.08**
|
|
Agreement for Services, dated as of September 1, 2009, by
and between the Registrant and Total System Services, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.09**
|
|
Master Services Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, by and
between the Registrant and Genpact International, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.10**
|
|
Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Line of Credit Agreement
between Columbus Bank and Trust Company and Registrant,
dated March 24, 2010.
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Offer letter to William D. Sowell from the Registrant, dated
January 28, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.12**
|
|
Form of Executive Severance Agreement.
|
|
10
|
.13**
|
|
FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan.
|
|
10
|
.14**
|
|
Description of FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.15**
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of common stock of the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.16**
|
|
Preferred Stock Warrant to purchase shares of
Series C-1
preferred stock of the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.17*
|
|
Class A Common Stock Issuance Agreement, dated as of
May 27, 2010, between the Registrant and Wal-Mart Stores,
Inc.
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Voting Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010, between the
Registrant and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
|
|
23
|
.01*
|
|
Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.01).
|
|
23
|
.02
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.01**
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
** |
|
Previously filed. |
|
|
|
Registrant has omitted portions of the referenced exhibit and
filed such exhibit separately with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment
under Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act. |
|
|
(b)
|
Financial
Statement Schedules.
|
All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are
not applicable or the information is included in the
Registrants consolidated financial statements or related
notes.
II-4
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to provisions
described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Monrovia,
State of California, on June 29, 2010.
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
Steven W. Streit
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this
Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement has been signed
by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Executive Officer:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Steven
W. Streit
Steven
W. Streit
|
|
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
June 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Financial Officer:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
L. Keatley
John
L. Keatley
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
June 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Accounting Officer:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Simon
M. Heyrick
Simon
M. Heyrick
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer
|
|
June 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Kenneth
C. Aldrich
|
|
Director
|
|
June 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Timothy
R. Greenleaf
|
|
Director
|
|
June 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Virginia
L. Hanna
|
|
Director
|
|
June 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Michael
J. Moritz
|
|
Director
|
|
June 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
William
H. Ott, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
June 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
W.
Thomas Smith, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
June 29, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* By:
|
|
/s/ John
C. Ricci
John
C. Ricci
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
|
|
II-6
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Title
|
|
|
1
|
.01*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.01**
|
|
Ninth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Registrant.
|
|
3
|
.02**
|
|
Form of Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of the Registrant, to be effective upon the consummation of this
offering.
|
|
3
|
.03**
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended.
|
|
3
|
.04
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be
effective upon the consummation of this offering.
|
|
3
|
.05**
|
|
Certificate of Amendment to Ninth Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
|
|
4
|
.01
|
|
Ninth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and
among the Registrant, the preferred stockholders and certain
warrant holders of the Registrant.
|
|
5
|
.01
|
|
Form of opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the
legality of the securities being registered.
|
|
10
|
.01
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement.
|
|
10
|
.02**
|
|
Second Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan and forms of notice
of stock option grant, stock option agreement and stock option
exercise letter.
|
|
10
|
.03
|
|
2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of notice of stock
option grant, stock option award agreement, notice of restricted
stock award, restricted stock agreement, notice of stock bonus
award, stock bonus award agreement, notice of stock appreciation
right award, stock appreciation right award agreement, notice of
restricted stock unit award, restricted stock unit award
agreement, notice of performance shares award and performance
shares agreement.
|
|
10
|
.04**
|
|
Lease Agreement between Registrant and Foothill Technology
Center, dated July 8, 2005, as amended on August 21,
2008 and July 30, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.05*
|
|
Amended and Restated Prepaid Card Program Agreement, dated as of
May 27, 2010, by and among the Registrant, Wal-Mart Stores,
Inc., Wal-Mart Stores Texas, L.P., Wal-Mart Louisiana, LLC,
Wal-Mart Stores East, Inc., Wal-Mart Stores, L.P. and GE Money
Bank.
|
|
10
|
.06*
|
|
Card Program Services Agreement, dated as of October 27,
2006, by and between the Registrant and GE Money Bank, as
amended.
|
|
10
|
.07**
|
|
Program Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, by and
between the Registrant and Columbus Bank and Trust Company.
|
|
10
|
.08**
|
|
Agreement for Services, dated as of September 1, 2009, by
and between the Registrant and Total System Services, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.09**
|
|
Master Services Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, by and
between the Registrant and Genpact International, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.10**
|
|
Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Line of Credit Agreement
between Columbus Bank and Trust Company and Registrant,
dated March 24, 2010.
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Offer letter to William D. Sowell from the Registrant, dated
January 28, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.12**
|
|
Form of Executive Severance Agreement.
|
|
10
|
.13**
|
|
FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan.
|
|
10
|
.14**
|
|
Description of FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.15**
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of common stock of the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.16**
|
|
Preferred Stock Warrant to purchase shares of
Series C-1
preferred stock of the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.17*
|
|
Class A Common Stock Issuance Agreement, dated as of
May 27, 2010, between the Registrant and Wal-Mart Stores,
Inc.
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Voting Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010, between the
Registrant and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Title
|
|
|
23
|
.01*
|
|
Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.01).
|
|
23
|
.02
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.01**
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
|
** |
|
Previously filed. |
|
|
|
Registrant has omitted portions of the referenced exhibit and
filed such exhibit separately with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment
under Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act. |
exv3w04
Exhibit 3.04
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
a Delaware Corporation
AMENDED
AND RESTATED BYLAWS
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
a Delaware Corporation
AMENDED
AND RESTATED BYLAWS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) |
|
ARTICLE I: |
|
STOCKHOLDERS |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.1: |
|
Annual Meetings |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.2: |
|
Special Meetings |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.3: |
|
Notice of Meetings |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.4: |
|
Adjournments |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.5: |
|
Quorum |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.6: |
|
Organization |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.7: |
|
Voting; Proxies |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.8: |
|
Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.9: |
|
List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.10: |
|
Inspectors of Elections |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.11: |
|
Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II: |
|
BOARD OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.1: |
|
Number; Qualifications |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.2: |
|
Election; Vacancies |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.3: |
|
Regular Meetings |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.4: |
|
Special Meetings |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.5: |
|
Remote Meetings Permitted |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.6: |
|
Quorum; Vote Required for Action |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 2.7: |
|
Organization |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 2.8: |
|
Written Action by Directors |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 2.9: |
|
Powers |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 2.10: |
|
Compensation of Directors |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III: |
|
COMMITTEES |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 3.1: |
|
Committees |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 3.2: |
|
Committee Rules |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV: |
|
OFFICERS |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 4.1: |
|
Generally |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 4.2: |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 4.3: |
|
Chairperson of the Board |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 4.4: |
|
President |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 4.5: |
|
Vice President |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 4.6: |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 4.7: |
|
Treasurer |
|
|
11 |
|
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) |
|
Section 4.8: |
|
Secretary |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 4.9: |
|
Delegation of Authority |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 4.10: |
|
Removal |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V: |
|
STOCK |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 5.1: |
|
Uncertificated Shares |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 5.2: |
|
Multiple Classes of Stock |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 5.3: |
|
Signatures |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 5.4: |
|
Consideration and Payment for Shares |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 5.5: |
|
Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 5.6: |
|
Transfer of Stock |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 5.7: |
|
Registered Stockholders |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 5.8: |
|
Effect of the Corporations Restriction on Transfer |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 5.9: |
|
Regulations |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI: |
|
INDEMNIFICATION |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 6.1: |
|
Indemnification of Officers and Directors |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 6.2: |
|
Advance of Expenses |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 6.3: |
|
Non-Exclusivity of Rights |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 6.4: |
|
Indemnification Contracts |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 6.5: |
|
Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 6.6: |
|
Nature of Rights |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 6.7: |
|
Insurance |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII: |
|
NOTICES |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 7.1: |
|
Notice. |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 7.2: |
|
Waiver of Notice |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII: |
|
INTERESTED DIRECTORS |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 8.1: |
|
Interested Directors |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 8.2: |
|
Quorum |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX: |
|
MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.1: |
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.2: |
|
Seal |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.3: |
|
Form of Records |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.4: |
|
Reliance upon Books and Records |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.5: |
|
Certificate of Incorporation Governs |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.6: |
|
Severability |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.7: |
|
Time Periods |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X: |
|
AMENDMENT |
|
|
20 |
|
-ii-
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
a Delaware Corporation
AMENDED
AND RESTATED BYLAWS
ARTICLE I: STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.1: Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held
for the election of directors at such date and time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation
(the Board) shall each year fix. The meeting may be held either at a place, within or without
the State of Delaware as permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL), or by
means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine. Any proper
business may be transacted at the annual meeting.
Section 1.2: Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders for any
purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, or the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
Whole Board, which shall mean the total number of authorized directors, whether or not there
exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. Special meetings may not be called by
any other person or persons. The special meeting may be held either at a place, within or without
the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may
determine.
Section 1.3: Notice of Meetings. Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall
be given in writing or by electronic transmission in the manner provided by law (including, without
limitation, as set forth in Section 7.1 of these Bylaws) stating the date, time and place, if any,
of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders
may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting and, in the case of a special
meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by
applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the Certificate of
Incorporation), such notice shall be given not less than ten (10), nor more than sixty (60), days
before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.
Section 1.4: Adjournments. The chairperson of the meeting shall have the
power to adjourn the meeting to another time, date and place (if any). Any meeting of stockholders
may adjourn from time to time, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the
time, date and place (if any) thereof and the means of remote communications (if any) by which
stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned
meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided,
however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if a new record date
is fixed for the adjourned meeting, then a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation
may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. To the fullest
1
extent permitted by law, the Board may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special
or annual meeting of stockholders before it is to be held, in which case notice shall be provided
to the stockholders of the new date, time and place, if any, of the meeting as provided in Section
1.3 above.
Section 1.5: Quorum. At each meeting of stockholders the holders of a
majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in
person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except
to the extent that the presence of the holders of a larger number of the shares of stock entitled
to vote at the meeting may be required by applicable law. Where a separate vote by a class or
classes or series or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class
or classes or series or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum
entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. If a quorum shall fail to attend
any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders, by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting may adjourn
the meeting. Shares of the Corporations stock belonging to the Corporation (or to another
corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such
other corporation are held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation), shall neither be entitled
to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing
shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any other corporation to vote any shares of the
Corporations stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity and to count such shares for purposes of
determining a quorum.
Section 1.6: Organization. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by
such person as the Board may designate, or, in the absence of such a person, the Chairperson of the
Board, or, in the absence of such person, the President of the Corporation, or, in the absence of
such person, such person as may be chosen by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
the voting power of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the
meeting. Such person shall be chairperson of the meeting and, subject to Section 1.10 hereof,
shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation
of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order. The
Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such persons absence
the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 1.7: Voting; Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting
of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such
a proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by applicable law.
Except as may be required in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a
plurality of the votes cast. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the rules of any stock
exchange upon which the Corporations securities are listed, the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, every matter other than the election of directors shall be decided by a majority of
the votes cast for or against the matter.
Section 1.8: Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In
order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of stockholders or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or
exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, unless otherwise required by
2
law, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which
the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which shall not be more than
sixty (60), nor less than ten (10), days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60)
days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board, then the record date
shall be as provided by applicable law. To the fullest extent permitted by law, a determination of
stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to
any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new
record date for the adjourned meeting, in which case, such new record date shall apply to such
adjourned meeting.
Section 1.9: List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. A complete list of
stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and
showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each
stockholder, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the
meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the
meeting, either on a reasonably accessible electronic network as permitted by law (provided that
the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting) or
during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the
meeting is held at a location where stockholders may attend in person, the list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present at the meeting. If the meeting is held solely by means
of remote communication, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during
the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information
required to access the list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
Section 1.10: Inspectors of Elections.
1.10.1 Applicability. Unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation
or by the DGCL, the following provisions of this Section 1.10 shall apply only if and when the
Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (a) listed on a national securities exchange; (b)
authorized for quotation on an interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities
association; or (c) held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) stockholders. In all other
cases, observance of the provisions of this Section 1.10 shall be optional, and at the discretion
of the Board.
1.10.2 Appointment. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders,
appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.
The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector
who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the
person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.
1.10.3 Inspectors Oath. Each inspector of election, before entering upon the
discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector
with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspectors ability.
1.10.4 Duties of Inspectors. At a meeting of stockholders, the inspectors of election
shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share,
3
(b) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c)
count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of
the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify
their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all
votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the
inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.
1.10.5 Opening and Closing of Polls. The date and time of the opening and the closing
of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced
at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall
be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery upon
application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.
1.10.6 Determinations. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and
ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted
with those proxies, any information provided in connection with proxies in accordance with any
information provided pursuant to Section 211(a)(2)(b)(i) or (iii) of the DGCL, any information
provided in connection with proxies submitted pursuant to Sections 211(e) or 212(c)(2) of the DGCL,
ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may
consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots
submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more
votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the
stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited
purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification of their
determinations pursuant to this Section 1.10 shall specify the precise information considered by
them, including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information
was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors
belief that such information is accurate and reliable.
Section 1.11: Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations.
1.11.1 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
(a) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be
considered by the stockholders shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to
the Corporations notice of such meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or (iii) by any
stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record (the Record Stockholder) at the
time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1.11, who is entitled to vote at such
meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.11. For the
avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to
make nominations or propose business (other than business included in the Corporations proxy
materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Exchange Act)), at an annual meeting of
stockholders.
(b) For nominations or business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Record
Stockholder pursuant to Section 1.11.1(a):
4
(i) the Record Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary
of the Corporation;
(ii) any such business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware
law;
(iii) if the Record Stockholder, or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf any such
proposal or nomination is made, has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice, as that
term is defined in this Section, such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a
proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage
of the Corporations voting power required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in
the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to
holders of a percentage of the Corporations voting power reasonably believed by such Record
Stockholder or beneficial owner, as the case may be, to be sufficient to elect the nominee or
nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in
such materials the Solicitation Notice; and
(iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this
Section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have
solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation
Notice under this Section.
To be timely, a Record Stockholders notice must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at
the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the
seventy-fifth (75th) day nor earlier than 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the one hundred and fifth
(105th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting (except in the
case of the 2011 annual meeting, for which such notice shall be timely if delivered in the same
time period as if such meeting were a special meeting governed by Section 1.11.2);
provided, however, that, subject to the immediately following sentence, in the
event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty
(60) days after such anniversary date, or if (other than with respect to the 2011 annual meeting)
no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so
received on the later of (A) no earlier than 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the one hundred and fifth
(105th) day prior to the currently proposed annual meeting and no later than 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time
on the later of the seventy-fifth (75th) day prior to such annual meeting or (B) the tenth (10th)
day following the day on which Public Announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the
Corporation. In no event shall an adjournment, or postponement of an annual meeting for which
notice has been given, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholders notice. Such
Record Stockholders notice shall set forth:
(x) if such notice pertains to the nomination of directors, as to each person whom the
Record Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all
information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations
of proxies for election of such nominees as directors, or would be otherwise required, in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and such persons written
consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if
elected;
5
(y) as to any business that the Record Stockholder proposes to bring before the
meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the
reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such
business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal
is made;
(z) as to the Record Stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on
whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (aa) the name and address of such
stockholder, as they appear on the Corporations books, and of such beneficial owner, (bb)
the class, series, and number of shares of the Corporation that are directly or indirectly
owned beneficially and held of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (cc)
whether or not either such stockholder or beneficial owner will deliver a proxy statement
and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the
Corporations voting power required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the
case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporations
voting power reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial holder to be sufficient
to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent being a
Solicitation Notice) (dd) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation
right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or
mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a
value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the
Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the
underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a Derivative
Instrument) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or beneficial
owner, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived
from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (ee) any proxy,
contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which the Record
Stockholder or beneficial owner has a right to vote, directly or indirectly, any shares of
any security of the Corporation, (ff) any short interest in any security of the Corporation
held by such Record Stockholder or beneficial owner (for purposes of this Section 1.11, a
person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or
indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has
the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of
the subject security), (gg) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned
beneficially directly or indirectly by such stockholder or beneficial owner that are
separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (hh) any proportionate
interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or
indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or beneficial
owner is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a
general partner, (ii) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such
stockholder or beneficial owner is directly or indirectly entitled to based on any increase
or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as
of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members
of each such stockholders or beneficial owners immediate family sharing the same household
(which information set forth in this paragraph shall be supplemented by such stockholder or
such beneficial owner not later than 10 days after the record date for determining the
stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, that if such date is after the date
of the meeting, not later than the day
6
prior to the meeting), and (jj) any other information relating to each such stockholder
or beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other
filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable,
the proposal and/or the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14
of the Exchange Act..
(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 1.11.1(b) to the contrary, in
the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there is no
Public Announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the
size of the increased Board at least ten (10) days before the last day a Record Stockholder may
deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the second sentence of Section 1.11.1(b), a
Record Stockholders notice required by this Section 1.11 shall also be considered timely, but only
with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by
the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no later than
5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such Public Announcement
is first made by the Corporation.
1.11.2 Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a
special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the
Corporations notice of such meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made
at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the
Corporations notice of such meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board or (b) provided that
the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the
Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice of the special meeting,
who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers a notice to the Secretary setting
forth the information set forth in Section 11.1.1(b)(x) and Section 11.1.1(b)(z). In the event the
Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more
directors to the Board, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be),
for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporations notice of meeting, if the
stockholders notice required by this Section 1.11.2 shall be received by the Secretary of the
Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) no earlier than the one
hundred fifth (105th) day prior to such special meeting and (ii) no later than 5:00 p.m. Pacific
Time on the later of the seventy fifth (75th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th)
day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting
and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall an
adjournment, or postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, commence a new
time period for the giving of a stockholders notice.
1.11.3 General.
(a) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 1.11 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a
meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this Section 1.11. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws,
the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or
any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this
7
Section 1.11 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance herewith, to
declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at
the meeting and shall be disregarded.
(b) For purposes of this Section 1.11, the term Public Announcement shall mean disclosure in
a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national
news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, a stockholder shall also
comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. Nothing in this Section 1.11 shall be
deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporations
proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
ARTICLE II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 2.1: Number; Qualifications. The Board shall consist of one or more
members. The initial number of directors shall be seven (7), and thereafter, unless otherwise
required by law, shall be fixed from time to time as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of
any incumbent director. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.
Section 2.2: Election; Vacancies. The directors shall be divided, with
respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into classes as provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies occurring in the Board and any newly created
directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled, as
provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 2.3: Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at
such places, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board may from time
to time determine. Notice of regular meetings need not be given if the date, times and places
thereof are fixed by resolution of the Board.
Section 2.4: Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by
the Chairperson of the Board, the President or a majority of the members of the Board then in
office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the
person or persons calling the meeting shall fix. Notice of the time, date and place of such
meeting shall be given, orally, in writing or by electronic transmission (including electronic
mail), by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four (4) days before
the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such
notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, telegram, telex, mailgram, facsimile, electronic mail
or other means of electronic transmission. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all
business may be transacted at a special meeting.
Section 2.5: Remote Meetings Permitted. Members of the Board, or any
committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of
confer-
8
ence telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating
in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to conference telephone
or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 2.6: Quorum; Vote Required for Action. At all meetings of the Board a
majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum
shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another
place, date or time without further notice thereof. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the
Certificate of Incorporation, or required by law, the affirmative vote of a majority of the
directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.
Section 2.7: Organization. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by
the Chairperson of the Board, or in such persons absence by the President, or in such persons
absence by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the
meeting, but in such persons absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act
as secretary of the meeting.
Section 2.8: Written Action by Directors. Any action required or permitted to
be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting
if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by
electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions
are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, respectively, in the minute
books of the Corporation. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in
paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
Section 2.9: Powers. The Board may, except as otherwise required by law or
the Certificate of Incorporation, exercise all such powers and manage and direct all such acts and
things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.
Section 2.10: Compensation of Directors. Members of the Board, as such, may
receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, fees and other compensation for their services as
directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board.
ARTICLE III: COMMITTEES
Section 3.1: Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees, each
committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate
one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a
member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who
are not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may
unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent
or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board,
shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the
business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed
to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in
reference to the following matters: (a) approving,
9
adopting, or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter (other than the election or
removal of members of the Board) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders
for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.
Section 3.2: Committee Rules. Unless the Board otherwise provides, each
committee designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business.
In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the
Board conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws.
ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS
Section 4.1: Generally. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a
Chief Executive Officer (who may be the Chairperson of the Board or the President), a President, a
Secretary and a Treasurer and may consist of such other officers, including a Chief Financial
Officer and one or more Vice Presidents, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board. All
officers shall be elected by the Board; provided, however, that the Board may
empower the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint any officer other than the
Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer
or the Treasurer. Each officer shall hold office until such persons successor is appointed or
until such persons earlier resignation, death or removal. Any number of offices may be held by
the same person. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any
vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may
be filled by the Board.
Section 4.2: Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the control of the Board,
the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:
(a) To act as the general manager and to have general supervision, direction and
control of the business and affairs of the Corporation;
(b) Subject to Article I, Section 1.6, to preside at all meetings of the stockholders;
(c) Subject to Article I, Section 1.2, to call special meetings of the stockholders to
be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws,
at such places as he or she shall deem proper;
(d) To affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages,
guarantees, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in
writing which have been authorized by the Board or which, in the judgment of the Chief
Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation; and to have general
charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents
and employees of the Corporation; and
(e) To vote and otherwise act on, or to authorize any officer to vote or otherwise act
on, on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of
or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this
Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise, or authorize any
10
officer otherwise to exercise, any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may
possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.
The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board shall
designate another officer to be the Chief Executive Officer. If there is no President, and the
Board has not designated any other officer to be the Chief Executive Officer, then the Chairperson
of the Board shall be the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 4.3: Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson of the Board shall
have the power to preside at all meetings of the Board, shall have the power to sign certificates
for shares of stock of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in
these Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.4: President. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of
the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated one individual as the President and a
different individual as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions
of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board, and subject to the supervisory powers of the
Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President),
and subject to such supervisory powers and authority as may be given by the Board to the
Chairperson of the Board, and/or to any other officer, the President shall have the responsibility
for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the
general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation
(other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than
the President), shall have the power to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation,
and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of
President or that are delegated to the President by the Board.
Section 4.5: Vice President. Each Vice President shall have all such powers
and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President, or that are delegated to him
or her by the Board. A Vice President may be designated by the Board to perform the duties and
exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officers
absence or disability.
Section 4.6: Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall be
the Treasurer of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated another officer as the
Treasurer of the Corporation. Subject to the direction of the Board and the Chief Executive
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly
incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer or as the Board may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.7: Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of all moneys and
securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the
Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such
transactions. The Treasurer shall have the power to sign certificates for shares of stock of the
Corporation and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly
incident to the office of Treasurer, or as the Board may from time to time prescribe.
11
Section 4.8: Secretary. The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all
authorized notices for, and shall record or cause to be recorded, the proceedings of the meetings
of the stockholders and directors in a book to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall have
charge of the corporate minute books and similar records, have the power to sign certificates for
shares of stock of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers
as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board may from time to time
prescribe.
Section 4.9: Delegation of Authority. The Board may from time to time
delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any
provision hereof.
Section 4.10: Removal. Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the
pleasure of the Board and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board; provided
that if the Board has empowered the Chief Executive Officer to appoint any Vice Presidents of the
Corporation, then such Vice Presidents may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer. Such removal
shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.
ARTICLE V: STOCK
Section 5.1: Uncertificated Shares. The shares of the Corporation shall be
uncertificated, provided that the Corporation shall be permitted to issue such nominal
number of certificates to securities depositories and provided further that the
Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of
its stock shall be represented by certificates. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a
certificate representing shares in bearer form.
Section 5.2: Multiple Classes of Stock. If the Corporation shall be authorized
to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the Corporation shall
(a) cause the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other
special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions of such preferences or rights to be set forth in full or summarized on the face or
back of any certificate that the Corporation issues to represent shares of such class or series of
stock or (b) in the case of uncertificated shares, within a reasonable time after the issuance or
transfer of such shares, send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the
information required to be set forth on certificates as specified in clause (a) above;
provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided by applicable law, in lieu of
the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of such certificate or, in
the case of uncertificated shares, on such written notice a statement that the Corporation will
furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences
and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.
Section 5.3: Signatures. Each holder of stock represented by certificates
shall be entitled to a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by (a) the
Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice President and (b) the
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the
Corporation. Any or all of
12
the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or
registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have
ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be
issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or
registrar at the date of issue.
Section 5.4: Consideration and Payment for Shares.
5.4.1 Permitted Consideration. Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of
Incorporation, shares of stock may be issued for such consideration, having in the case of shares
with par value a value not less than the par value thereof, and to such persons, as determined from
time to time by the Board. The consideration may consist of any tangible or intangible property or
benefit to the Corporation including, but not limited to, cash, promissory notes, services
performed, contracts for services to be performed or other securities.
5.4.2 Payment for Shares. Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of
Incorporation, shares may not be issued until the full amount of the consideration has been paid,
unless upon the face or back of each certificate issued to represent any partly paid shares of
capital stock or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of partly paid
uncertificated shares, there shall have been set forth the total amount of the consideration to be
paid therefor and the amount paid thereon up to and including the time said certificate
representing certificated shares or said uncertificated shares are issued.
Section 5.5: Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates.
5.5.1 Replacement. If an owner of a certificate representing shares claims that such
certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue a new
certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form if the owner: (i)
requests such a new certificate before the Corporation has notice that the certificate representing
such shares has been acquired by a protected purchaser; (ii) if requested by the Corporation,
delivers to the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that
may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, wrongful taking or destruction
of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares; and (iii)
satisfies other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.
5.5.2 Failure to Notify. If a certificate representing shares has been lost,
apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that
fact within a reasonable time after the owner has notice of such loss, apparent destruction or
wrongful taking and the Corporation registers a transfer of such shares before receiving
notification, the owner shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be precluded from asserting
against the Corporation any claim for registering such transfer or a claim to a new certificate
representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form.
Section 5.6: Transfer of Stock.
5.6.1 Complete Transfers. If a certificate representing shares of the Corporation is
presented to the Corporation with an endorsement requesting the registration of transfer of
13
such shares or an instruction is presented to the Corporation requesting the registration of
transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall register the transfer as requested if:
(a) in the case of certificated shares, the certificate representing such shares has
been surrendered;
(b) (i) with respect to certificated shares, the endorsement is made by the person
specified by the certificate as entitled to such shares; (ii) with respect to uncertificated
shares, an instruction is made by the registered owner of such uncertificated shares; or
(iii) with respect to certificated shares or uncertificated shares, the endorsement or
instruction is made by any other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority
to act on behalf of the appropriate person;
(c) the Corporation has received a guarantee of signature of the person signing such
endorsement or instruction or such other reasonable assurance that the endorsement or
instruction is genuine and authorized as the Corporation may request;
(d) the transfer does not violate any restriction on transfer imposed by the
Corporation that is enforceable in accordance with Section 5.8.1; and
(e) such other conditions for such transfer as shall be provided for under applicable
law have been satisfied.
5.6.2 Other Transfers. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral
security and not absolutely, the Corporation shall so record such fact in the entry of transfer if,
when the certificate for such shares is presented to the Corporation for transfer or, if such
shares are uncertificated, when the instruction for registration of transfer thereof is presented
to the Corporation, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.
Section 5.7: Registered Stockholders. Before due presentment for registration
of transfer of a certificate representing shares of the Corporation or of an instruction requesting
registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner
as the person exclusively entitled to inspect for any proper purpose the stock ledger and the other
books and records of the Corporation, vote such shares, receive dividends or notifications with
respect to such shares and otherwise exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of such
shares, except that a person who is the beneficial owner of such shares (if held in a voting trust
or by a nominee on behalf of such person) may, upon providing documentary evidence of beneficial
ownership of such shares and satisfying such other conditions as are provided under applicable law,
may also so inspect the books and records of the Corporation.
Section 5.8: Effect of Corporations Restriction on Transfer.
5.8.1 Enforceability. A written restriction on the transfer or registration of
transfer of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be
owned by any person or group of persons, if permitted by the DGCL and noted conspicuously on the
certificate representing such shares or, in the case of uncertificated shares, contained in a
notice sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such shares within a reasonable time
after the issuance or transfer of such shares, may be enforced against the holder of such shares or
14
any successor or transferee of the holder including an executor, administrator, trustee,
guardian or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of the
holder.
5.8.2 Notification. A restriction imposed by the Corporation on the transfer or the
registration of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be
owned by any person or group of persons, even if otherwise lawful, is ineffective against a person
without actual knowledge of such restriction unless: (i) the shares are certificated and such
restriction is noted conspicuously on the certificate; or (ii) the shares are uncertificated and
such restriction was contained in a notice sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such
shares within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares.
Section 5.9: Regulations. The Board shall have power and authority to make
such additional rules and regulations, subject to any applicable requirement of law, as the Board
may deem necessary and appropriate with respect to the issue, transfer or registration of transfer
of shares of stock or certificates representing shares. The Board may appoint one or more transfer
agents or registrars and may require for the validity thereof that certificates representing shares
bear the signature of any transfer agent or registrar so appointed.
ARTICLE VI: INDEMNIFICATION
Section 6.1: Indemnification of Officers and Directors. Each person who was
or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in any
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a
"Proceeding), by reason of the fact that such person (or a person of whom such person is the legal
representative), is or was a member of the Board or officer of the Corporation or a Reincorporated
Predecessor (as defined below) or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or a
Reincorporated Predecessor as a member of the board of directors, officer or trustee of another
corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with
respect to employee benefit plans (for purposes of this Article VI, an Indemnitee), whether the
basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or
trustee, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent
that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law
permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability and
loss (including attorneys fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts
paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection
therewith. Such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director
or officer and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee seeking
indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if
such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board or is expressly permitted by Section
6.5 hereof, or such indemnification is authorized by an agreement approved by the Board. As used
herein, the term the Reincorporated Predecessor means a corporation that is merged with and into
the Corporation in a statutory merger where (a) the Corporation is the surviving corporation of
such merger; and (b) the primary purpose of such merger is to change the corporate domicile of the
Reincorporated Predecessor to Delaware.
15
Section 6.2: Advance of Expenses. The Corporation shall pay all expenses
(including attorneys fees) incurred by such an Indemnitee in defending any such Proceeding as they
are incurred in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if
the DGCL then so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by such an Indemnitee in advance
of the final disposition of such Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of
an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should
be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no appeal that such
Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise.
Section 6.3: Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in
this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter
acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement,
vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in
this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its sole discretion, to indemnify or
advance expenses to persons (including, but not limited to, employees and agents of the
Corporation) whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to
this Article VI.
Section 6.4: Indemnification Contracts. The Board is authorized to cause the
Corporation to enter into indemnification contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent
of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification or advancement rights to such person.
Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.
Section 6.5: Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. The following shall apply to
the extent not in conflict with any indemnification contract provided for in Section 6.4 above.
6.5.1 Right to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article VI is
not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received
by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the
applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit
against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. To the fullest extent permitted
by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation
to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall
be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit
brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit
brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense
that, and (b) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant
to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a
final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set
forth in applicable law.
16
6.5.2 Effect of Determination. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its
directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal
counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit
that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has
met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by
the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such
directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such
applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the
applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a
defense to such suit.
6.5.3 Burden of Proof. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to
indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to
recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving
that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under
this Article VI, or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.
Section 6.6: Nature of Rights. The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this
Article VI shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has
ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitees
heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of
this Article VI that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or an Indemnitees successors
shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a
person pursuant to this Article VI with respect to any Proceeding involving any occurrence or
alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, repeal
or modification.
Section 6.7: Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its
expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense,
liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person
against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.
ARTICLE VII: NOTICES
Section 7.1: Notice.
7.1.1 Form and Delivery. Except as otherwise specifically permitted or required in
these Bylaws (including, without limitation, Section 7.1.2 below) or by law, all notices required
to be given pursuant to these Bylaws shall be in writing and may, (a) in every instance in
connection with any delivery to a member of the Board, be effectively given by hand delivery
(including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or
by sending such notice by prepaid overnight express courier, facsimile, electronic mail or other
form of electronic transmission and (b) be effectively be delivered to a stockholder when given by
hand delivery, by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid or, if specifically consented
to by the stockholder as described in Section 7.1.2 of this Article VII by sending such notice by
telegram, cablegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission. Any such
notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at
17
such persons address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall be
deemed given (a) in the case of hand delivery, when received by the person to whom notice is to be
given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, (b) in the case of delivery
by mail, upon deposit in the mail, (c) in the case of delivery by overnight express courier, when
dispatched, and (d) in the case of delivery via facsimile, electronic mail or other form of
electronic transmission, as set forth in Section 7.1.2, below.
7.1.2 Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise
may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under
any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if
given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is
given in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL. Any such consent shall be revocable by the
stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a)
the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by
the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (b) such inability becomes known to the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person
responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to
treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice
given pursuant to this Section 7.1.2 shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication,
when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by
electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented
to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to
the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such
separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the
stockholder.
7.1.3 Affidavit of Giving Notice. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given
in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie
evidence of the facts stated therein.
Section 7.2: Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under
any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver of
notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such
person, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be
deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of
notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of
objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is
not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors
need be specified in any waiver of notice.
ARTICLE VIII: INTERESTED DIRECTORS
Section 8.1: Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the
Corporation and one or more of its members of the Board or officers, or between the Corporation and
any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its
directors or officers are members of the board of directors or officers, or have a financial
interest,
18
shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is
present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof that authorizes the
contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose,
if: (a) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract
or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee
in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the
disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the
material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or
transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the
contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c)
the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved
or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.
Section 8.2: Quorum. Interested directors may be counted in determining the
presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or
transaction.
ARTICLE IX: MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.1: Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
determined by resolution of the Board.
Section 9.2: Seal. The Board may provide for a corporate seal, which may have
the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be
approved from time to time by the Board.
Section 9.3: Form of Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in
the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books,
may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of, diskettes, CDs, or any other information
storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible
paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the
request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the DGCL.
Section 9.4: Reliance upon Books and Records. A member of the Board, or a
member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such persons duties,
be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such
information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the
Corporations officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to
matters the member reasonably believes are within such other persons professional or expert
competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 9.5: Certificate of Incorporation Governs. In the event of any
conflict between the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the provisions of
the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.
Section 9.6: Severability. If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to
be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible
consistent with
19
such holding and the remaining provisions of these Bylaws (including without limitation, all
portions of any section of these Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal,
unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves
invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain
in full force and effect.
Section 9.7: Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which
requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an
act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be
used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be
included.
ARTICLE X: AMENDMENT
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws, any amendment or repeal of these Bylaws,
or adoption of Bylaws, shall require the approval of the Board or the stockholders of the
Corporation as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
20
exv4w01
Exhibit 4.01
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NINTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Ninth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (this Agreement) is entered
into as of May 27, 2010 by and among Green Dot Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Company)
and the holders of the Companys Preferred Stock listed on Schedule 1 hereto.
A. The Company and the holders of its Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-l Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock have previously
entered into that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
March 31, 2010, as amended (the Prior Agreement).
B. Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (Walmart) is a party to that certain Class A Common Stock Issuance
Agreement of even date herewith (the Issuance Agreement) whereby the Company has issued to
Walmart shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock (as defined hereunder).
C. In connection with the issuance of Class A Common Stock under the Issuance Agreement, the
undersigned parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as set
forth herein to add Walmart as a Holder (as defined hereunder) party to this Agreement.
D. Section 5 of the Prior Agreement provides that the Prior Agreement may be amended as
contemplated hereby with the written consent of (i) the Company and (ii) the holders of not less
than 67% of the Registrable Shares (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement) outstanding.
Accordingly, this Agreement amends and restates the Prior Agreement in its entirety, and is binding
upon the Company and each Holder, notwithstanding the failure of any Holder to execute this
Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants contained herein, and
for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions. As used herein:
1.1 The term Affiliate means, with respect to any specified person, any other person who,
directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person,
including without limitation any general partner, managing member,
officer or director of
such person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more
general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such person.
1.2 The term Class A Common Stock means shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock.
1.3 The term Class B Common Stock means shares of the Companys Class B Common Stock.
1.4 The term Holder means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable
Shares or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof.
1.5 The term Preferred Stock means shares of the Companys Series A Preferred Stock, Series
B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred
Stock.
1.6 The terms register, registered, and registration refer to a registration effected by
preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act (as defined
below) and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the
effectiveness of such registration statement.
1.7 The term Registrable Shares means and includes (i) any shares of Class A Common Stock
issued pursuant to the Issuance Agreement which constitute Vested Shares (as defined in the
Issuance Agreement), (ii) the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of
the Class B Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (iii) the
shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock
issued or issuable upon exercise of those certain warrants that were issued to the purchasers of
the Companys Series B Preferred Stock; (iv) the shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable
upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of that certain
warrant issued to PayPal, Inc. on March 3, 2009 (the PayPal Warrant); and (v) any other shares of
Class A Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right
or other security which is issued at) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in
exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, and in
each case held by a party to this Agreement and such partys permitted assignee, excluding in all
cases, however, any Registrable Shares sold by a person in a transaction in which his or her rights
under Section 2 are not assigned
1.8 The term Ownership Percentage means and includes, with respect to each Holder of
Registrable Shares requesting inclusion of Registrable Shares in an offering pursuant to this
Agreement, the number of Registrable Shares held by such Holder divided by the aggregate of (i) all
Registrable Shares held by all Holders requesting registration in such offering and (ii) the total
number of all other securities entitled to registration pursuant to any agreement with the Company
approved by the Board of Directors and held by others participating in the underwriting.
1.9 The term Public Offering means and includes the closing of an underwritten public
offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, covering the
offer and sale of securities to the general public for the account of the Company.
1.10 The term Qualified Initial Public Offering means a firm commitment underwritten public
offering underwritten by a nationally recognized investment bank approved by the Company and the
holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preferred Stock pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock to the
public involving gross proceeds to the Company of at least $25,000,000 (before deductions of
underwriters commissions and expenses) at a per share offering price of at least $2.48 (as adjusted
for recapitalizations, stock combinations, stock dividends, stock splits and the like).
1.11 The term Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
2
2. Registration Rights.
2.1 Piggy Back Registration.
(a) If at any time the Company shall determine to register under the Securities Act (including
pursuant to a demand of any stockholder of the Company exercising registration rights) any of its
Class A Common Stock (including pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3 below, but excluding registrations
relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company employee benefits plan, a
registration on Form S-4 or any successor form or a registration in which the only capital stock of
the Company being registered is Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities
which are also being registered), it shall send to each Holder written notice of such determination
and, if within twenty (20) days after receipt of such notice, such Holder shall so request in
writing, the Company shall use its best efforts to include in such registration statement all or
any part of the Registrable Shares that such Holder requests to be registered.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, in connection with any offering involving an
underwriting of securities to be issued by the Company, the managing underwriter shall impose a
limitation on the number of shares of Class A Common Stock included in any such registration
statement because, in such underwriters judgment, such limitation is necessary based on market
conditions, then the Company may exclude Registrable Shares from such registration to the extent so
advised by the underwriters provided, however, that (i) in the event of any such exclusion,
the shares which are included in such registration shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling
stockholders according to their Ownership Percentage (or in such other proportions as shall
mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders); (ii) the number of Registrable Shares included
in such registration shall not be reduced to less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total value
of securities to be sold in such offering except in the case of the Companys initial Public
Offering, in which case all securities (including Registrable Shares) other than those being sold
by the Company may be excluded from such registration; (iii) no securities being offered by the
Company for its own account shall be excluded from a registration except as set forth in the
following subsection (c) with respect to a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 below. In
addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, no stockholder of the Company otherwise entitled to
registration shall be entitled to include their shares in a registration pursuant to this Section
2.1 if such inclusion would reduce the number of shares includable by any Holder in such
registration without the consent of the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, no Registrable Shares held by
an Initiating Holder (as defined below) shall be excluded from a registration effected pursuant to
Section 2.2 below. If the managing underwriter shall impose a limitation on the number of shares of
Class A Common Stock to be included in any such registration because, in such underwriters
judgment, such limitation is necessary based on market conditions, then the Company shall exclude
from such registration (i) first, Registrable Shares held by Holders other than the Initiating
Holders (as defined below), on a pro rata basis according to their respective Ownership Percentage,
and (ii) second, securities to be sold by the Company for its own account.
(d) If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any underwriting referred to in this section, he
may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. No incidental
right under this Section 2.1 shall be construed to limit any registration required under Section
2.2.
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in connection with the
Companys currently proposed registered public offering of Class A Common Stock involving
3
an underwriting (the Offering) pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1
(Registration No. 333-165081) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26,
2010, as amended (the Registration Statement), and as an inducement for the Company and the
representatives of the investment banks that are underwriting the Offering (the Underwriters) to
continue their efforts in connection with the Offering, the undersigned holders of Registrable
Shares (on behalf of all holders of Registrable Shares under this Agreement or the Prior Agreement)
hereby waive any registration rights related to the Registrable Shares and the Registration
Statement, pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement and the Prior Agreement, and acknowledge that
the Company is not required to include any Registrable Shares in such Offering. The undersigned
holders of Registrable Shares understand and acknowledge that the shares of Class A Common Stock
offered for sale under the Registration Statement may, at the discretion of the Company and the
Underwriters, include shares being resold by certain holders of the Companys securities, and that
upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of not less than 67% of the
Registrable Shares (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement) currently outstanding, the
undersigned holders of Registrable Shares and some or all other holders of Registrable Shares may
be excluded from the Registration Statement.
2.2 Required Registration.
(a) Not earlier than the earlier of either (i) 180 days after the completion by the Company of
a Qualified Initial Public Offering or (ii) December 19, 2011, one or more Holders (the Initiating
Holders) of at least 50% of the Registrable Shares then outstanding may require the Company to
register such Initiating Holders Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, provided that such
registration covers an offering with an aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000. Such
Initiating Holder(s) shall notify the Company in writing (the Demand Notice) that it or they
intend to offer or cause to be offered for public sale all or any portion of the Registrable
Shares, and within ten (10) days of the receipt of such Demand Notice, the Company will so notify
all other Holders as set forth in Section 2.1 above. The Company shall, within 45 days after
delivery by the Company of such written notices, prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the SEC), a registration statement for the purpose of effecting a registration under
the Securities Act of all Registrable Shares that the Initiating Holders have requested to be
registered. The Company shall use best efforts to cause such registration statement to be effective
under the Securities Act as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after its receipt
of the Demand Notice.
(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 to the contrary, if
the Company furnishes to the Holders requesting any registration pursuant to such sections a
certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the
Board of Directors of the Company, such registration would be detrimental to the Company and that
it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of a registration statement, then
the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to
such offering for a period of not more than ninety (90) days from receipt by the Company of the
Demand Notice; provided, however, that the Company may not exercise such right more than once in
any twelve-month period; and provided that the Company shall not register any securities during
such ninety (90) day period (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction or
with respect to an employee benefit plan).
(c) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Shares covered by their
request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as part of their request and
the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to above.
(d) The underwriter shall be selected by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and
shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any
4
Holder to include his or her Registrable Shares in such registration shall be conditioned upon
such Holders participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holders Registrable
Shares in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their
securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form
with the underwriters selected for such underwriting.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in
writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten,
then the Initiating Holders shall so advise the Company and the Company shall advise all Holders of
Registrable Shares which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares
of Registrable Shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as set forth in
Section 2.1(c) above.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take
any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.2: (i) if, within thirty (30)
days following the Companys receipt of the Demand Notice, the Company provides the Initiating
Holders with written notice of its intent to file a registration statement for an initial Public
Offering within sixty (60) days; (ii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and
ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a Qualified Initial Public
Offering (provided that the Company shall make reasonable good faith efforts to cause such
registration statement to become effective once it has been filed), (iii) if the Initiating Holders
propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Shares that may be immediately registered on Form S-3
pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.3 below or (iv) if the Company has effected two
registrations and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective.
(g) If all of the Initiating Holders withdraw from any proposed offering, the Demand Notice
shall not count as a demand under this Section 2.2 if: (i) the Initiating Holders pay their pro
rata share (based on the number of securities initially proposed to be included in such
registration statement) of the expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such
registration statement; or (ii) the withdrawal occurs promptly after the Initiating Holders receive
notice of the occurrence of one or more events regarding the Company, which event or events may
have a material adverse affect upon the business or prospects of the Company, and such Holders
learn of such event or events after, the date of the notice of Demand Notice.
2.3 Registration on Form S-3. In case the Company shall receive from one or more Holder or
Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Shares then outstanding a written
request or requests (each, an S-3 Request) that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or
any similar form promulgated by the SEC) and any related qualification or compliance with respect
to all or a part of the Registrable Shares owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:
(a) within ten (10) days of the Companys receipt of the S-3 Request give written notice of
the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and
(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and
compliance as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of
all or such portion of such Holders or Holders Registrable Shares as are specified in such
request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Shares of any other Holder or Holders
joining in such request pursuant to Section 2.1, and shall use its best efforts to cause such
registration to be effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable, and in any event
within 120 days after receipt of
5
the S-3 Request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such
registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.3: (i) if Form S-3 (or similar
or successor form) is not available for such offering by the Holders requesting such registration;
(ii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders requesting such registration a certificate signed
by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors
of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form
S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to
defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90)
days after its receipt of the S-3 Request; provided, however, that the Company shall not utilize
this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period and the Company shall not register any
securities during such ninety (90) day period (other than a registration of securities in a Rule
145 transaction or with respect to an employee benefit plan); (iii) if such Form S-3 Registration
covers an offering of Registrable Shares of less than $1,000,000, net of underwriting discounts and
commissions, (iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of
such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders; or (v) in any
particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to
execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or
compliance.
(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the
Registrable Shares and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after
receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. A registration effected pursuant to this Section
2.3 shall not be counted as a demand for registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2.
2.4 Effectiveness.
(a) The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness for up to one hundred
eighty (180) days of any registration statement pursuant to which any of the Registrable Shares are
being offered; provided, however, that: (i) such one hundred eighty (180) day period shall be
extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities
included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of any securities of the Company and
(ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Shares on Form S-3 which are intended to be
offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such one hundred eighty (180) day period shall be
extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until the earlier to occur of
(A) twelve (12) months following the effectiveness of the registration statement, or (B) the date
that all such Registrable Shares are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the
Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis.
(b) The Company will from time to time amend or supplement such registration statement and the
prospectus contained therein as and to the extent necessary to comply with the Securities Act and
any applicable state securities statute or regulation.
2.5 Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification of Holders. In the event that the Company registers any of the
Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each
Holder of the Registrable Shares so registered, each of such Holders Affiliates (including without
limitation each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act), and each of such Holders and such Affiliates respective officers, directors,
employees, partners, agents and members, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
expenses or liabilities (or any action in respect thereof), joint or several, to which they or any
of them become subject under the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the Exchange Act), a state
6
securities law or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any
state securities law (collectively, Applicable Securities Laws), and, except as hereinafter
provided, will reimburse each such Holder, each such Affiliate and each such officer,
director, employee, partner, agent or member, if any, for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by them or any of them, as such expenses are incurred, in connection with investigating,
preparing or defending any actions whether or not resulting in any liability, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages, expenses, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon (i) any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration
statement, in any preliminary or amended preliminary prospectus or in the prospectus (or the
registration statement or prospectus as from time to time amended or supplemented by the Company);
(ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation
by the Company of Applicable Securities Laws in connection with such registration; provided,
however, that the indemnity contained in this Section 2.5(a) will not apply where such untrue
statement or omission was made in such registration statement, preliminary or amended, preliminary
prospectus or prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing
to the Company in connection therewith by such Holder of Registrable Shares or any such controlling
person expressly for use therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required
to indemnify any of the foregoing persons from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
expenses or liabilities (or any action in respect thereof) if such untrue statement or omission was
made in such registration statement, preliminary or amended, preliminary prospectus or prospectus
and was corrected in a subsequent prospectus that was required by law to be delivered to the person
making the claim with respect to which indemnification is sought hereunder, and such subsequent
prospectus was made available by the Company to permit delivery of such prospectus in a timely
manner by the Holder to the proposed purchaser, and such subsequent prospectus was so delivered to
the Holder making the claim for indemnification and such Holder failed to deliver such corrected
prospectus. Promptly after receipt by any Holder of Registrable Shares or any controlling person of
notice of the commencement of any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the
Company, such Holder of Registrable Shares, or such controlling person, as the case may be, will
notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof, and, subject to the provisions
hereinafter stated, the Company shall assume the defense of such action (including the employment
of counsel, who shall be counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Holder of Registrable Shares, or
such controlling person, as the case may be), and the payment of expenses insofar as such action
shall relate to any alleged liability in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the
Company. Such Holder of Registrable Shares or any such controlling person shall have the right to
employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof in the event
the representation of such Holder or controlling person by counsel retained by or on the behalf of
the Company would be inappropriate due to conflicts of interest between any such person and any
other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding or action, in which case the Company
shall pay, as incurred, the fees and expenses of such separate counsel. The Company shall not be
liable to indemnify any person under this Section 2.5(a) for any settlement
of any such action
effected without the Companys consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The
Company shall not, except with the approval of each party being indemnified under this Section
2.5(a) (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld), consent to entry of any judgment or
enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the
claimant or plaintiff to the parties being so indemnified of a release from all liability in
respect to such claim or litigation.
(b) Indemnification of Company. In the event that the Company registers any of the
Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, each Holder of the Registrable Shares so registered
will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have
signed the registration statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the
7
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages, expenses or liabilities (or any action in respect thereof), to which they or any of them
may become subject under Applicable Securities Laws, and, except as hereinafter provided, will
reimburse the Company and each such director, officer or controlling person for any legal or other
expenses reasonably incurred by them or any of them, as such expenses are incurred, in connection
with investigating or defending any actions whether or not resulting in any liability, insofar as
such losses, claims, damages, expenses, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration
statement, in any preliminary or amended preliminary prospectus or in the prospectus (or the
registration statement or prospectus as from time to time amended or supplemented) or arise out of
or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, but only
insofar as any such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with
information furnished in writing to the Company in connection therewith by such Holder, expressly
for use therein; provided, however, that such Holders obligations hereunder shall be limited to an
amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of the Registrable Shares sold in such
registration. Promptly after receipt of notice of the commencement of any action in respect of
which indemnity may be sought against such Holder of Registrable Shares, the Company will notify
such Holder of Registrable Shares in writing of the commencement thereof, and such Holder of
Registrable Shares shall, subject to the provisions hereinafter stated, assume the defense of such
action (including the employment of counsel, who shall be counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
Company) and the payment of expenses insofar as such action shall relate to the alleged liability
in respect of which indemnity may be sought against such Holder of Registrable Shares. The Company
and each such director, officer or controlling person shall have the right to employ separate
counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof in the event the
representation of the Company, any of its officers or directors or controlling person by counsel
retained by or on the behalf of such Holder would be inappropriate due to conflicts of interest
between any such person and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding or
action, in which case such Holder shall pay, as incurred, the fees and expenses of such separate
counsel. Notwithstanding the two preceding sentences, if the action is one in which the Company may
be obligated to indemnify any Holder of Registrable Shares pursuant to Section 2.5(a), the Company
shall have the right to assume the defense of such action, subject to the right of such Holders to
participate therein as permitted by Section 2.5(a). Such Holder shall not be liable to indemnify
any person for any settlement of any such action effected without such Holders consent (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such Holder shall not, except with the approval of the
Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), consent to entry of any judgment or
enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the
claimant or plaintiff to the party being so indemnified of a release from all liability in respect
to such claim or litigation.
2.6 Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 2.5 is held by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss,
liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of
indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one
hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that
resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access
to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
8
omission, provided, however, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder
exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.
2.7 Exchange Act Registration. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of
Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may
at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or
pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:
(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in
SEC Rule 144, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first
registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general
public;
(b) take such reasonable action, including the voluntary registration of its Class A Common
Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form
S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Shares;
(c) file on a timely basis with the SEC all information that the SEC may require under either
of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and, so long as it is required to file such
information, take all action that may be required as a condition to the availability of Rule 144
under the Securities Act (or any successor exemptive rule hereinafter in effect) with respect to
the Companys Class A Common Stock; and
(d) furnish to any Holder forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to
its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual
or quarterly report of the Company as filed with the SEC, and (iii) any other reports and documents
that a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC
allowing a Holder to sell any such Registrable Shares without registration.
2.8 Further Obligations of the Company. Whenever the Company is required hereunder to
register Registrable Shares, it agrees that it shall also do the following:
(a) Furnish to each selling Holder such copies of each preliminary and final prospectus and
any other documents that such Holder may reasonably request to facilitate the public offering of
its Registrable Shares;
(b) Use its best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Shares to be registered
pursuant to this Agreement under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions
as any selling Holder may reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to
take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits other than those arising
out of the offer or sale of the securities covered by the registration statement in any
jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
(c) Notify each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by such registration statement at any
time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the
happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement,
as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in
the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or
supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of
a material fact or omit
9
to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;
(d) Cause all such Registrable Shares registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each
securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;
(e) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Shares registered pursuant
hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Shares, in each case not later than the
effective date of such registration;
(f) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations
under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such
offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its
obligations under such an agreement;
(g) Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Shares
pursuant to this Section 2, on the date that such Registrable Shares are delivered to the
underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 2, if such
securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through
underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes
effective:
(i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of
such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten
public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration
of Registrable Shares; and
(ii) comfort letters signed by the Companys independent public accountants who have
examined and reported on the Companys financial statements included in the registration statement,
to the extent permitted by the standards of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants,
covering substantially the same matters with respect to the registration statement (and the
prospectus included therein) and with respect to events subsequent to the date of the financial
statements, as are customarily covered in accountants comfort letters delivered to the
underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities, but only if and to the extent that the
Company is required to deliver or cause the delivery of such comfort letters to the underwriters
in an underwritten public offering of securities;
(h) Permit each selling Holder or his or her counsel or other representatives to inspect and
copy such corporate documents and records as may reasonably be requested by them; and
(i) Furnish to each selling Holder, upon request, a copy of all documents filed and all
correspondence from or to the SEC in connection with any such offering unless confidential
treatment of such information has been requested of the SEC.
2.9 Expenses. In the case of a registration under Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 the Company shall
bear all costs and expenses of each such registration, including, but not limited to, printing,
legal and accounting expenses, SEC filing fees and blue sky fees and expenses; provided, however,
that the Company shall have no obligation to pay or otherwise bear (i) any portion of the fees or
disbursements of more than one counsel for the Holders in connection with the registration of their
Registrable Shares, which in no event shall exceed a reasonable fee, (ii) any portion of the
underwriters commissions or discounts attributable to the Registrable Shares being offered and
sold by the Holders of
10
Registrable Shares, or (iii) any of such expenses if the payment of such expenses by the
Company is prohibited by the laws of a state in which such offering is qualified and only to the
extent so prohibited.
2.10 Transfer of Registration Rights. The registration rights of a Holder of Registrable
Shares under this Agreement may be transferred as set forth below, provided in each case that (i)
immediately following such transfer or assignment the further disposition of the Registrable Shares
so transferred or assigned is restricted under the Securities Act; (ii) the transferee or assignee
agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the Company is given written
notice prior to such transfer; and (iv) the transfer or assignment is to: (A) any partner or
affiliate of a Holder (it being understood that any investment partnership for which David W. Hanna
has the power to direct investment decisions constitutes an affiliate of the David William Hanna
Trust dated October 30, 1989); (B) in the case of an individual, any member of the immediate family
of such individual or to any trust for the benefit of the individual or any such family member or
members; or (C) any other transferee which receives at least two percent (2%) of the Registrable
Securities outstanding on the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the registration rights
of a Holder under this Agreement may not be transferred to an entity, or a person controlled by,
under common control with or controlling such entity, which is a direct competitor of the Company.
Notwithstanding clause (iv) above, the holder of the PayPal Warrant shall have the right to assign
or transfer its registration rights under this Agreement to any party to whom the PayPal Warrant or
the shares acquired upon exercise of the PayPal Warrant are transferred provided such transferee or
assignee is a party to whom the PayPal Warrant could be transferred in an Exempt Warrant Transfer
(as defined in the PayPal Warrant).
2.11 No Superior Rights; Most Favored Nations. The Company will not, without first obtaining
the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares, grant (i) any
piggy back registration rights to any person or entity which would reduce the number of shares
includable by the Holders pursuant to Section 2.1; or (ii) any registration rights to any person or
entity that are otherwise superior to the rights granted hereunder. In the event that the Company
grants rights superior to the rights granted hereunder after obtaining such written consent (or
waiver thereof pursuant to Section 5 below), any superior rights granted to other persons or
entities shall apply to the Holders and shall be deemed to be incorporated into this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may grant pari passu registration rights to the rights
granted hereunder without any such consent.
2.12 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Provided that all Holders are treated equally and that
holders of at least 1% of the outstanding securities of the Company and all officers and directors
of the Company are also so bound, no Holder shall, to the extent requested by any managing
underwriter of the Company, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who
agree to be similarly bound) any Registrable Shares during a period (the Stand-Off Period) equal
to 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Companys initial
Public Offering filed under the Securities Act (or such shorter period as the Company or managing
underwriter may authorize, so long as the applicable Stand-Off Period for all Holders is the same)
(or such longer period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate
regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii)
analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in
NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto),
and except for securities sold as part of the offering covered by such registration statement in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, that if any officer, director, or
holder of 1% of the outstanding securities of the Company (the Specified Shareholders) is
released by such underwriter from its lockup obligations as referenced hereunder, then all Holders
shall be so released on a pro rata basis (with the percentage of each Holders Registrable
Securities so released being equal to the percentage of shares so released for the Specified
Shareholder having the highest
11
percentage of released shares among all of the Specified Shareholders). In order to enforce
the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stock transfer restrictions with respect to the
Registrable Shares of each Holder until the end of the Stand-Off Period. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the obligations described in this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a registration
relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms which may be
promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to an acquisition of another persons
business, Form S-4 or similar forms which may be promulgated in the future.
2.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The obligations of the Company to register any
Holders Registrable Shares pursuant to this Section 2 shall terminate five (5) years after the
Companys Qualified Initial Public Offering, and the obligations of the Company to register any
Holders Registrable Shares pursuant to this Section 2 shall be suspended at all such times as all
of the Registrable Shares of such Holder may be sold within a three month period without limitation
under SEC Rule 144.
3. Assignability. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
respective heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
4. Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of California; provided, however, that if any California law or laws require or permit the
application of the laws of any other jurisdiction to this Agreement, such California law or laws
shall be disregarded with the effect that the remaining laws of the State of California shall
nonetheless apply.
5. Amendment. Any provision in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, changes in or
additions to this Agreement may be made, and compliance with any covenant or provision herein set
forth may be omitted or waived, either retroactively or prospectively, with the written consent of
(i) the Company, and (ii) the Holders of not less than 67% of the Registrable Shares then
outstanding, which shall be binding upon all of the parties hereto. The Company shall, in each
such case, deliver copies of such consents in writing to any Holder who did not execute the same.
6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
7. Notice. Any notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement
shall be effective if in writing and delivered personally or sent by telecopier, Federal Express or
other generally recognized overnight carrier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:
|
|
|
If to a Holder, to:
|
|
The name and address set forth on Schedule 1 hereto. |
|
|
|
If to the Company:
|
|
Green Dot Corporation |
|
|
605 E. Huntington Drive, Suite 205 |
|
|
Monrovia, California 91016 |
|
|
Attention: Chief Executive Officer and General Counsel |
|
|
Facsimile: (626) 775-3704 |
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
Fenwick & West LLP |
|
|
801 California Street |
|
|
Mountain View, CA 94041 |
12
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: Gordon Davidson |
|
|
Andrew Luh |
|
|
Facsimile: (650) 938-5200 |
Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed effective
(and to have been received) (a) on the date delivered, if delivered personally, (b) one (1)
business day after being sent, if sent by Federal Express or other generally recognized overnight
carrier, (c) one business day after being sent, if sent by fax with confirmation of good
transmission and receipt, and (d) three business days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, First
Class with postage prepaid. Each of the parties herewith shall be entitled to specify another
address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.
8. Severability. In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or
unenforceable, it shall, to the extent practicable, be modified so as to make it valid, legal and
enforceable and to retain as nearly as practicable the intent of the parties; and the validity,
legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.
9. Survival. The obligations of the Company and the Holders under Section 2.5 and Section 2.6
of this Agreement shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Shares in a registration
statement and the termination of this Agreement.
13
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE COMPANY
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Steve Streit
|
|
|
|
Steve Streit, President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TCV VII, L.P.
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,
acting by its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology Crossover Management VII, L.P.
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,
acting by its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd.
a Cayman Islands exempted company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ F. Fenton
Name: F. Fenton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Signatory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TCV VII (A), L.P.
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,
acting by its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology Crossover Management VII, L.P.
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,
acting by its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd.
a Cayman Islands exempted company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ F. Fenton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: F. Fenton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Signatory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TCV Member Fund, L.P.
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,
acting by its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd.
a Cayman Islands exempted company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ F. Fenton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: F. Fenton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Signatory |
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SEQUOIA CAPITAL FRANCHISE FUND
SEQUOIA CAPITAL FRANCHISE PARTNERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
SCFF Management, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A Delaware Limited Liability Company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Partner of Each |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael Moritz |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Moritz, Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SEQUOIA CAPITAL IX
SEQUOIA CAPITAL ENTREPRENEURS ANNEX FUND |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
SCIX.1 Management, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A Delaware Limited Liability Company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Partner of Each |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael Moritz |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Moritz, Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. GROWTH FUND IV, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
SCGF IV Management, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
SCGF GenPar, Ltd |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A Cayman Islands limited liability company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Michael Moritz |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Director |
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TTP FUND, LP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
Total Technology Partners, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Gardiner W. Garrard, III
Gardiner W. Garrard III,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Partner |
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENAYA CAPITAL V, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
by: Tenaya Capital V GP, L.P., its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC, its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ James A. Hinson
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
James A. Hinson |
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
COO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENAYA CAPITAL V-P, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: Tenaya Capital V GP, L.P., its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC, its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ James A. Hinson
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
James A. Hinson |
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
COO |
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DAVID WILLIAM HANNA TRUST DATED OCTOBER 30, 1989 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ David W. Hanna
David W. Hanna, Trustee
|
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
YKA PARTNERS LTD. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Kenneth Aldrich
Kenneth Aldrich
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER
|
|
|
/s/ Donald B. Wiener
|
|
|
Donald B. Wiener |
|
|
|
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER
|
|
|
/s/ Jacques L. Wiener as agent
|
|
|
Mark L. Shike & Patrcia W. Shifke, as Joint Tenants |
|
|
|
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Eric C. Weiss
William B. Wiener, Jr., by Eric C. Weiss, Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WILLIAM B. WIENER, JR. FOUNDATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Donald B. Wiener |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Donald B. Wiener, Vice President |
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER
|
|
|
/s/ Jacques L. Wiener as agent
|
|
|
Betty Wiener Spomer |
|
|
|
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER
|
|
|
/s/ Jacques L. Wiener as agent
|
|
|
Jacques L. Wiener, III |
|
|
|
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER
|
|
|
/s/ Jacques L. Wiener as agent
|
|
|
Sandra Baron Wiener |
|
|
|
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER
|
|
|
/s/ Jacques L. Wiener as agent
|
|
|
Jacques L. Wiener, Jr. |
|
|
|
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WAL-MART STORES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Jane Thompson
Jane Thompson
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
SCHEDULE 1
HOLDERS
Name and Address of Holder
TCV VII, L.P.
TCV VII (A), L.P.
TCV Member Fund, L.P.
528 Ramona Street
Palo Alto, CA 94301
Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund
Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners
Sequoia Capital IX.I Holdings, LLC
Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund
Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund IV, L.P.
3000 Sand Hill Rd.
Bldg. 4, Suite 250
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Tenaya Capital V, L.P.
Tenaya Capital V-P, L.P.
3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 3, Suite 190
Menlo Park, CA 94025
David William Hanna Trust dated October 30,
1989
c/o Hanna Capital Management
8105 Irvine Center Drive
Suite 1170
Irvine, CA 92618
Attention: Virginia L. Hanna
Name and Address of Holder
TTP Fund, L.P.
1349 West Peachtree Street, NE
Suite 1190
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
Sara Jane DeWitt
1178 San Marino Avenue
San Marino, CA 911 08
George W. Hart III
222 W. 14th Street
Apt 4C
New York, NY 10011
The Lazar Family Trust
5342 Aldea Avenue
Encino, CA 91316
BMS Investments
1667 W. Washington Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90007
Elaine Miller, trustee, Miller Living Survivors
Trust
Robert Miller, attorney-in-fact for the estate of
Irwin D. Miller
P.O. Box 575
Ross, CA 94957-0575
The Zechter Family Trust
Richard Harlan Zechter
Lawrence Glen Zechter
Susan Carol Zechter
c/o Sol Zechter
3141 Michelson Drive
Suite 1802
Irvine, CA 92612
YKA Partners, Ltd.
157 Surfview Drive
Pacific Palisades, CA 90272
Jeff Schweiger
7430 Miami View Drive
North Bay Village, FL 33141
Name and Address of Holder
Mark Shifke
Patricia W. Shifke
Mark L. Shifke & Patricia W. Shifke, as joint tenants
Donald B. Wiener
William B. Wiener
Betty Wiener Spomer
Jacques L. Wiener, Jr.
Jacques L. Wiener, III
Sandra Baron Wiener
Sandra M. Feingerts
Sandra M Feingerts Childrens Trust U/A dated 12/5103
The Jonathan Loeb Shifke Trust U/A Dated 12/24/87
The Katherine Elisabeth Shifke Trust U/A dated 4/11/91
The David Jacques Shifke Trust U/A Dated 12/4/91
The Caroline Rose Shifke Trust U/A Dated 12/13/89
The Thomas Max Wiener Trust U/A Dated 3/16/99
The John Baron Wiener Trust U/A Dated 12/11/98
The Kathryn Ellen Wiener Trust U/A Dated 11/12/93
The Andrew Charles Spomer Trust U/A Dated 1]/12193
The Daniel Baron Spomer Trust U/A Dated 4/10/96
The Sophie Grace Wiener Trust, U/A Dated August 19, 2003
c/o Wiener Associates
333 Texas Street, Suite 2375
Shreveport, LA 71101
Avishai Shachar
59 Shore Drive
Larchmont, NY 10538
Kathleen L. Ferrell
714 Broadway #8
New York, NY 10003
Howard Ellins
47 Horatio Street
New York, NY 10014
Mario Verdolini
1133 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10128
Name and Address of Holder
Steve Streit
Steven W. Streit Family Trust
907 El Campo Drive
Pasadena, CA 91107
Jennifer C. Streit Revocable Trust UTD May 4, 2006
1245 San Marino Avenue
San Marino, CA 91108
Christopher S. Hameetman
1925 Century Park East
Suite 2100
Los Angeles, California 90067
Kodiak Ventures, LP
1430 Glencoe Drive
Arcadia, CA 91006
Steven J. Pfrenzinger and Margaret A. Pfrenzinger
Family Trust Dated 03/25/83
73-987 Desert Garden Trail
Palm Desert, CA 92260
Raulee Marcus
3335 Highland Avenue
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Kenneth I. Brody, Ph.D.
1011 Amalfi Drive
Pacific Palisades, CA 90272
L. Ried Schott Trust dtd 8/13/97
L. Ried Schott TTEE
225 31st Place
Manhattan Beach, CA 90266
Avalon Investments, LLC
P.O. Box 41-B
305 East Bay Front
Newport Beach, CA 92662
Ellen Olivier de Vezia
30765 Pacific Coast Highway #110
Malibu, CA 90265
Barbara Tomash
787 Ensenada Avenue
Berkeley, CA 94707
Holly Family 1989 Trust
James H. Holly, TTEE
6512 Nancy Road
Rancho Palos Verdes, CA 90275
Name and Address of Holder
Larry M. & Virginia A. Daines Trust dated Dec.
15, 2000
Larry M. Daines, TTEE
622 Gloria Road
Arcadia, CA 91006
Maryann ODonnell
1896 Rising Glen Road
Los Angeles, CA 90069
Michael J. Napoli Jr.
939 N. Palm Avenue #301
W. Hollywood, CA 90069
The Ben-Barak 1990 Family Trust
Y. Ben Barak, Trustee
8 Cottoncloud
Irvine, CA 92614
Mary Ann Wenger
Samuel Graves Pierce
180 Montrose Road
Berkeley, CA 94707
Douglas Runing DeWitt
5485 Gardendale Street
South Gate, CA 90280
Edward Holden DeWitt
P.O. Box 1932
South Gate, CA 90280
William Holliday DeWitt, II
P.O. Box 1521
South Gate, CA 90280
Mark Gilder
8383 Wilshire Boulevard, # 240
Beverly Hills, CA 90211
Judith S. Diffenbaugh
Mount Madonna Center
445 Summit Road
Watsonville, CA 95076
Colin Phillips
9 Waverly Court
Houston, TX 77005
The Pacific Group Defined Benefit Trust
632 Via del Monte
Palos Verdes Estates, CA 90274
Pickar Investments, Ltd.
11 Bowie Road
Rolling Hills, CA 90274
Warren and Sharon Hanselman, JTWROS
31862 Paseo Terraza
San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675
Name and Address of Holder
Kenneth D. Leiter
147 Minges Hills Drive
Battle Creek, MI 49015
Stephen M. Greenberg
1003 Ash Drive
Mahwah, NJ 07430-2337
The Greenleaf Family Trust dated Mary 16, 1999
624 Winston Ave.
San Marino, CA 91108
Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, LP
3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Attn: Robert Helm
PayPal, Inc.
2211 North First Street
San Jose, California 95131
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
702 S.W. Eighth Street
Bentonville, AR 72716
exv5w01
Exhibit 5.01
[Fenwick & West LLP Letterhead]
, 2010
Green Dot Corporation
605 East Huntington Drive, Suite 205
Monrovia, CA 91016
Ladies and Gentlemen:
At your request, we have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File Number
333-165081) (the Registration Statement) filed by Green Dot Corporation, a Delaware corporation
(the Company), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) on February 26,
2010, as amended through the date hereof, in connection with the registration under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), of the proposed sale of an aggregate of up to shares (the Stock) of the Companys Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (together
with the Companys Class B Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, the Common Stock), which
number of shares includes (i) up to shares initially to be sold by certain selling stockholders
(the Selling Stockholders) of which (A) are presently issued and outstanding and (B) are
issuable upon the exercise of options to be exercised by certain of the Selling Stockholders, and
(ii) up to shares subject to the underwriters over-allotment to be sold by certain of the Selling
Stockholders of which (A) are presently issued and outstanding (together with the initial stock
listed in (i)(A), the Issued Stock) and (B) are issuable upon the exercise of options to be
exercised by certain of the Selling Stockholders (together with the initial stock listed in (i)(B),
the Option Stock).
In rendering this opinion, we have examined such matters of fact as we have deemed necessary
in order to render the opinion set forth herein, which included examination of the following:
|
(1) |
|
a copy of the Ninth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on March 31, 2010, a copy of the
Certificate of Amendment to Ninth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as
filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 27, 2010, a copy of the Certificate
of Amendment to Ninth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as filed with
the Delaware Secretary of State on July , 2010, and a copy of the Tenth Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, which the Company intends to file
with the Secretary of State of Delaware promptly following the closing date of the
offering contemplated by the Registration Statement (the Closing Date); |
Green Dot Corporation
, 2010
Page 2
|
(2) |
|
a copy of the Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended, as
certified to us as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company as being complete
and in full force and effect as of the date hereof, and a copy of the Amended and
Restated Bylaws of the Company, which will become effective as of the Closing Date; |
|
|
(3) |
|
the Registration Statement, together with the Exhibits filed as a part thereof; |
|
|
(4) |
|
the preliminary prospectus, dated , 2010, prepared in connection with the
Registration Statement (the Preliminary Prospectus); |
|
|
(5) |
|
the underwriting agreement to be entered into by and among the Company, the
Selling Stockholders and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co.,
Incorporated, as representatives of the several underwriters (the Underwriting
Agreement); |
|
|
(6) |
|
the minutes of meetings and actions by written consent of the incorporator, the
Companys stockholders and the Companys Board of Directors contained in the minute
books of the Company that have been made available to us by the Company at the
Companys offices; |
|
|
(7) |
|
the securities records for the Company that have been made available to us by
the Company at the Companys offices (consisting of a list of stockholders holding shares
of capital stock issued by the Company and a list of option and warrant holders
respecting the Companys capital and of any rights to purchase capital stock that was
prepared by the Company and dated , 2010 verifying the number of such issued and
outstanding securities); |
|
|
(8) |
|
a management certificate addressed to us and dated of even date herewith
executed by the Company containing certain factual representations (the Management
Certificate); and |
|
|
(9) |
|
the custody agreements, manner of payment elections, contingent exercise
notices and powers of attorney signed by the Selling Stockholders in connection with
the sale of the Stock described in the Registration Statement. |
In our examination of documents for purposes of this opinion, we have assumed, and express no
opinion as to, the authenticity and completeness of all documents submitted to us as originals, the
conformity to originals and completeness of all documents submitted to us as copies, the legal
capacity of all persons or entities executing the same, the lack of any undisclosed termination,
modification, waiver or amendment to any document reviewed by us and the due authorization,
execution and delivery of all such documents by the Selling Stockholders where due authorization,
execution and delivery are prerequisites to the
effectiveness thereof. The Common Stock is uncertificated and no stockholders of the Company
hold certificates representing shares of Common Stock.
Green Dot Corporation
, 2010
Page 3
We are admitted to practice law in the State of California, and we render this opinion only
with respect to, and express no opinion herein concerning the application or effect of the laws of
any jurisdiction other than, the existing laws of the United States, of the State of California and
of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions
relating thereto.
In connection with our opinions expressed below, we have assumed that, at or prior to the time
of the delivery of any shares of Stock, the Registration Statement will have been declared
effective under the Securities Act, that the registration will apply to such shares of Stock and
will not have been modified or rescinded and that there will not have occurred any change in law
affecting the validity of the issuance of such shares of Stock.
Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that:
|
1. |
|
the up to shares of Issued Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholders
pursuant to the Registration Statement are validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable; and |
|
|
2. |
|
the up to shares of Option Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, when
issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the stock option agreements
between the Company and such Selling Stockholders pursuant to which the underlying
stock options were granted, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. |
We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further
consent to all references to us, if any, in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus
constituting a part thereof and any amendments thereto. This opinion is intended solely for use in
connection with issuance and sale of shares subject to the Registration Statement and is not to be
relied upon for any other purpose. We assume no obligation to advise you of any fact,
circumstance, event or change in the law or the facts that may hereafter be brought to our
attention whether or not such occurrence would affect or modify the opinions expressed herein.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
|
|
|
FENWICK & WEST LLP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w01
Exhibit 10.01
INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
This Indemnity Agreement, dated as of , 2010 is made by and between Green Dot
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Company), and , a director, officer
or key employee of the Company or one of the Companys subsidiaries or other service provider
who satisfies the definition of Indemnifiable Person set forth below (Indemnitee).
RECITALS
A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant
to serve as representatives of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability
insurance and indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting
from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears
no relationship to the compensation of such representatives;
B. The members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) have concluded that
to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as representatives of the
Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (as defined below) and to encourage such individuals
to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify certain of its
representatives and the representatives of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and to assume for
itself maximum liability for Expenses and Other Liabilities (each as defined below) in
connection with claims against such representatives in connection with their service to the
Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates;
C. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (Section 145), empowers the
Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who
serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other
corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, trusts or other enterprises, and expressly provides
that the indemnification provided thereby is not exclusive; and
D. The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a
representative of the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company free from
undue concern about inappropriate claims for damages arising out of or related to such services
to the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions. As used herein:
(a) The term Affiliate of the Company means any corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in respect of which Indemnitee is or was or will
be serving as a director, officer, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, agent, attorney,
consultant, member of the entitys governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors,
board of managers, general partner or otherwise), fiduciary, or in any other similar capacity at
the request, election or direction of the Company, and including, but not limited to, any employee
benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.
(b) The term Change in Control means (i) any person (as such term is used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a Subsidiary or a
trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or
Subsidiary, that is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act),
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting
power represented by the Companys then outstanding capital stock (other than as a result of one or
more of the following: (x) continuing to hold securities acquired prior to the Companys initial
public offering (the IPO); (y) exercise of securities acquired prior to the IPO (and continuing
to hold the securities issued upon exercise thereof); or (z) the exercise of securities issued
under the Companys equity compensation plans); (ii) during any period of two (2) consecutive
years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director
whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Companys stockholders was approved
by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was
previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; (iii) the
stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other
corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the outstanding capital
stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
remaining outstanding or by being converted into capital stock of the surviving entity) at least
80% of the total voting power represented by the capital stock of the Company or such surviving
entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (iv) the stockholders of the
Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially
all of the Companys assets.
(c) The term Expenses means all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever
(including, without limitation, all attorneys fees and related disbursements, and other
out-of-pocket costs), paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation,
defense or appeal of, or being a witness in a Proceeding (as defined below), or establishing or
enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, Section 145 or
otherwise; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA
excise taxes or penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.
-2-
(d) The term Indemnifiable Event means any event or occurrence related to Indemnitees
service for the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person (as defined
below), or by reason of anything done or not done, or any act or omission, by Indemnitee in any
such capacity.
(e) The term Indemnifiable Person means any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee, attorney, trustee, manager, member, partner, consultant, member of an entitys governing
body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise)
or other agent or fiduciary of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.
(f) The term Independent Counsel means legal counsel that has not performed services for the
Company or Indemnitee in the five years preceding the time in question and that would not, under
applicable standards of professional conduct, have a conflict of interest in representing either
the Company or Indemnitee.
(g) The term Other Liabilities means any and all liabilities of any type whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA (or other benefit plan related)
excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement and all interest, taxes, assessments and
other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, ERISA
(or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement).
(h) The term Proceeding means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, legislative or any other type
whatsoever, preliminary, informal or formal, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute
resolution and including any appeal of any of the foregoing.
(i) The term Subsidiary means any entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting
securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
2. Agreement to Serve. The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an
Indemnifiable Person in the capacity or capacities in which Indemnitee currently serves the Company
as an Indemnifiable Person, and any additional capacity in which Indemnitee may agree to serve,
until such time as Indemnitees service in a particular capacity shall end according to the terms
of an agreement, the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, governing law, or otherwise.
Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or
other form of service for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by Indemnitee.
3. Mandatory Indemnification.
(a) Agreement to Indemnify. In the event Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party
to or witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness in any Proceeding by reason of
an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against
any and all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with
(including in preparation for) such Proceeding to the fullest extent not prohibited by the
provisions of the Companys Bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law (GCL), as the same
may be
-3-
amended from time to time (but only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to
provide broader indemnification rights than the Bylaws or the GCL permitted prior to the adoption
of such amendment).
(b) Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance and Other Sources. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or Other
Liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to judgments, fines, penalties,
ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid
directly to Indemnitee (or paid directly to a third party on Indemnitees behalf) by any directors
and officers, or other type, of insurance maintained by the Company.
(c) Company Obligations Primary. The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may
have rights to indemnification for Expenses and Other Liabilities provided by a third party (Other
Indemnitor). The Company agrees with Indemnitee that the Company is the indemnitor of first
resort of Indemnitee with respect to matters for which indemnification is provided under this
Agreement and that the Company will be obligated to make all payments due to or for the benefit of
Indemnitee under this Agreement without regard to any rights that Indemnitee may have against the
Other Indemnitor. The Company hereby waives any equitable rights to contribution or
indemnification from the Other Indemnitor in respect of any amounts paid to Indemnitee hereunder.
The Company further agrees that no reimbursement of Other Liabilities or payment of Expenses by the
Other Indemnitor to or for the benefit of Indemnitee shall affect the obligations of the Company
hereunder, and that the Company shall be obligated to repay the Other Indemnitor for all amounts so
paid or reimbursed to the extent that the Company has an obligation to indemnify Indemnitee for
such Expenses or Other Liabilities hereunder.
4. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this
Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses or Other
Liabilities but not entitled, however, to indemnification for the total amount of such Expenses or
Other Liabilities, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for such total amount except
as to the portion thereof for which indemnification is prohibited by the provisions of the
Companys Bylaws or the GCL. In any review or Proceeding to determine the extent of
indemnification, the Company shall bear the burden to establish, by clear and convincing evidence,
the lack of a successful resolution of a particular claim, issue or matter and which amounts sought
in indemnity are allocable to claims, issues or matters which were not successfully resolved.
5. Liability Insurance. So long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve the Company or
a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and thereafter so long as
Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding as
a result of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to maintain in full
force and effect for the benefit of Indemnitee as an insured (a) liability insurance issued by one
or more reputable insurers and having the policy amount and deductible deemed appropriate by the
Board and providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same
amount as that provided to the Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or Chief
Financial Officer of the Company when such insurance is purchased, and (b) any replacement or
substitute policies issued by one or more reputable insurers providing in all respects coverage at
least comparable to and in the same amount as that being provided to the Chairperson of the
-4-
Board, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company when such replacement or
substitute policies are purchased. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such
insurance or other arrangements shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of
the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the
execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit
or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any
such insurance or other arrangement.
6. Mandatory
Advancement of Expenses. If requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance prior to the
final disposition of the Proceeding all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection
with (including in preparation for) a Proceeding related to an Indemnifiable Event. Indemnitee
hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and only if and to the extent that, it shall
ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the
provisions of this Agreement, the Companys Bylaws or the GCL. The advances to be made hereunder
shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee or directly to a third party designated by Indemnitee
within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the
Company. Indemnitees undertaking to repay any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee hereunder shall be
unsecured and shall not be subject to the accrual or payment of any interest thereon.
-5-
7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.
(a) Notification. Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement
of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that
indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect thereto may be sought from the Company
under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof.
However, a failure so to notify the Company promptly following Indemnitees receipt of such notice
shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee except to the
extent that the Company is materially prejudiced in its defense of such Proceeding as a result of
such failure.
(b) Insurance and Other Matters. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the
commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 7(a) above, the Company has director and officer
liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such
Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.
The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of
Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such
insurance policies.
(c) Assumption of Defense. In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the
Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if deemed appropriate by the Company,
shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding as provided herein. Such defense by the
Company may include the representation of two or more parties by one attorney or law firm as
permitted under the ethical rules and legal requirements related to joint representations.
Following delivery of written notice to Indemnitee of the Companys election to assume the defense
of such Proceeding, the approval by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld)
of counsel designated by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company
will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees and expenses of counsel
subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. If (i) the employment of
counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have
notified the Board in writing that Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there is likely to be a
conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or
(iii) the Company fails to employ counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the fees and
expenses of Indemnitees counsel shall be subject to indemnification and/or advancement pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall prevent Indemnitee from employing counsel for
any such Proceeding at Indemnitees expense.
(d) Settlement. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this
Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the
Companys written consent; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has
occurred, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in
settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. Neither the Company nor
any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company shall enter into a settlement of any Proceeding
that might result in the imposition of any Expense, Other Liability, penalty, limitation or
detriment on Indemnitee, whether indemnifiable under this Agreement or otherwise, without
Indemnitees written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold
consent from any settlement of any Proceeding.
-6-
8. Determination of Right to Indemnification.
(a) Success on the Merits or Otherwise. To the extent that Indemnitee has been
successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 3(a)
above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter described therein, the Company shall
indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.
(b) Indemnification in Other Situations. In the event that Section 8(a) is
inapplicable, the Company shall also indemnify Indemnitee if he or she has not failed to meet the
applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.
(c) Forum. Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which determination of
whether or not Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct shall be decided, and such
election will be made from among the following:
(i) Those members of the Board
consisting of directors who were not parties to the Proceeding for
which a claim is made under this Agreement (Independent
Directors), even though less than a quorum;
(ii) A committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent
Directors, even though less than a quorum; or
(iii) Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, which approval may
not be unreasonably withheld.
If Indemnitee is an officer or a director of the Company at the time that Indemnitee is
selecting the forum, then Indemnitee shall not select Independent Counsel as such forum unless
there are no Independent Directors or unless the Independent Directors agree to the selection of
independent counsel as the forum.
The selected forum shall be referred to herein as the Reviewing Party. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, following any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be Independent Counsel
selected in the manner provided in (iii) above.
(d) As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the
Company of written notice of Indemnitees choice of forum pursuant to Section 8(c) above, the
Company and Indemnitee shall each submit to the Reviewing Party such information as they believe is
appropriate for the Reviewing Party to consider. The Reviewing Party shall arrive at its decision
within a reasonable period of time following the receipt of all such information from the Company
and Indemnitee, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the receipt of all such
information, provided that the time by which the Reviewing Party must reach a decision may be
extended by mutual agreement of the Company and
Indemnitee. The Reviewing Party shall inform the Company and Indemnitee of such decision in
writing in accordance with Section 14 hereof. All Expenses associated with the process set forth
in this Section 8(d), including but not limited to the Expenses of the Reviewing Party, shall be
paid by the Company.
(e) Delaware Court of Chancery. Notwithstanding a final determination by any
Reviewing Party that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification with respect to a specific
-7-
Proceeding, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Court of Chancery, for the purpose of
enforcing Indemnitees right to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.
(f) Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by
Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or Proceeding under this Section 8 involving Indemnitee and against all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in
connection with any other Proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee involving the
interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of
competent jurisdiction finds that each of the material claims of Indemnitee in any such Proceeding
was frivolous or made in bad faith.
(g) Determination of Good Faith. For purposes of any determination of whether
Indemnitee acted in good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted
in good faith if in taking or failing to take the action in question
Indemnitee relied on the records or books of account of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of
the Company, including financial statements, or on information, opinions, reports or statements
provided to Indemnitee by the officers or other employees of the Company or a Subsidiary or
Affiliate of the Company in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the
Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, or on information or records given or reports
made to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by an independent certified public
accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate
of the Company, or by any other person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial
advisors) as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other persons professional
or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.
In connection with any determination as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified
hereunder, or to advancement of Expenses, the Reviewing Party or court shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is
entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the burden of proof
shall be on the Company to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that Indemnitee is not so
entitled. The provisions of this Section 8(g) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in
any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or
failures to act, of any other person serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the
Company as an Indemnifiable Person shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining
the right to indemnification hereunder.
9. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding,
(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to
Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense,
except (i) with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification
under this Agreement, any other statute or law, as permitted under Section 145, or otherwise, (ii)
where the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, or (iii) with respect to
Proceedings brought to discharge Indemnitees fiduciary responsibilities, whether under ERISA or
otherwise, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in
specific cases if the Board finds it to be appropriate; or
-8-
(b) Section 16(b) Actions. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms
of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered
against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of
securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange
Act of l934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory
law; or
(c) Unlawful Indemnification. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee for Other Liabilities if such indemnification is
prohibited by law.
10. Non-exclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses
set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may
have under any provision of law, the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of
the Companys stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to
acts or omissions in his or her official capacity and to acts or omissions in another capacity
while serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person
and Indemnitees rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased serving the Company or
a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit
of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.
11. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all
portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of
this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement
containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves
invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested
by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
12. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this
Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of
any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any
other provision hereof (whether or not similar) and except as expressly provided herein, no
such waiver shall constitute a continuing waiver.
13. Successors and Assigns. The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure
to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
14. Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (a) if delivered by hand and a receipt
is provided by the party to whom such communication is delivered, (b) if mailed by certified or
registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the signing by the recipient of
an acknowledgement of receipt form accompanying delivery through the U.S. mail, (c) if served
personally by a process server, or (d) if delivered to the recipients address by overnight
delivery (e.g., FedEx, UPS or DHL) or other commercial delivery service. Addresses
-9-
for notice to
either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by
written notice complying with the provisions of this Section 14. Delivery of communications to the
Company with respect to this Agreement shall be sent to the attention of the Companys General
Counsel.
15. No Presumptions. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any
Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction,
or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption
that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or
that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or otherwise.
In addition, neither the failure of the Company or a Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any
particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the
Company or a Reviewing Party that Indemnitee
has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of
Proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination by exercising Indemnitees rights
under Section 8(e) of this Agreement shall be a defense to Indemnitees claim or create a
presumption that Indemnitee has failed to meet any particular standard of conduct or did not have
any particular belief or is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law or otherwise.
16. Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Agreement shall
continue after Indemnitee has ceased to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the
Company as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitees heirs, executors
and administrators.
17. Subrogation. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, in the
event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such
payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required
and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company
effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
18. Specific Performance, Etc. The parties recognize that if any provision of this
Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law.
Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, Indemnitee shall be entitled, if Indemnitee so
elects, to institute Proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce
specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the
foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall
for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is
sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
20. Headings. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are
inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to
affect the construction or interpretation thereof.
-10-
21. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed
according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents
entered into and to be performed entirely with Delaware.
22. Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably
consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection
with any Proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.
-11-
The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement effective as of the date first
above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNITEE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-12-
exv10w03
Exhibit 10.03
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and
motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of
the Company, and any Parents and Subsidiaries that exist now or in the future, by offering them an
opportunity to participate in the Companys future performance through the grant of Awards.
Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in the text are defined in Section 27.
2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.
2.1 Number of Shares Available. Subject to Sections 2.6 and 21 and any other
applicable provisions hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and
issuance pursuant to this Plan as of the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board is 2,000,000
Shares.
2.2 Lapsed, Returned Awards. Shares subject to Awards, and Shares issued under the
Plan under any Award, will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with subsequent
Awards under this Plan to the extent such Shares: (a) are subject to issuance upon exercise of an
Option or SAR granted under this Plan but which cease to be subject to the Option or SAR for any
reason other than exercise of the Option or SAR; (b) are subject to Awards granted under this Plan
that are forfeited or are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price; (c) are subject
to Awards granted under this Plan that otherwise terminate without such Shares being issued; or (d)
are surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out
in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares
available for issuance under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to
satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant
or sale under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, Shares that otherwise become available for
grant and issuance because of the provisions of this Section 2.2 shall not include Shares subject
to Awards that initially became available because of the substitution clause in Section 21.2
hereof.
2.3 Minimum Share Reserve. At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available
a sufficient number of Shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding
Awards granted under this Plan.
2.4 Automatic Share Reserve Increase. The number of Shares available for grant and
issuance under the Plan shall be increased on January 1, of each of 2011 through 2014, by the
lesser of (i) three percent (3%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock and the Companys
Class B common stock issued and outstanding on each December 31 immediately prior to the date of
increase or (ii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.
2.5 Limitations. No more than 25,000,000 Shares shall be issued pursuant to the
exercise of ISOs.
2.6 Adjustment of Shares. If the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a stock
dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination,
reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, without consideration,
then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance and future grant under the Plan set forth in
Section 2.1, (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and
SARs, (c) the number of Shares
subject to other outstanding Awards, (d) the maximum number of shares that may be issued as
ISOs set forth in Section 2.5, (e) the maximum number of Shares that may be issued to an individual
or to a new Employee in any one calendar year set forth in Section 3 and (f) the number of Shares
that are granted as Awards to Non-Employee Directors as set forth in Section 12, shall be
proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the
Company and in compliance with applicable securities laws; provided that fractions of a Share will
not be issued.
3. ELIGIBILITY. ISOs may be granted only to Employees. All other Awards may be
granted to Employees, Consultants, Directors and Non-Employee Directors of the Company or any
Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; provided such Consultants, Directors and Non-Employee
Directors render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a
capital-raising transaction. No Participant will be eligible to receive more than two million
(2,000,000) Shares in any calendar year under this Plan pursuant to the grant of Awards except that
new Employees of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (including new Employees
who are also officers and directors of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) are
eligible to receive up to a maximum of four million (4,000,000) Shares in the calendar year in
which they commence their employment.
4. ADMINISTRATION.
4.1 Committee Composition; Authority. This Plan will be administered by the Committee
or by the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of
this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and
carry out this Plan, except, however, the Board shall establish the terms for the grant of an Award
to Non-Employee Directors. The Committee will have the authority to:
(a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document
executed pursuant to this Plan;
(b) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan or any Award;
(c) select persons to receive Awards;
(d) determine the form and terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan,
of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the
exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance
criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or
limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors
as the Committee will determine;
(e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards;
(f) determine the Fair Market Value in good faith, if necessary;
(g) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in
replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or any other incentive or
compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;
(h) grant waivers of Plan or Award conditions;
(i) determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards;
(j) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any
Award or any Award Agreement;
(k) determine whether an Award has been earned;
(l) determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;
(m) reduce or waive any criteria with respect to Performance Factors;
(n) adjust Performance Factors to take into account changes in law and accounting or tax rules
as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual
items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships provided that such adjustments are
consistent with the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to
persons whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code; and
(o) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.
4.2 Committee Interpretation and Discretion. Any determination made by the Committee
with respect to any Award shall be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Award
or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan or Award, at any later time, and such
determination shall be final and binding on the Company and all persons having an interest in any
Award under the Plan. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of the Plan or any Award Agreement
shall be submitted by the Participant or Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of
such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participant. The
Committee may delegate to one or more executive officers the authority to review and resolve
disputes with respect to Awards held by Participants who are not Insiders, and such resolution
shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participant.
4.3 Section 162(m) of the Code and Section 16 of the Exchange Act. When necessary or
desirable for an Award to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the
Code the Committee shall include at least two persons who are outside directors (as defined under
Section 162(m) of the Code) and at least two (or a majority if more than two then serve on the
Committee) such outside directors shall approve the grant of such Award and timely determine (as
applicable) the Performance Period and any Performance Factors upon which vesting or settlement of
any portion of such Award is to be subject. When required by Section 162(m) of the Code, prior to
settlement of any such Award at least two (or a majority if more than two then serve on the
Committee) such outside directors then serving on the Committee shall determine and certify in
writing the extent to which such Performance Factors have been timely achieved and the extent to
which the Shares subject to such Award have thereby been earned. Awards granted to Participants who
are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act must be approved by two or more non-employee
directors (as defined in the regulations promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act). With
respect to Participants whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, and provided
that such adjustments are consistent with the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the
Code, the Committee may adjust the performance goals to account for changes in law and accounting
and to make such adjustments as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact
of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships,
including without limitation (i) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and
other unusual or non-recurring charges, (ii) an event either not directly related to the operations
of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Companys management, or (iii) a change
in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles.
4.4 Documentation. The Award Agreement for a given Award, the Plan and any
other documents may be delivered to, and accepted by, a Participant or any other person in any
manner (including electronic distribution or posting) that meets applicable legal requirements.
5. OPTIONS. The Committee may grant Options to Participants and will determine
whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (ISOs) or
Nonqualified Stock Options (NQSOs), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise
Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and
conditions of the Option, subject to the following:
5.1 Option Grant. Each Option granted under this Plan will identify the Option as an
ISO or an NQSO. An Option may be, but need not be, awarded upon satisfaction of such Performance
Factors during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participants individual
Award Agreement. If the Option is being earned upon the satisfaction of Performance Factors, then
the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period
for each Option; and (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the
performance, if any. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate
simultaneously with respect to Options that are subject to different performance goals and other
criteria.
5.2 Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the
Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, or a specified future date. The Award
Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time
after the granting of the Option.
5.3 Exercise Period. Options may be exercisable within the times or upon the
conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement governing such Option; provided,
however, that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the
date the Option is granted; and provided further that no ISO granted to a person who, at
the time the ISO is granted, directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary
of the Company (Ten Percent Stockholder) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5)
years from the date the ISO is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become
exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares
or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.
5.4 Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the
Committee when the Option is granted; provided that: (i) the Exercise Price of an ISO will be not
less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant
and (ii) the Exercise Price of any ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder will not be less than
one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant.
Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 11. Payment for the Shares
purchased must be made in accordance with Section 11 and the Award Agreement and in accordance with
any procedures established by the Company. The Exercise Price of a NQSO may not be less than one
hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
5.5 Method of Exercise. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to
the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee
and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An
Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as
the Committee may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and
(ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with
applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment
authorized by the Committee and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon
exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant. Until the Shares are issued
(as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer
agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder
will exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will
issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment
will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the
Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 2.6 of the Plan. Exercising an Option in any
manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter
available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of
Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
5.6 Termination. The exercise of an Option will be subject to the following (except
as may be otherwise provided in an Award Agreement):
(a) If the Participant is Terminated for any reason except for the Participants death or
Disability, then the Participant may exercise such Participants Options only to the extent that
such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the Termination Date no later than
three (3) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter time period or longer time period not
exceeding five (5) years as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3)
months after the Termination Date deemed to be the exercise of an NQSO), but in any event no later
than the expiration date of the Options.
(b) If the Participant is Terminated because of the Participants death (or the Participant
dies within three (3) months after the Participants Disability), then the Participants Options
may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the
Participant on the Termination Date and must be exercised by the Participants legal
representative, or authorized assignee, no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date
(or such shorter time period not less than six (6) months or longer time period not exceeding five
(5) years as may be determined by the Committee), but in any event no later than the expiration
date of the Options.
(c) If the Participant is Terminated because of the Participants Disability, then the
Participants Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been
exercisable by the Participant on the Termination Date and must be exercised by the Participant (or
the Participants legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months
after the Termination Date (with any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the Termination
Date when the Termination is for a Disability that is not a permanent and total
disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (b) twelve (12) months after the
Termination Date when the Termination is for a Disability that is a permanent and total
disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be exercise of an NQSO), but in
any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.
5.7 Limitations on Exercise. The Committee may specify a minimum number of Shares
that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not
prevent any Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is
then exercisable.
5.8 Limitations on ISOs. With respect to Awards granted as ISOs, to the extent that
the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which such ISOs are exercisable for
the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any
Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated
as NQSOs. For purposes of this Section 5.8, ISOs will be taken into account in the order in which
they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option
with respect to such Shares is granted. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated
thereunder are amended after the Effective Date to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market
Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, such different limit will be automatically
incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such
amendment.
5.9 Modification, Extension or Renewal. The Committee may modify, extend or renew
outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that
any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such
Participants rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified,
extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the
Code. Subject to Section 18 of this Plan, by written notice to affected Participants, the
Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of such
Participants; provided, however, that the Exercise Price
may not be reduced below the Fair Market Value on the date the action is taken to reduce the
Exercise Price.
5.10 No Disqualification. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term
of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or
authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of
the Code or, without the consent of the Participant affected, to disqualify any ISO under Section
422 of the Code.
6. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.
6.1 Awards of Restricted Stock. A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company
to sell to a Participant Shares that are subject to restrictions (Restricted Stock). The
Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the Participant may
purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions under which the Shares will be subject and all other
terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the Plan.
6.2 Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award
will be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided in an Award
Agreement, a Participant accepts a Restricted Stock Award by signing and delivering to the Company
an Award Agreement with full payment of the Purchase Price, within thirty (30) days from the date
the Award Agreement was delivered to the Participant. If the Participant does not accept such
Award within thirty (30) days, then the offer of such Restricted Stock Award will terminate, unless
the Committee determines otherwise.
6.3 Purchase Price. The Purchase Price for a Restricted Stock Award will be
determined by the Committee and may be less than Fair Market Value on the date the Restricted Stock
Award is granted. Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 11 of the
Plan, the Award Agreement and in accordance with any procedures established by the Company.
6.4 Terms of Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted Stock Awards will be subject to such
restrictions as the Committee may impose or are required by law. These restrictions may be based
on completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon completion of
Performance Factors, if any, during any Performance Period as set out in advance in the
Participants Award Agreement. Prior to the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Committee
shall: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the
Restricted Stock Award; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure
performance goals, if any; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to the
Participant. Performance Periods may overlap and a Participant may participate simultaneously with
respect to Restricted Stock Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and having
different performance goals and other criteria.
6.5 Termination of Participant. Except as may be set forth in the Participants Award
Agreement, vesting ceases on such Participants Termination Date (unless determined otherwise by
the Committee).
7. STOCK BONUS AWARDS.
7.1 Awards of Stock Bonuses. A Stock Bonus Award is an award to an eligible person of
Shares for services to be rendered or for past services already rendered to the Company or any
Parent or Subsidiary. All Stock Bonus Awards shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement. No
payment from the Participant will be required for Shares awarded pursuant to a Stock Bonus Award.
7.2 Terms of Stock Bonus Awards. The Committee will determine the number of Shares to
be awarded to the Participant under a Stock Bonus Award and any restrictions thereon. These
restrictions may be based upon completion of a specified number of years of service with the
Company or upon satisfaction of performance goals based on Performance Factors during any
Performance Period as
set out in advance in the Participants Stock Bonus Agreement. Prior to the grant of any
Stock Bonus Award the Committee shall: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any
Performance Period for the Stock Bonus Award; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be
used to measure performance goals; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to
the Participant. Performance Periods may overlap and a Participant may participate simultaneously
with respect to Stock Bonus Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and different
performance goals and other criteria.
7.3 Form of Payment to Participant. Payment may be made in the form of cash, whole
Shares, or a combination thereof, based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares earned under a Stock
Bonus Award on the date of payment, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.
7.4 Termination of Participation. Except as may be set forth in the Participants
Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such Participants Termination Date (unless determined otherwise
by the Committee).
8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.
8.1 Awards of SARs. A Stock Appreciation Right (SAR) is an award to a Participant
that may be settled in cash, or Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock), having a value
equal to (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Exercise
Price multiplied by (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is being settled
(subject to any maximum number of Shares that may be issuable as specified in an Award Agreement).
All SARs shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.
8.2 Terms of SARs. The Committee will determine the terms of each SAR including,
without limitation: (a) the number of Shares subject to the SAR; (b) the Exercise Price and the
time or times during which the SAR may be settled; (c) the consideration to be distributed on
settlement of the SAR; and (d) the effect of the Participants Termination on each SAR. The
Exercise Price of the SAR will be determined by the Committee when the SAR is granted, and may not
be less than Fair Market Value. A SAR may be awarded upon satisfaction of Performance Factors, if
any, during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participants individual Award
Agreement. If the SAR is being earned upon the satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the
Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for
each SAR; and (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance,
if any. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with
respect to SARs that are subject to different Performance Factors and other criteria.
8.3 Exercise Period and Expiration Date. A SAR will be exercisable within the times
or upon the occurrence of events determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement
governing such SAR. The SAR Agreement shall set forth the expiration date; provided that no SAR
will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the SAR is granted. The
Committee may also provide for SARs to become exercisable at one time or from time to time,
periodically or otherwise (including, without limitation, upon the attainment during a Performance
Period of performance goals based on Performance Factors), in such number of Shares or percentage
of the Shares subject to the SAR as the Committee determines. Except as may be set forth in the
Participants Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such Participants Termination Date (unless
determined otherwise by the Committee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 5.6
also will apply to SARs.
8.4 Form of Settlement. Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant will be entitled to
receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying (i) the difference between
the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price; times (ii) the
number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. At the discretion of the Committee,
the payment from the Company for the SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or
in some combination thereof. The portion of a SAR being settled may be paid currently or on a
deferred basis with such
interest or dividend equivalent, if any, as the Committee determines, provided that the terms
of the SAR and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
8.5 Termination of Participation. Except as may be set forth in the Participants
Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such Participants Termination Date (unless determined otherwise
by the Committee).
9. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.
9.1 Awards of Restricted Stock Units. A Restricted Stock Unit (RSU) is an award to
a Participant covering a number of Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those
Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock). All RSUs shall be made pursuant to an Award
Agreement.
9.2 Terms of RSUs. The Committee will determine the terms of an RSU including,
without limitation: (a) the number of Shares subject to the RSU; (b) the time or times during which
the RSU may be settled; and (c) the consideration to be distributed on settlement, and the effect
of the Participants Termination on each RSU. An RSU may be awarded upon satisfaction of such
performance goals based on Performance Factors during any Performance Period as are set out in
advance in the Participants Award Agreement. If the RSU is being earned upon satisfaction of
Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of
any Performance Period for the RSU; (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to
measure the performance, if any; and (z) determine the number of Shares deemed subject to the RSU.
Performance Periods may overlap and participants may participate simultaneously with respect to
RSUs that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other
criteria.
9.3 Form and Timing of Settlement. Payment of earned RSUs shall be made as soon as
practicable after the date(s) determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. The
Committee, in its sole discretion, may settle earned RSUs in cash, Shares, or a combination of
both. The Committee may also permit a Participant to defer payment under a RSU to a date or dates
after the RSU is earned provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the
requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
9.4 Termination of Participant. Except as may be set forth in the Participants Award
Agreement, vesting ceases on such Participants Termination Date (unless determined otherwise by
the Committee).
10. PERFORMANCE SHARES.
10.1 Awards of Performance Shares. A Performance Share Award is an award to a
Participant denominated in Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares
(which may consist of Restricted Stock). Grants of Performance Shares shall be made pursuant to an
Award Agreement.
10.2 Terms of Performance Shares. The Committee will determine, and each Award
Agreement shall set forth, the terms of each award of Performance Shares including, without
limitation: (a) the number of Shares deemed subject to such Award; (b) the Performance Factors and
Performance Period that shall determine the time and extent to which each award of Performance
Shares shall be settled; (c) the consideration to be distributed on settlement, and the effect of
the Participants Termination on each award of Performance Shares. In establishing Performance
Factors and the Performance Period the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and
starting date of any Performance Period; (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used;
and (z) determine the number of Shares deemed subject to the award of Performance Shares. Prior to
settlement the Committee shall determine the extent to which Performance Shares have been earned.
Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to
Performance Shares that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance
goals and other criteria.
10.3 Value, Earning and Timing of Performance Shares. Each Performance Share will
have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. After the
applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Shares will be entitled to
receive a payout of the number of Performance Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance
Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding Performance Factors
or other vesting provisions have been achieved. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay
earned Performance Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value
equal to the value of the earned Performance Shares at the close of the applicable Performance
Period) or in a combination thereof.
10.4 Termination of Participant. Except as may be set forth in the Participants
Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such Participants Termination Date (unless determined otherwise
by the Committee).
11. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES.
Payment from a Participant for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash or
by check or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by
law (and to the extent not otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement):
(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;
(b) by surrender of shares of the Company held by the Participant that have a Fair Market
Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said
Award will be exercised or settled;
(c) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant for services rendered or to be
rendered to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;
(d) by consideration received by the Company pursuant to a broker-assisted or other form of
cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;
(e) by any combination of the foregoing; or
(f) by any other method of payment as is permitted by applicable law.
12. GRANTS TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS.
12.1 Types of Awards. Non-Employee Directors are eligible to receive any type of
Award offered under this Plan except ISOs. Awards pursuant to this Section 12 may be automatically
made pursuant to policy adopted by the Board, or made from time to time as determined in the
discretion of the Board. The aggregate number of Shares subject to Awards granted to a
Non-Employee Director pursuant to this Section 12 in any calendar year shall not exceed eighty
thousand (80,000); provided however, that this maximum number can later be increased by the Board
effective for the calendar year next commencing thereafter without further stockholder approval.
12.2 Eligibility. Awards pursuant to this Section 12 shall be granted only to
Non-Employee Directors. A Non-Employee Director who is elected or re-elected as a member of the
Board will be eligible to receive an Award under this Section 12.
12.3 Vesting, Exercisability and Settlement. Except as set forth in Section 21,
Awards shall vest, become exercisable and be settled as determined by the Board. With respect to
Options and SARs, the exercise price granted to Non-Employee Directors shall not be less than the
Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time that such Option or SAR is granted.
13. WITHHOLDING TAXES.
13.1 Withholding Generally. Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of
Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an
amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state, local and international withholding tax
requirements prior to the delivery of Shares pursuant to exercise or settlement of any Award.
Whenever payments in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan are to be made in cash, such
payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state, local and
international withholding tax requirements.
13.2 Stock Withholding. The Committee, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such
procedures as it may specify from time to time, may require or permit a Participant to satisfy such
tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii)
electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market
Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (iii) delivering to the
Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be
withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of
the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.
14. TRANSFERABILITY. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, an Award may not
be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by
will or by the laws of descent or distribution. If the Committee makes an Award transferable,
including, without limitation, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the
Awards are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift to a
Permitted Transferee, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the
Administrator deems appropriate.
15. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP; RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES.
15.1 Voting and Dividends. No Participant will have any of the rights of a
stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After
Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights
of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends
or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided, that if such
Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may
become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split
or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the
same restrictions as the Restricted Stock; provided, further, that the Participant
will have no right to retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Shares
that are repurchased at the Participants Purchase Price or Exercise Price, as the case may be,
pursuant to Section 15.2.
15.2 Restrictions on Shares. At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may
reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) a right to repurchase (a Right of Repurchase) a portion
of any or all Unvested Shares held by a Participant following such Participants Termination at any
time within ninety (90) days after the later of the Participants Termination Date and the date the
Participant purchases Shares under this Plan, for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money
indebtedness, at the Participants Purchase Price or Exercise Price, as the case may be.
16. CERTIFICATES AND BOOK ENTRIES. All certificates or book entries for Shares or
other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stop transfer orders, legends
and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions
under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other
requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares
may be listed or quoted.
17. ESCROW; PLEDGE OF SHARES. To enforce any restrictions on a Participants Shares,
the Committee may require the Participant to deposit with the Company or an agent designated by
the Company (or place under the control of the Company or its designated agent) all
certificates or book entries representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments
of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, for the purpose of holding
in escrow (or controlling) such certificates or book entries until such restrictions have lapsed or
terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be
placed on the certificates or note in the Companys direct registration system for stock issuance
and transfer such restrictions and accompanying legends with respect to the book entries. Any
Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the
purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or
part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of the Participants obligation
to the Company under the promissory note; provided, however, that the Committee may
require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation
and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory
note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participants Shares or other collateral. In connection
with any pledge of the Shares, the Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written
pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares
purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the
promissory note is paid.
18. REPRICING; EXCHANGE AND BUYOUT OF AWARDS. Without prior stockholder approval the
Committee may (i) reprice Options or SARS (and where such repricing is a reduction in the Exercise
Price of outstanding Options or SARS, the consent of the affected Participants is not required
provided written notice is provided to them), and (ii) with the consent of the respective
Participants (unless not required pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Plan), pay cash or issue new
Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any, or all, outstanding Awards.
19. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE. An Award will not be effective
unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and
regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated
quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the
date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any
other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates
or establish book entries for Shares under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from
governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (b) completion
of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling
of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company
will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the
registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or
automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to
do so.
20. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY. Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this
Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of,
or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company
or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to
terminate Participants employment or other relationship at any time.
21. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.
21.1 Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor. In the event of a Corporate
Transaction any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor corporation,
which assumption or replacement shall be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the
successor corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar
consideration to Participants as was provided to stockholders (after taking into account the
existing provisions of the Awards). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of
outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other
property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant. In the event
such successor or acquiring corporation (if any) refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute
Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a Corporate Transaction,
then notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, such Awards will expire
on such transaction at such time and on such conditions as the Board will determine; the Board (or,
the Committee, if so designated by the Board) may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting
of such Awards in connection with a Corporate Transaction. In addition, in the event such
successor or acquiring corporation (if any) refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute
Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a Corporate Transaction, the Committee will notify the
Participant in writing or electronically that such Award will be exercisable for a period of time
determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and such Award will terminate upon the
expiration of such period. Awards need not be treated similarly in a Corporate Transaction.
21.2 Assumption of Awards by the Company. The Company, from time to time, also may
substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an
acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Award under this Plan in
substitution of such other companys award; or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted
under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this
Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or
assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company
had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award
granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged
(except that the Purchase Price or the Exercise Price, as the case may be, and the number
and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise or settlement of any such Award will be adjusted
appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a
new Option in substitution rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted
with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price. Substitute Awards shall not reduce the number of Shares
authorized for grant under the Plan or authorized for grant to a Participant in any calendar year.
21.3 Non-Employee Directors Awards. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
herein, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the vesting of all Awards granted to Non-Employee
Directors shall accelerate and such Awards shall become exercisable (as applicable) in full prior
to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the Committee determines.
22. ADOPTION AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. This Plan shall be submitted for the approval
of the Companys stockholders, consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or
after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.
23. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW. Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this
Plan will become effective on the Effective Date and will terminate ten (10) years from the date
this Plan is adopted by the Board. This Plan and all Awards granted hereunder shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
24. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Board may at any time terminate or amend
this Plan in any respect, including, without limitation, amendment of any form of Award Agreement
or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that the
Board will not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any
manner that requires such stockholder approval; provided further, that a Participants
Award shall be governed by the version of this Plan then in effect at the time such Award was
granted.
25. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the
submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this
Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such
additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the
granting of stock awards and bonuses otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be
either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
26. INSIDER TRADING POLICY. Each Participant who receives an Award shall comply with
any policy adopted by the Company from time to time covering transactions in the Companys
securities by Employees, officers and/or directors of the Company.
27. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Plan, and except as elsewhere defined herein, the
following terms will have the following meanings:
Award means any award under the Plan, including any Option, Restricted Stock, Stock Bonus,
Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Unit or award of Performance Shares.
Award Agreement means, with respect to each Award, the written or electronic agreement
between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award, which
shall be in substantially a form (which need not be the same for each Participant) that the
Committee has from time to time approved, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and
conditions of this Plan.
Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations
promulgated thereunder.
Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board or those persons to whom
administration of the Plan, or part of the Plan, has been delegated as permitted by law.
Company means Green Dot Corporation, or any successor corporation.
Common Stock means the Class A common stock of the Company.
Consultant means any person, including an advisor or independent contractor, engaged by the
Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.
Corporate Transaction means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any person
(as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial
owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the
Companys then-outstanding voting securities; (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition by
the Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets; (iii) the consummation of a merger
or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation
which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto
continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting
power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent
outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (iv) any other transaction which
qualifies as a corporate transaction under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the stockholders of
the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company (except for the acquisition, sale
or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company).
Director means a member of the Board.
Disability means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
Effective Date means the date of the underwritten initial public offering of the Companys
Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement that is declared effective by the SEC.
Employee means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any
Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a directors fee
by the Company will be sufficient to constitute employment by the Company.
Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Program means a program pursuant to which outstanding Awards are surrendered,
cancelled or exchanged for cash, the same type of Award or a different Award (or combination
thereof).
Exercise Price means, with respect to an Option, the price at which a holder may purchase
the Shares issuable upon exercise of an Option and with respect to a SAR, the price at which the
SAR is granted to the holder thereof.
Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Companys Common Stock
determined as follows:
(a) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities
exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities
exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street
Journal;
(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is neither listed nor admitted to trading on a
national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of
determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal;
(c) in the case of an Option or SAR grant made on the Effective Date, the price per share at
which shares of the Companys Common Stock are initially offered for sale to the public by the
Companys underwriters in the initial public offering of the Companys Common Stock pursuant to a
registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act; or
(d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board or the Committee in good faith.
Insider means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions
in the Companys Common Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
Non-Employee Director means a Director who is not an Employee of the Company or any Parent
or Subsidiary.
Option means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5.
Parent means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations
ending with the Company if each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing
fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of
the other corporations in such chain.
Participant means a person who holds an Award under this Plan.
Performance Factors means the factors selected by the Committee, which may include, but are
not limited to the, the following measures (whether or not in comparison to other peer companies)
to determine whether the performance goals established by the Committee and applicable to Awards
have been satisfied:
|
|
|
Net revenue and/or net revenue growth; |
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share and/or earnings per share growth; |
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes and amortization and/or earnings before income
taxes and amortization growth; |
|
|
|
Operating income and/or operating income growth; |
|
|
|
|
Net income and/or net income growth; |
|
|
|
|
Total stockholder return and/or total stockholder return growth; |
|
|
|
|
Return on equity; |
|
|
|
|
Operating cash flow return on income; |
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating cash flow return on income; |
|
|
|
|
Economic value added; |
|
|
|
|
Control of expenses; |
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold; |
|
|
|
|
Profit margin; |
|
|
|
|
Stock price; |
|
|
|
|
Debt or debt-to-equity; |
|
|
|
|
Liquidity; |
|
|
|
|
Intellectual property (e.g., patents)/product development; |
|
|
|
|
Mergers and acquisitions or divestitures; |
|
|
|
|
Individual business objectives; |
|
|
|
|
Company specific operational metrics; and |
|
|
|
|
Any other factor (such as individual business objectives or unit-specific
operational metrics) the Committee so designates. |
Performance Period means the period of service determined by the Committee, not to exceed
five (5) years, during which years of service or performance is to be measured for the Award.
Performance Share means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10 or Section 12 of the Plan.
Permitted Transferee means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent,
grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law,
son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships) of
the Employee, any person sharing the Employees household (other than a tenant or employee), a
trust in which these persons (or the Employee) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a
foundation in which these persons (or the Employee) control the management of assets, and any other
entity in which these persons (or the Employee) own more than 50% of the voting interests.
Plan means this Green Dot Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
Purchase Price means the price to be paid for Shares acquired under the Plan, other than
Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option or SAR.
Restricted Stock Award means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 6 or Section 12 of the
Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.
Restricted Stock Unit means an Award granted pursuant to Section 9 or Section 12 of the
Plan.
SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Shares means shares of the Companys Common Stock and any successor security.
Stock Appreciation Right means an Award granted pursuant to Section 8 or Section 12 of the
Plan.
Stock Bonus means an Award granted pursuant to Section 7 or Section 12 of the Plan.
Subsidiary means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of
corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation
in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
Termination or Terminated means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant,
that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer,
director, consultant, independent contractor or advisor to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of
the Company. An employee will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of (i)
sick leave, (ii) military leave, or (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee;
provided, that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment
upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute or unless provided otherwise
pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company and issued and promulgated to
employees in writing. In the case of any employee on an approved leave of absence, the Committee
may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the
employ of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company as it may deem appropriate, except
that in no event may an Award be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the
applicable Award Agreement. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a
Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased
to provide services (the Termination Date).
Unvested Shares means Shares that have not yet vested or are subject to a right of
repurchase in favor of the Company (or any successor thereto).
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Green Dot Corporation (the Company)
2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Stock Option
Grant (the Notice).
You (the Participant) have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock of the
Company under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the Stock
Option Award Agreement (the Option Agreement).
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Number:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price per Share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of Shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of Option:
|
|
___ Non-Qualified Stock
Option (___ shares) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
___ Incentive Stock
Option (___ shares) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expiration Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post-Termination Exercise Period:
|
|
Voluntary or involuntary
Termination (other than for Disability or Death) = 3 Months |
|
|
Disability = 12 Months |
|
|
Death = 12 Months |
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule:
|
|
Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Option
Agreement, the Option will vest and may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with
the following schedule: [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE] |
You understand that your employment or consulting relationship or service with the Company is for
an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i.e., is at-will), and that nothing in
this Notice, the Option Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship. You
acknowledge that the vesting of the Options pursuant to this Notice is earned only by continuing
service as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company. Participant also understands that
this Notice is subject to the
terms and conditions of both the Option Agreement and the Plan, both of which are incorporated
herein by reference. Participant has read both the Option Agreement and the Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARTICIPANT: |
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature:
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name:
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT
Unless otherwise defined in this Stock Option Award Agreement (the Agreement), any capitalized
terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Green Dot Corporation (the
Company) 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan).
Participant has been granted an option to purchase Shares (the Option), subject to the
terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the Notice) and this
Agreement.
1. Vesting Rights. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Plan and this
Agreement, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the schedule set
forth in the Notice.
2. Termination Period.
(a) General Rule. Except as provided below, and subject to the Plan, this Option may
be exercised for 3 months after termination of Participants employment with the Company. In no
event shall this Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice.
(b) Death; Disability. Unless provided otherwise in the Notice, upon the termination
of Participants service to the Company by reason of his or her Disability or death, or if a
Participant dies within three months of the Termination Date, this Option may be exercised for
twelve months, provided that in no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Expiration
Date set forth in the Notice.
3. Grant of Option. The Participant named in the Notice has been granted an Option
for the number of Shares set forth in the Notice at the exercise price per Share set forth in the
Notice (the Exercise Price). In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the
Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall
prevail. If designated in the Notice as an Incentive Stock Option (ISO), this Option is intended
to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is
intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it
shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option (NSO).
4. Exercise of Option.
(a) Right to Exercise. This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with
the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this
Agreement. In the event of Participants death, Disability, or Termination, the exercisability of
the Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan, the Notice and this Agreement.
(b) Method of Exercise. This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice
(the Exercise Notice), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of
Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the Exercised Shares), and such other
representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the
Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be delivered in person, by mail, via electronic mail or facsimile
or by other authorized method to the Secretary of the Company or other person designated by the
Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to
all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of
such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.
(c) No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and
exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange or
quotation service upon which the Shares are then listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax
purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Participant on the date the
Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.
5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the
following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:
(a) cash;
(b) check;
(c) a broker-assisted or same-day sale (as described in Section 11(d) of the Plan); or
(d) other method authorized by the Company.
6. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner
other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or court order and may be exercised
during the lifetime of Participant only by the Participant unless otherwise permitted by the
Committee on a case-by-case basis. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon
the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Participant.
7. Term of Option. This Option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set
forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five
years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option
Grant and Section 5.3 of the Plan applies).
8. U.S. Tax Consequences. For Participants subject to U.S. income tax, some of the
federal tax consequences relating to this Option, as of the date of this Option, are set forth
below. All other Participants should consult a tax advisor for tax consequences relating to this
Option in their respective jurisdiction. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS
AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE
EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.
(a) Exercising the Option.
(i) Nonqualified Stock Option. The Participant may incur federal ordinary income tax
liability upon exercise of a NSO. The Participant will be treated as having received compensation
income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value
of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price. If the
Participant is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from his
or her compensation an amount equal to the minimum amount the Company is required to withhold for
income and employment taxes or collect from Participant and pay to the applicable taxing
authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of
exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding
amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
(ii) Incentive Stock Option. If this Option qualifies as an ISO, the Participant will
have no regular federal income tax liability upon its exercise, although the excess, if any, of the
aggregate Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate
Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to alternative minimum taxable income for federal
tax purposes and may subject the Participant to alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.
(b) Disposition of Shares.
(i) NSO. If the Participant holds NSO Shares for at least one year, any gain realized
on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax
purposes.
(ii) ISO. If the Participant holds ISO Shares for at least one year after exercise
and two years after the grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated
as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If the Participant disposes of ISO
Shares within one year after exercise or two years after the grant date, any gain realized on such
disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent
of the excess, if any, of the lesser of (A) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the
Shares acquired on the date of exercise and the aggregate Exercise Price, or (B) the difference
between the sale price of such Shares and the aggregate Exercise Price.
(c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Participant sells or
otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i)
two years after the grant date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, the Participant shall
immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Participant agrees that he or
she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized
from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to
the Participant.
9. Acknowledgement. The Company and Participant agree that the Option is granted
under and governed by the Notice, this Agreement and by the provisions of the Plan (incorporated
herein by reference). Participant: (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Plan
prospectus, (ii) represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their
provisions, and (iii) hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions set
forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice.
10. Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This Agreement, the Plan and the Notice
constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter
herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments or
negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No modification of or
amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective
unless in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to
enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such
party.
11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The issuance of Shares will be subject to
and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable state and
federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or
automated quotation system on which the Companys Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time
of such issuance or transfer.
12. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held
to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good
faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement
for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance
of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance
of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement and all acts
and transactions pursuant hereto
and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted
in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of
conflicts of law.
13. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this Agreement shall
affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the
Company, to terminate Participants service, for any reason, with or without cause.
By your signature and the signature of the Companys representative on the Notice, you and the
Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the
Plan, the Notice and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, the Notice and this
Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to
executing the Notice, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Notice and this
Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or
interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice and the
Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence
address indicated on the Notice.
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD
GRANT NUMBER:
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Green Dot Corporation (the Company)
2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Restricted
Stock Award (the Notice).
You (Participant) have been granted an award of Restricted Shares of Common Stock of the Company
under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the attached
Restricted Stock Agreement (the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement).
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of Restricted Shares Awarded: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Market Value per Restricted Share: |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fair Market Value of Award: |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Price per Restricted Share: |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Purchase Price for all Restricted Shares: |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule: |
|
Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Restricted Shares will vest and the
right of repurchase shall lapse, in whole or in part, in accordance with the
following schedule: [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE] |
You understand that your employment or consulting relationship with the Company is for an
unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i.e., is at-will), and that nothing in this
Notice, the Restricted Stock Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship.
Participant acknowledges that the vesting of the Restricted Shares pursuant to this Notice is
earned only by continuing service as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company. You also
understand that this Notice is subject to the terms and conditions of both the Restricted Stock
Agreement and the Plan, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. You have read both the
Restricted Stock Agreement and the Plan. If the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is not
executed by you within thirty (30) days of the Date of Grant above, then this grant shall be void.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION |
|
RECIPIENT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
|
|
Please Print Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
THIS
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made as of , 20___ by
and between Green Dot Corporation., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and
(Participant) pursuant to the Companys 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the
Plan). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same
meanings in this Agreement.
1. Sale of Stock. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on
the Purchase Date (as defined below) the Company will issue and sell to Participant, and
Participant agrees to purchase from the Company the number of Shares shown on the Notice of
Restricted Stock Award at a purchase price of
$ per Share. The per Share purchase price of
the Shares shall be not less than the par value of the Shares as of the date of the offer of such
Shares to the Participant. The term Shares refers to the purchased Shares and all securities
received in replacement of or in connection with the Shares pursuant to stock dividends or splits,
all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization,
exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to
which Participant is entitled by reason of Participants ownership of the Shares.
2. Time and Place of Purchase. The purchase and sale of the Shares under
this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution
of this Agreement by the parties, or on such other date as the Company and Participant shall agree
(the Purchase Date). On the Purchase Date, the Company will issue a stock certificate registered
in Participants name, or uncertificated shares designated for the Participant in book entry form
on the records of the Companys transfer agent, representing the Shares to be purchased by
Participant against payment of the purchase price therefor by Participant by (a) check made payable
to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Participant, (c) Participants
personal services that the Committee has determined have already been rendered to the Company and
have a value not less than aggregate par value of the Shares to be issued Participant, or (d) a
combination of the foregoing.
3. Restrictions on Resale. By signing this Agreement, Participant agrees
not to sell any Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan and this Agreement at a time when applicable
laws, regulations or Company or underwriter trading policies prohibit exercise or sale. This
restriction will apply as long as Participant is providing service to the Company or a Subsidiary
of the Company.
3.1 Repurchase Right on Termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, a
Repurchase Event shall mean an occurrence of one of the following:
(i) termination of Participants service, whether voluntary or involuntary and with
or without cause;
(ii) resignation, retirement or death of Participant; or
(iii) any attempted transfer by Participant of the Shares, or any interest therein,
in violation of this Agreement.
Upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Event, the Company shall have the right (but not an obligation)
to purchase the Shares of Participant at a price equal to the Purchase Price per Share (the
Repurchase Right). The Repurchase Right shall lapse in accordance with the vesting schedule set
forth in the Notice
1
of Restricted Stock Award. For purposes of this Agreement, Unvested Shares means Stock pursuant
to which the Companys Repurchase Right has not lapsed.
3.2 Exercise of Repurchase Right. Unless the Company provides written
notice to Participant within 90 days from the date of termination of Participants service to the
Company that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Right with respect to some or
all of the Unvested Shares, the Repurchase Right shall be deemed automatically exercised by the
Company as of the 90th day following such termination, provided that the Company may notify
Participant that it is exercising its Repurchase Right as of a date prior to such 90th day. Unless
Participant is otherwise notified by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence that the
Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Right as to some or all of the Unvested Shares,
execution of this Agreement by Participant constitutes written notice to Participant of the
Companys intention to exercise its Repurchase Right with respect to all Unvested Shares to which
such Repurchase Right applies at the time of Termination of Participant. The Company, at its
choice, may satisfy its payment obligation to Participant with respect to exercise of the
Repurchase Right by either (A) delivering a check to Participant in the amount of the purchase
price for the Unvested Shares being repurchased, or (B) in the event Participant is indebted to the
Company, canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Unvested
Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and
cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price. In the event of any deemed automatic
exercise of the Repurchase Right by canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase
price for the Unvested Shares being repurchased, such cancellation of indebtedness shall be deemed
automatically to occur as of the 90th day following termination of Participants employment or
consulting relationship unless the Company otherwise satisfies its payment obligations. As a
result of any repurchase of Unvested Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right, the Company shall
become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and shall have all
rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to
its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action
by Participant.
3.3 Acceptance of Restrictions. Acceptance of the Shares shall constitute
Participants agreement to such restrictions and the legending of his or her certificates or the
notation in the Companys direct registration system for stock issuance and transfer of such
restrictions and accompanying legends set forth in Section 4.1 with respect thereto.
Notwithstanding such restrictions, however, so long as Participant is the holder of the Shares, or
any portion thereof, he or she shall be entitled to receive all dividends declared on and to vote
the Shares and to all other rights of a stockholder with respect thereto.
3.4 Non-Transferability of Unvested Shares. In addition to any other
limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws or any other agreement between the
Company and Participant, Participant may not transfer any Unvested Shares, or any interest therein,
unless consented to in writing by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Any purported
transfer is void and of no effect, and no purported transferee thereof will be recognized as a
holder of the Unvested Shares for any purpose whatsoever. Should such a transfer purport to occur,
the Company may refuse to carry out the transfer on its books, set aside the transfer, or exercise
any other legal or equitable remedy. In the event the Company consents to a transfer of Unvested
Shares, all transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or
interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the
Repurchase Right. In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or
interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company,
to transfer the Shares or interest to the Participant for consideration equal to the amount to be
paid by the Company hereunder. In the event the Repurchase Right is deemed exercised by the
Company, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to
Participant prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the
Company to such
2
transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Participants obligation to pay such transferee for such
Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Companys obligation to pay Participant for such Shares
or interest.
3.5 Assignment. The Repurchase Right may be assigned by the Company in
whole or in part to any persons or organization.
4. Restrictive Legends and Stop Transfer Orders.
4.1 Legends. The certificate or certificates or book entry or book entries
representing the Shares shall bear or be noted by the Companys transfer agent with the following
legend (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities
laws):
THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE
STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE
COMPANY.
4.2 Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure
compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate stop
transfer instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own
securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
4.3 Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer
on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the
provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner or to accord the right to vote or pay
dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
5. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this Agreement
shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary
of the Company, to terminate Participants service, for any reason, with or without
cause.
6. Miscellaneous.
6.1 Acknowledgement. The Company and Participant agree that the Restricted
Shares are granted under and governed by the Notice, this Agreement and by the provisions of the
Plan (incorporated herein by reference). Participant: (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the
Plan and the Plan prospectus, (ii) represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar
with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accepts the Restricted Shares subject to all of the terms
and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice.
6.2 Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This Agreement, the Plan and
the Notice constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject
matter herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments
or negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No modification of
or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be
effective unless in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either
party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights
of such party.
6.3 Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The issuance of Shares will be
subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable state
and federal
3
laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated
quotation system on which the Companys Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such
issuance or transfer.
6.4 Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this
Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such
provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and
enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this
Agreement, (ii) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so
excluded and (iii) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the
parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the
State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
6.5 Construction. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and
has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly,
this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity
shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.
6.6 Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of the Plan shall be
addressed to the Company in care of its principal office, and any notice to be given to the
Participant shall be addressed to such Participant at the address maintained by the Company for
such person or at such other address as the Participant may specify in writing to the Company.
6.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall he deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute
one instrument.
6.8 U.S. Tax Consequences. Upon vesting of Shares, Participant will include
in taxable income the difference between the fair market value of the vesting Shares, as determined
on the date of their vesting, and the price paid for the Shares. This will be treated as ordinary
income by Participant and will be subject to withholding by the Company when required by applicable
law. In the absence of an Election (defined below), the Company shall withhold a number of vesting
Shares with a fair market value (determined on the date of their vesting) equal to the minimum
amount the Company is required to withhold for income and employment taxes. If Participant makes an
Election, then Participant must, prior to making the Election, pay in cash (or check) to the
Company an amount equal to the amount the Company is required to withhold for income and employment
taxes.
7. Section 83(b) Election. Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she
has been informed that, with respect to the purchase of the Shares, an election may be filed by the
Participant with the Internal Revenue Service, within 30 days of the purchase of the Shares,
electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the
purchase price of the Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase (the Election).
Making the Election will result in recognition of taxable income to the Participant on the date of
purchase, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares over the purchase
price for the Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by
Participant at the time or times on which the Companys Repurchase Right lapses. Participant is
strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the
purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES
THAT IT IS SOLELY PARTICIPANTS RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE COMPANYS RESPONSIBILITY, TO TIMELY
FILE THE
4
ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY, OR ITS
REPRESENTATIVE, TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PARTICIPANTS BEHALF.
The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RECIPIENT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please Print Name |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
RECEIPT
Green Dot Corporation hereby acknowledges receipt of (check as applicable):
o A check in the amount of $
o The cancellation of indebtedness in the amount of $
given by as consideration for the book entry in the Participants name or
Certificate No.
- - for shares of Class A Common Stock
of Green Dot
Corporation
Dated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Green Dot Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RECEIPT AND CONSENT
The undersigned Participant hereby acknowledges the book entry in the Participants name or
receipt of a photocopy of Certificate
No.
- - for shares of Class A Common
Stock of Green Dot Corporation (the Company).
The undersigned further acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or his or her
designee, is acting as escrow holder pursuant to the Restricted Stock Agreement that Participant
has previously entered into with the Company. As escrow holder, the Secretary of the Company, or
his or her designee, holds the original of the aforementioned certificate issued in the
undersigneds name. To facilitate any transfer of Shares to the Company pursuant to the Restricted
Stock Agreement, Participant has executed the attached Assignment Separate from Certificate.
Dated: , 20___
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please Print Name |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT
FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of
, ___, [ COMPLETE AT THE TIME OF PURCHASE] (the Agreement), the undersigned
Participant hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto ,
shares of the Class A Common Stock $0.001, par value per share, of Green Dot Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (the Company), standing in the undersigneds name on the books of the Company
represented hereby book entry or Certificate No(s). ___[COMPLETE AT THE TIME OF PURCHASE]
delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company
as the undersigneds attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on
the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY
EXHIBITS THERETO.
Dated: , ___
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARTICIPANT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Please Print Name)
|
|
|
Instructions to Participant: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature
line. The purpose of this document is to enable the Company and/or its assignee(s) to acquire the
shares upon exercise of its Repurchase Right set forth in the Agreement without requiring
additional action by the Participant.
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK BONUS AWARD
GRANT
NUMBER:
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Green Dot Corporation (the Company)
2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Stock Bonus
Award (the Notice).
You (Participant) have been granted an award of Shares under the Plan subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan, this Notice, and the attached Stock Bonus Award Agreement (the Stock Bonus
Agreement) to the Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expiration Date:
|
|
The date on which all the Shares granted hereunder become vested,
with earlier expiration upon the Termination Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule:
|
|
Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and
the Stock Bonus Agreement, the Shares will vest in accordance with the following
schedule: [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE] |
You understand that your employment or consulting relationship or service with the Company is for
an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i.e., is at-will), and that nothing in
this Notice, the Stock Bonus Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship.
You acknowledge that the vesting of the Shares pursuant to this Notice is earned only by
continuing service as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company (to the vesting applies).
Participant also understands that this Notice is subject to the terms and conditions of both the
Stock Bonus Agreement and the Plan, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Participant has read both the Stock Bonus Agreement and the Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARTICIPANT |
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature:
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name:
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
STOCK BONUS AWARD AGREEMENT
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Green Dot Corporation (the Company)
2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Bonus
Agreement (the Agreement).
You have been granted a Stock Bonus Award (Stock Bonus Award) subject to the terms, restrictions
and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Bonus Award (the Notice) and this Agreement.
1. Issuance. Stock Bonus Awards shall be issued in Shares, and the Companys
transfer agent shall record ownership of such Shares in Participants name as soon as reasonably
practicable.
2. Stockholder Rights. Participant shall have no right to dividends or to vote
Shares until Participant is recorded as the holder of such Shares on the stock records of the
Company and its transfer agent.
3. No-Transfer. Unvested Shares, and unvested Stock Bonus Awards, and any
interest in either shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise
disposed of by Participant or any person whose interest derives from Participants interest.
Unvested Shares are Shares that have not yet vested pursuant to the terms of the vesting schedule
set forth in the Notice.
4. Termination. Upon Participants Termination for any reason, all Unvested
Shares shall immediately be forfeited to the Company, and all rights of Participant to such
Unvested Shares shall immediately terminate as of Participants Termination Date. In case of any
dispute as to whether Termination has occurred, the Committee shall have sole discretion to
determine whether such Termination has occurred and the effective date of such Termination.
5. U.S. Tax Consequences. Upon vesting of Shares, Participant will include in
taxable income the difference between the fair market value of the vesting Shares, as determined on
the date of their vesting, and the price paid for the Shares. This will be treated as ordinary
income by Participant and will be subject to withholding by the Company when required by applicable
law. Before any Shares subject to this Agreement are issued the Company shall withhold a number of
Shares with a fair market value (determined on the date the Shares are issued) equal to the minimum
amount the Company is required to withhold for income and employment taxes. Upon disposition of
the Shares, any subsequent increase or decrease in value will be treated as short-term or long-term
capital gain or loss, depending on whether the Shares are held for more than one year from the date
of settlement.
6. Acknowledgement. The Company and Participant agree that the Stock Bonus Award
is granted under and governed by the Notice, this Agreement and by the provisions of the Plan
(incorporated herein by reference). Participant: (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan
and the Plan prospectus, (ii) represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with
their provisions, and (iii) hereby accepts the Stock Bonus Award subject to all of the terms and
conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan, this Agreement and the Notice.
7. Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This Agreement, the Plan and the
Notice constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject
matter herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments
or negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No modification of
or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be
effective unless in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either
party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights
of such party.
8. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The issuance of Shares will be subject
to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable state and
federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or
automated quotation system on which the Companys Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time
of such issuance or transfer.
9. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are
held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in
good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable
replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii)
the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii)
the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement
and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto
shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
10. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect
in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the
Company, to terminate Purchasers service, for any reason, with or without cause.
By your signature and the signature of the Companys representative on the Notice, Participant
and the Company agree that this Stock Bonus Award is granted under and governed by the terms and
conditions of the Plan, the Notice and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, the
Notice and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel
prior to executing this Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Notice and
this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions
or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice and this
Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in Participants
residence address.
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AWARD
GRANT
NUMBER:
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Green Dot Corporation (the Company)
2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Stock
Appreciation Right Award (the Notice).
You (the Participant) have been granted an award of Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) of the
Company under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the Stock
Appreciation Right Award Agreement (the SAR Agreement).
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Number: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Market Value on Date of Grant: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of Shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expiration Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post-Termination Exercise Period:
|
|
Voluntary or involuntary Termination (other than for |
|
|
Disability or Death) = 3 Months |
|
|
Disability = 12 Months |
|
|
Death = 12 Months |
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule:
|
|
Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Stock
Appreciation Right Agreement, the SAR will vest and may be exercised, in whole or in part, in
accordance with the following schedule: [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE] |
You understand that your employment or consulting relationship or service with the Company is for
an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i.e., is at-will), and that nothing in
this Notice, the SAR Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship. You
acknowledge that the vesting of the SARs pursuant to this Notice is earned only by continuing
service as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company. You also understand that this
Notice is subject to the terms and conditions of both the SAR Agreement and the Plan, both of which
are incorporated herein by reference. You have read both the SAR Agreement and the Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARTICIPANT: |
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature:
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name:
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AWARD AGREEMENT
Unless otherwise defined in this Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement (the Agreement), any
capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Green Dot Corporation
(the Company) 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan).
Participant has been granted Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs), subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Appreciation Right Award (the Notice) and this
Agreement.
1. Vesting Rights. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Plan and this
Agreement, this SAR may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the schedule set
forth in the Notice.
2. Termination Period.
(a) General Rule. Except as provided below, and subject to the Plan, this SAR may be
exercised for 3 months after termination of Participants employment with the Company. In no event
shall this SAR be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice.
(b) Death; Disability. Unless provided otherwise in the Notice, upon the termination
of Participants service to the Company by reason of his or her Disability or death, or if a
Participant dies within three months of the Termination Date, this SAR may be exercised for twelve
months, provided that in no event shall this SAR be exercised later than the Expiration Date set
forth in the Notice.
3. Grant of SAR. The Participant named in the Notice has been granted a SAR for the
number of Shares set forth in the Notice at the fair market value set forth in the Notice. In the
event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
4. Exercise of SAR.
(a) Right to Exercise. This SAR is exercisable during its term in accordance with the
Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this
Agreement. In the event of Participants death, Disability or Termination , the exercisability of
the SAR is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan, the Notice and this Agreement.
(b) Method of Exercise. This SAR is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice
(the Exercise Notice), which shall state the election to exercise the SAR, the number of SARS to
be exercised (the Exercised SARs), and such other representations and agreements as may be
required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be
delivered in person, by mail, via electronic mail or facsimile or by other authorized method to the
Secretary of the Company or other person designated by the Company. This SAR shall be deemed to be
exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice.
(c) No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this SAR unless such issuance and
exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange or
quotation service upon which the Shares are then listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax
purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Participant on the date the
SAR is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.
5. Non-Transferability of SAR. This SAR may not be transferred in any manner other
than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or court order and may be exercised during
the lifetime of Participant only by the Participant unless otherwise permitted by the Committee on
a case-by-case basis. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the
executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Participant.
6. Term of SAR. This SAR shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth
in the Notice, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant.
7. U.S. Tax Consequences. For Participants subject to U.S. income tax, some of the
federal tax consequences relating to this SAR, as of the date of this SAR, are set forth below.
All other Participants should consult a tax advisor for tax consequences relating to this SAR in
their respective jurisdiction. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND
REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING
THIS SAR. The Participant will incur federal ordinary income tax liability upon exercise of the
SAR. The Participant will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary
income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on
the date of exercise over their Fair Market Value on the date of grant. If the Participant is an
Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from his or her
compensation an amount equal to the minimum amount the Company is required to withhold for income
and employment taxes or collect from Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an
amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may
refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not
delivered at the time of exercise. If the Participant holds the Shares received upon exercise of
the SAR for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as
long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.
8. Acknowledgement. The Company and Participant agree that the SAR is granted under
and governed by the Notice, this Agreement and by the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein
by reference). Participant: (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Plan
prospectus, (ii) represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their
provisions, and (iii) hereby accepts the SAR subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth
herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice.
9. Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This Agreement, the Plan and the Notice
constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter
herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments or
negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No modification of or
amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective
unless in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to
enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such
party.
10. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The issuance of Shares will be subject to
and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable state and
federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or
automated quotation system on which the Companys Class Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the
time of such issuance or transfer.
11. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held
to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good
faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement
for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance
of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance
of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement and all acts
and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be
governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without
giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
12. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this Agreement shall
affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the
Company, to terminate Participants service, for any reason, with or without cause.
By Participants signature and the signature of the Companys representative on the Notice,
Participant and the Company agree that this SAR is granted under and governed by the terms and
conditions of the Plan, the Notice and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, the
Notice and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel
prior to executing the Notice, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Notice and
this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions
or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice and the
Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence
address indicated on the Notice.
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD
GRANT NUMBER:
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Green Dot Corporation (the Company)
2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Restricted
Stock Unit Award (the Notice).
You (Participant) have been granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) under the Plan
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the attached Award Agreement
(Restricted Stock Units) (hereinafter RSU Agreement).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of RSUs: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expiration Date:
|
|
The date on which settlement of all RSUs granted hereunder occurs, with
earlier expiration upon the Termination Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule:
|
|
Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the
RSU Agreement, the RSUs will vest in accordance with the following schedule: |
|
|
|
|
[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE] |
You understand that your employment or consulting relationship or service with the Company is for
an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i.e., is at-will), and that nothing in
this Notice, the RSU Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship. You
acknowledge that the vesting of the RSUs pursuant to this Notice is earned only by continuing
service as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company. You also understand that this
Notice is subject to the terms and conditions of both the RSU Agreement and the Plan, both of which
are incorporated herein by reference. Participant has read both the RSU Agreement and the Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARTICIPANT |
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature:
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name:
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
AWARD AGREEMENT (RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS) TO THE
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Green Dot Corporation (the
Company) 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) shall have the same defined meanings in this
Award Agreement (Restricted Stock Units) (the Agreement).
You have been granted Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) subject to the terms, restrictions and
conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the Notice) and this
Agreement.
1. Settlement. Settlement of RSUs shall be made within 30 days following the
applicable date of vesting under the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice. Settlement of RSUs
shall be in Shares.
2. No Stockholder Rights. Unless and until such time as Shares are issued in
settlement of vested RSUs, Participant shall have no ownership of the Shares allocated to the RSUs
and shall have no right dividends or to vote such Shares.
3. Dividend Equivalents. Dividends, if any (whether in cash or Shares), shall
not be credited to Participant.
4. No Transfer. The RSUs and any interest therein shall not be sold, assigned,
transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of.
5. Termination. If Participants service Terminates for any reason, all
unvested RSUs shall be forfeited to the Company forthwith, and all rights of Participant to such
RSUs shall immediately terminate. In case of any dispute as to whether Termination has occurred,
the Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether such Termination has occurred and the
effective date of such Termination.
6. U.S. Tax Consequences. Participant acknowledges that there will be tax
consequences upon settlement of the RSUs or disposition of the Shares, if any, received in
connection therewith, and Participant should consult a tax adviser regarding Participants tax
obligations prior to such settlement or disposition. Upon vesting of the RSU, Participant will
include in income the fair market value of the Shares subject to the RSU. The included amount will
be treated as ordinary income by Participant and will be subject to withholding by the Company when
required by applicable law. Upon disposition of the Shares, any subsequent increase or decrease in
value will be treated as short-term or long-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the
Shares are held for more than one year from the date of settlement. Further, an RSU may be
considered a deferral of compensation that may be subject to Section 409A of the Code. Section
409A of the Code imposes special rules to the timing of making and effecting certain amendments of
this RSU with respect to distribution of any deferred compensation. You should consult your
personal tax advisor for more information on the actual and potential tax consequences of this RSU.
7. Acknowledgement. The Company and Participant agree that the RSUs are granted
under and governed by the Notice, this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. Participant: (i)
acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Plan prospectus, (ii) represents that
Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accepts the
RSUs subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan
and the Notice.
8. Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This Agreement, the Plan and the
Notice constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject
matter herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments
or negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No modification of
or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be
effective unless in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement. The
failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a
waiver of any rights of such party.
9. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The issuance of Shares will be subject
to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable state and
federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or
automated quotation system on which the Companys Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time
of such issuance or transfer.
10. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are
held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in
good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable
replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii)
the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii)
the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement
and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto
shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
11. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect
in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the
Company, to terminate Participants service, for any reason, with or without cause.
By your signature and the signature of the Companys representative on the Notice, Participant
and the Company agree that this RSU is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of
the Plan, the Notice and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, the Notice and this
Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to
executing this Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Notice and this
Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or
interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice and this
Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in Participants
residence address.
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF PERFORMANCE SHARES AWARD
GRANT
NUMBER:
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Green Dot Corporation (the Company)
2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Performance
Shares Award (the Notice).
You (Participant) have been granted an award of Performance Shares under the Plan subject to the
terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the attached Performance Shares Award Agreement
(hereinafter Performance Shares Agreement).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expiration Date:
|
|
The date on which all the Shares granted hereunder become vested,
with earlier expiration upon the Termination Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule:
|
|
Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and
the Performance Shares Agreement, the Shares will vest in accordance with the
following schedule: [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE] |
You understand that your employment or consulting relationship or service with the Company is for
an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i.e., is at-will), and that nothing in
this Notice, the Performance Shares Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that
relationship. You acknowledge that the vesting pursuant to this Notice is earned only upon the
applicable certification of attainment of the requisite Performance Factors enumerated above while
still in service as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company. You also understand that
this Notice is subject to the terms and conditions of both the Performance Shares Award Agreement
and the Plan, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. Participant has read both the
Performance Shares Agreement and the Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARTICIPANT |
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name:
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature:
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
PERFORMANCE SHARES AGREEMENT TO THE
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Green Dot Corporation (the Company)
2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) shall have the same defined meanings in this Performance
Shares Agreement (the Agreement).
You have been granted a Performance Shares Award (Performance Shares Award) subject to the terms,
restrictions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Performance Shares Award (Notice) and this
Agreement.
1. Settlement. Performance Shares shall be settled in Shares and the Companys
transfer agent shall record ownership of such Shares in Participants name as soon as reasonably
practicable after achievement of the Performance Factors enumerated in the Notice.
2. Stockholder Rights. Participant shall have no right to dividends or to vote
Shares until Participant is recorded as the holder of such Shares on the stock records of the
Company and its transfer agent.
3. No-Transfer. Participants interest in this Performance Shares Award shall
not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of.
4. Termination. Upon Participants Termination for any reason, all of
Participants rights under the Plan, this Agreement and the Notice in respect of this Award shall
immediately terminate. In case of any dispute as to whether Termination has occurred, the
Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether such Termination has occurred and the
effective date of such Termination.
5. U.S. Tax Consequences. Participant acknowledges that there will be tax
consequences upon issuance of the Shares, and Participant should consult a tax adviser regarding
Participants tax obligations prior to such settlement or disposition. Upon vesting of the Shares,
Participant will include in income the fair market value of the Shares. The included amount will
be treated as ordinary income by Participant and will be subject to withholding by the Company when
required by applicable law. Before any Shares subject to this Agreement are issued the Company
shall withhold a number of Shares with a fair market value (determined on the date the Shares are
issued) equal to the minimum amount the Company is required to withhold for income and employment
taxes. Upon disposition of the Shares, any subsequent increase or decrease in value will be
treated as short-term or long-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the Shares are held
for more than one year from the date of issuance.
6. Acknowledgement. The Company and Participant agree that the Performance
Shares Award is granted under and governed by the Notice, this Agreement and by the provisions of
the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). Participant: (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of
the Plan and the Plan prospectus, (ii) represents that Participant has carefully read and is
familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accepts the Performance Shares Award subject to
all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan, this Agreement
and the Notice.
7. Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This Agreement, the Plan and the
Notice constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject
matter herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments
or negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No modification of
or amendment to this Agreement,
nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing and signed
by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this
Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.
8. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The issuance of Shares will be subject
to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable state and
federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or
automated quotation system on which the Companys Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time
of such issuance or transfer.
9. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are
held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in
good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable
replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii)
the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii)
the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement
and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto
shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
10. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect
in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the
Company, to terminate Purchasers service, for any reason, with or without cause.
By your signature and the signature of the Companys representative on the Notice, Participant
and the Company agree that this Performance Shares Award is granted under and governed by the terms
and conditions of the Plan, the Notice and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, the
Notice and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel
prior to executing this Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Notice and
this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions
or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice and this
Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in Participants
residence address.
2
exv10w18
Exhibit 10.18
EXECUTION COPY
VOTING AGREEMENT
This
Voting Agreement (the Agreement) is entered into
as of May 27, 2010 by and between
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Wal-Mart) and Green Dot Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (the Company).
WHEREAS, the Company and Wal-Mart are parties to that certain Class A Common Stock Issuance
Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time, the Stock Issuance
Agreement);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Stock Issuance Agreement, the Company has concurrently issued
herewith 2,208,552 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share (the
Class A Common Stock), to Wal-Mart;
WHEREAS, the Company and Wal-Mart as its stockholder wish to agree on certain voting
restrictions on the shares of Class A Common Stock issued to Wal-Mart pursuant to the Stock
Issuance Agreement and any other shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company that Wal-Mart
currently holds or will hold as set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Voting Restrictions; Grant Of Proxy
Section 1.01 Voting Restrictions on Shares. Wal-Mart hereby agrees that, from the date of
this Agreement, it will, and it will cause its controlled Affiliates (as defined below) to, vote or
exercise its right to consent with respect all shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by
Wal-Mart or any of its controlled Affiliates as follows with respect to each matter on which the
holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to vote or give consent: (a) with respect to
any vote or consent by the holders of Class A Common Stock as a separate class on a given matter,
in the same proportion (for, against or abstain) as the votes cast or consents given by all other
holders of shares of Class A Common Stock with respect thereto and (b) with respect to any vote or
consent by the Class A Common Stock together with one or more other classes of equity securities of
the Company voting together as a single class on a given matter, in the same proportion (for,
against or abstain) as the votes cast or consents given by all other holders of shares of Class A
Common Stock and other classes of equity securities of the Company with respect thereto. For the
purposes of this Agreement, the term Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in 12 U.S.C. 371c.
1
Section 1.02 Irrevocable Proxy. Wal-Mart hereby revokes any and all previous proxies granted
with respect to any shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by it or any of its
controlled Affiliates. By entering into this Agreement, Wal-Mart hereby irrevocably grants a proxy
appointing the Company as attorney-in-fact and proxy for it and its controlled Affiliates, with
full power of substitution, for and in the name of it and its controlled Affiliates, to vote,
express consent or dissent, or otherwise to utilize such voting power in the manner contemplated by
Section 1.01 above as the Company or its proxy or substitute shall, in the Companys sole
discretion, deem proper with respect to such shares of Class A Common Stock. The proxy granted to
the Company pursuant to this Article 1 is irrevocable prior to the termination of this Agreement,
coupled with an interest and granted in consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement
and issuing shares of Class A Common Stock to Wal-Mart pursuant to the Stock Issuance Agreement.
The proxy granted by Wal-Mart shall not be terminated by operation of law or otherwise upon the
occurrence of any event (other than the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms)
and no other proxies with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by
Wal-Mart or its controlled Affiliates shall be given with respect to the matters contemplated by
Section 1.01 above (and if given shall not be effective).
ARTICLE 2
Representations And Warranties Of Wal-Mart
Wal-Mart represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof that:
Section 2.01 Corporation Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by Wal-Mart
of this Agreement and the consummation by Wal-Mart of the transactions contemplated hereby are
within the corporate powers of Wal-Mart and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
action. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Wal-Mart enforceable in
accordance with its terms.
Section 2.02 Non-Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by Wal-Mart of this
agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i)
violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Wal-Mart, (ii) violate any applicable law,
rule, regulation, judgment, injunction, order or decree, (iii) require any consent or other action
by any person under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination,
cancellation or acceleration or to a loss of any benefit to which Wal-Mart is entitled under any
provision of any agreement or other instrument binding on Wal-Mart or (iv) result in the imposition of any lien or encumbrance on any asset of
Wal-Mart.
2
Section 2.03 Ownership of Shares. Wal-Mart is the record and beneficial owner of the shares
of Class A Common Stock issued to it pursuant to the Stock Issuance Agreement, free and clear of
any lien or encumbrance and any other limitation or restriction (including any restriction on the
right to vote or otherwise dispose of such shares). None of such shares is subject to any voting
trust or other agreement or arrangement with respect to the voting of such shares.
ARTICLE 3
Representations And Warranties Of The Company
The Company represents and warrants to Wal-Mart as of the date hereof that:
Section 3.01 Corporation Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the
Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated
hereby are within the corporate powers of the Company and have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate action. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the
Company enforceable in accordance with its terms.
Section 3.02 Non-Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of
this agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i)
violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (ii) violate any applicable law,
rule, regulation, judgment, injunction, order or decree, (iii) require any consent or other action
by any person under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination,
cancellation or acceleration or to a loss of any benefit to which the Company is entitled under any
provision of any agreement or other instrument binding on the Company or (iv) result in the
imposition of any lien or encumbrance on any asset of the Company.
ARTICLE 4
Covenants Of Wal-Mart
Wal-Mart hereby covenants and agrees that:
Section 4.01 No Proxies for Shares. Except pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Wal-Mart
shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, grant any
proxies or enter into any voting trust or other agreement or arrangement with respect to the voting
of any shares of Common Stock of the Company during the term of this Agreement.
Section 4.02 Limitation on Transfers. Wal-Mart will not sell, assign, transfer, encumber or
otherwise dispose of (each, a Transfer) any shares of
3
Class A Common Stock to an Affiliate unless
such Affiliate agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement with respect to the shares so
Transferred.
ARTICLE 5
Miscellaneous
Section 5.01 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder
shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission but not electronic mail) and shall be given,
if to the Company, to:
Green Dot Corporation
605 East Huntington Drive, Suite 205
Monrovia, CA 91016
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile No.: (626) 775-3704
if to Wal-Mart, to:
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
702 S.W. Eighth Street
Bentonville, Arkansas 72716
Attention: VP Financial Services
Facsimile No.: (479) 273-8606
or to such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by
notice to the other party hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be
deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a
business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall
be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.
Section 5.02 Further Assurances. Wal-Mart will execute and deliver, or cause to be executed
and delivered, all further documents and instruments, and use its reasonable best efforts to take,
or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or
advisable under applicable law to implement the voting restrictions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 5.03 Amendments and Waivers; Termination. (a) Any provision of this Agreement may be
amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the
case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement or in the case of a waiver, by the party
against whom the waiver is to be effective.
4
(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder
shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The
rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies
provided by law.
(c) This Agreement shall terminate automatically on the fifth anniversary of the date hereof.
Section 5.04 Expenses. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement
shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.
Section 5.05 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns;
provided that no party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations
under this Agreement without the consent of the other party hereto.
Section 5.06 Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim or dispute arising hereunder or in
connection herewith shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of
Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state.
Section 5.07 Jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding
seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with,
this Agreement or the actions contemplated hereby shall be brought in the United States District
Court for the District of Delaware or any Delaware State court sitting in Wilmington, Delaware, so
long as one of such courts shall have subject matter jurisdiction over such suit, action or
proceeding, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have
arisen from a transaction of business in the State of Delaware, and each of the parties hereby
irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate
courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue
of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or
proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process
in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether
within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party
agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 5.01 shall be deemed effective
service of process on such party.
Section 5.08 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY
AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
5
RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 5.09 Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto
and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each party
hereto shall have received counterparts hereof signed by all of the other parties hereto. Until
and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this
Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether
by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).
Section 5.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements
and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter
of this Agreement.
Section 5.11 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement
is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental authority to be invalid, void or
unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so
long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in
any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate
in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as
closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be
consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.
Section 5.12 Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would
occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and
that the parties shall be entitled (without the requirement to post bond) to an injunction or
injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the
terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or
in equity.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and
year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Steven W. Streit
Name: Steven W. Streit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: CEO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WAL-MART STORES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Jane Thomson
Name: Jane Thompson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Senior Vice President |
|
|
7
exv10w19
Exhibit 10.19
Green Dot Corporation
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
1. Establishment of Plan. Green Dot Corporation (the Company) proposes to grant options for
purchase of the Companys Class A Common Stock (Common Stock) to eligible employees of the
Company and its Participating Corporations (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to this Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (this Plan). For purposes of this Plan, Parent and Subsidiary shall have the
same meanings as parent corporation and subsidiary corporation in Sections 424(e) and 424(f),
respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and Corporate Group
shall refer collectively to the Company and all its Parents and Subsidiaries. Participating
Corporations are the Company and any Parents or Subsidiaries that the Board of Directors of the
Company (the Board) designates from time to time as corporations that shall participate in this
Plan. The Company intends this Plan to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section
423 of the Code (including any amendments to or replacements of such Section), and this Plan shall
be so construed. Any term not expressly defined in this Plan but defined for purposes of Section
423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein. Subject to Section 14, a total of two
hundred thousand (200,000) shares of the Companys Common Stock are reserved for issuance under
this Plan. In addition, on each January 1 for the first eight calendar years after the first
Offering Date, the aggregate number of shares of the Companys Common Stock reserved for issuance
under the Plan shall be increased automatically by the number of shares equal to one percent (1%)
of the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock and the Companys Class B Common Stock on
the immediately preceding December 31 (rounded down to the nearest whole share);
provided, that the Board or the Committee may in its sole discretion reduce the amount of
the increase in any particular year; and, provided further, that the aggregate number of
shares issued over the term of this Plan shall not exceed fifty million (50,000,000) shares of
Common Stock. The number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan and the maximum number of
shares that may be issued under this Plan shall be subject to adjustments effected in accordance
with Section 14 of this Plan.
2. Purpose. The purpose of this Plan is to provide eligible employees of the Company and
Participating Corporations with a means of acquiring an equity interest in the Company through
payroll deductions, to enhance such employees sense of participation in the affairs of the Company
and Participating Corporations, and to provide an incentive for continued employment.
3. Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board
or by the Board (either referred to herein as the Committee). Subject to the provisions of this
Plan and the limitations of Section 423 of the Code or any successor provision in the Code, all
questions of interpretation or application of this Plan shall be determined by the Committee and
its decisions shall be final and binding upon all Participants. The Committee will have full and
exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to
determine eligibility and decide upon any and all claims filed under the Plan. Every finding,
decision and determination made by the Committee will, to the full extent permitted by law, be
final and binding upon all parties. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Plan,
the Committee may adopt rules and/or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the
Plan to accommodate requirements of local law and procedures outside of the United States. Members
of the Committee shall receive no compensation for their services in connection with the
administration of this Plan, other than standard fees as established from time to time by the Board
for services rendered by Board members serving on Board
- 1 -
committees. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid
by the Company.
4. Eligibility. Any employee of the Company or the Participating Corporations is eligible to
participate in an Offering Period (as hereinafter defined) under this Plan except the following:
(a) employees who are customarily employed for twenty (20) hours or less per week;
(b) employees who are customarily employed for five (5) months or less in a calendar year;
(c) employees who, together with any other person whose stock would be attributed to such
employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code, own stock or hold options to purchase stock
possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of
stock of the Company or any of its Participating Corporations or who, as a result of being granted
an option under this Plan with respect to such Offering Period, would own stock or hold options to
purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of
all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Participating Corporations;
(d) employees who do not meet any other eligibility requirements that the Committee may
choose to impose (within the limits permitted by the Code); and
(e) individuals who provide services to the Company or any of its Participating Corporations
as independent contractors who are reclassified as common law employees for any reason
except for federal income and employment tax purposes.
5. Offering Dates.
(a) The offering periods of this Plan (each, an Offering Period) may be of up to
twenty-four (24) months duration and shall commence and end at the times designated by the
Committee. Each Offering Period may consist of up to five (5) purchase periods (individually, a
Purchase Period) during which payroll deductions of Participants are accumulated under this Plan.
(b) The initial Offering Period shall commence on the date on which the Registration
Statement covering the initial public offering of shares of the Companys Common Stock is declared
effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the Effective Date), and shall end with
the Purchase Date that occurs on or prior to May 14 or November 14 that first occurs six months or
more after the Effective Date. The initial Offering Period shall consist of a single Purchase
Period. Thereafter, a six-month Offering Period shall commence on each May 15 and November 15,
with each such Offering Period also consisting of a single six-month Purchase Period.
(c) The first business day of each Offering Period is referred to as the Offering Date,
however, for the initial Offering Period this shall be the Effective Date. The last business day
of each Purchase Period is referred to as the Purchase Date. The Committee shall have the power
to change these terms as provided in Section 25 below.
6. Participation in this Plan.
(a) Any employee who is an eligible employee determined in accordance with Section 4
immediately prior to the initial Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the initial
Offering Period under this Plan. With respect to subsequent Offering Periods, any eligible
employee determined in accordance with Section 4 will be eligible to participate in this Plan,
subject to the requirement of Section 6(b) hereof and the other terms and provisions of this Plan.
Eligible employees who meet the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4 and who are either
automatically enrolled in the initial offering period or who elect to participate in this Plan
pursuant to Section 6(b) are referred to herein as a Participant or collectively as
Participants.
- 2 -
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) an eligible employee may elect to decrease the number
of shares of Common Stock that such employee would otherwise be permitted to purchase for the
initial Offering Period under the Plan and/or purchase shares of Common Stock for the initial
Offering Period through payroll deductions by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company
within thirty (30) days after the filing of an effective registration statement pursuant to Form
S-8 and (ii) the Committee may set a later time for filing the subscription agreement authorizing
payroll deductions for all eligible employees with respect to a given Offering Period. With
respect to Offering Periods after the initial Offering Period, a Participant may elect to
participate in this Plan by submitting a subscription agreement prior to the commencement of the
Offering Period (or such earlier date as the Committee may determine) to which such agreement
relates.
(c) Once an employee becomes a Participant in an Offering Period, then such Participant will
automatically participate in the Offering Period commencing immediately following the last day of
such prior Offering Period unless the Participant withdraws or is deemed to withdraw from this Plan
or terminates further participation in the Offering Period as set forth in Section 11 below. A
Participant is not required to file an additional subscription agreement in order to continue
participation in this Plan unless the Participant has withdrawn from the Plan, is deemed to have
withdrawn from the Plan or terminates participation in the Plan.
7. Grant of Option on Enrollment. Becoming a Participant with respect to an Offering Period
will constitute the grant (as of the Offering Date) by the Company to such Participant of an option
to purchase on the Purchase Date up to that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company
determined by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount accumulated in such Participants
payroll deduction account during such Purchase Period and the denominator of which is the lower of
(i) eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of a share of the Companys Common Stock on
the Offering Date (but in no event less than the par value of a share of the Companys Common
Stock), or (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of a share of the Companys
Common Stock on the Purchase Date (but in no event less than the par value of a share of the
Companys Common Stock) provided, however, that for the Purchase Period within the initial
Offering Period the numerator shall be fifteen percent (15%) of the Participants compensation for
such Purchase Period and provided, further, that the number of shares of the
Companys Common Stock subject to any option granted pursuant to this Plan shall not exceed the
lesser of (x) the maximum number of shares set by the Committee pursuant to Section 10(b) below
with respect to the applicable Purchase Date, or (y) the maximum number of shares which may be
purchased pursuant to Section 10(a) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date. The fair
market value of a share of the Companys Common Stock shall be determined as provided in Section 8
below.
8. Purchase Price. The purchase price per share at which a share of Common Stock will be sold
in any Offering Period shall be eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of:
(a) The fair market value on the Offering Date; or
(b) The fair market value on the Purchase Date.
The term fair market value means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Companys
Common Stock determined as follows:
(i) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities
exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities
exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street
Journal; or
(ii) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is neither listed nor admitted to trading on
a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of
determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal; or
- 3 -
(iv) with respect to the initial Offering Period, fair market value on the Offering Date
shall be the price at which shares of Common Stock are offered to the public pursuant to the
Registration Statement covering the initial public offering of shares of the Companys Common
Stock; and
(v) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board or the Committee in good faith.
9. Payment of Purchase Price; Payroll Deduction Changes; Share Issuances.
(a) The purchase price of the shares is accumulated by regular payroll deductions made during
each Offering Period. The deductions are made as a percentage of the Participants compensation in
one percent (1%) increments not less than one percent (1%), nor greater than fifteen percent (15%)
or such lower limit set by the Committee. Compensation shall mean all W-2 cash compensation
categorized by the Company as base salary or regular hourly wages, and expressly excluding
commissions, overtime, shift premiums, bonuses and incentive compensation, plus draws against
commissions, provided, however, that for purposes of determining a Participants
compensation, any election by such Participant to reduce his or her regular cash remuneration under
Sections 125 or 401(k) of the Code shall be treated as if the Participant did not make such
election. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first payday following the last Purchase Date
(first payday following the effective date of filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission a securities registration statement for the Plan with respect to the initial Offering
Period) and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as
provided in this Plan.
(b) A Participant may decrease the rate of payroll deductions during an Offering Period by
filing with the Company a new authorization for payroll deductions, with the new rate to become
effective for the next payroll period commencing after the Companys receipt of the authorization
and continuing for the remainder of the Offering Period unless changed as described below. Such
change in the rate of payroll deductions may be made at any time during an Offering Period, but not
more than one (1) decrease may be made effective during any Purchase Period. A Participant may
increase or decrease the rate of payroll deductions for any subsequent Offering Period by filing
with the Company a new authorization for payroll deductions prior to the beginning of such Offering
Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may reduce his or her payroll deduction percentage to zero during an
Offering Period by filing with the Company a request for cessation of payroll deductions. Such
reduction shall be effective beginning with the next payroll period after the Companys receipt of
the request and no further payroll deductions will be made for the duration of the Offering Period.
Payroll deductions credited to the Participants account prior to the effective date of the
request shall be used to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section
9(e) below. A reduction of the payroll deduction percentage to zero shall be treated as such
Participants withdrawal from such Offering Period, and the Plan, effective as of the day after the
next Purchase Date following the filing date of such request with the Company.
(d) All payroll deductions made for a Participant are credited to his or her account under
this Plan and are deposited with the general funds of the Company. No interest accrues on the
payroll deductions. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company may be used by the
Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll
deductions.
(e) On each Purchase Date, so long as this Plan remains in effect and provided that the
Participant has not submitted a signed and completed withdrawal form before that date which
notifies the Company that the Participant wishes to withdraw from that Offering Period under this
Plan and have all payroll deductions accumulated in the account maintained on behalf of the
Participant as of that date returned to the Participant, the Company shall apply the funds then in
the Participants account to the purchase of whole shares of Common Stock reserved under the option
granted to such Participant with respect to the Offering Period to the extent that such option is
exercisable on the Purchase Date. The
- 4 -
purchase price per share shall be as specified in Section 8 of this Plan. Any amount remaining in
a Participants account on a Purchase Date which is less than the amount necessary to purchase a
full share of the Companys Common Stock shall be carried forward, without interest, into the next
Purchase Period or Offering Period, as the case may be. In the event that this Plan has been
oversubscribed, all funds not used to purchase shares on the Purchase Date shall be returned to the
Participant, without interest. No Common Stock shall be purchased on a Purchase Date on behalf of
any employee whose participation in this Plan has terminated prior to such Purchase Date.
(f) As promptly as practicable after the Purchase Date, the Company shall issue shares for
the Participants benefit representing the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option.
(g) During a Participants lifetime, his or her option to purchase shares hereunder is
exercisable only by him or her. The Participant will have no interest or voting right in shares
covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised.
10. Limitations on Shares to be Purchased.
(a) No Participant shall be entitled to purchase stock under any Offering Period at a rate
which, when aggregated with such Participants rights to purchase stock, that are also outstanding
in the same calendar year(s) (whether under other Offering Periods or other employee stock purchase
plans of the Company, its parent and its subsidiaries), exceeds $25,000 in fair market value,
determined as of the Offering Date, (or such other limit as may be imposed by the Code) for each
calendar year in which such Offering Period is in effect (hereinafter the Maximum Share Amount).
The Company shall automatically suspend the payroll deductions of any Participant as necessary to
enforce such limit provided that when the Company automatically resumes such payroll deductions,
the Company must apply the rate in effect immediately prior to such suspension.
(b) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, set a lower maximum number of shares which may
be purchased by any Participant during any Offering Period than that determined under Section 10(a)
above, which shall then be the Maximum Share Amount for subsequent Offering Periods. If a new
Maximum Share Amount is set, then all Participants must be notified of such Maximum Share Amount
prior to the commencement of the next Offering Period for which it is to be effective. The Maximum
Share Amount shall continue to apply with respect to all succeeding Offering Periods unless revised
by the Committee as set forth above.
(c) If the number of shares to be purchased on a Purchase Date by all Participants exceeds
the number of shares then available for issuance under this Plan, then the Company will make a pro
rata allocation of the remaining shares in as uniform a manner as shall be reasonably practicable
and as the Committee shall determine to be equitable. In such event, the Company shall give
written notice of such reduction of the number of shares to be purchased under a Participants
option to each Participant affected.
(d) Any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participants account which are not used to
purchase stock due to the limitations in this Section 10, and not covered by Section 9(e), shall be
returned to the Participant as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Purchase Period,
without interest.
(e) Notwithstanding any of the share purchase limitations that a Participant may purchase
during any one offering period as set forth in this Plan, not more than 75,000 shares may be
purchased by a Participant during any one Offering Period.
11. Withdrawal.
(a) Each Participant may withdraw from an Offering Period under this Plan by signing and
delivering to the Company a written notice to that effect on a form provided for such purpose by
the Company. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of an Offering Period, or
such other time period as specified by the Committee.
- 5 -
(b) Upon withdrawal from this Plan, the accumulated payroll deductions shall be returned to
the withdrawn Participant, without interest, and his or her interest in this Plan shall terminate.
In the event a Participant voluntarily elects to withdraw from this Plan, he or she may not resume
his or her participation in this Plan during the same Offering Period, but he or she may
participate in any Offering Period under this Plan which commences on a date subsequent to such
withdrawal by filing a new authorization for payroll deductions in the same manner as set forth in
Section 6 above for initial participation in this Plan.
12. Termination of Employment. Termination of a Participants employment for any reason,
including retirement, death, disability, or the failure of a Participant to remain an eligible
employee of the Company or of a Participating Corporation, immediately terminates his or her
participation in this Plan. In such event, accumulated payroll deductions credited to the
Participants account will be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to his or
her legal representative, without interest. For purposes of this Section 12, an employee will not
be deemed to have terminated employment or failed to remain in the continuous employ of the Company
or of a Participating Corporation in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of
absence approved by the Company; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than
ninety (90) days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or
statute.
13. Return of Payroll Deductions. In the event a Participants interest in this Plan is
terminated by withdrawal, termination of employment or otherwise, or in the event this Plan is
terminated by the Board, the Company shall deliver to the Participant all accumulated payroll
deductions credited to such Participants account. No interest shall accrue on the payroll
deductions of a Participant in this Plan.
14. Capital Changes. If the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a stock dividend,
recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or
similar change in the capital structure of the Company, without consideration, then the Committee
shall adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the
purchase price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the
Plan which has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 1 and 10 shall be
proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the
Company and in compliance with applicable securities laws; provided that fractions of a Share will
not be issued.
15. Nonassignability. Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participants account nor any
rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under this Plan may be
assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of
descent and distribution or as provided in Section 22 below) by the Participant. Any such attempt
at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be void and without effect.
16. Use of Participant Funds and Reports. The Company may use all payroll deductions received
or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be required to
segregate Participant payroll deductions. Until Shares are issued, Participants will only have the
rights of an unsecured creditor. Each Participant shall receive promptly after the end of each
Purchase Period a report of his or her account setting forth the total payroll deductions
accumulated, the number of shares purchased, the per share price thereof and the remaining cash
balance, if any, carried forward to the next Purchase Period or Offering Period, as the case may
be.
17. Notice of Disposition. Each Participant shall notify the Company in writing if the
Participant disposes of any of the shares purchased in any Offering Period pursuant to this Plan if
such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Offering Date or within one (1) year from the
Purchase Date on which such shares were purchased (the Notice Period). The Company may, at any
time during the Notice Period, place a legend or legends on any certificate, or include a note in
the Companys direct registration system for stock issuance and transfer with respect to any book
entry, representing shares acquired pursuant to this Plan requesting the Companys transfer agent
to notify the Company of any
- 6 -
transfer of the shares. The obligation of the Participant to provide such notice shall continue
notwithstanding the placement of any such legend on the certificates or inclusion of any such note
in the Companys direct registration system.
18. No Rights to Continued Employment. Neither this Plan nor the grant of any option
hereunder shall confer any right on any employee to remain in the employ of the Company or any
Participating Corporation, or restrict the right of the Company or any Participating Corporation to
terminate such employees employment.
19. Equal Rights And Privileges. All eligible employees shall have equal rights and
privileges with respect to this Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an employee stock purchase
plan within the meaning of Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code and the related
regulations. Any provision of this Plan which is inconsistent with Section 423 or any successor
provision of the Code shall, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Committee or the
Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 423. This Section 19 shall take
precedence over all other provisions in this Plan.
20. Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in
connection with this Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form
specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the
receipt thereof.
21. Term; Stockholder Approval. This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date. This
Plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company, in any manner permitted by applicable
corporate law, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the
Board. No purchase of shares that are subject to such stockholder approval before becoming
available under this Plan shall occur prior to stockholder approval of such shares and the Board or
Committee may delay any Purchase Date and postpone the commencement of any Offering Period
subsequent to such Purchase Date as deemed necessary or desirable to obtain such approval (provided
that if a Purchase Date would occur more than twenty-four (24) months after commencement of the
Offering Period to which it relates, then such Purchase Date shall not occur and instead such
Offering Period shall terminate without the purchase of such shares and Participants in such
Offering Period shall be refunded their contributions without interest). This Plan shall continue
until the earlier to occur of (a) termination of this Plan by the Board (which termination may be
effected by the Board at any time pursuant to Section 25 below), (b) issuance of all of the shares
of Common Stock reserved for issuance under this Plan, or (c) the tenth anniversary of the first
Purchase Date under the Plan.
22. Designation of Beneficiary.
(a) A Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any
shares and cash, if any, from the Participants account under this Plan in the event of such
Participants death subsequent to the end of a Purchase Period but prior to delivery to him of such
shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is
to receive any cash from the Participants account under this Plan in the event of such
Participants death prior to a Purchase Date.
(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written
notice. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly
designated under this Plan who is living at the time of such Participants death, the Company shall
deliver such shares or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or
if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the
Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares or cash to the spouse or to any one or more
dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the
Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.
23. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares; Limitation on Sale of Shares. Shares shall not be
issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery
of
- 7 -
such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or
foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock
exchange or automated quotation system upon which the shares may then be listed, and shall be
further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
24. Applicable Law. The Plan shall be governed by the substantive laws (excluding the
conflict of laws rules) of the State of Delaware.
25. Amendment or Termination. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or
terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated,
the Committee, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either
immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Purchase Date
(which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Committee in its discretion),
or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to
any adjustment pursuant to Section 14). If an Offering Period is terminated prior to its
previously-scheduled expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants accounts for such
Offering Period, which have not been used to purchase shares of the Companys Common Stock, shall
be returned to those Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under
local laws) as soon as administratively practicable. Further, the Committee will be entitled to
change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld
during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a
currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by
a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the administration of the Plan,
establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to
ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of the Companys Common Stock for each Participant
properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participants base salary or regular hourly
wages, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Committee determines in its sole
discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan. Such actions will not require stockholder
approval or the consent of any Participants. However, no amendment shall be made without approval
of the stockholders of the Company (obtained in accordance with Section 21 above) within twelve
(12) months of the adoption of such amendment (or earlier if required by Section 21) if such
amendment would: (a) increase the number of shares that may be issued under this Plan; or (b)
change the designation of the employees (or class of employees) eligible for participation in this
Plan.
26. Corporate Transactions.
(a) In the event of a Corporate Transaction (as defined below), each outstanding right to
purchase Company Common Stock will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor
corporation or a parent or a subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event of a Corporate
Transaction and each outstanding purchase right is not assumed or substituted, then each
outstanding purchase right will be shortened by setting a new Purchase Date (the New Purchase
Date), and a final purchase shall occur on such date and such Offering Period shall end on the New
Purchase Date. The New Purchase Date shall occur on the date of the consummation of the Corporate
Transaction, or such earlier date as determined by the Committee. The Plan shall terminate upon
the consummation of the Corporate Transaction.
(b) Corporate Transaction means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any
person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the
beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power
represented by the Companys then outstanding voting securities; or (ii) the consummation of the
sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets; or (iii)
the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than
a merger or consolidation which
- 8 -
would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto
continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting
power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent
outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.
- 9 -
exv23w02
Exhibit 23.02
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent
to the reference to our firm under the caption Experts
and to the use of our report dated April 26, 2010, in the Registration Statement
(Form S-1/A No. 333-165081) and related Prospectus of Green Dot Corporation for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst
& Young LLP
Los Angeles, California
June 29, 2010